Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
WWP2703473_5_1
:9 R(tl1 GRATINC SUPPORT/IJANDRAII PLAN R[, — ]! • —1 1/1 • I -P r.c..wrrlr. ,F Eiji _J A nrrn UPPEN ucDEA C•RATItJ(;H IlplFpll"�I An�1.FF F1API xfl rya TE %Nf IR . � P LA j O'\NEIRN:InNII IAODEN r � A'r (N IOpxil I'll MEE '1WIN �•ll DISC Y,Ar(. DE NIL e al• _ e� ' r.l� ' Aa• 2' x I II ` f I A ' a I "I, • ullUla'L [IEVAoII•N [Vr+.nu.. cr9ec y.V +fV�tXle .:V';IPNLN Pu IICN tii'r IICSl FIe11DN IM,UTIi . SPAN) bA" 'P IA/ 4MI wl/r,E .urns b lu.oro .Nn ! .. rlT• w,,. qy1 � �irIG 3,/Ir.Rrs . CtrIN.IL.I 11.: Jl r1y [.�wa s. rs . - ul+ N]1n.1[ fIXM �NAr ..futw. .t/Y rx 1./IUNIV4 du 1bv r!•r.Y., rA..f.J.. 13•y.!r N fwU. MW Wr ..mn.., rWP.xl 11 w Au11v ., f,-a1A .. NI w,wtl! r.n ]v+.x. Io N mm I.PnMM[. P. ol.lrxa !. ML [.: !r]RM.I/a1 l:N,] Nw:s .xD Wx.Y.M A!I le AI nn lLRrU r NI ru.UMxl P s ,rn y�r tINN []] ]r�ri NI �.N,Na1,.N,.)I ...A..,.I MII r[ .nN...r „rN[[•r FOR APPROVAL SLICE Y"ll� T"S DNA c INS BEEN PREPARED CA=MLD• rwc+yEl lkf fnit•.TRuy]y(fl FOR YOUR REVIEW .0 APPROVAL .WE-toVL STONEf.AII' ❑ APPROVCO AS SUBMITTED ER I •.IAII(j(y,BEP).�%lLil(ITT — O APPROVED AS CORRECTED O RESUBMIT PLEASE CNECX MC APPrp_" BOX AND RETURN ONE SIGNED COP' SD GRATING Aa THAT wE WY PROCEED IRITN F.- = GOON. a PACIFIC LLC SIGNED - _________ t i TTLC ___ _ DATE 111' AP I", ff']](� ffo�pp «rRCV L - 2 NCO — GRATING HANDRAIL LAloER- PLAN PET. UwO. 57 "A": S/4- . 1--U• y- [a.qJ otM� ih �l L K 2 REO'D s,rR_i IQTURAI_/I InNDRAII-LLADP-LR PLAN P.Er OW'C- S7 SCALE 3/4• - 1 U- l�FL[wOph MW �SCAJE• S . -- 1 -o-o A tLE.YAnVN VCW e 1 CI[W rlw YICw DR~; 1111d 1 S,O. 4IOItUB 1 CUSILTMEN P.C. 1 'It. I.", I 11ESCRIPNOIJ IMfDr. •( SPAH) K E wWR:.a ar wHe cam. n CQM; I...F ww 1. ....RYW M K ANIR[!4 YM.L rlRR DKANASS • Jlzo . A.' .wL :Na. vua J. IAtARAt la R PAIR4N NIA (1rtA RY(RLLnlf .A.sww.x wL . srmnw..auuER to rt ti Iw.Mo Rah rRP .afl.•R . J•...r„ ...atL A 3' RKt caw cuw ihA. ! N. CV r�H.ct.ff rNRf .hA[f .WI NurLAr�a Aht •r K h[Yv uN [o FOR APPROVAL TwS DRAWND r AS SEEN PREPARED FOR YOUR RMCM AND APPROVAL []APPROVED AS SUBUTTEO EI APPROVED AS CORRECTED O RESU BUT PLEASE CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX AM RETWN ONE SIGHED [OPT SD THAT wE MAY PROCEED WITH FABN- CATION. SIDAtD ----_---- TITLE ---- DATE _--- SEW, 110_rEr_ All .cuw & SHOREIINr CON�t(J'(LLICNT ,ma p tij W PACIFIC LLC V OM AT7L0L ENT DEIAH � _ SCALE St . [�_Oz EIS RQWLA,�LEE LADDER WkL W NLy 5 At C-I, um I wr acN AIL -DUHW Dr� "a Le EJRN[N ULW, 5C&L 6- - '-o' 3- - V-a, m C5 �0111WIVHO�_ o. FOR APPROVAL Ms O...G HAS BEE. PREY-ED fop YOUR REVIEW AND --M� E, MPRWEO M SM.ITIED "PROvEO AS CORRECTED 0 RE Wt" PLLS CmEc THE IPPROP"TE BOX AND RETURN [T.R. O.E SIWO COPY So MATW "Y PROCEED MTH fABM- CXTJON. t 17 IE � CUSTOMER o (( SITE BY CK_PROJECT# STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC DATE b z— r /„ PAGE NO i�.LJ ;(,1 �.i S (Z_ 4C I% .l : ...... _ . - �.._.. _-..... _ _.- .. .--. • --- ....... ^_> to s C » 13/A_1., ii1 At _{ W ca i L r P SQ 1 1� J . toaL bL V_. c n�' d MCI `[:�,2Cy .a�) 4 ;— �..xloi 1�i-1 _..._....... ... i cp(c t"- phone 503.587.0101 • fax 503.316.1864 • www.wscengincering.com CUSTOMER LAII J "a I A" 1`2 4- • SITE '3 To". �►�'� wireless BY SS CK K?J`I PROJECT# il-ooi12� STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC DATE 40 (-4- 1( PAGE NO �C - -......... _ _._.... �ac : �� L L`l �to W w►L RP Sc l C3g i 1 r 5.4 f1 s— - •�� 2 w.;, . l r,.e C� s � tr �` 6 �� lr Lr � �-> 2 J rG'k ; . y wp - eQ�JY.:- LT�aT�t-1 _ ... - I .1 2 1 I I i phone 503.587.0101 -fax 503.316,1864 111 www.wscenginecring.com � CUSTOMER i�Lfc �LONuv::<<— e f _ % SITE 5 To is >Iz c� 1� v v re ess BY S 5 CK V-kP-i PROJECT# 11_-DDL-(2- STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC DATE a t-,�/ it PAGE NO �- -s....:_ ... _ ....... _ ;.. V-11" I 1'-9" I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 to G 3 _ o // / -�-i- -- --- ---` -- W8x8x% D o - W6x6xY ----- 1 N 1 � 1 F00 I 1 o I I + \ � I 1 - 3 I io 1 W6x60 - - - - 1 1 1 o , 1 iYP. 1 �G►c. i3Lv�r� ,� 1 Ple) (Z C 1 REQ'D GRATING SUPPORTMANDRAIL PLAN REF, DWG. S6 SCALE 1/2" V-0" ... phone 503.587.0101 • fax 503.316.1864 • www.wscengineering.com � CUSTOMER 6AQ-ba.T • < <_ % SITE y-o N K 1--ltc, wireless BY S 9 CK I-Vel PROJECT# 0-0042- STRUCTURES CONSULTING, Pc DATE 0 2—i'r rr PAGE NO '�3 ��• C \, Lb.;j(, .:. C. � � INc�- � � fir). _ , _ _ _.. _ ... - - _ ... «Lp �. _ LL i L D , - -- . 00 LL �F:3 L Si&Nt� ...... % Ks I -- ` o �J mt-- - .. ' r 1. lor. S__.... �.. `._:1 _u. _:_.........._. S YL 7 o1L phone 503.587.0101 • fax 503.316.18fi4.www.wscenVneenng.com r % CUSTOMER Lt; ! tail i t�r� �i4� i✓r i . E BY�So�ct�� Kt� PROJECT# '(i-ooy2 STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC DATEy l } r/ PAGE NO i-C JG`r B[ i (3 �-ma's.. �.l � � s P .!-;f . S •z' Sri c N. 1=.5 � � ��s �1�- 1 . _ 0 cp CA � �-.-- �1\d� tip\ � � • \ qTC� 4C7.��c� 10 ' v _..._.� .. i 1 C—m Rd iz LT c u phone 503.587.0101 • fax 503.316.1864 • www.wscenginecring.com Customer: Grating Pacific Project No.: 11-0042 / Jl Project: FRP Platform & LadderAssembly Date: 02/17/11 wireless Site: Stonegate Lift Station Page: 10 SMCTURES CONSULTING, rc ACI 318 Appendix D - Anchor Embedment Calculations - Hilti TZ Anchors Applied Anchor Forces: (Anticipated Maximum per Anchor) Design Shear, Vo.,;gn = 0.50 kips Design Tension, To.,i9 = 0.50 kips Anchor Material: Stainless Steel (PerAISI 304 orAISI 316) Anchor Geometry: Anchor Information: (Reference ESR-1917) Embedment Depth, hd = 3.25 in. Anchor Diameter, d, = 0.50 in. Minimum Clear Separation, S = 3.25 in. Tensile Stress Area, A,. = 0.101 in Edge Distance, C, = 5.25 in. Minimum Yield Strength, fy = 92.0 ksi Edge Distance, C2 = 2.13 in. Minimum Ultimate Strength,f = 115 ksi Minimum Edge Distance, cm,n = 2.13 in. Concrete Compressive Strength, f, = 2500 psi (Minimum) Minimum Slab Thickness, hmu, = 6.00 in. Strength Reduction Factors & Design Parameters: Strength Reduction Factor b for Tension, Steel Failure Mode: 0.75 Strength Reduction Factor 0 for Shear, Steel Failure Mode: 0.65 Strength Reduction Factor 0 for Tension, Concrete Failure Mode: 0.65 Strength Reduction Factor � for Shear, Concrete Failure Mode: 0.70 Effectiveness Factor for Cracked Concrete (Assumed), k, = 17 Steel Tension Capacity: Steel Shear Capacity: Concrete Tension Capacity: Concrete Shear Capacity: �N. _ 0 ' n 'A.. ' f., OV,=0.6*A,.'Ft= QN.b = (ANC'/ AN-)' W.d.N' Wc.N' Ww.N' Nb = Where: AN. _ (Cl + 1.5 ' h.,)'( C2 + 1.5 ' h.r) AN, = 9 ` h.,2 = Where Cm„, z 1.5 ' h.,, then yN.d N = For cracked concrete assumed, then yN,,N = For cracked concrete assumed, then W,,N = Nb = k� - A 'fb's' hef15 = 8.71 kips (OK) 4.53 49.0 95.1 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.98 ONct = 1.67 ogob = (Avo'/ Av.)' W.dv' 4Jc,V' Wh,v' Vb = Where: Av. = 2 (Cmin ' 1.5) ' hm,, = Av. = 4.5 ' Cmin = Where C, = C2, then y.d,v = For cracked concrete assumed, then ip ,v = 4Wh.v = Vb=(7'(I./d.)o.2.d. ,4� l'A.r.11.C."5= OV.b = 38.3 20 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.11 1.32 kips (OK) (EQ. D-4) in (Figure RD.5.2.1) in (EQ. D-6) (Section - D.5.2.5) (Section - D.5.2.6) (Section - D.5.2.7) kips (EQ. D-7) kips (OK) (EQ. D-21) in (Figure RD.6.2.1(b)) in (EQ. D-23) (Section - D.6.2.6) (Section - D.6.2.7) (Section - D 6.2.8) kips (EQ. D-24) kips (OK) USE. 112" 0 Hilti "TZ" Anchors (ESR-1917), 3 1/4" Minimum Embedment, 2 1/8" Minimum Edge Distance USE: 6" Minimum Slab Thickness, Minimum fc = 2500 psi Ph:(503) 587-0101; Fx: (503) 316-1864 www.wxenginaeHng.com �7 Customer: Grating Pacific WSC Project No.: 11-0042 wire Project: FRP Platform &LadderAssemb/y Date: 02/22/11 less Site: Stonegate Lift Station Page No.: 11 STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC Fibergrate Molded Grating - Load Tables tGG�f� o. - � 1{lC4�c(i�'ii�YyY�t e 1 1.4 <01 c01 <O1 a0t c01 001 O.J2 005 ODG 2300 23W 4620 10,50 1 I-lr2A-12 <.01, <,01 <.0, 001 0012 0.04 0.08, 016, 1580 158J 30M 8770 12 1-12 1-Irh11-12 <01 <01 <01 <.01 0.01 002 004 0.07 20ao 28M 7700 10420 2 2c2 <01 <Ot <O1 *01 <01 0J, 002 064 25W MO 6:ID 9820 N4 1:4 4.01 401 001 001 002 002 CO. 008 0.13 1330 3730 20J0 8130 14 1-11ZO-112 <01 <01 001 002 002 0.04 Cx 012 - low 16W 1600 a17oo 1. 114 1.1rh11-trl <.01 -01 01 <01 <01 001 C.02 004 11'0 10ao lbw a080 1 1aI 0.01 0.01 0.02 0 C13 004 0.07 611 U 22 0,44 1050 1060 T2,4 47S„ i 1. 112x 1-12 0-02 002 0.64 003 009 011 Ox 038 - 700 7J0 1.170 3170 18 1-V2 I-i2k 1-12 c01 <.Ol 0.01 O.o2 003 004 007 0.14 0.29 81D 1250 3420 a840 2 2Dz <01 <.01 0.01 001 o m om o 04 aog o.17 1110 veo 27s2 94,0 14 Ir4 .02 0 02 0.04 coo 0 M Oil 0 1g - - COO ON 900 3610 14 I-t2"-12 0.03 004 006 009 012 018 030 - - 440 No aa0 2660 1.114 1-trbl-12 0.01 001 002 0C1 0D4 008 000 `19 740 1110 1110 444a 1 1.4 0.04 005 0.07 0 11 0 15 022 0-37 - - 590 w 1150 M70 1 1-,2A1-12 0.. 0.0. 0.12 010 025 031 - - - 300 317D 1. 1780 24 1-tr2 1.12c I.12 0.D2 0.03 0.0/ 006 0OD 012 0-21 042 - 510 700 ion4000 2 212 0.01 0.01 0.02 0 03 0 04 0 06 0 10 020 - 62C 156 i 1560 4810 3Y4 144 0.00 0 oa 0.12 C 18 0 24 03a - -- - 3,X 600 SOO 2030 14 1-1rha1-12 0 Og 0 12 0.18 O.7d 037 - - - - 250 370 7'3 1500 1.114 1.1rr.. •-t•: O 03 004 f CG 0.'Y7 Oil 017 r _; 4r G:: 6t;9 2F.30 1 I.- C 06 0 11 0.17 026 C 34 - - - - 310 37C 740 171C I I-1211. 12 014 013 0.71 0.41 - - - - - 250 250 .tq 1t40 30 1.1/2 i-t/h1F 12 Oo5 0.08 0.00 0.14 0.18 027 C48 - - 330 450 1230 2W) 2 2Y2 002 0.03 C.05 0 07 009 0 1♦ 0 23 045 - 100 ID00 1= 3340 14 tx4 013 0 17 020 0.40 - - - - - 210 320 320 1300 3/4 1.,t2t 1. 12 017 023 035 - - _ _ _ - lao 240 240 wo 1.114 I.,r2Y1-12 008 010 G.15 073 0.30 048 280 420 420 1700 1 t., 0 10 021 032 049 - - - - - 200 200 5,0 1190 I I-irh l-t2 031 040 - - - - - -• - 170 170 340 NO 38 I -IQ 1.12+c,-12 010 0..13 020 0.30 040 - - - - 230 Vo $50 1"0 2 2D 2 0 D4 O.Oa 000 013 0 19 020 044 - - 270 690 ago 2320 14 Ix4 025 033 050 - - - - - - 150 220 220 MO 14 t-72x 1- 1/2 039 - - - - - - - - 110 16D ISO %c I-IN I.lr11.1 0 14 1 4 iT 7a0 IICO 1 U4 0,33 043 - - - - - - - IG0 190 370 $70 1 1.1 rh11-12 049 - - - - - - - - 120 120 250 5 60 42 1_12 1-1721,•12 017 022 034 - - - - - - 100 230 620 r300 2 22 008 010 0,18 024 032 047 - - - 200 510 510 1700 1-14 1-1 1-112 r 1 tx4 0 4a •• - - - - - - ,60 1. 310 720 46 1.114 1I-1.^h 1-10 037 049 1x 1d0 1`J '2J 48 t-12 1-lrbll-W 020 0J7 - - - - - - - 120 170 400 Iwo 2 h2 .014 0 18 028 042 150 390 390 1300 54 1.11'2 1-trrv1.72 0.42 - - - - - - - - ton 140 380 7C0 2 242 0.21 027 042 - - - 120 300 3D0 tOJO 80 2 2k2 1 0.47 100 250 250 830 `• tni-�1 .--•- �r•:i.t.li u....,.•�. d rv;.IN :�;�.1�1 .:.fni...� -. �•:.. i'. M.D ar. .roL^, i•�w•Y'4�w• (s1,..1 v t-; -n. _-. R r , l.. -<n 1i..f .� --Jn,1 A1a,s 0"7-dw Ph: (503) 587-0101; Fx: (503) 316-1864 www.wscengineering.com Customer: Grating Pacific WSC Project No.: 11-D042 z- i. �� Project: FRP Platform 8 Ladder Assembly Date: 02/22/11 wireless Site: Stonegate Lift Station Page No.: 12 STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC Fibergrate Dynaform Structural Shapes - Mechanical Properties X 1r , The values listed below are test results from coupon tests performed in accordance with the noted ASTM Test. ISOFR and VFFR F/re Retardant Structural Profiles: LW = Lengthwise CW = Crosswise PF = Perpendicular to Laminate Face 8 www.nbergrate.com 1 800-5274043 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Tensile Stress, LW D-638 psi 30,000 Tensile Stress, CW D-b38 psi 7,000 Tensile Modulus, LW D-638 10' psi 2.5 Tensile Modulus, CW D-838 10• psi 08 Compressive Stress, LW D-695 psi 30,000 Compressive Stress, CW D-695 psi 15,000 Compressive Modulus, LW D-695 1 Or psi 2.5 Compressive Modulus, CW D-695 10' psi 1.0 Flexural Stress, LW 0-790 psi 30,000 Flexural Stress, CW D-790 psi 10,000 Flexural Modulus, LW D-790 10' psi 1.8 Flexural Modulus, CW D-790 10' psi 08 Modulus of ElasttcRy, E Full Section 10' psi 2.8 Shear Modulus — 10' psi 0.450 Short Beam Shear D-2344 psi 4,500 Punch Shear D-732 psi 10,000 Bearing Stress, LW D-953 psi 30,000 Notched Izod Impact, LW D-256 ft-Ibsln 25 Notched Izod Impact, CW D-256 ft-IbsJin 4 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE 8arcol Hardness D-2583 -- 45 24 Hour Water Absorption D-570 %max 0.45 Density D-792 Ibs/In 062-.070 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, LW D-696 10' in/iN°F 4.4 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Arc Resistance, LW D-495 seconds 120 Dielectric Strength, LW 0.149 kvAn 35 Dielectric Strength, PF D-149 VCRs/mil 200 Dielectric Constant PF D-150 BOhz 5 FLAMMABILITY PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Tunnel Test Flammability E-84 D-635 Flame Spread — 25 max Nonburnin Ph: (503) 587-0101; Fx: (503) 316-1864 www.wscenglneering.com .� Customer: Grating Pacific WSC Project No.: 11-0042 wirel/ Protect: FRPPlatform&Ladder Assembly Date: 02t22/11 ess Site: Stonegate Lift Station Page No.: 13 STRUCTURE CONSULTING. PC Fibergrate Dynaform: Geometric Properties - Square Tube SQUARETUBES SECTION DIMENSIONS SECTION PROPERTIES b t A wt. I S t In. In. In.' IbJft. In.' In.' In. 1 1/8 0.43 0.32 0.06 0.11 0.36 1 1/4 0.74 0.55 0.08 0.16 0.33 1-1/4 1/8 0.56 0.41 0.12 0.19 0.46 1-1/4 114 0.99 0.75 0.18 0.28 0.42 1-1/2 1/8 0.68 0.50 0.22 0.29 0.56 1-1/2 114 1.24 0.98 0.34 0.45 0.52 1-3/4 1/8 0.81 0,61 0.36 0.41 0.67 1-3/4 114 1.49 1.13 0.58 0.66 0.62 2 1/8 0.93 0.70 0.55 0.55 D.77 2 1/4 1.74 1.32 0.91 0.91 0.73 2 3/8 2,44 1.85 1.13 1.13 0.68 2-1/8 3/16 1.45 1.10 0.91 0.85 0.79 2-1/4 1/8 1.0E 0 E1 0.80 0.71 0.87 2-114 114 1.99 151 1.35 120 0.83 2-1/2 114 2.25 1.79 1.92 1.54 0.92 3 1/8 1.43 1 08 1.98 1.32 1.18 3 1/4 2.74 2.07 3.50 2.33 1.13 3-1/2 114 3.24 2.49 5.73 3.27 1.32 4 1/4 3.74 2.83 8.82 4.41 1.53 4 3/8 5.43 4.24 12.03 6.01 1.48 v www.6bergrate.com 1 800-527-40493 19 Ph: (503) 587-0101; Fx: (503) 316-1864 www.wscengineering.cam Customer: Grating Pacific WSC Project No.: 11-0042 w�� Project: FRPPlattbrm&LadderAssembly Date: 02/22/11 War e I Site: Stonegate Lift Station Page No.: 14 STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC Fibergrate Dynaform: Geometric Properties - Wide Flange WIDE FLANGE SHAPES SECTION DIMENSIONS SECTION PROPERTIES X -X Y-Y d b t A WL I S r I S r In. In. In. In.' Ib./ft. In.' in.' In. In.' in.' In, 3 3 1/4 2. 13 1 64 3 17 2.11 1.22 1.13 0.75 0 73 4 4 1/4 2.89 2.15 7.94 3.97 1.66 2.67 1.34 0 96 6 6 1/4 4.39 3.40 28.28 9.43 2.54 9.01 3.00 1 43 6 6 3/8 6.43 4 90 40.17 13.39 2.49 13.52 4.51 1 44 8 8 3/8 8.73 6.49 99.19 24.80 3.37 32.03 8.01 1.92 8 8 112 11.51 8 70 126.96 31.74 3.32 42.74 10.69 1.93 10 10 3/8 11.06 8.74 198 53 39.71 4.24 62.54 12.51 2 38 10 10 1/2 14.51 10.90 256.20 51.24 4.21 83.42 16.68 2 40 12 12 112 17.51 13.2C 452.45 75.45 5.08 144.11 24.02 2 87 i x --d R _1 i I t� ' 1 I wwwfihefgiate.com 1 800-5274043 15 Ph: (503) 587-0101; Fx: (503) 316-1864 www.wscengineering.com Customer: Grating Pacific WSC Project No.: 11-0042 Project: FRP Platform 8 Ladder Assembly Date: 02/22/11 wireless Site: Stonegate Lift Station Page No.: 15 STRUCTURES CONSULTING, PC Fibergrate Dynaform: Geometric Properties - Round Tube ROUNDTUBES SECTION DIMENSIONS SECTION PROPERTIES od t A Wt. I S r In. In. In.' lb./ft. In.' In.' In. 1 3/32 0.27 0.22 0.03 0.06 0.32 1 1/8 0.34 025 003 007 031 1-1/8 118 0.39 0.33 0 05 0 09 0 36 1-1/4 3132 0.34 0.27 0.06 009 0 41 1-1/4 1i8 0.44 0.32 0.07 0.111 040 1-1/4 1/4 0.79 0.61 010 017 0.36 1-1/2 118 0.54 0.45 0.13 017 0.49 1-1/2 114 0.98 0.79 0.20 027 0.45 1-3/4 1/8 064 0.51 0 21 0.24 0.58 1-3/4 114 1 18 0.94 0 34 0.39 0 54 1-7/8 3116 0.99 0.88 C 36 0.38 060 2 1 /4 1 37 1.08 0 54 0.54 0.62 3 114 2.16 1.70 2.06 1.37 098 3 1 /2 3.93 2.98 3 19 2.13 0.90 1V 22 Y x www,btxrgrate.rom 1800-527-4043 r Ph: (503) 587-0101; Fx: (503) 316-1864 www.wscengineedng.com Washington State ANIL �� Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number ISR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1/19/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wolfe Industries For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 20 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's ProductfType Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adgt�l Code File No. 45 Mix Design Miles sand and Gravel 10.03300-2.05 45 Rebar Shop Drawings - Concrete Astrof Concrete / Everett, WA 10.03200 Q & CMU Project E in Date State MaterialsEngineerDate Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory }� Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 MILES SAND AND GRAVEL COMPANY P.O. BOX 130 AUBURN, WA 98071 Date Issued : 9/30/2010 Customer: Wolf Industrial Project: Stonegate Lift Station Mix I.D.: 0650AF3 Specific Absorption Gravitv Material Design Slump at Truck Chute: 5 Design fc: 4000 PSI Batch Material weight SSD Volume (Ibs) (cfl 1.15 2.69 7/8" (ASTM 57) 1,830.00 Ibs. 10.90 1.25 2.68 3/8" (ASTM 8) - - 2.14 2.65 Sand (Class 2) 1,260.00 Ibs. 7.62 3.15 Type 1-II (Cement) 560.00 Ibs. 2.85 2.25 Class F (Fly Ash) 51.00 lbs. 0.36 1.00 Water 266.00 Ibs. 4.26 %Air (design) 4.50% 1.22 MB-AE-90 (Air Ent.) 5.00 oz. 0.01 Poly 997 (WRA) 18.00 oz. 0.02 W/C Ratio: 0.44 Density: 145.7 Design Volume: 27.24 Notes: ' ASTM C 94 (4.6) 'The purchaser shall ensure that the manufacturer is provided copies of all reports of tests performed on concrete samples taken to determine compliance with specification requirements. Reports shall be provided on a timely basis." Miles Sand & Gravel does not acknowledge test lab data that does not conform to ASTM standards. Concrete placed that exceeds the maximum design slump is at the risk of the contractor and owner. Remarks: Air entrained concrete verified at truck chute on Submitted by: Robert Thompson STRENGTH TEST EVALUATION Company: Miles S&G Mix: 0650AF3 Spec'd Str.: 4000 PSI Page 2 ACI 214 Strength Analysis Average Strength, X 4595 PSI Min Strength 4025 PSI No. of Tests, n 25 Avg Strength 4595 PSI _ Max Strength 5915 PSI Average Range, R 120 PSI Min Slump 3.50 IN Standard Deviation, s 469 PSI Avg Slump 4.90 IN Coefficient of Variation, V 10.2 % Max Slump 6.75 IN Within -Test Std Dev 106 PSI Min Air Content 4.0 % Within -Test Coeff. of Var. 2.3 % Avg Air Content 5.1 % Max Air Content 6.1 % Batch -to -Batch Std Dev 457 PSI Batch -to -Batch Coeff. of Var. 9.9 % Min Conc. Temp. 55 F Avg Conc. Temp. 65 F Max Conc. Temp. 78 F ACI 318 Performance Approval VALID, >15 TESTS MODIFICATION FACTOR = 1.030 s = 483 PSI fcr = fc + 1.33 s = 4642 PSI fcr = fc + 2.33 s - 500 = 4625 PSI Conc. 7-Day 28-Day Str. Slump Air Temp. Str. Cyl.#1 Cyl.#2 Strength Moving Avg Moving Avg Test # Date in. % F psi psi psi Range psi of Three of Ten AVG 4.90 4.5 65 3569 4583 4607 120 4595 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 1 8/28/2007 4.75 78 3290 4000 4100 100 4050 2 8/28/2007 6.00 4.5 62 3630 4260 4180 80 4220 3 6/15/2007 5.50 5.1 68 3300 4380 4200 180 4290 4187 4289 4 6/14/2007 6.00 6.1 71 3300 4170 4050 120 4110 4207 4253 5 6/6/2007 5.50 4.0 68 3900 4380 4370 10 4375 4258 4273 6 5/18/2007 3.50 60 3120 4130 4220 90 4175 4220 4259 7 5/17/2007 5.00 61 3430 4370 4580 210 4475 4342 4286 8 5/4/2007 3.75 61 3710 4970 5010 40 4990 4547 4364 9 4/22/2007 3.50 62 3340 4550 4930 380 4740 4735 4402 10 4/17/2007 5.00 63 4230 4980 5070 90 5025 4918 4445 11 3/12/2007 6.75 72 2880 4210 4220 10 4215 4660 4462 12 11/15/2006 5.50 6.0 61 3250 4260 4280 20 4270 4503 4467 13 10/2/2006 5.00 4.4 68 3360 4250 4270 20 4260 4248 4464 14 8/5/2006 4.25 65 3450 4410 4490 80 4450 4327 4498 15 6/29/2006 4.50 6.1 71 3400 4010 4040 30 4025 4245 4463 16 5/12/2006 4.00 5.3 64 3660 4470 4380 90 4425 4300 4488 17 11/30/2006 5.50 5.8 55 4050 4940 4750 190 4845 4432 4525 18 12/13/2006 4.50 4.3 60 3870 5880 5950 70 5915 5062 4617 19 12/28/2006 4.25 5.1 56 3370 5060 5010 50 5035 5265 4647 20 4/13/2007 4.50 68 3640 4860 4940 80 4900 5283 4634 21 10/7/2008 3.75 5.1 69 4200 5390 5400 10 .5395 5110 4752 22 9/30/2008 4.50 5.5 70 3940 5380 4900 480 5140 5145 4839 23 11/10/2008 6.00 5.0 63 3570 4360 4530 170 4445 4993 4858 24 11/10/2008 6.00 5.0 63 3700 4210 4410 200 4310 4632 4844 25 5/21/2009 5.00 4.5 65 3630 4700 4900 200 4800 4518 4921 r - --I I , I I I I I I I , I I I I I , I i I I 1 I , I , I , I , I 1 I 1 I I , I , I , I I , I , L _ W4 jr W3 4x5a4 4S28 e4' DIAG 14 e EA CORNER 1 I- - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - 13a6 6S5 @12' 13a6 6S6 LAP 2-11 5T6k5ER SPLICES - - I I I 11a3 1-10 @12' 21a6 6ST 012' ' I , , I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 N- 3a3 9-08 et2' p Wt 2444 4S27 @12" AROUNO FOUNDATION PLAN - THIS SHOP DRAWING HAS BEEN DETAILED BY: Lineation a rebar detailing & estimating company P.O. BOX 2535 FORKS, WA 98331 ph 360-374-4228 fx 360.374.2033 e-moi: juonilo0140centuylel.net W2 6S1 @W a TOP 6S3 LAP 3-10 GGER SPLICES e 801 7a6 6S2 LAP 2-11 STAGGER SPLICES 2x1a6 19-06 @ CURB @ 2 SIDES tab 11-06 @ CURB @ 1 SIDE 2a6 6S9 CBS 24 6S10 CB 44a6 6S8 @12" TOTAL FOR 4 SIDES 2x3a6 19-06 @ BOT @ 2 SIDES 2x3a6 11-06 @ BDT @ 2 SIDES SECTION A I OTT SIZE LENGTH RGT EP MRK V TYP CDl A 6 C 0 E im 6 H J K 0 3 D B � N G K 13 6 16-00 312 13 6 B-OS 164 21 6 "-0'"6 AA 6 6-06 430 2 6 T-oe 23 17 BI „I C 2 6 6-00 16 24 4 2-03 39 20 6 4-08 62 6 6 19-0606 1234 7 6 11-06 1 121 7 ] 9-06 11 2D B C D I1 ] 1-10 1 6 TOTALI 3161 Totol for sia 6, 304, TOtW f- I1ZR U 101 Totol for sIz. 3, 19 FABRICATOR: ASTROF CONCRETE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CONTRACTOR; WOLF INDUSTRIES ALL REBAR IS TO DE ASTN A513 GRADE 60 1 JOB MAW: CITY OF RENTON. STONEGATE LIFT STATION LOCATION RENTON. WA JOB HIAeM- REV: DR31G NO. R 1 FOUNDATION PLAN & DETAILS DATE: 10-12-10 19-06 @ TOP 1N5 5S12 @ CORNER lo5 6-06 @ CORNER 1#4 4S13 CB 2x245 5S14 CB a EA ENO 1N5 5S12 a CORNER 2x2N6 7-00 @ JAMBS 2x2x6 7-10 TOP BAR 2x4a4 4SI3 CB @ EA ENO 205 5S11 @ LINTEL 104 4S13 CB 1#4 4S20 @24' 1N5 6-06 @ CORNER -- - - - - -- ---------- ----- ------ 245 5S14 CB -- - 205 5S22 CB 9R5 5S16 OWLS 2x2N6 6S17 OWLS a JAMBS 2004 6-00 @24' 2 LIFTS MATCH VERTS 7u4 3-10 TOP BAR 2N5 19-06 a BOT W1 ELEVATION i 1N4 3-02 @24' 1✓s4 6-00 @24' 194 3-10 TOP BAR 4N4 19-06 @24' i , 3A3 3S18 HAIRPINS @8' 1N4 15-06 @24' 1+F4 4519 a24' THIS SHOP DRAWING HAS BEEN DETAILED BY: Lineation o rebor detailing & estimating company P.O. BOX 2535 FORKS, WA 98331 ph 360-374.4226 Ix 360.374.2033m e-0i; juonilo014@cenlurylel.nel FADWATOR: ASTROF CONCRETE u ESS NOTED OTIERYBSE CONTRACTOR: WOLF INDUSTRIES ALL RESAR 5 TO BE ASTy A515 GRADE 60 dOe NAM:: CITY OF RENTON. STONEGATE LIFT STATION LOCATIOM RENTON. WA ISM 11-06 @24 304 4S24 @24' s„ FO-q UBH 1 6@TOP 3S1B HAIRPINS 08" x2a7 7-06 @ JAMBS x2a7 7-10 TOP BAR 14S24 924' 22 ELEVATION S. M JOB MAGER'. OR@G NO. R 2 REV: CW WALL ELEVATIONS BATE: 10-12-1 D Iu5 5S12 @ CORNER Ins 6-06 @ CORNER 1a4 4S13 CB 2u5 19-06 @ TOP 1u4 1-08 @24" -2x2st5 5S14 CB @ EA END -2u5 SS11 @ LINTEL 144 4S13 CB -1u4 4S20 @24" -1a5 5S12 @ CORNER 2x404 4S13 CB @ EA END 2x2u6 7-00 @ JAMBS 2x2T26 7-10 TOP BAR 1u5 6-06 @ CORNER -------- ----------------- ------ - 2-5 5S14 CB 2u5 5S22 CB 9u5 SS16 OWLS 2x2a6 6S1T OWLS @ JAMS 20SM 6-00 @24" 2 LIFTS HATCH VERTS 7M4 3-10 TOP BAR 2W5 19-06 @ BDT W3 ELEVATION 3rt3 3SI8 HAIRPINS @8" 15-06 @24" i Ulu4 1 - 104 4519 @24" —4u4 19-06 @24" i 1 tu4 6-00 @24" lu4 3-10 @24" _I � 1 THIS SHOP DRAWING HAS BEEN DET WLED BY: Sn 1-0-1T B � Li n e a t i on U H a rebor detailing & estimating company OTT 51 ZE LENGTH •GT EP MARE V TYP COI A 6 C 0 E F/R G N 0 E 0 4 6 S-OT 34 6517 1T I-00 4-0T 2 5 r-0' 15 5511 17 0-10 6-03 2 5 9-10 20 5S12 17 2-00 T-10 6 5 5-00 31 5S14 17 2-06 2-06 9 5 <-11 46 5S16 17 0-10 a-01 2 5 4-06 10 SS22 17 2-02 Z-06 10 4 3-06 23 4513 17 1-06 2-00 2 4519 17 0-06 2-00 2-02 1 4S20 17 0-06 1-06 3-02 43510 511 3-013 1-06 0-03 7-10 41 7-00 42 19-06 61 J2-06 6-06 14 19-06 52 IS-06 10 b-DO 60 1-10 1-08 1 TOTAL: 513 total for size 6: 123 Total for 51 Total for li it 41 169 siZq 169 oYoi fo .1- 3, 4 P.O. BOY 2535 FORKS, WA 98331 ph 360-374-4228 Ix 360-374-2033 e-moil: juoniloO140centurylel.net UNLESS NOTED OTNER1YbE ALL MAN 5 TO 6E ASTP M15 GRADE 60 FABRICATOR: ASTROF CONCRETE JOB TAA6CR: DRWc NO. R3 CAU WALL ELEVATION CONTRACTOR: WOLF INDUSTRIES REV: 1O6 NAME: CITY OF RENTON. STONEGATE LIFT STATION LOCATION: RENTON. WA DATE 10-12-10 9n5 15-06 e16•- 3x3+W 4S25 TIES e12'- 1e 3 PILASTERS) 3xl6At4 4S25 TIES B8'� le 3 PILASTERS) I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I v THIS SHOP DRAWING HAS BEEN DETAILED BY Lineation a rebar detoiling & estimating company P.O. BOX 2535 FORKS, WA 98331 ph 360.374.4228 Ix 360.374-2033 e-mail: jualilo0140Eenlurylel.net 20W5 SS26 DWLSJ �Y045 6-06 e24' 1ST LIFT MATCH VERTS 20a5 6-06 TOP BAR INCLUDES 4 VERTS a EA PILASTER W4 ELEVATION 11X 5u4 11-06 @24' r5 11-06 It BOT 1 7 BI _I OTY SIZE LENGTH VGT EP 20 '. 5-11 123 A-0t IT S 15-06 215 2/5 4 S 11-06 46 40 S 6-06 271 81T G A E S 3-06 62 S A 11-06 36 TOTALI 913 Totol for $124 51 TT9 Totol far alga 41 194 FABRICAloR: ASTROF CONCRETE U ESS NOTED OTIERRISE CONTRACTOR: WOLF INDUSTRIES ALL REBAR 5 TO BE ASTM A515 GRADE 60 JOB N"; CITY OF RENTON. STONEGATE LIFT STATION LOCATgM RENTON. WA 06 e12' 17a5 3-06 012'J L 5a5 15-06 a FTG SECTION A V TVP CDI A e C D JOB HlAaw- REV: ah'G NO. R 4 C►U WALL ELEVATION OATEI 10-12-I D � Washington State �IAf Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1i21i2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wolf Industries Fnr assistanr_P in r_mmnletinn_ see Insfrur_finns and Framnle I RAM # 21 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator. Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adgt�l Code File No. 45 Curing & Sealing Compound WR Meadows Sealtight 10.03350-2.01 45 Masonry Materials Mutual Target LLC 10.04050-2.01 Tumwater, WA 45 Concrete Masonry Units Mutual Materials 10.04220-2.01 Bellevue, WA I Project Engineer Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: �E COI.UIZ Ji4AL4 — Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other f FIJM It tWLU)tLb o M IU.UU/JI. V:t9/INo.68'2b�44 2{( Y MAYESTESnNG ENGINEERS, INC. `'rmw"d M" 2t17T5 CetiarVat;,, POW �- ,•.,;, Suite 110 L,irr m*W. WA 98036 pn 425.742.3360 lax 425.745.1M _ CMU Qualification Tests TJt� "011it+Q 10029S.Tacoma Way Suva E-2 -14mma, WAL 98499 Client / Pr*ct: Mutual Materials Jab # Q7002 ph 253,584.3720 lax253-584.3707 Sample Description: 9 Y 8 x 16 STD. ,M%VT P 0 # 302495 Porr/ana Office Sample I.D.: 1292 Datc_ 12/31/2007 7911 NE 33M Drivc Run K0710096 S1)ec.: ASTM C:-140, ASTM C-n0, C."-426 Pedant3, OR 97211 ph 503.281.7515 tax SD3.281.757A lli n1 c+psi ot�s Dry Ullit tiallhplt NeiPill R'i,itlh l,cllJ;tli Abso lion m % Mcisture as Absorptiom Absorption Wzi�lii Wc�ght Weight as Reed Rec d ( PC ',h ,( ) rcC'c, ll7s I 7 10/16 7 Hi l f., 15 9/16 22.8 1.9 9.5 8.4 ;11.2 113.9 31,7 7 11/16 7 10 16 l511/16 24,0 2,0 9.6 8.4 31.4 113.7 32.1 7 in110 7l!'16 159116 24.2 2.0 9.6 9.4 31.3 114.2 31.9 Avt:rsge 7 1 IV I G 7 11 / 16 15 10/ 16, 23.7 2.0 9.6 8.4 31.3 113.9 31.9 ASTM C:-90 Weight C1.1;citit:ation ASTM C-90 Specification for Absorption Measurement of Uimcn5ions Facc Shell Tbickncss (air) minimum Wch Thickness (Hvc) minimum Equiv. Web Thicknu: s (avc) L^quivnlcnt Thit:kncss ( avc) Compressivc Strength ,ASTM C 140 Medium Weight, 105 to 1w than 125 per 15 pcf maximum Results JASTNT C-90 Requirement Minimum 1.29 1,25 1.21 1.00 2.79 2.25 3.97 Sasmplc Gross Area (in2) e 2 ComprLssion Load Ohs) Compressive Strength (psi) Grua Net 1 119,52 61.96 181400 1520. 2930. 2 119.52 61.99 187,700 157n. 3030. 3 119.52 61.98 196.400 1560. 3010. Average 1550. 2990, Drying Shrinkage ASTA9 C 426 1 , 0,51 % 2 .056 3 .054"/n Avc ..054%. RLvictvcd Ely: I �' lntnmt, ti,rn in this relti+rI a lie, to dtc actual c:,tnplcs tecwd and $hull not b•, rcpmdviceA , cep; in roil, without the approva) C M U 1292/12/31 /20��/ UNPAINTED EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS: ... continued Install parapet cap flashing immediately after completion of wall: Delayed installation of cap flashing is another common source of efflorescence staining. If flashing cannot be installed immediately after completion of wall construction, interim weather protection must be provided. Provide extra car in the laying of units: Buttering the heads of both units, doable striking all exterior joints, and striking (not flush cutting) all interior joints of exterior walls increases the density of the mortarjoints, improves the bond of mortar to units, and consequently enhances the weather resistiveness of the wall assembly. Cleaning: Clean wall, prior to sealing, using products and procedures contained in CONCRETE BLOCK CLEANING RECOM- MENDATIONS. Damp -Proofing: Damp proof walls per the CONCRETE BLOCK DAMP - PROOFING RECOMMENDATINS. C=) WEATHERPROOFING Exterior walls are a critical component in achieving the required weather resistance of any building envelope. This guide outlines a number of considerations in the cleaning and weatherproofing of concrete masonry structures. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS: A number of weatherproofing recommendations apply to all concrete masonry jobs, both painted and clear sealed. Details: Many leakage problems in load bearing concrete masonry building arise from poorly designed and/or poorly implemented details. Any building detail exposed to weather should be thoroughly evaluated for its effectiveness in handling water, for its clarity, and fur its constructibility. Of particular concern, are details associated with parapets, scuppers, through wall drains, and those involving any exterior horizontal surfaces (corbels, capping, sills, etc.) The Architectural Sheet Metal Manual by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc. (SMACNA) is an excellent guide for common roof flashing, through wall drain and scupper details. Review substitutions carefully: Selection of the cleaning and sealing products and procedures is a very significant design decision that has major performance implications for the wall system. Consequently, substitutions should be carefully evaluated prior to approval. Keep in mind cheap substitutes often don't work. Interior membranes: Concrete masonry, like all concrete products, is an absorptive material. Consequently, when the exterior of a concrete masonry wall is exposed to extended periods of wet weather, the inside surface of exterior walls can become damp. Under rare circum- stances it is critical to assure that a specific portion of a wall remain as dry as possible (e.g. where carpet contacts an exterior wall). For these applications the recommended product is HYDROSEAL 75 by Northern Industries, Inc. PAINTED MASONRY APPLICATIONS: Elastomeric paints can dramatically improve the water repellency of concrete masonry walls. To achieve this result requires both the selection of appropriate products, and the proper application of those products. The industry recommended coatings for painted concrete masonry applications are... Block Filler: For lightweight units (concrete density less than 105 pcf), use one coat cementitious or 100% undiluted acrylic latex block filler, as approved or recommended by coating manufacturer. For units of heavier density this filler coat is optional. Elastomeric Coating: Use two coats, minimum 8-10 mils thick, polymerized acrylic elastomeric coating. The coating should have an elongations (as a percentage of thickness) from 200%-330% when tested per ASTM D2370 and a water vapor transmission of more than 0.04 perm inches when tested per ASTM E96, or as required to accommodate the exfiltration requirements of the structure. UNPAINTED EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS: Unpainted concrete masonry presents two challenges that do not arise in painted applications. First, as unpainted walls do not have the advantage of a coat of paint to hide construction related staining, the must be clean. To further complicate this requirement, concrete masonry color is prone to fading and blotching when exposed to harsh cleaners. Second, clear sealed masonry walls must provide required weatherproofing without the benefit of heavy bodied water proof paint. Therefore exercise additional car in design and construction by observing the following recommendations... Specify block density >110 pcf: Medium weight block is less prone to shrinkage than is light weight block. Less shrinkage leads to smaller crack widths and consequently improved water repellency. Specify Dry Block additive in block: Dry Block, a proprietary additive sold by W.R. Grace, is an integral waterproofing that substantially reduced the absorptiveness of concrete masonry. Specify Dry Block additive in mortar: The Dry Block system is designed to be used in all masonry components exposed to weather. This includes all mortar joints in exterior walls. Keep walls clean during construction: Special provision should be provided to avoid mortar, grout, and mud stains during construction. To eliminate subsequent need for harsh cleaners, any stains that occur should be cleaned immediately, prior to set. Protect walls under construction from rain: Water accumulation in partially constructed wall is a major cause of efflorescence staining. Walls should be protected from inclement weather as required to minimize this problem. continued... MASONRY PRODUCT CONCRETE BLOCK as manufactured by Mutual Materials Co., P.O. Box 2009, Bellevue, WA 98009. CLEANING MATERIALS 1. FABRISHIELD® 653 SILOXANE/QUARTZ WATER REPELLENT as manufactured by Fabrikem Manufacturing Ltd. 2. FABRISHEILD® 653 is a clear water repellent VOC compliant product designed to provide invisible protection for above grade exterior concrete block. It is a blend of Siloxane resins and diffused quartz carbide that reacts with the alkalinity in the wall. It is specially formulated to not alter the shade of the treated surface. FABRISHIELD® 653 is also recommended in the independent publication of NWCMA Tek Note on Rain Resistant Masonry. APPLICATION Test each surface to be treated for compatibility, to confirm product selection, to establish typical coverage rate and to confirm degree of water repellency. The surfaces to receive FABRISHIELDO should be clean, free of stairs, vegetation and efflorescence, thoroughly dry, sound and in good repair. Anv deficiencies should be corrected prior to the application of FABRISHIELD® ithis should include caulking). On new construction, or where repairs have been undertaken, surfaces should be allowed to cure a minimum of 21 days. Test panels are imperative. Apply material as supplied - DO NOT DILUTE or ALTER FABRISHIELD®. Preferred method of application is with a hand held, manual pump, and low-pressure sprayer. (Do not use an airless paint sprayer.) Brush or roller application is adequate where appropriate (rubber hoses and gaskets in some tank sprayers may be affected by the solvent carrier causing discoloration). When applying FABRISHIELDO, it is suggested that the substrate receive an initial light "mist` coat to break the surface tension. This then should be followed immediately by a uniform flood coat, which allows just enough material to carry about a six-inch rundown from the contact point. Application should be made in an overlapping pattern and coverage controlled to approximately that established in the test panels. If test panels indicate the need for a second coat, the above procedures should be repeated, allowing 12-24 hours for the first coat to dry. COVERAGE Typically, FABRISHIELD® 653 should be applied at the rate of approximately 70 square feet per gallon on smooth faced block that contain Dry Block admix. Textures of Split Face and Fluted concrete block will also lower coverage rate. PRECAUTIONS wet or rained upon during any of the hour preceding days or if rain is expected with12 hours following application. Adequate ventilation should be provided and prolonged inhalation of vapors avoided. (Materials must be kept away from fire and flame.) Goggles are advised to avoid eye irritation. AVOID CONTRACT WITH SKIN. NOTE: Protect all adjacent non -masonry surfaces. ADVANTAGES Surfaces treated with FABRISHIELD® 653 exhibit water repellency for up to 10 years. This repellency helps treated surfaces to remain cleaner, thus reducing maintenance costs as well as making future cleaning easier. Because FABRISHIELD® 653 is a penetrating type sealer, it is unaffected by surface abrasion. This deep penetration also means minimal aesthetic change. The breathable nature of this sealer allows moisture vapor to migrate from interior to exterior surfaces. SPECIFICATIONS This material should be specified in the masonry section to ensure a quality application and to establish positive responsibility. It is also good to require a job meeting with the Architect, General Contractors, Mason and Applicator li/other than Mason) to establish criteria and to determine if the wall is ready. Damp-proof the exterior above grade concrete block walls with FABRISHIELD® 653 SILOXANE/QUARTS WATER REPELLENT as manufactured by Fabrikem Manufacturing Ltd. Apply as per Mutual Materials Co., CONCRETE BLOCK DAMPPROOFING / TRANSPARENT RECOMMENDATION. Updated: November 11, 2003 FABRISIIIELDI" should not be appLed to surfaces that have been mutual materials • w y i t< ., i Vi *g- i- v Y r- t .. .. t 4 .��..i n es�<1` r,<�� (tl'Sl ,� .�sa�exY�;e'�$`e� i, . t:Er a . r3 ' - �►' ww�i` SPECD 2003 BASIC MASONRY MATERIALS & METHODS O4050 Figure 2: Normally, solitface C-,NIUs are more prone to wicking than standard DAUB. With DRY-BL00<6 throughout, the splitface CMU repels moisture and dries out rapidly after a role; the standard CMU remcins-noisture saturated. • TEK 10-26 - Control Joints for Concrete Masonry Walls - Empirical Me,. hod • EK 19-2A - Design for Dry Singie-Wythe Concrete Masonry Walls • iEK 19-4A - Fiasrung Strategies for Concrete Masonry Walls • TEK 195A - Aoshing Details for Concrete Masonry Walls Consult the manufacturer's representative for details and specifications applicable to wall design selection for the DRY -BLOCK System. MORTAR JOINTS The water repellency of mortar joints is a function of (T) the ability of the mortar to resist water penetration, and (2) the geometry of the mortar joint. The use of DRY - BLOCK Mortar Admixture and proper tooling increases the watertight properties of the joint and provides resistance to water penetration. A well -tooled concave joint pro - DRY -BLOCK a a registered trodern rx cl W. R. 9r. ce & Co. -Cam file has been shown by both the NCMA and the Brick Institute of Amenco to provide the greatest resistance to water penetration. Concave or vee profile tooling is recom- menced whenever DRY -BLOCK Mortar Admixture is used for exterior applications. Raised, Flush, Extruded, Struck, Beaded, Weathered or other joint profiles have poor water resistance and are not recommended for exterior applications. CLEANING Excess mortar containing DRY -BLOCK should be removed from the face of the masonry units promptly. This is important, since standard methods for removing hardened mortar such as strong acids, sandblasting and high pressure cleaning are harmful to masonry units and mortar joints end are not recommended. Grace Construction Products 6. Availability & Cost AVAILABILITY Water repellent concrete block and concrete brick, as well as DRY -BLOCK Mortar Admixture are available only from Qualified DRY -BLOCK Producers throughout North America. Contact the manufacturer for the nearest Qualified Producer. COST Product cost varies according to the size, density and shape of the units as well as mar- ket demands. Contact the local Grace repre- sentative for details, 1. Warranty DRY -BLOCK Admixtures carry a manufacturer's limited warranty of material specification com- pliance. Refer to Grace Construction Product's Conditions of Sale for more information. 8. Maintenance None required. 9. Technical Services Technical sales representatives are available throughout North America from Grace Construction Products. 10. Filing Systems • CMD First Source • Sweet's Catalog Ries • Additional product information is available from the manufacturer. WR. Grace & Co: Corn hops the Informahon here Will t)e helphl. 4 .s based upon data and cnew k4dge cof skkired to be true and accurate and is offered la the userscmKieration bwestigotion and verificorort but we du^ not vatant the rWts to be cbfoir e . Please rend all statements, recarcnerdbtions and Rgest-cre in corOrtion wAh or cnndhom of sate, who) apply to as goods supplied by us No stalernert. reccrrrnen relation or xiggestors is nterdea for aty -.sse wMxb weeld nhvige any patent at copyrot. W. R. Grrr-e & Ca: CorvL 62 Whftenv--e Avenue. Cartridge, MA 02140.In Canada Goce Conodo kic. 294 Cements Road Vilest. 4 m Orton-. Corrado LIS 3C6. itvs product may ce severed by patents or ootents penuirg. Copyright 2L02 W. R. Grace & Co. -Cam PRP OB-2G 9102 Rinfed in the USA 3M 78: DAIA•r old MANII-9 M ae regW—rl Mdaralm of Ries I}~ h--1n tm Oat &RCOMA farrd aY*m to tr a edkril the1� a ;In Ca*mcil +%%ch.'alLve rrrh4e ad rae k d'dlh trY((:.n1g011 rtl r aL:wkY .I-ON-61% la rebel 0=AM.-M Q,O Fit Sa -A WAS1R> ea CM DAk SPEC E1200310; GMa Construction Products 1. Product Name DRY -BLOCK® System of Integral Water Repellent Admixtures for Block and Mortar 2. Manufacturer Grace Construction Products 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge, MA 02140 (877) 423-6491 Fax: (877) 423-6492 www.gracecof)stru(-Hon.com 3. Product Description DRY-BLOCKI' is a complete system of 2 water-repellent admixtures for concrete masonry construction. One admixture is mixed throughout the concrete during manufacture cf the concrete masonry unit (CMU) by a qualified DRY -BLOCK producer, the other, a mortar admixture, is added to the mortar dur- ing the mixing process. During the curirg process, the polymeric odmixtures within the CMU and mortar become on integral part of the concrete matrix by lock- irc; into the CMUs and mortar, providing long- lasting resistance to water penetration (see Hgure 1). In addition, DRY -BLOCK Mortar Admixture enhances the bond between the CMU and mortar, further minimizing areas for water penetration into the wall system, BASIC USE DRY -BLOCK is an integral water repellent for concrete block and mortar. The DRY -BLOCK System is also a cost-effective alternative for use as dampproofung in the back-up CMU units and mortar of a cavity wall. Normally, splitface CMUs are more prone to wicking than standard CMUs. With DRY -BLOCK throughout, the splitface CMU repels moisture and dries out rapidly after a rain; the stan- dard CMU remains moisture saturated (see Rgure 2). COMPOSITION & MATERIALS liquid polymeric admixtures. LIMITATIONS DRY -BLOCK CMUs are only produced by quali- fied DRY -BLOCK producers who undergo annual qualifications of their mix designs to ensure they BASIC MASONRY MATERIALS & METHODS O4050 are able to manufacture water repellent units. When a fully water repellent wall system is desired, DRY -BLOCK Admixtures must be used cs components of both the CMU and mortar. The DRY -BLOCK System is not designed to withstand hydrostatic pressures greater than 2• 1,0.50 kPa). The DRY -BLOCK System is only one part of a moisture protection system for CMU walls. Other important elements include: • Proper drainage within the core and cavity • Properly installed through -wall flashing and weep system 4. Technical Data APPLICABLE STANDARDS ASTM international • ASTM C90 Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units • ASTM C780 Standard lest Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry • ASTM C1314 Standard Test Method for Constructing and Testing Masonry Prisms Used to Determine Compliance with Specified Compressive Strength of Masonry • ASTM C1357 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Masonry Bond Strength • ASTM E96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials • ASTM E514 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PROPERTIES The DRY -BLOCK System achieves a Class E rat- ing for Normal Weight, Medium Weight and Lightweight CMUs when evaluated for wind driven rain resistance using ASTM E514 with the test extended to 72 hours, using the rating criteria in ASTM E514-74, The DRY -BLOCK System of Integral Water Repellent Admixtures has been evaluated for compliance with applicable standards for CMUs, masonry mortars and concrete masonry assemblies. Test reports are available from the manufacturer upon, request. 5. Installation PREPARATORY WORK Concrete Masonry Urns Qualified DRY -BLOCK producers manufacture water repellent CMUs incorporating DRY - BLOCK Admixture for block using qualified mix designs and dosage rates. Grace Construction Products Figure l: 'Voter-repeilent CMU with DRY-BLOCKe Admixture Mortar DRY -BLOCK Mortar Admixture should be added at the recommended dosage rate, dependent on the type of mortar being used. Mertcr Mixing Procedure Agitate DRY -BLOCK Mortar Admixture before using. DRY -BLOCK must be added to the mix water prior to charging the cement and sand. Reduce the initial water used in the mortar. PRECAUTIONS DRY -BLOCK Block and Mortar Admixtures must be kept from freezing. The admixtures hcve a shelf life of 18 months. An expiration Cate is marked on the outer container of each unit. For acditioncl information on dosage rates and mixing instructions. request the DRY -BLOCK Mortar Admixture Data Sheet from the manufacturer. Trial Batches - DRY -BLOCK Mortar Admixture is compatible with other Grace Mortar Admixtures. All admixtures should be added to the mix separately. Trial batches are recommended as detailed in ASTM C780, using jobsite materials and expected jobsite climatic conditions to determine compatibility of materials and the necessary adjustments to the mix design for actual addition rates, workability, color and physical properties. METHODS Design and construct in accordance with applicoble design codes and the recommer� Cations contained in the following National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) documents: • TEK 10-1A - Crack Control in Concrete Masonry Walls Sqr1:A.'A' o,d M,!W. a,9,9Qwal aaaaoj.N 9k aw—hr. IM t-urN 41C."ATAk a=iA to ft eaord tm ■ l! &R.L'iYga/:�fi T}z�Clviloa is Ma and a,ua•.v!h;l;ei e+nmcn .agar hx?�er 4mWAm (-Ieam'd mn, .ryETI]GIDFrt 1'vra N f�" Ns —L V ` D O, MUTUALMATERIALSTM Trusted Since 1900 TM November 12, 2010 Tikka Masonry PO Box 797 Battle Ground WA 98604 Attention: Justin Tikka Project: Stonegate Lift Station, Renton General: Wolf Industries Mason: Tikka Masonry Subject: Masonry Submittal We certify that the 8 x 8 x 16 Khaki split and smooth textured concrete masonry units for the above referenced project will be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C-90, Grade N, Type 1, and medium weight. Please find enclosed addition product information: • CMU test report for medium weight • Dry Block brochure from W. R. Grace Should you have further questions, please contact me. Sincerely, MUTUAL MATERIALS COMPANY 4& Andrew MacFarlane Commercial Sales Representative Home Office: Mutual Materials — Bellevue P: (425) 452-2361 / F: -(425) 637-0794 amacfarlane@mutualmaterials.com Enclosures Aiittal MafenalsER t- n"s' Puget Sound Auburn, WA Bellevue, WA Bellingham, WA Everett, WA Mt. Vernon, WA Olympia, WA Port Orchard, WA Redmond, WA Tacoma, WA 253 939 7854 425 452 2300 360 676 2880 425 353 9677 360 707 5209 360 357 3343 360 876 1845 425 881 6700 253 589 6434 O Mutual Materials Kinko's 11.000 /5-U Eastern Washington Spokane, WA 509 922 4100 Western Montana Missoula, MT 406-549-2011 Western Oregon Clackamas, OR 503 655 7166 Durham, OR 503 624 8860 Hillsboro, OR 503 640 4731 Salem, OR 503 375 6050 Vancouver, WA 360 693 4766 Vancouver, WA 360 573 5683 MUTUALMATERIALS Trusted Since 1900 www.mutuatmate riats.cam Mutual • Target L.LC. is a partnership of Mutual Materi26 Co. and Target Products -Lid. Product performance is affected by many (40M, mdudme simge. mehod and conditions of application and use Usu luting is ESSENTIAL to determine suitability of produd for intended method of application and use. Mutual • Target's SOLE WARMNTY is that the product lint been manufactured to �xciLcaliom No oral or written information or advice shall increase this warranty or create new warranties. Mutual • Target's SOLE LIAEIL M is to replace product pnmal defcchve In no event shall Mutual • TBEet be liable fer any consequential. indirect or other damages whether aridag from negligence or otherwise DESIGNMIX TM Mortar Mix -- 7R I I = DESIGNMIX- Professional -Grade Mortar Mix is a specially blended portland cement / time based mortar mix that, when prepared properly, will result in a mortar that conforms to the Property Specification requirements of ASTM C 270 (Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry). DESIGNMIX" Professional -Grade Mortar Mix is appropriate for use with brick and concrete block. Properties and uses of mortar vary with specific mortar type. Each DESIGNMIX" Professional -Grade Mortar Mix bag is stamped with the mortar mix type as specified by ASTM C 270. The requirements for compressive strength, water retention and air content as prescribed by ASTM C 270 arc listed in the table below: Specification Standards (for Laboratory prepared and tested Mortars) ASTM C 270-03 Property Specification Requirements (for Laboratory prepared and tested Mortars) Mortar Type { Avg. Compressive Strength Q Water Retention, Aimax.r Content. 28 days, min.. psi (MPa) min. % Portland Cement - Lime M 2500 17.2 75 12 Portland Cement -Lime S 1800 12.4 75 12 5.2 Portland Cement -Lime N 750 ! (r 1 75 14 Store DESIGNMIX' Professional -Grade Mortar Mix in such a manner as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign material. In general, store bags in a dry area, elevated above the bare ground or floor on pallets or other suitable protection. Protect from rain, snow, and other sources of moisture. Mix bag contents with the minimum amount of potable water needed to produce a workable consistency. In general, first place approximately 1 gallon (4 liters) of mixing water in a mechanical batch mixer, then add DESIGNMIX" Professional -Grade Mortar Mix. Continue adding water and DESIGNMIX" Profession- al -Grade Mortar Mix as required to get appropriate consistency of mortar and quantity needed. Mix for 3 to 5 minutes. Hand mixing may be permitted by the specifying authority with approved procedures. Follow local building code for tempering limitations and hot or cold weather construction requirements. win .: Each 801b bag of DESIGNMIX" mortar will yield approximately 0.74 cubic feet of mortar, when mixed to a workable consistency, that will cover approximately 40 standard brick or 15 standard 8" block. 1 ' S r y ♦ V 1 CIUALITY PACKAGED CEMENTS & MORTARS 4 3150 29t" Ave SW, Tumwater, WA 98512 1, (360) 705-6508 Voice (360) 705-4891 Fax As of January 2, 2007 TYPICAL PROPERTIES. PRODUCT: DESIGNMIX MORTAR TYPE-S SOURCE: 801b Bag TECHNICIAN: jt DATE SAMPLED: 11/13/2006 TIME SAMPLED: 11:45 DATE TESTED: 11/13/2006 TEST METHOD: According to ASTM C270-06 Property Specifications NOTES: COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH SAND GRADATION Property (Tested to ASTM C270) Test Data and Results ASTM C270 Requirement Powder, 2450.8 Not Specified Water, g 458.1 w/p ratio, % 18.7 Flow, in 4.25 % Flow 108 11 + % Air Content (lab) 10.7 <12 Lab Temp, OF 70 Not Specified Water Temp, OF 55 Mix Temp, °F 60 Water Retention,% 87.9 >75 Workability Score Excellent Not S ecified Age Compressive Strength, psi 7 days 1700 Not Specified 28 days 2420 I >1800 Meets specifications. Jeff Thompson Quality Control Manager Dry Mix Bag Plant MUTUAL -TARGET, L.L.C. Lab conditions: Mixing: Ave: 67 F Curing: Ave: 72 F CYLINDERS — In Accordance with UBC 21-16 and given conditions Moisture content of Inside Block: 1.0% Mixing Proportions: (ASTMC305) 1900g (mortar) 1900g (mortar) 370ml (water) 380ml (water) Flow: (ASTM C109) 124 136 Cone Penetrometer: (ASTM C780) 55 74 28 day compressive strength: Ave: 2400 psi Ave: 2380 psi (ASTM C109) (2470,2330) (2370,2380) Lab conditions: Mixing: Ave: 65.5 F Ave: 66.0 F Curing: Ave: 72 F Ave: 72 F Moisture content of Outside Block: 6.3% Mixing Proportions: (ASTMC305) 1900g (mortar) 1900g (mortar) 370ml (water) 380ml (water) Flow: (ASTM C109) 124 136 Cone Penetrometer: (ASTM C780) 54 75 28 day compressive strength: Ave: 2450 psi Ave: 2300 psi (ASTM C109) (2470,2420) (2290, 2300) Lab conditions: Mixing: Ave: 66.0 F Ave: 66.5 F Curing: Ave: 72 F Ave: 72 F Please don't hesitate to call if you have any questions regarding these test results. Sincerely, Sharon Schultz Reviewed by: Vlad Burakovskiy Laboratory Supervisor Senior Project Manager December 6, 2006 2-91 M-14571-0 Mutual Target 3150 29`h Avenue S.W. Tumwater, Washington 98512 Attention: Mr. Jeff Thompson Subject: Mortar Testing Dear Jeff, LTM'� -11 As requested, AMEC performed Type S Design Mix Mortar Testing on a representative sample of Mutual Materials mortar. The following test procedures were performed on samples prepared from a single bag of Type `S' material, per the specified ASTM or UBC requirements. For the UBC 21-16 tests, 8"x8"x16" MWT Concrete Masonry Blocks supplied by Mutual Target, were used. Some of these blocks were stored inside and some outside, protected from direct contact with moisture. The resultant average moisture content is indicated below. Following are the results of the evaluation. CUBES — In Accordance with Property Specification of ASTM C270 Mixing Proportions: (ASTMC305) 1900g (mortar) / 360ml (water) Flow: (ASTM C109) 108 Cone Penetrometer: (ASTM C780) 50 Yield: (ASTM C387) Specific Gravity: (ASTM D854) Air Content: (ASTM C270) Water Retention: (ASTM C91) 28 day compressive strength: (ASTM C109) 21.2 liters / 0.75 cubic feet 2.86 6.5% 94.0% Average: 2600 psi (2600, 2620, 2580) DESIGNNUX TYPE S Mortar is a blend of carefully controlled fine aggregate. and cementitious materials to include Type I-H Portland cement and Chemstar Type S Dolomitic Hydrated Lime. These materials are blended together and mixed in our computer controlled bagging plant. in-house, full time, quality -control personnel daily test the product for consistency and performance. DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar is daily tested in our in-house Quality Control laboratory for product consistency. and compliance with the requirements of the Property Specification of ASTM C270-06. The average 28 day compressive strength of DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar in our lab is 2000psi. AMEC Earth and Environmental tested Designmix Type S mortar in December 2006 according to both the Property Specifications of ASTM C270 and UBC 21-16 from the same 801b dry -mix mortar sample. AMEC reported an average 28 day compressive strength of greater than 1800psi when tested in accordance with the Property Specifications of ASTM C270 and and greater than 1500psi when tested in accordance with UBC 21-16. The mortar used for the UBC 21-16 method was tested with a Flow of 134% and a CMU moisture content of greater than 6%. Please see enclosed AMEC report 2-91 M-14571-0. The 2003 IBC 2103.7 reads, "Mortar for use in masonry construction shall conform to ASTM C270 and shall conform to the... property specifications of Table 2103.7(2)." The requirements of the 2003 IBC 2103.7(2) Table are identical to the requirements of Table 2 of ASTivi C270-05. IBC 2103.7 refers to ASTM C270. UBC 21-15 was merely a reprint of ASTM C270-95 (the 1995 edition). The 2003 IBC 2103.7 does not include provisions for the testing of mortar prepared in the field, therefore it does not include an equivalent to UBC 21-16. Sincerely, Jeff Thompson Quality Control Manager Dry Mix Bag Plant Mutual -Target, L.L.C. Page 2 of 2 "1 i� QUALITY PACKAGED CEMENTS & MORTARS 3150 29�" Ave SW, Tumwater, WA 98512 45 (360) 705-6508 Voice (360) 705-4891 Fax January 2, 2007 To Whom It May Concern: This letter is to certify that the DESIGNNEX TYPE S mortar blended in our plant meets or exceeds all ASTM C270-06 Property Specification Requirements. Independent Laboratory Test results confirm that DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar exceeds in particular 1800 psi compressive strength; has an air content less than 12%; and has greater than 75% water retention when tested in accordance with ASTM C270 Property Specification requirements. As stated in sections 3.1 and 3.3 of the standard, ASTM C270-06 is not a specification to determine mortar strengths through field testing. The compressive strength values resulting from field tested mortars do not represent the compressive strength of mortar as tested in the laboratory. There are a great number of mortar property affecting variables in the field testing of mortar, a few such examples are the mortar's water content; the atmospheric conditions such as temperature and relative humidity, etc.; the length of the mix time of the batch tested; the age of mortar at the time of testing; whether or not the tested mortar was contaminated at the mixer with multi -age mortar; and the curing conditions of mortar specimens prior to laboratory storage. ASTM C780-06, the Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry, is recommended by ASTM for the testing of mortar prepared in the field. As stated in section 1.4 of C780-06, the test results obtained under C780-06 are not required to meet the minimum compressive values in accordance with the property specifications in Specification C270. ASTM C780-06 contains 6 Annexes and more than 50 sections specifically designed to control the many mortar property affecting variables present in the field testing of mortar and still does not incorporate absolute -valued requirements in the standard. Both ASTM C270-06 and ASTM C780-06 explicitly state that mortar tested in accordance with C780 is not required to meet the requirements of the Property Specification of C270. The Uniform Building Code standard for mortar determined by laboratory tests, UBC 21-15, is based upon the ASTM Standard Specification C270-95; the sections in UBC 21-15 are extracted with permission from ASTM. ASTM Standard Specification C270-95 is merely the version of C270 from the year 1995. The Uniform Building Code standard for Field Tests Specimens for Mortar, UBC 21-16, does not purport to control mortar property affecting variables for mortar prepared in the field. The minimum compressive .strength required by UBC 21-16, without regard to the test age of the mortar specimens or the water content of the mortar specimens at the time of casting, is 1500psi. Page 1 of 2 I MUTUAL z TARGET LmLnCm CIUALITY PACKAGED CEMENTS & MORTARS 3150 29"' Ave SW, Tumwater, WA 98512 (360) 705-6508 Voice (360) 7054891 Fax �i January 2, 2007 To Whom It May Concern: This letter is to address the issues surrounding DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar and possible production differences between DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar in 801b paper bags and DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar in bulk bags and variation in the color of the hardened All DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar is batched using the exact same engineered mix design in the same computer controlled production facility on the same computer controlled production line. The only difference from a production perspective is which tube the finished product flows through before it reaches the packaging: paper bag or bulk bag. DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar is often packaged into both packaging types simultaneously. Color variation in the hardened mortar is typically due to variation in the techniques used and the dilution rate of the acidic masonry cleaners used to clean the masonry. The age and type of curing of the mortar also have an affect on the color of the hardened mortar. Furthermore. to a lesser but still significant extent, the ultimate water-to-cementitious content will have an affect on the ultimate color of the hardened mortar. The water-to- cementitious ratio typically varies due to inconsistent initial water content, inconsistent mortar re -tempering, and continual changes in atmospheric/weather conditions. The variation in the color of the hardened mortar is further increased when all of these influential factors, and others, are combined. These hardened mortar color influencing factors are only a couple of the reasons Mutual - Target manufactures DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar with a computer controlled batching. system that has automatic batch error correction and "out of spec" batch rejection capabilities. Mutual -Target uses small acceptance parameters combined with the computer accuracy to manufacture a mortar that is both of high quality and consistent, by design•. DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar is manufactured to meet the Property Specification requirements of ASTM C270-06. Sincerely, \A Jeff Thompson Quality Control Manager Dry Mix Bag Plant Mutual -Target, L.L.C. i .e. _ QUALITY PACKAGED CEMENTS & MORTARS 4 3150 29"' Ave SW, Tumwater, WA 98512 (360) 705-6508 Voice (360) 705-4891 Fax January 2, 2007 To Whom It May Concern: This letter is to certify that the DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar blended in our plant meets or exceeds the Property Specification Requirements of ASTM C270-06 and UBC 21-15-97 and IBC 2103.7. Independent Laboratory Test results confirm that DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar exceeds in particular 1800 psi compressive strength; has an air content less than 12%; and has greater than 75% water retention when tested in accordance with the Property Specification requirements of ASTM C270-06 or UBC 21-15-97 or IBC 2103.7. Independent Laboratory Test results also confirm that DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar exceeds the ultimate compressive strength UBC 21- 16-97 requirement of 1500psi when mixed to an ASTM Flow of 120_5% or to an ASTM Cone Penetrometer reading of 70±5mm and tested with an 8"x8"x16" Medium Weight CMU with a 6% moisture content. DESIGNMIX TYPE S mortar is a blend of carefully controlled fine aggregate and cementitious materials to include Type I -II Portland cement and Chemstar Type S Dolomitic Hydrated Lime. These materials are blended together and mixed in our computer controlled bagging plant. In-house, full time, quality -control personnel daily test the product for consistency and performance. Sincerely, 4 f Jeff Thompson Quality Control Manager Dry Mix Bag Plant Mutual -Target, L.L.C. PAGE 2 ... VOCOMP-25 #368-B ... DECEMBER 2008 APPLICATION Surface Preparation ... Old Concrete: Surface preparation is extremely important. Concrete must always be clean and dry, with all stains, oil, grease, dust, and dirt removed prior to application. If not, they will be amplified by the transparent sheen finish. CAUTION: If a liquid compound other than VOCOMP-20, VOCOMP- 25, or VOCONO-30 has been used, do not apply VOCOMP-25 until all traces of the compound have been completely removed and the surface is clean and dry. New Concrete: Apply VOCOMP- 25 when the surface water has disappeared and the concrete surface will not be marred by walking workmen. Mixing ... For optimum performance, gentle mixing or agitation is recommended. CAUTION: DO NOT MIX EXCESSIVELY. Application Method ... A typical industrial sprayer, such as a Chapin 1949, provides an easy, economical method of application. VOCOMP-25 can also be applied using a lint -free roller or lambs wool applicator. Care should be taken to maintain a wet -edge during application to prevent roller marks in dried film. VOCOMP-25 should be sprayed on with a Chapin 5916 tip that produces a flow of 1/10 of one gallon per minute. Spray on in a fine, fog pattern without spurts and dribbles to form a thin, continuous film. AVOID PUDDLING in low areas. If puddles occur, brush or roll them out. For added protection and a greater sheen on new or old concrete, we recommend two coats of VOCOMP-25 be applied at right angles. Additional coats of VOCOMP-25 may be applied after the first coat has thoroughly dried. Drying Time ... VOCOMP-25 dries quickly. Drying times may be extended, depending on application rate, temperature, humidity, and project conditions. Restrict foot traffic for at least four hours. Twelve hours is preferable. Cleanup ... While VOCOMP-25 is still wet, equipment may be cleaned with soap and water. Once dried, the material may be removed with a solvent, such as xylene or toluene. PRECAUTIONS KEEP FROM FREEZING. Do not dilute. Do not apply VOCOMP-25 when air, material, and surface temperatures are expected to fall below 40° F (4° C) within four hours of completed application. DO NOT MIX WATER -BASED COMPOUNDS WITH ANY COMPOUND CONTAINING SOLVENT. VOCOMP-25 may be applied to colored concrete, but mottling may occur. Do not use on dense or non -porous surfaces, i.e., brick, stone, etc. Concrete floors properly cured with VOCOMP-25 meet section 8.9 "Adhesion of Tile Cements" of ASTM C 1315. For other specifications, secure the approval of the paint or resilient flooring manufacturer before applying VOCOMP-25. The specifier and user shall determine the suitability and assume all responsibilities in connection therewith. HEALTH HAZARDS Direct contact may result in mild irritation. Inhalation may cause irritation of the respiratory tract. Refer to Material Safety Data Sheet for complete health and safety information. For most current data sheet, further LEED information, and MSDS, visit www.wrmeadows.com. LIMITED WARRANTY W. R MEADOWS, INC. warrants at the time and place we make shipment, our material will be of good quality and will conform with our published specifications in force on the date of acceptance of the order." Read complete warranty. Copy furnished upon request. Disclaimer The information contained herein is included for illustrative purposes only, and to the best of our knowledge, is accurate and reliable. W. R. MEADOWS, INC. cannot however under any circumstances make any guarantee of results or assume any obligation or liability in connection with the use of this information. As W. R. MEADOWS, INC. has no control over the use to which others may put its product, it is recommended that the products be tested to determine if suitable for specific application and/or our information is valid in a particular circumstance. Responsibility remains with the architect or engineer, contractor and owner for the design, application and proper installation of each product. Specifier and user shall determine the suitability of products for specific application and assume all responsibilities in connection therewith. © W. R. MEADOWS 2002 12/08-1 M NO. 368-B CSI Code: 03 05 00 W. R. MEADOWS. SivT DECEMBER 2008 (Supersedes October 2006) VOCOMN-25 Water -Based, Acrylic Concrete Curing and Sealing Compound DESCRIPTION VOCOMP-25 water -based acrylic concrete sealer is a ready -to -use concrete curing and sealing compound formulated of special acrylic polymers in a true water -based carrier. VOCOMP-25 provides improved resistance to rain, sun, freezing temperatures, most acids and industrial chemicals, petroleum, deicing salts, cleaning agents (except aromatic solvents), diluted caustics, and other pollutants. VOCOMP-25 appears milky white in the container and, when first applied, leaves a bluish cast on the concrete for easy visual coverage. VOCOND-25 dries clear to provide a transparent sheen finish. This sheen can be controlled by the number of coats applied. USES VOCOMP-25 may be used wherever a medium -to - high sheen is desired to bring out the natural beauty of concrete without discoloring, checking, or peeling. It may be applied to simultaneously cure, seal, and dustproof new, old, interior, exterior, horizontal, and vertical concrete surfaces. VOCOIVIP-25 is ideal for curing, sealing, and dustproofing driveways, sidewalks, patios, swimming pool areas, and commercial and industrial floors. Horizontal surfaces protected with VOCOMP-25 offer excellent wearing qualities for foot and vehicular traffic. If, after prolonged usage, traffic patterns appear, the surface can be washed clean and recoated to restore the original beauty. Good concrete and good concreting practices should be followed, as VOCOMP-25 is not a cure-all for improperly mixed or placed concrete. FEATURESBENEFITS • Provides a ready -to -use, non -yellowing, water - based compound that cures and seals concrete in one quick and easy application. • 25% solids formulation. • Dries quickly on new concrete to provide a clear, tough, easy -to -clean sheen finish. • Applicable for use on new, old, interior, exterior, horizontal, and vertical concrete surfaces. • Offers improved resistance to most chemicals, petroleum, abrasives, and mortar droppings. • Application tools can be cleaned with soap and water. • VOC compliant ... actual VOC content is <50 g/L. PACKAGING 1 Gallon (3.79 Liter) Units (4 per case) 5 Gallon (18.93 Liter) Pails 55 Gallon (208.20 Liter) Drums COVERAGE Broomed Surface: Approximately 300 ft.'/gal. (7.35 m'-/L). Troweled Surface: Approximately 500 ft.'/gal. (12.26 m2/L). LEED INFORMATION May help contribute to LEED credits: ■ EQ Credit 4.2: Low -Emitting Materials: Paints & Coatings • MR Credit 5.1: Regional Materials: 10% Extracted, Processed & Manufactured Regionally • MR Credit 5.2: Regional Materials: 20% Extracted, Processed & Manufactured_ SPECIFICATIONS Regionally • AASHTO M 148, Type 1, Class A & B • ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class A & B ® x • ASTM C 1315, Type I, Class A ��/ GreenSpec • Complies with all current federal, state, and local L I S T E D Env romentally Responsible Products maximum allowable VOC requirements, for Concrete Performance www.GreenSpe[.[om including U.S. EPA, SCAQMD, and OTC. • Dried film is USDA accepted CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE... W. R. MEADOWS, INC. P.O. Box 338 • HAMPSHIRE, IL 60140-0338 Phone: 847/214-2100 • Fax: 847/683-4544 1-800-342-5976 www.wrmeadows.com HAMPSHIRE, IL / CARTERSVILLE, GA / YORK, PA FORT WORTH, TX / BENICIA, CA / POMONA, CA GOODYEAR, AZ / MILTON, ON / ST. ALBERT, AB Washington State MA Washington of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR 'Date Stonegate Lift Station 2/1 5/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wolf Industries Fnr assistance in rmmnietinrr_ see Insfrur_tinns anri Framnle RAM # 22A - Resub Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference PE App 'I Code Adgr'l Code File No 45 Damper Greenheck 10.15800-2.01 sif Project E inee Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: ,d-- rr►.��sH �-�J�.f /25 J?tA �-�- �� �r2s�b�i /� Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other LMGREENHECK Building Value in Air. DRIVE SIDE Notes: All dimensions shown are in units of inches Printed Date: 2/11/2011 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Damper Mark: CD-1 VCD-23 Low Leakage Control Damper Application & Design The model VCD-23 is a ruggedly built low leakage control damper for application as an automatic control or manual balancing damper. A wide range of electric and pneumatic actuators are available. Non-jackshafted dampers will be supplied with a blade drive lever for internal actuator mounting unless external actuator mounting is specified in which case an extension pin with clip kit will be provided. Note: The extension pin with clip kit includes the extension pin and clip. The VCD-23 is intended for applications in low to medium pressure and velocity systems. • FRAME: Galvanized, 5 in x 1 in hat channel, reinforced comers, low profile 1.25 head and sill on dampers 17 in high and smaller. (When 304 SS material is P Max. selected the frame, blades and all damper components will be provided in 304 SS except: the actuator, mounting hardware and lackshaft) BLADES: Galvanized, reinforced with 3 longitudinal structurally designed Vs. • LINKAGE: Side linkage out of air stream. • AXLES: 0.5 in dia. W & H furnished approximately 0.25 in undersized and only refer to damper dimensions (sleeve thickness is not included). Electrical accessory wiring terminates at the accessory. Field wiring is required to individual components. CONSTRUCTION FEATURES Blade Action: Opposed Sizing: Nominal Frame Type: Channel Frame Thickness (in): 0.125 Material: Aluminum Actuator Type: 120 VAC Axle Material: 304 SS Actuator Mount: Internal Axle Bearings: 304 SS Actuator Location: Left Side Linkage Material: 304 SS Fail Position: Closed Blade Seal: Silicone Cycle: 60 Cycle Jamb Seal Mat.: 304 SS ID # Tag Qty W (in) H (in) Drive Arr. Actuator Act Qty. 2-1 1 24.000 24.000 11-1FIL-0 TF120 1 Taos- RIR movemenT Rno conT. RJfOCIRTIOR InTMIATIORnl IRC. CAPS 4.5.1271 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 1 of 4 Internal Width and Height furnished approximately 0.250 in under size Construction Features Printed Date: 2/11/2011 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Louver Mark: L-1 AFJ-601 Application & Design AFJ-601 is an acoustical weather louver designed to protect air intake and exhaust openings in building exterior walls. Design incorporates J style insulated acoustical blades and high free area to provide maximum resistance to rain and weather while providing minimum resistance to airflow. The AFJ-601 is an extremely efficient louver with AMCA LICENSED PERFORMANCE DATA enabling designers to select and apply with confidence. Frame Depth (in): 6.000 Frame Thickness (in): 0.080 Louver Material: Aluminum Sizing: Nominal Fixed Blade Thick. (in): 0.080 Shape: Rectangular Frame Type: Channel Options and Accessories Finish Type: Kynar 70% (2-Coat) Finish Color: To Be Selected Bird Screen: Internal Bird Screen Type: Flat Expanded Bird Screen MatT Aluminum Welded Construction: No Summary ID # Tag Oty. W (in) H (in) Free Area (ft2) Sect. Sect. Sect. Wide High Ship 3-1 1 24,000 24.000 0.86 1 1 - 1 Larger openings may require field assembly of multiple louver panels to make up the overall opening size. individual lower panels are designed to withstand a 25 PSF wind -load (please consult Greenheck if the louvers must withstand higher wind -loads). Design, materials and installation of structural reinforcement required to adequately support large sections or multiple section assemblies within a large opening are not provided by Greenheck. Unless specifically indicated, the following are NOT included in the quote provided: structural steel, installation hardware (anchors, angle dips, continuous angles, shims, fasteners, inserts, backer rod and sealant), field measuring and/or installation, miscellaneous flashing, trim or enclosures, blank off panels, mullion covers or mullion hardware, hinged frames or removable subframes, custom birdhnsect screen, 3-coat, metallic and/or exotic paint finishes, bituminous paints for unlike metals, any applicable taxes, stamped and sealed structural calculations or seismic calculations. g inlua Ave +,u yir XAC.43EE A"ECK .17T G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 2 of 4 Internal Width and Height furnished approximately 0.250 in under size Construction Features Printed Date: 2/11/2011 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Louver Mark: L-2 AFJ-601 Application & Design AFJ-601 is an acoustical weather louver designed to protect air intake and exhaust openings in building exterior walls. Design incorporates J style insulated acoustical blades and high free area to provide maximum resistance to rain and weather while providing minimum resistance to airflow. The AFJ-601 is an extremely efficient louver with AMCA LICENSED PERFORMANCE DATA enabling designers to select and apply with confidence. Frame Depth (in): 6.000 Frame Thickness (in): 0.080 Louver Material: Aluminum Sizing: Nominal Fixed Blade Thick. (in): 0.080 Shape: Rectangular Frame Type: Channel Options and Accessories Finish Type: Kynar 70% (2-Coat) Finish Color: To Be Selected Bird Screen: Internal Bird Screen Type: Flat Expanded Bird Screen Mat'I: Aluminum Welded Construction: No Summary ID # Tag Qty. W (in) H (in) Free Area (ft2) Sect. Sect. Sect. Wide High Ship 4-1 1 24.000 24.000 0.86 1 1 1 Larger openings may require field assembly of multiple louver panels to make up the overall opening size. Individual louver panels are designed to withstand a 25 PSF wind -load (please consult Greenheck if the louvers must withstand higher wind -loads). Design, materials and installation of structural reinforcement required to adequately support large sections or multiple section assemblies within a large opening are not provided by Greenhecc Unless specifically indicated, the following are NOT included in the quote provided: structural steel, installation hardware (anchors, angle clips, continuous angles, shims, fasteners, inserts, backer rod and sealant), field measuring and/or installation, miscellaneous flashing, trim or enclosures, blank off panels, mullion covers or mullion hardware, hinged frames or removable subframes, custom bird/insect screen, 3-coat, metallic and/or exotic paint finishes, bituminous paints for unlike metals, any applicable taxes, stamped and sealed structural calculations or seismic calculations. Bn!f9wa &SIne iu ypc �IIUEMMEECK .1271 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 3 of 4 L2YGREENHECK Building Value in Air. 1� 11-1FIL-0 or 11-1CIL-0 Printed Date: 2/11/2011 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Damper Drive Arrangements CAPS 4.5.1271 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 4 of 4 Louver Finishes & Colors • KYNAR 500 /HYLAR 5000 (70% or 50%) • Baked Enamel r 14 co C r 0 Z 0 Z If Ju/y 2008 Greenheck offers 24 standard colors available in 70% KYNAR 5000/HYLAR 50000, 50% KYNAR 5000/HYLAR 50000, and Baked Enamel. Finishes meet AAMA chalk, gloss and Hemng Bone GF 107, Pueo-o Tan erosion specifications for weather and chemical exposure as well as dry film thickness requirements. See back cover for Finish Reference Chart. Custom color matching Classic Bton2e GF108 Forest Green is available upon request. Contact your local Greenheck representative for color matching requirements and possible M, additional lead-time or cost. MArtary Blue GF109 Srrrrm Tart Ivy GF101 Cambridge Wh.1e GF110 Wedgewood Blue Bone White GF102 Br.-mdy'Nme GF111 AscotWhne Stone Gray GF103 Sandstone GF112 Cnronedo Eked Smoke Gf104 Spartan Bronze GF113 Ivory Hampton Brown GF105 Patina Greece GF114 Flat Black Caen Blue GF106 Portland Stone GF115 Gloss Bla GF11? GF118 GF119 GF120 GFe; ' 0:1 Greenheck now offers nine standard 2-coat KYNAR 500(7tMYLAR 5000Cp, mica colors. Organic micas are comprised of natural minerals and crushed pearlescent that are resistant to the harmful effects of the environment compared to a synthetic 2-coat metallic which requires a third clear top -coat for comparable weather resistance. slate GF200 Rust SlsArg GF201 Frost sand GF202 SWKU"ood GF203 Brownstone GF206 GF2w Mocha GF207 GF205 charcow GF2G8 Greenheck offers seven industry standard anodize colors for our aluminum louver and architectural products. Crew Anodize 215R1 or 204R2 ldcdurrn Bronze Anodize Champagne Anodize ANO.300 Dark Bronze Anodize Ught Bronze Anodize ANO-301 ANO-302 Extra Dark Bronze Anodize ANO-30a ANO-303 Black Anodize ANO-305 Choosing the right finish is as critical to a louver project as performance and ratings. The following chart puts complete application information at your fingertips to make the right choice. "Best." The premier finish for 10 Years 2-coat 70% KYNAR 500®/HYLAR 50000 extruded aluminum. Tough, Standard Colors: (Consult AAMA 2605 - Dry film thickness 1.2 mil. long-lasting coating has superior Any of the 24 standard Greenheck (AKA: Duranar®, Fluoropon0, TrinarOO , color retention and abrasive colors shown can be for availability Flouropolymer, Polyvinylidene Fluoride, properties. Resists chalking, furnished in 70% or of extended PVDF2 ) fading, chemical abrasion and g� ° 50 /o KYNAR 500®/ warranty) weathering. HYLAR 5000® or Baked Enamel. "Better." Tough, long-lasting 2-Coat Mica: 2-coat 50% KYNAR 5000/HYLAR 50000 coating has excellent color Greenheck offers 9 AAMA 2604 -Dry film thickness 1.2 mil. retention and abrasive standard 2-coat Mica 5 Years (AKA: Acroflur0q , Acrynar ) propertiesResists chalking, colors. Other colors fading, chemical abrasion and are available. Consult weathering. Greenheck for possible extra cost when Baked Enamel "Good." Provides good selecting non-standard AMA 2603 - Dry film thickness mil. adhesion and resistance to colors or special finishes. 1 Year (AKA: Acrabond Plus, Duracron ( @) weathering, corrosion and chemical stain. "Two-step" anodizing is Integral Color Anodize produced by following the Light, Medium or Dark AA-M10C22A42 (>03 mil) normal anodizing step with a Bronze; Champagne; 5 years second, colorfast process. —. Black Clear Anodize Clear, colorless and hard oxide AA-M10C22A41 0.7 mil) (> aluminum coating that resists Clear 5 years weathering and chemical attack. Clear Anodize 204 R-1 Clear, colorless and hard oxide AA-M10C22A31 aluminum coating that resists Clear 1 Year (0.4-0.7 mil) weathering and chemical attack. Greenheck offers a number of industrial coatings such Industrial coatings as Hi -Pro Polyester, Epoxy, and Permatector®. Consult Consult a Greenheck Product Specialist for complete color and Greenheck application information. Materials may be supplied in natural aluminum or Mill galvanized steel finish when normal weathering is N/A acceptable and there is no concern for color or color change. Finishes meet or exceed AAMA 2605, AAMA 2604, and AAMA 2603 requirements. Please consult www.greenheck.com for complete information on standard and extended paint warranties. Paint finish warranties are not applicable to steel products. LJGREENHECK Building Value in Air. Louver Colors Rev. 3 July 2W8 SP P.O. Box 410 • Schofield, WI 54476-0410 • Phone (715) 359-6171 • greenheck. com Copyright 0 2008 Greenheck Fan Corp. Washington State Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1/21/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 22 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE pprI Code r. Adgr'i Code File No. 45 Dampers Greenheck 10.15800-2.01 45 Fans Greenheck 2.02 45 Electric Heater QMark 2.03 i Project Engineer Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval. Action. 8. Source Approved: I 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Forth 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 Response to Contractor Submittal No.: imssoo-1 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Response Date: 4 February 2011 K/J Job No.: 0897003 Specification Section: Page: 10.10200, 10.15800 Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 1of1 Item K/J Refer to Action Comment Manufacturer or Supplier Title of Submittal / Drawing 1 A&R 1 Greenheck VCD-23 Control Damper 2 NET - Greenheck SE1 Sidewall Exhaust Fan 3 MCN 2 Greenheck AFJ-601 Acoustic Louver 4 NET 3 Qmark Electric Heater A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted MCN(R) = Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit RR = Rejected, Resubmit B 1. Provide a 4" extruded aluminum damper configured for internal actuator mounting as indicated in Section 10.15800-2.01.13. Actuator shall be shall be internal mount type adequately sized for damper actuation across the full range in 25 seconds or less as indicated in Section 10.15800-2.01.B. 2. Provide finish for louvers in accordance with Section 10.10200-2.02.1. 3. Submitted electric heater exceeds capacity of heater shown on the Electric Heater Schedule on Drawing M1. However, submitted electric heater is acceptable. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work with that of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory m Distribution Submittal Encl. Response Owner Engineer Contractor rue 0897003 © Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 ,GREENHECK Building Value in Air. DRIVE SIDE Notes: All dimensions shown are in units of inches. W & H furnished approximately 0.25 in undersized and only refer to damper dimensions (sleeve thickness is not incluced). Electrical accessory wiring terminates at the accessory. Field wiring is required to individual components. CONSTRUCTION FEATURES Blade Action: Frame Type: Material: Axle Material: Axle Bearings: Linkage Material: Blade Seal: Jamb Seal Mat.: Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Damper Mark: CD-1 VCD-23 Low Leakage Control Damper Application & Design The model VCD-23 is a ruggedly built low leakage control damper for application as an automatic control or manual balancing damper. A wide range of electric and pneumatic actuators are available. Non-jackshafted dampers will be supplied with a blade drive lever for internal actuator mounting unless external actuator mounting is specified in which case an extension pin with clip kit will be provided. Note: The extension pin with clip kit includes the extension pin and clip. The VCD-23 is intended for applications in low to medium pressure and velocity systems. • FRAME: Galvanized, 5 in x 1 in hat channel, reinforced comers, low profile 1.25 head and sill on dampers 17 in high and smaller. (When 304 SS material is Max. selected the frame, blades and all damper components will be provided in 304 SS except: the actuator, mounting hardware and jackshaft) • BLADES: Galvanized, reinforced with 3 longitudinal structurally designed Vs. • LINKAGE: Side linkage out of airstream. • AXLES: 0.5 in dia. Opposed Sizing: . Nominal Channel Frame Thickness (ga): 16 Galvanized Actuator Type: 120 VAC Steel Actuator Mount: Internal Synthetic Actuator Location: Left Side Steel Fail Position: Closed TPE Cycle: 60 Cycle 304 SS ID # Tag Qty W (in) H (in) Drive Arr. Actuator Act. Qty. 2-1 1 24.000 24.000 11-1FIL-0 TF120 1 morcmrnr ti, ano oonTRoE�_ a00CIRT10 ._ IaTERnaTtonRL'Inb: CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 1 of 17 L5GREENHECK Building Value in Air. Pressure Drop Data Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Damper Mark: CD-1 VCD-23 This pressure drop testing was conducted in accordance with AMCA Standard 500 using the three configurations shown. All data has been corrected to represent standard air at a density of 0.075 Ib/ft3. Actual pressure drop found in any HVAC system is a combination of many factors. This pressure drop information along with an analysis of other system influences should be used to estimate actual pressure losses for a damper installed in a given HVAC system. AMCA Test Figures Figure 5.3 Illustrates a fully ducted damper. This configuration has the lowest pressure drop of the three test configurations because entrance and exit losses are minimized by straight duct runs upstream and downstream of the damper. Figure 5.2 Illustrates a ducted damper exhausting air into an open area. This configuration has a lower pressure drop than Figure 5.5 because entrance losses are minimized by a straight duct run upstream of the damper. Figure 5.5 Illustrates a plenum mounted damper. This configuration has the highest pressure drop because of extremely high entrance and exit losses due to the sudden changes of area in the system. SD 6D 007 '4(W)(H) 3,14 CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 2 of 17 �WGREENHECK Building Value in Air. Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Damper Mark: CD-1 AMCA 5.2 Pr _cs Ir - Drop V n 3 5 D D _ 4(W)(H) 3.14 12 x 12 (305mm x 305mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.04 1000 0.14 1500 0.31 2000 0.55 2500 0.86 3000 1.24 3500 1.69 4000 2.20 Velocity vs. Pressure Drop o' o.a - 12x12 3 07 0.6 - 24x24 5 - 36x36 U 0.♦ 12x48 c 0.3 ---- 48x 1 2 I n- 0.2 o y :3 0.1 � (n 0.09 (n 0.08 ti 0.07 ry 0.06 005 0.0+ 0.03 0.02 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 20 30 40 50 Fcce Velocity - Feet/Minute AMCA Fig. 5.2 24 x 24 (610mm x 610mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.02 1000 0.07 1500 0.16 2000 0.29 2500 0.45 3000 0.65 3500 0.89 4000 1.16 36 x 36 (914mm x 914mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.01 1000 0.04 1500 0.09 2000 0.16 2500 0.25 3000 0.36 3500 0.49 4000 0.64 12 x 48 (305mm x 1219mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. `Ng) 500 0.01 1000 0.06 1500 0.13 2000 1 0.23 2500 0.36 3000 0.52 3500 0.70 4000 0.92 V Greenheck certifies that the model VCD-23 shown herein is licensed to bear the AMCA seal. The ratings shown are based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA Publication 511 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Programs. 48 x 12 (1219mm x 305mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.03 1000 0.10 1500 0.23 2000 0.41 2500 0.63 3000 0.91 3500 1.24 4000 1.62 CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 3 of 17 GREEHHECK Building Value in Air. Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Damper Mark: CD-1 SD � 6D E _ Velocity vs. Pressure Drop 09 0.9 - 12xl2 0.7 0.6 - 24X24 0.5 36x36 - 3 0'4 12x48 0 3 -- 48x12 s U 0.2 C I 0.1 Q 0.09 C 008 0.07 0 0.06 0.05 0.04 7 (n 0.03 Ul N fl- 0.02 � 0.03 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 708090 Face Velocity - feet/minute AMCA Fig. 5.3 12 x 12 (305mm x 305mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.02 1000 0.09 1500 0.20 2000 0.36 2500 0.56 3000 0.81 3500 1.10 4000 1.44 24 x 24 (610mm x 610mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. Wg) 500 0.01 1000 0.04 1500 0.09 2000 0.16 2500 0.25 3000 0.35 3500 0.48 4000 0.63 36 x 36 (914mm x 914mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop g) (in. w 500 0.01 1000 0.03 1500 0.06 2000 0.11 2500 0.17 3000 0.24 3500 0.33 4000 0.42 12 x 48 (305mm x 1219mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. Wg) 500 0.01 1000 0.04 1500 0.10 2000 0.17 2500 0.27 3000 0.39 3500 0.53 4000 0.70 rE Greenheck certifies that the model VCD-23 IED shown herein is licensed to bear the AMCA seal. fThe ratings shown are based on tests and 111R"" procedures performed in accordance with AMCA Publication 511 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings . Programs. 48 x 12 (1219mm x 305mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.02 1000 0.07 1500 0.16 2000 0.29 2500 0.45 3000 0.64 3500 0.88 4000 1.14 CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 4 of 17 r-W GREEN ■ HECK Building Value in Air. Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Damper Mark: CD-1 AMCA 5.5 Pressure Drop VCD-23 DE> 12 x 12 (305mm x 305mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.06 1000 0.22 1500 0.50 2000 0.89 2500 1.39 3000 2.00 3500 2.72 4000 3.55 Velocity vs. Pressure Drop , 0.9 0.8 -12x12 0.7 -24x24 0.6 U, 3 0.5 - 36x36 12x48 °'+ a a)-- 48x12 0.3 U C 0.2 i a 0 0.09 N 0.08 0.07 U) 0.06 V 0.05 a- 0.04 e.o3 0.02 100 < 3 4 5 6 7 8 9,0 20 30 40 50 60 706090 Face Velocity - Feet/Minute AMCA Fig. 5.5 24 x 24 (610mm x 610mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. Ng) 500 0.03 1000 0.14 1500 0.31 2000 0.54 2500 0.85 3000 1.22 3500 1.66 4000 2.17 36 x 36 (914mm x 914mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.03 1000 0.12 1500 0.26 2000 0.46 2500 0.73 3000 1.05 3500 1.42 4000 1.86 12 x 48 (305mm x 1219mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. Ng) 500 0.03 1000 0.13 1500 0.30 2000 0.53 2500 0.83 3000 1.19 3500 1.62 4000 2.11 IA7Greenheck certifies that the model VCD-23 shown herein is licensed to bear the AMCA seal. The ratings shown are based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA Publication 511 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Programs. 48 x 12 (1219mm x 305mm) Velocity (fpm) Pressure Drop (in. wg) 500 0.04 1000 0.17 1500 0.38 2000 0.67 2500 1.04 3000 1.50 3500 2.05 4000 2.67 CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 5 of 17 LffGREENHECK Building Value in Air. Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Damper Mark: CD-1 Belimo TF120 Actuator 0. M 3.3 2.4 STANDARD: L Dia. 0.25 to 0.5 Sq. 0.25 to 0.313 6.28 3 z 1.57 0.43 4.5 All Dimensions shown are in units of inches. Actuator wiring terminates at the actuator. Field wiring is required to individual actuator(s). Application The TF series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe application and positive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system provides consistent torque to the damper with and without power applied to the actuator. The TFxxx-S version is provided with one built in auxiliary switches. Torque rating (at rating voltage) 18 in. lb (2N#m) constant Timing (at rated torque and voltage) Motor: Less than 75 seconds; (TF24-SR & -S is 95 seconds) Spring : Less than 25 seconds Voltage Input in VAC: 100-240 VAC Environmental Protection Ratings: Nema 2 Space Envelope D T .o Height >=6to<10 0 3.5 6 >= 10 0 0 6 CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bili B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 6 of 17 rWGREENHECK Building Value in Air. AMCA 43MOn CERTIFIED RRTIfIGt , AIR PIEerommfince AMCA Licensed for Air Performance w/o Appurtenances Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Damper Mark: CD-1 Greenheck Fan Corporation certifies that the model shown herein is licensed to bear the AMCA Seal. The ratings shown are based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA Publication 511 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Programs. CAPS 4.4.694 G:1Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 7 of 17 LNGREENHECK Building Value in Air. 1A -Flush Exterior Standard Exhaust S E 1 For Interior Service Applications Sidewall Direct Drive Exhaust Fan Tag EF-1 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES • Fan panels of galvanized steel • Aluminum blade propeller • Heavy gauge welded wire motor supports and fan guard that is Zinc plated • Motor mounted to support guard with neoprene isolators • Corrosion resistant fasteners SELECTED OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES 18.25 Damper WD-320-PB-14x14, Gravity Operated Short Wall Hsg., Flush Exterior (1A-Exhaust) w/ OSHA Guard Switch - Nema-1, Toggle, Mounted & Wired Aluminum Propeller Solid State Speed Control - 5WSSC, Shipped Loose Exterior UL/cUL-705 - "Power Ventilators" Motor w/ Thermal Overloads AirFlow Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Fan Mark: EF-1 Note: Wall Housing Sizes 42 and Larger with heavy motors and all Filtered Wall Housings need additional bracing. NOTES: All dimensions shown are in units of inches Fan weight is without accessories Approx. Fan Weight (Ib) Recommended Roof/Wall Opening: (in) Optional Damper (in) 20 19.25x19.25 14x14 City Model Volume (CFM) SP (in wg) FRP M Operating owe P(hp) r Motor Information Size (hp) V/C/P Encl: Motor RPM: Windings 1 SE1-12-432-D8 650 0.25 1.228 0.07 1/8 115/60/1 TEAO 1550 1 .^I—, Inlet Sound Power by Octave Band Lwa dBA Sones 62.5 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 75 74 54 52 54 53 47 40 61 50 6.1 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 3 m 0.2 N i n 0.1 3 N LwA - A weighted sound power level, based on ANSI S1.4. Sones calculated using AMCA 301 at 5.0 ft. dBA - A weighted sound pressure level, based on 11.5 dB attenuation per octave band at 5.0 ft. dBA levels are not licensed by AMCA International. I ♦ 0 I I Sl4L0: ' 0.0 0 2 RPM Curve _ - -System Curve Brake Power Curve Do not select to the left of this surge curve CAPS 4.4.694 0.12 n t)ERTIncD RRTIA61 0.08 founD AIR 0.06 0.04 L IL 0.02 — m 4 6 8 10 12 Volume (CFM) x 100 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 8 of 17 I Am Building Value in Air. Verna-1 Toggle STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Fan Mark: EF-1 Enclosure constructed for indoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment and to provide a degree of protection against falling dust. This enclosure meets the rod entry and the indoor corrosion protection design tests. The rod entry test is intended to simulate incidental contact with enclosure equipment. Disconnect Configuration Switch Manufacturer Pass and Seymour Type Toggle Overload Protection None Mounting Mounted and Wired 0.28 DIA. (4 HOLES) d 0 4.35 1. 6 1.65 O 0.7 1.1J6 2.5 NOTES: - UL Listed - CSA Listed - Rating: 1/2 HP -All dimensions are in inches. Motor Size (hp) 1/8 Voltage (V) 115 Power 60 Cycle Amperage (A) 15.0 Phase 1 Poles 1 RPM 1550 Wiring N/A L_ 2 INCOMING POWER t I I , 9 l MOTOR CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 9 of 17 �GREENHECK Building Value in Air. AMCA 43MC43 CERTIFIED RATHIGf , IOND �eR PERfORR1ROCE Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Fan Mark: EF-1 AMCA Licensed for Sound and Air Performance Without Appurtenances (Accessories). Greenheck Fan Corporation certifies that the model shown herein is licensed to bear the AMCA Seal. The ratings shown are based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA Publication 211 and AMCA Publication 311 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program. Performance certified is for installation type A: Free inlet, Free outlet. Power rating (BHP/kW) does not include transmission losses. Performance ratings do not include the effects of appurtenances (accessories). The sound ratings shown are loudness values in fan sones at 5 ft. (1.5 m) in a hemispherical free field calculated per AMCA Standard 301. Values shown are for installation type A: free inlet hemispherical sone levels. dBA levels are not licensed by AMCA International. The AMCA Certified Ratings Seal applies to sone ratings only. The AMCA licensed air and/or sound performance data has been modified for installation, appurtenances or accessories, etc. not included in the certified data. The modified performance is not AMCA licensed but is provided to aid in selection and applications of the product. CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 10 of 17 �a���1�7af1�i�6/1� Printed Date: 9/29/2010 . �77 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Building Value in Air. Product Type: Fan Mark: EF-1 D-3;&U Vertical Mount Exhaust Damper STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES Vertical mount exhaust damper is constructed of 18 ga. galvanized steel with pre -punched mounting holes and a flanged frame. • Damper blades are 0.025 in roll formed aluminum with vinyl seals on the closing edge • Steel axles are 0.188 in diameter zinc plated steel mounted in acetal bushings • Synthetic axle bearings Accessory Configuration Blade Action Parallel Actuator Type Gravity 2.75 NOTES: All dimensions shown are in units of inches Width and height furnished approximately 0.125 in undersize. CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 11 of 17 LNGREENHECK Building Value in Air. Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Fan Mark: EF-1 WH Short Wall Housing STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES • Galvanized steel construction • Heavy gauge mounting flanges • Pre -punched mounting holes • Inside flanges allow damper to be mounted • Overlapping weatherhood flange keeps rain out • OSHA Protective guard of welded steel wire completely protects the drive side of the wall housing. __ 18.25 NOTES: All dimensions shown are in units of inches 18.25 CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 12 of 17 Thm Width and Height furnished approximately 0.250 in under size. Construction Features Frame Depth (in): 6.000 Sizing: Nominal Shape: Rectangular Frame Type: Channel Options and Accessories Bird Screen: Internal Welded Construction: No Summary Job: Lift Station AFJ-60'1 Application & Design Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Louver Mark: L-1 AFJ-601 is an acoustical weather louver designed to protect air intake and exhaust openings in building exterior walls. Design incorporates J style insulated acoustical blades and high free area to provide maximum resistance to rain and weather while providing minimum resistance to airflow. The AFJ-601 is an extremely efficient louver with AMCA LICENSED PERFORMANCE DATA enabling designers to select and apply with confidence. Frame Thickness (in): 0.080 Fixed Blade Thick. (in): 0.080 Bird Screen Type: Flat Expanded Louver Material: Aluminum ID # Tag Qty. W (in) H (in) Free Area (ft2) Sect. Wide Sect. High Sect. Ship 3-1 1 24.000 24.000 0.86 1 1 1 Larger openings may require field assembly of multiple louver panels to make up the overall opening size. Individual louver panels are designed to withstand a 25 PSF wind -load (please consult Greenheck if the louvers must withstand higher wind -loads). Design, materials and installation of structural reinforcement required to adequately support large sections or multiple section assemblies within a large opening are not provided by Greenheck. Unless specifically indicated, the following are NOT included in the quote provided, covers or mullion hardware -Structural steel -Installation hardware (anchors, angle clips, continuous angles, shims, :Mullion Hinged frames or removable subtrames - Custom bir t screen fasteners, inserts, backer rod and sealant) •3-coat, metallic and/or exotic paint finishes llic a -Field measuring and/or installation -Bituminous paints for unlike metals -Miscellaneous flashing, trim or enclosures •y applicable taxes -Any off panels -Stamped and sealed structural calculations gnijgju8 nsIne, to 41t• :,#EF G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 13 of 17 LNGREENHECK Building Value in Air. AMCA OMCQ CERTmED fdAT10Gf WATERPMETRRTIOn AIR - PERSORmnnCE Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Louver Mark: L-1 Greenheck Fan Corporation certifies that the louver shown herein is licensed to bear the AMCA Seal. The ratings shown are based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA Publication 511 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program. The AMCA Certified Ratings Seal applies to air performance and water penetration ratings. The AMCA licensed performance data has been modified for installation, appurtenances, accessories, etc. not included in the certified data. The modified performance is not AMCA licensed but is provided to aid in selection and applications of the air control device. CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 14 of 17 hb=dVkw Width and Height furnished approximately 0.250 in under size. Construction Features Frame Depth (in): 6.000 Sizing: Nominal Shape: Rectangular Frame Type: Channel Options and Accessories Bird Screen: Internal Welded Construction: No Summary Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Louver Mark: L-2 AFJ-601 Application & Design AFJ-601 is an acoustical weather louver designed to protect air intake and exhaust openings in building exterior walls. Design incorporates J style insulated acoustical blades and high free area to provide maximum resistance to rain and weather while providing minimum resistance to airflow. The AFJ-601 is an extremely efficient louver with AMCA LICENSED PERFORMANCE DATA enabling designers to select and apply with confidence. Frame Thickness (in): 0.080 Fixed Blade Thick. (in): 0.080 Bird Screen Type: Flat Expanded Louver Material: Aluminum ID # Tag Qty. W (in) H (in) Free Area (ft2) Sect. Wide Sect. High Sect. Ship 4-1 1 1 24.000 1 24.000 0.86 1 1 1 Larger openings may require field assembly of multiple louver panels to make up the overall opening size. Individual louver panels are designed to withstand a 25 PSF wind -load (please consult Greenheck if the louvers must withstand higher wind -loads). Design, materials and installation of structural reinforcement required to adequately support large sections or multiple section assemblies within a large opening are not provided by Greenheck. Unless specifically indicated, the following are NOT included in the quote provided: covers or mullion hardware -Structural steel :Mullion Hinged frames or removable subframes -installation hardware (anchors, angle dips, continuous angles, shims, -Custom bird/nsect screen fasteners, inserts, backer rod and sealant) •3coat, metallic and/or exotic paint finishes -Field measuring and/or installation -Bituminous paints for unlike metals -Miscellaneous flashing, trim or enclosures -Any applicable taxes -Blank off panels -stamped and sealed structural calculations en!lgiuB N91ne to yjr N.64����c G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 15 of 17 rQGREENHECK Building Value in Air. AMCA AMCO CgRT1m RAT1AGS , WRTPMETRATER A1R PCUOamance Printed Date: 9/29/2010 Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Product Type: Louver Mark: L-2 Greenheck Fan Corporation certifies that the louver shown herein is licensed to bear the AMCA Seal. The ratings shown are based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA Publication 511 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program. The AMCA Certified Ratings Seal applies to air performance and water penetration ratings. The AMCA licensed performance data has been modified for installation, appurtenances, accessories, etc. not included in the certified data. The modified performance is not AMCA licensed but is provided to aid in selection and applications of the air control device. CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 16 of 17 Printed Date: 9/29/20 i 0 GREENHECK Job: Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson Building Value in Air. Damper Drive Arrangements 11-1FIL-0 or 11-1CIL-0 CAPS 4.4.694 G:\Job Data Files\Bill B\Lift Station Replacement - Hendrickson.gcj Page 17 of 17 LMGREENHECK Acoustical Louver J Blade Application and Design AFJ-601 is an acoustical weather louver designed to protect air intake and exhaust openings in building exterior walls. Design incorporates J style insulated acoustical blades and high free area to provide maximum resistance to sound transmission, rain and weather while providing minimum resistance to airflow. The AFJ-601 is an AMCA CERTIFIED LOUVER enabling designers to select and apply with confidence. Standard Construction Frame ........ Heavy gauge formed aluminum, 6 in. x 0.080 in. nominal wall thickness Blades ........ J style, heavy gauge formed aluminum, 0.080 in. nominal wall thickness, positioned at 450 on approximately 5 in. centers Construction ... Mechanically fastened Acoustical Insulation ..... Fiberglass Insulation Birdscreen..... 3/4 in. x 0.051 flattened expanded aluminum in removable frame, inside mount (rear) Finish ......... Mill Minimum Size..12 in. W x 15 in. H Maximum Single Section Size ... 60 in. W x 96 in. H options (at additional cost) • A variety of bird and insect screens • Blank off panels • Clip angles • Extended sill • Filter racks • Flanged frame • Galvanized steel frame and blade • Security bars • A variety of architectural finishes including: Clear anodize Integral color anodize Baked enamel paint Kynar paint `Width and heic approximately i4 incn unue, -- AFJ-601 amca CERTIFIED RATIAGS WATER �enrtcano fOUAD mo �auononnat PERFORMANCE DATA Free Area Chart (Sq. ft.) Lower Width in Inches Lower Height Inches 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 15 0.13 0.21 0.29 0.37 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.6 00.77 18 0.25 0.42 0.57 0.74 0.90 1.06 1.22 1.38 1.55 24 0.38 0.62 0.86 1.10 1.35 1.59 1.83 2.08 2.32 30 0.50 I-- Airf Pa in. w9 1 0.9 200 08 0.7 0.6 0s 100 0.4 90 60 03 70 60 50 A 02 G 90 d 30 0.1 005 u .q 20 0.01 y O.Oi 0A 0.0: 10 O.a 9 8 6.0 7 AFJ-601 J Blade Acoustical Louver Formed Aluminum amca Greenheck Fan Corporation certifies that the AFJ-601 herein are licensed to bear the AMCA Seal. 011117010 ennow „*F louvers shown The ratings shown are based on tests and procedures ,., 3oaA performed in accordance with AMCA Publication 511 and D comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program. The AMCA Certified Ratings Seal applies to water penetration, air performance and sound ratings. Sound Transmission Class The Sound Transmission Class (STC) is a rating of the effectiveness of an assembly in isolating or reducing airborne sound transmission. STC is a single number that summarizes airborne sound transmission loss data. Assemblies with higher STC ratings are more efficient at reducing sound transmission. STC is determined in accordance with ASTM E413-04. Transmission Loss Transmission loss (TL) is a measurement of the reduction of sound power transmission (dB) through an assembly at a given frequency. The more sound power that is reduced, the greater the TL. TL is tested in accordance with ASTM E90-04. Free Field Noise Reduction in Decibels Free Field Noise Reduction is determined by adding 6 dB to the Transmission Loss. )ctave Band 2 3 4 5 6 7 STC requency N 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 ransmission Loss (dB) 4 4 6 10 17 12 10 free Field Noise Reduction (dB) 10 10 12 16 23 18 Water Penetration (Standard Air - .075 Ib/ft') Test size 48 in. x 48 in. Test duration of 15 min. m1/m2 oz/ft2 0.30 60 0.25 r0 O1 Q 0.20 03 60 ll C 0.15 0 40 L1 C O 0.10 A C 20 C 0.05 O7 i0 6 I 0 0.00 . . , i 900 5 0.02 -ITT-'-r -i- �� rr/min: 100 750 800 850 (t/min: 200 300 400 500 600 7008009001000 20M 3666 Ms: 41 mM 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 9 10 Free Area Velocity Free Air Velocity The AMCA Water Penetration Test provides a method for comparing various lower models and designs as to their efficiency in resisting the penetration Model AFJ-601 resistance to airflow (pressure drop) varies of rainfall under specific laboratory test conditions. The beginning point of depending on louver application (air intake or air exhaust). water penetration is defined as that velocity where the water penetration curve Free area velocities (shown) are higher than average projects through .01 oz. of water (penetration) per sq. ft, of louver free area. velocity through the overall louver size. See lower selection ,The beginning point of water penetration for Model AFJ-601 is information. 799 fpm free area velocity. These performance ratings do not guarantee a louver to be weatherproof or stormproof and should be used in combination with other factors including good engineering judgement in selecting lowers. LGREENHECK INSTALLATION DETAILS Maximum Size and Installation Information AFJ-60i J Blade Acoustical Louver Formed Aluminum Maximum single section size for model AFJ-601 is 60 in. W x 96 in. H. Larger openings require field assembly of multiple louver panels to make up the overall opening size. Individual louver panels are designed to withstand a 25 PSF wind -load (please consult Greenheck if the louvers must withstand higher wind -loads). Structural reinforcing members may be required to adequately support and install multiple louver panels within a large opening. Structural reinforcing members along with any associated installation hardware is not provided by Greenheck unless indicated otherwise by Greenheck. Additional information on louver installation may be found in AMCA Publication #501, Louver Application Manual. SINGLE SECTION 60" [1524mm] MAX. ACTUAL LOUVER WIDTH � GREENHEGK Q E a e c u C MULTIPLE SECTION W/ MULLION 15 C D F- x C� W S W O J ,Q U Q B 60" [1524mm] MAX. 60" [1524mm] MAX. ACTUAL LOUVER WIDTH ACTUAL LOUVER WIDTH . nnrcn I nl lwro \AIIhTH Minimum Single Section Size Maximum Single Section Size 12in. Wx15in. H 601n.Wx96in. H PRODUCT DETAILS AFJ-60i A HEAD DETAIL . E N M SEALANT AND BACKER ROD NOT BY GREENHECK E ro E � N M rc 6" [152.4mm]-- FIBERGLASS ACOUSTICAL INSULATION .080 [2.Omm] FORMED ALUMINUM HEAD .080 [2.Omm] FORMED ALUMINUM BLADE 0.032 [.81 mm] PERFORATED ALUMINUM SCREEN, MILL FINISH .080 [2.Omm] FORMED ALUMINUM SILL OPTIONAL BIRD OR INSECT SCREEN AND BACKER ROD NOT BY GREENHECK B SILL DETAIL 080 [2.Omm] FORMED ALUMINUM JAMB SEALANT AND BACKER ROD NOT BY GREENHECK 1/8" [3.2mr C JAMB DETAIL �GREENtfEG( SEALANT NOT J Blade Acoustical Louver Formed Aluminum OPTIONAL EXTENDED SILL E 4CTUAL LOUVER WIDTH —NOMINAL WIDTH— D MULLION DETAIL OPTION DRAWINGS AFJ-601 OPTIONAL 1 1 /2" [38.1 mm] PERIMETER FLANGE .080 [2.0mm] FORMED ALUMINUM FRAME OPTIONAL SINGLE SHEET, 1- (25.4mm) OR 2' (50.8mm) INSULATED BLANKOFF PANEL J Made ACOUSt1Ca1 Louver Formed Aluminum OPTIONAL BIRD OR INSECT SCREEN IN REMOVABLE ALUMINUM FRAME OPTIONAL ALUMINUM FILTER RACK AND FILTER(S) FINISHES 2-coat 70% KYNAR 500®/HYLAR 50000 AAMA 2605 - 'Best." The premier finish for extruded aluminum. Tough, long-lasting coating has superior color retention and Standard Colors: Any of the 24 colors shown can be 10 Years Consult Greenheck for Dry film thickness 1.2 mil. (AKA: DuranarCD, Fluoropon®, abrasive properties. Resists chalking, fading, chemical rnstandard furnished in 70% or 50% KYNAR availability of extended Trinar0, Flouropolymer, Polyvinylidene Fluoride, PVDF2) abrasion and weathering. 5000/HYLAR 50008 or Baked Enamel. 2-Coat Mica: warranty) "Better." Tough, long-lasting coating has excellent color Greenheck offers 9 standard 2- 2-coat 50% KYNAR 500®/HYLAR 5000® AAMA 2604 retention and abrasive properties. Resists chalking, fading, coat Mica colors. Other colors are 5 Years - Dry film thickness 1.2 mil. (AKA AcroflurO, Acrynar®) chemical abrasion and weathering. available. Consult Greenheck for possible extra cost when selecting non-standard colors or special Baked Enamel AAMA 2603 - Dry film thickness 0.8 mil. "Good." Provides good adhesion and resistance to 1 Year (AKA: Acrabond Plus®, Duracron8) weathering, corrosion and chemical stain. finishes. "Two-step" anodizing is produced by following the normal Light, Medium or Dark Bronze; 5 years Integral Color Anodize AA-M10C22A42 (>0.7 mil) anodizing step with a second, colorfast process. Champagne; Black Clear Anodize 215 R-1 AA-M10C22A41 (>0.7 mil) Clear, colorless and hard oxide aluminum coating that resists Clear 5 years weathering and chemical attack. Clear Anodize 204 R-1 AA-M10C22A31 (0.4-0.7 mil) Clear, colorless and hard oxide aluminum coating that resists Clear 1 Year weathering and chemical attack. Greenheck offers a number of industrial coatings such as Hi -Pro Polyester, Epoxy, and Permatector9. Consult Greenheck Industrial coatings Consult a Greenheck Product Specialist for complete color and application information. Materials may be supplied in natural aluminum or galvanized steel finish when normal weathering Is n/a Mill acceptable and there is no concern for color or color change. Finishes meet or exceed AAMA 2605, AAMA 2604, and AAMA 2603 requirements. Please consult www.greenheck.com for complete information on standard and extended paint warranties. Paint finish warranties are not applicable to steel products. lns� P.O. Box 410 - Schofield, Wl 54476-0410 • 715.359.6171 "greenheck.com AFJ-601 August 2008 Rev. 1 Copyright © 2008 Greenheck Fan Corporation Greenheck Fan Corporation reserves the right to make product changes without notice. SUBMITTAL SHEET MUM SERIES HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL UNIT HEATERS JOB NAME:_ LOCATION:- ARCHITECT:- ENGINEER:- CONTRACTOR: - SUBMITTED BY: DATE: ITEM OTY. ATALOG N-FASER TSO WATTS VOLTS 0 AMPS GRILLE FINISH CEILING MOUNT ITEM I OTY, CAT 110 TAG DESCRIPTION ACCESSORIES AND CONTROLS SUBMITTED BY: DATE APPROVED BY: DATE ZSS-QMUHO (12-04) CA �Y7 t� m N Z CD m D C 2 m m m y Agwo LLI R NJ UMMK y M A Marley Engineered Products BrarM = 470 Beauty Spot Rd. E, Bennettsville, SC 29512 visit www.gmarkmep.com for more info ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S SPECIFICATIONS" Unit mounts either horizontally or vertically. Totally versatile. For factories, warehouses, garages, stores, shipping rooms, power stations, aircraft hangers. Can be used for primary, supplementary, spot, or dual -system heating. Wide range of optional control kits are field installable, increasing the MUH adaptability to the specification market. Forced air unit heater with 10 power ratings; from 3KW to 50 KW heating output; 208, 240, 277 and 48OV, 10,230 to 170,500 BTU/hr. 32 compatible models (no need to try to assemble a heating system from 70 or 80 models!) Heavy gauge die -formed steel housing. Two -toned, smartly styled. Advanced pull -through air flow design draws air across heating element for more even air distribution and cooler element operation. Specially designed venturi outlet to meet that added throw as required in vertical position. Branch circuit fusing (when required). Completely enclosed fan motor. 1- or 3-phase wiring on 5 through 10 KW 208/240V and 15 KW 208V units (field interchangeable). Aluminum -finned, copper clad steel sheath heating element has longer useful life, because of cooler sheath temperature and faster heat dissipation. 24V control transformer standard on most models, providing a safer and more accurate means of temperature control. 3KW and 5KW, 208-277V, have line voltage controls as standard (24V control available on made -to -order basis). Automatic reset linear thermal cut-out, capillary type, provides protection over entire length of element areas (Manual reset protection available on made -to - order basis). SELECTION CHART 2-speed fan selector switch (25 to 50 KW models). Fan delay feature eliminates cold drafts. Element heats up before fan cuts in, then fan continues to distribute heat after element shuts off. Ruggedly built, yet lighter weight for easier installation. No piping flutes, valves, or traps. Individually adjustable discharge louvers to control air flow. Choice of optional diffusers for variety of air patterns, maximizing heat concentration and coverage in the vertical position. Meets all UL, NEC, and OSHA requirements. I � % ; '�" '_' DIMENSIONS 0\ W • MUH-03 & 05 16" 14" T/2" MUH-07 & 10 213E 19" 7'R" MUH-15 & 20 213/4" 19" 123/4" MUH-25 & 30 30" 265/8" 113/4" MUH-40 & 50 30" 265/B" 17'/B" MUH0381 206 10 3.0 10.2 14.5 208 NA Mill 350 800 27' 208 1600 1,100 °8 9 12 AWG12 27 MUH0321 206240 10 2.Z3.0 7.b/10.2 11 Oil 208240 WA 350 800 27° 208240 /600 1/ilb 8 9 12 AWG 12 27 MUH03-71 277 10 3.0 10.2 11.0 277 WA 350 BW 27' 277 16M 11100 8 9 12 AWG 14 27 MUH0331 347 10 3.0 10.2 &6 347 N/A 350 800 27• 347 1600 Moo 8 9 12 AWG 14 27 MUH03-041 480 30 3.0 10.2 8.6 24 N/A 350 8W 27• 480 1600 1/100 8 9 12 AWG 14 27 MUH03L1 600 10 7.0 10.2 8.6 600 N/A 350 800 27• 800 1600 1n00 8 9 12 AWG 14 27 MUH05-81 208 1.30 5.0 17.0 24.0 208 5A 350 800 45' 208 1600 Moo 8 9 12 AWG 10 27 MUH05.21 208240 1.30 3.75.0 126117.0 18021.0 208240 SA 350 800 45' 20&240 1600 1/100 8 9 12 AWG 10 27 MU1105.71 277 10 &0 17.0 18.0 277 N/A 350 800 45' 277 1. 111. 8 9 12 AWG 10 27 MUH0531 347 10 5.0 17.0 14.6 367 WA 350 Boo 45° 347 1600 1/100 B 9 12 AWG 10 27 MUH0541 480 30 5.a 17.0 6.0 24 WA 350 B00 45° 480 1600 1/100 8 9 12 AWG 14 27 MUH05-61 6W 10 5.0 170 4.8 600 WA 350 B00 45 600 1600 11100 8 9 12 AWG 10 27 MUH-07-8 208 1.30 7.5 25.6 36.0 24 58 650 970 37' 208 1600 Lao 9 14 18 AWG 6 38 MUH-07-2 20a240 1-30 5.677.5 19.125.6 270/31.3 24 58 650 970 37• 208240 16M 1/30 9 14 18 AWG8 38 MWH 07-7 277 10 7.5 2&6 27.0 24 58 650 970 37' 277 1600 1130 9 14 18 AWG 8 38 MUH-073 347 10 7.5 25.6 21.6 24 58 650 970 37' 347 1600 1B0 9 14 18 AWG 14 38 MUH-074 480 30 7.5 25.6 9.0 24 58 sw 970 37• 480 1600 1/30 9 14 18 AWG 14 38 MUH-07-f, wo 10 7.5 25.6 7.3 24 58 650 970 37' 600 1600 1/30 9 14 18 AWG 14 38 MUH-10-8 208 1.30 10.0 34.1 48.0 24 5B 660 970 49' 208 1600 1B0 9 14 18 AWG4 38 MUH-10-2 208240 1-30 7.5110.0 25.6134.1 36.01420 24 5B 650 970 49' 208240 1600 1(30 9 14 18 AWG6 38 MUH-10-7 277 10 10.0 34.1 36.0 24 5B 650 970 1 277 1600 1/30 9 14 18 AWG 6 38 MUW10-3 347 10 10.0 34.1 28.8 24 5B 650 970 1 347 16W 1130 9 14 /8 AWG 14 38 MUFF104 490 30 100 34.1 12.0 24 58 650 970 49• 480 1600 1B0 9 14 18 AWG 14 38 MUKI" 600 10 10.0 34.1 9.7 24 58 650 970 49° 600 1600 15o 9 14 18 AWG 14 38 mull- -9 208 1-30 15.0 51.2 72.0 24 SA 910 1640 52° 208 1530 120 11 20 35 AWG2 53 Mul+ S2 208240 30 112/15.0 38.251.2 31.3rd6.1 24 5C 910 1640 52 • 20E 240 1530 120 11 20 35 AWG 6 53 MUH-154 480 30 15.0 51.2 18.0 24 5C 910 1640 52• 480 15W 12o 11 20 35 AWG 10 53 MUF1-1" 600 10 15.0 51.2 14.5 24 5C 910 1640 1. 600 1 ism 120 1 11 20 35- AWG 12 53 MUH-20-8 208 30 20.0 68.2 56.0 24 SA 1320 2060 48• 208 1500 1/10 12 23 41 AWG4 60 MUH-202 208240 30 1S.0/20.0 51.2/68.2 41.2/48.0 24 SC 1320 206048 208/240 1500 1110 12 23 41 AWG4 8o MUH-204 480 30 20.0 68.2 24.0 24 5C 1320 2060 48• 480 1500 1110 12 23 41 AWG 10 60 MUH-206 600 30 20.0 68.2 19.3 24 5c 1320 2060 48' 600 1500 1/10 12 23 41 AWG 12 60 MUH-25.2 200240 30 18325.0 MaM.2 52.0160.0 24 5A 2100/18M 21002030 38'/44' 208240 1600/1375 1/4 13 23 50 AWG 3 93 MUH.254 4W 30 2&0 a52 30.0 24 5C 2100118W 210W030 38•144' 480 1600/1375 114 13 23 50 AWG8 93 MUW25-6 600 30 25.0 1 85.2 242 1 24 5C 2100/18W 21002000 38 *144' 600 16=1375 114 13 23 50 AWG 10 93 MUW308 208 30 30.0 102.3 84.0 24 SA 2100/1800 21 o0/2= 45'53' 208 1600/1375 114 12 20 50 AWG 1 93 MUK302 2081240 30 22-580.0 76.7/1023 63.0/723 24 5A 2100n 500 21002030 45'53' 208240 1600/1375 114 12 20 50 AWG2 93 MUH30.4 4W 30 30.0 1023 36.0 24 5c 2100/18W 2100121M 45.53' 480 IWW1375 114 12 20 50 AWG 6 93 MUH-3" 600 30 30.0 1023 29.0 24 5C 2100/1800 21062030 45'53' 600 18=1375 114 12 20 50 AWG8 93 MUH40.2 206240 30 30.0/40.0 10231136.4 83.4,%4 24 SA 30002600 32602900 42 •/49 • 20&240 1525'1420 12 15 28 50 AWG LO 114 MUH-4041 480 30 40.0 136.4 48.0 24 SA 3000.26W 32602900 42'/49' 480 1 525/1 420 12 15 28 60 AWG 4 114 MU140-6 600 30 40.0 136.4 38.7 24 5A 3000216M 32602900 42°/49- 600 1525/1420 12 15 28 60 AWG6 114 muw 08 208 30 50.0 170.5 139.0 24 SA 3000/26W 32602900 53 •Bt • 208 1525/1420 12 15 25 60 AWG a0 114 MU1450-2 20B/240 30 37.5150.0 127.3I7705 104.2J720.4 20 5A 30002600 32602900 53•B7' 208240 1525.1420 12 15 25 BO AWG 3�D 114 MU14504 480 30 50.0 170.5 602 24 SA 30002600 32602900 53'Bt' 480 1525/1420 12 15 25 W AWG4 114 MUH-508 600 30 50.0 170.5 48.3 24 5A 30002600 32602900 53'B1' 600 1525/1420 1 12 15 25 60 AWG3 116 Note: 1. All standard units are supplied with a low voltage control transformer and contactor (24V) except 3. On dual phase units, maximum amp draw is listed for respective voltage. MUH-03 & 05, 208, 240 & 277 volt models. Low voltage control on these units are available on made 4. 25 thru 50 KW models have two speed motors and dual CFM ratings. to order.. All units are also available on special order for 120 volt control; internal and transformer or 5A. Standard. external without transformer. 5B. Optional - made to order - amp load unbalanced on 3 Phase. 2. On dual voltage units; CFM, FPM, and RPM are shown at higher voltage. 5C. Optional - made to order - amp load balanced on 3 Phase. � Washington State WI/ Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SIR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1,121,2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wolf Indutries For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 23 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adg f�l Code File No. 45 Anchor Bolts Grip -Rite 10.050990-2.01, ( I 45 Anchor Bolts Red Head 2.01. E, 2 Project Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. 0 0 IA ��tzGu�tj Remarks: -3r c VAdam, LIN�k�>z.� J A.,� �- ��:��; s� -nr� �.,�r .�����..��� Pep- Src=Tlc�.1 ic� F= a_-7we G1-10 LS-bG, S-MV-1 k` 'r- ` 5 ti"A-1 s 10" cFtAbFC:7,2- Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other Gripmlift'Anchor Bolts 0 For attaching bottom plate or sill plate to newly poured concrete foundation. 0 All Grip -Rite threaded rod conforms to ASTM F1554, Grade 36 and ASTM A30 © Hot -dipped galvanized anchor bolts and plates are recommended when working with treated lumber. Anchor Bolt Specification Size Thread Length Bend Length Total Length 1 /2" 1.75" +0.24" / -0.0" 1.25" +0.12" /-0.062" ±0.12" 5/8" 3.75" +0.24" / -0.0" 1.50" +0.12" /-0.062" ±0.12" 3/4" 3.75" +0.24"/-0.0" 2.00"+0.12"/-0.062" ±0.12" 7/8" 3.75" +0.24" / -0.0" 2.00" +0.12" /-0.062" ±0.12" ill 1 4.00" +0.24" / -0.0" 2.50" +0.12" /-0.062" ±0.12" "w nc." _ IIII I I I I III II , III I 126AS50 1 1/211X6" 1.27 cm x 15.2 cm ANCHOR BOLT W/NUT & WASHER PERNO OE ANCLAJE C/ TUERCA Y UASA O i..n............ ah.nla am n. n..d 1..a...h.. o,,.." ....n"•p, °,... annwd n.nn nwa.h.w.v..rl,...n.I a eew.eraahi. s.mna+o..an..r....d.�.......em ..50 CT. no d.ee...... n... I.da aoa.o.a...d...m..a..wn.ea,r..w..a a..,w...I...rman Ma CoueVCaatltlad Meta n..�1,o" G III (III ,I I II II 126CAB50 (,4606 .'0>9 I 1 /2" X 6" 1.27 cm x 15.2 cm HOT DIPPED GAM ANCHOR BOLT W/NUT & WASHER PERNO OF ANCLAJE CALIENTE SUMERGIGO GALVANQA00 C/ TUERCAY UASA uwd W ..nnn. w.an. m nnnn.nm w. c � ca. he uaea Ia ancho. an v.nea wmhet Wlr.nited anchor 1. n. e.. curl res ala.l c ^�`^"'-G'"`0J1i1 se uuuta rauawn. maae�a.conn" I0 50 CT. r... malt... wu.na.� Inca hre ae .w.a Ivl.aa Loa..wexde aiulal...Ir.niudu w.re..lenle alai d. Med CO"eUCen60ae M<ta 0 i� L T �J Anchor Bolt with Round Washer Anchor Bolt with Nut& Round SAE Washer Bright Size Quantity per Box Boxes per Pallet SKU 3/8" x 6" 50 100 386AB50 318" x 8" 50 100 388AB50 1/2"x 6" 50 50 126AB50 1/2" x 8" 50 50 128AB50 1/2" x 10" 50 50 1210AB50 1/2" x 12" 50 50 1212AB50 1/2" x 14" 50 50 1214AB50 1/2" x 16" 50 50 1216AB50 1/2" x 18" 50 50 1218AB50 5/8" x 8" 25 50 588AB25 5/8" x 10" 25 50 5810AB25 5/8" x 12" 25 50 1 5812AB25 5/8" x 14" 25 50 5814AB25 5/8" x 16" 25 50 5816AB25 3!4" x 10" 20 25 3410AB20 3/4" x 12" 20 25 3412AB20 3/4" x 14" 20 25 3414AB20 3/4" x 15" 20 25 3415AB20 3/4" x 18" 20 I 25 3418AB20 Anchor Bolt with Round Washer Anchor Bolt with N ut & Square Slotted Washer Bright Size WasherSize Quantity I Boxes SKU per Box per Pallet 5/8" x 10" 3" x 3" x 3/16" 25 50 5810AB325 Anchor Bolt with Nut & Square Slotted Washer Galvanized Size WasherSize Quantity Boxes SKU per Box per Pallet 5/8" x 8" 2" x 2" x 1 /8" 25 50 588GAB25 5/8" x 10" 2" x 2" x 1 /8" 25 50 581 OGAB25 Square Plate Washers CL Square Plate Washer Br Fits Bolt WasherSize Size 1/2" 2" x 2" x 3/16" 1/2" 2" x 2" x 3/16" 5/8" 2" x 2" x 3/16" 5/8" 2" x 2" x 3/ 16" 5/8" 2-1/2" x 2-1 /2" x 1 /4" 3/4" 2-3/4" x 2-3/4" x 5/16" 3/4" 3" x 3" x 5/16" 7/8" 3" x 3" x 5/16" 1" 3-1/2"x3-1/2"x3/8" Square Slotted Washers Quantity Boxes SKU per Box per Pallet 100 100 12PW100 250 48 I 12PW 100 100 58PW100 250 48 58PW 100 48 58PW212 80 48 34PW 50 100 34PW50 70 48 78PW 40 48 1 PW Square Slotted Washer Bright Fits Bolt WasherSize Quantity 1 Boxes SKU Size per Box per Pallet 1/2" 3"x3"x1/4"x1/2" 50 60 12SPW3 5/8" 3"x 3" x 1/4"x 5/8" 50 60 58SPW3 0 Anchor Bolt with Nut & Round SAE Washer Hot -dipped Galvanized ASTM A153 Class C Size QuantityperBox BoxesperPallet SKU 1/2 x 6" 50 50 126GAB50 1/2 x 8" 50 50 128GAB50 1 /2 x 10" 50 50 121 OGAB50 1/2x12" 50 50 1212GAB50 112 x 14" 50 50 1214GAB50 1/2 x 16" 50 50 1216GAB50 1 /2" x 18" 50 50 1218GAB50 5/8" x 8" 25 1 50 588HGAB25 5/8" x 10" 25 50 5810HGAB25 5/8"x12" 25 50 5812HGAB25 5/8" x 14" 25 50 5814HGAB25 5/8"x16" 50 5816HGAB25 Anchor Bolt with Nut & Square Slotted Washer Hot -dipped GalvanizedASTMAl53 Class C Size WasherSize Quantity Boxes SKU per Box per Pallet 1/2x8" 2"x2"x1/8" 50 50 128GABS50 112x10" 2"x2"x1/8" 50 50 121OGABS50 5/8" x 8" 3" x 3" x 3/16" 25 50 588GAB325 5/8" x 10" 3" x 3" x 3/16" 25 50 5810GAB325 5/8"x12" 3"x3"x3/16" 25 50 5812GAB325 5/8" x 16" 3" x 3" x 3/16" 25 50 5816GAB325 5. - x 18" 3" x 3" x 3/1- 25 50 5818GAB325 Square ate Washer Hot-dipped Quantity Galvanized ASTMAl53 Fits Bolt Washer Size Boxes SKU Size per Box per Pallet 3/4" 2-3/4" x 2-3/4" x 5/16" 80 48 34HGPW 3/4" 2" x 2" x 3/16" 80 48 34HGPW80 1/2" 2"x2"x3/16" 100 100 12HGPW100 1/2" 2"x2"x3/16" 250 48 12HGPW 1/2" 3"x3-1/4"x1/2" 80 48 12HGPW3 5/8" 2"x2"x3/16" 100 100 58HGPW100 518" 2" x 2" x 3/16" 250 48 58HGPW 5/8" 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" x 1/4" 100 48 58HGPW212 5/8" 3" x 3" x 1 /4" 50 48 58HGPW3 Square S ofted Washer Hot -di pedGalvanizedASTMA153 Fits Bolt WasherSize Quantity Boxes SKU Size per Box per Pallet LHGSPW3 5/8" 3" x 3" x 1 /4" x 5/8" 50 60 it 1/20/2011 ITW Red Head Trubolt �® Search or go to the Advance Search Trubolt Wedge Type Anchor Product Information and Suggested Specifications Selection and Order Information :Installation Instructions 1 L Performance Data :Approvals and Listing Wedge Anchors DESCRIPTION / SUGGESTED SPEG! P!CATIONS Dependable wedge Type Anchors — SPECIFlED FOR ANCHORAGE INTO CONCRETE Heavy -Duty, I Trubolt Wedge anchors feature a stainless steel expansion clip, Inspectable threaded stud body, nut and washer. Anchor bodies are made of plated Wedge Type Trubolt carbon steel, hot -dipped galvanized carbon steel, type 304 stainless I,yedcle steel or type 316 stainless steel as identified in the drawings or other Expansion ;ndi r notations. Anchor The exposed end of the anchor is stamped to identify anchor length. Stampings should be preserved during installation for any subsequent embedment verification. Use carbide tipped hammer drill bits made in accordance with ANSI B212.15-1994 to install anchors. Anchors are tested to ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193. Anchors are listed by the following agencies as required by the local building code: ICC-ES, UL, FM, City of Los Angeles, California State Fire Marshal and Caltrans. See Appendix B for Trubolt on performance values in accordance to 2006 IBC. ADVANTAGES * 2006 International Building Code (IBC) Compliant ■ Versatile fully threaded design is standard on sizes up to 3/4" diameter and 10" length ■ Anchor diameter equals hole diameter ■ Standard carbon and stainless steel anchors ■ 360' contact with concrete assures full expansion for reliable working loads ■ Non bottom -bearing, maybe used in hole depth exceeding anchor length ■ Can be installed through the work fixture, eliminating hole spotting % Inspectable torque values, indicating proper installation http://www.itw-redhead.com/truboIt.asp 112 1/20/2011 ITW Red Head Trubolt Fully Threaded Advantage Zpp 1B(- Trubolt's fullythreaded feature eliminates subsurface obstruction problems. Trubolt® 1,N1,? iqr-€._r+:r:hors Fullythreaded design accommodates various material thicknesses at the same embedment. One anchor length saves time and money. fl I a Q a 0 0 Q fl. 11 fl B is o a � e 4 a 0o o tt o o IS 0 o Trubolt Wedge Type Anchor Product Information and Suggested Specifications Selection and Order Information : Installation Instructions Performance Data :Approvals and Listing ITW Red Head • 2171 Executive Drive • Addison, IL 60101 • 630-350-0370 About Us I Careers I Press Releases I Privacy Policy I Terms and Conditions copyright@ 2010 Illinois Tool Works, Inc. L> http://www.itw-redhead.com/truboIt.asp 212 1/20/2011 ITW Red Head Trubolt Performance Ta... PERFORMANCE TABLE Trubolt Wedge Type Anchor Performance Data Product Information: Suggested Specifications Selection and Order Information Installation Instructions :Approvals and Listing Search or go to the Advance Search Trubolt Ultimate Tension and Shear Values (Lbs/kN) in Concrete* Veo ANCHOR INSTALLATION EMBEDMENT ANCHOR fc = 2000 PSI (13.8 MPa) fc = 4000 PSI (27.6 MPa) fc = 6000 PSI (41.4 MPa) DIA TORQUE DEPTH TYPE TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR In. (mm) Ft Lbs (Nm) In. (mm) Lbs.(kN) Lbs.(kN) Lbs.(kN) Lbs.(kN) Lbs.(kN) Lbs.(kN) 1/4 (6.4) 4(5.4) 1-1/8 (28.6) 1,180 (5.2) 1,400 (6.2) 1,780 (7.9) 1,400 (6.2) 1,900 (8.5) 1,400 (6.2) 1-15/16 (49.2) 2,100 (9.3) 1,680 (7.5) 3,300 (14.7) 1,680 (7.5) 3,300 (14.7) 1,680 (7.5) 2-1/8 (54.0) 2,260 (10.1) 1,680 (7.5) 3,300 (14.7) 1,680 (7.5) 3,300 (14.7) 1,680 (7.5) 3/8 (9.5) 25 (33.9) 1-112 (38.1) 1,680 (7.5) 2,320 (10.3) 2,240 (10.0) 2,620 (10.3) 2,840 (12.6) 3,160 (14.1) 3(76.2) 3,480 (15.5) 4,000 (17.8) 5,940 (26.4) 4,140 (18.4) 6,120 (27.2) 4,500 (20.0) 4(101.6) 4,800 (21 A) 4,000 (17.8) 5,940 (26.4) 4,140 (18.4) 6,120 (27.2) 4,500 (20.0) 1/2 (12.7) 55 (74.6) 2-1/4 (57.2) 4,660 (20.7) 4,760 (21.2) 5,100 (22.7) 4,760 (21.2) 7,040 (31.3) 7,040 (31.3) 4-1/8 (104.8) WS-Carbon or 4,660 (20.7) 7,240 (32.2) 9,640 (42.9) 7,240 (32.2) 10,820 (48.1) 8,160 (36.3) 6(152.4) WS-G Hot -Dipped Galvanized) 5,340 (23.8) 7,240 (32.2) 9,640 (42.9) 7,240 (32.2) 10,820 (48.1) 8,160 (36.3) 5/8 90 (122.0) 2-3/4 (69.9) 6.580 (29.3) 7,120 (31.7) 7,180 (31.9) 7,120 (31.7) 9,720 (43.2) 9,616 (42.8) (15.9) 5-1/8 (1302 6.580 (29.3) 9,600 (42.7) 14,920 (66.4) 11,900 (52.9) 16,380 (72.9) 12,520 (55.7) 7-1/2 (190.5) WW 3or S.S. or 7,060 (31.4) 9,600 (42.7) 15,020 (66.8) 11,900 (52.9) 16,380 (72.9) 12,520 (55.7) 3/4 (19.1) 110 (149.2) 3-1/4 (82.6) 7,120 (31.7) 10,120 (45.0) 10,840 (48.2) 13,720 (61,0) 13,300 (59.2) 15,980 (71.1) 6-5/8 (168.3) SW%316 S.S. 10,980 (48.8) 20,320 (90.4) 17,700 (78.7) 23,740 (105.6) 20,260 (90.1) 23,740 (105.6) 10 (254.0) 10,980 (48.8) 20,320 (90A) 17,880 (79.5) 23,740 (105.6) 23,580 (104.9) 23,740 (105.6) 7/8 (22.2) 250 (339.0) 3-3/4 (95.3) 9,520 (42.3) 13,160 (58.5) 14,740 (65.6) 16,580 (73.8) 17,420 (77.5) 19,160 (85.2) 6-1/4 (158.8) 14,660 (65.2) 20,880 (92.9) 20,940 (93.1) 28,800 (128.1) 24,360 (108.4) 28,800 (128.1) 8(203.2) 14,660 (65.2) 20,880 (92.9) 20,940 (93.1) 28,800 (128.1) 24,360 (108.4) 28,800 (128.1) 1 (25.4) 300 (406.7) 4-1/2 (114.3) 13,940 (62.0) 16,080 (71.5) 20,180 (89.8) 22,820 (101,5) 21,180 (94.2) 24,480 (108.9) 7-3/8 (187.3) 14,600 (64.9) 28,680 (127.6) 23,980 (106.7) 37,940 (168.8) 33,260 (148.0) 38,080 (169.4) 9-1/2 (241.3) 18,700 (83.2) 28,680 (127.6) 26,540 (118-1) 37,940 (168.8) 33,260 (148.0) 38,080 (169.4) Allowable values are based upon a 4 to 1 safety factor. Divide by 4 for allowable load values For Tie-Wre Wedge Anchor, TW-1400, use tension data from 114" diameterwith 1-1/8" embedment. PERFORMANCE TABLE Trubm Ultimate Tension and Shear Values (Lbs/kN) in Lightweight Wedge Anchors Concrete* ANCHOR INSTALLATION EMBEDMENT ANCHOR LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE LOWER FLUTE OF STEEL DECK WITH DIA TORQUE DEPTH TYPE fc = 3000 PSI 20.7 MPa) LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE FILL In. (mm) Ft Lbs (Nm) In. (mm) fc = 2000 PSI (13.8 MPa) TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR Lbs.(kN) Lbs.(kN) Lbs.(kN) Lbs.(kN) 3/8 (9.5) 25 (33.9) 1-1/2 (38.1) 1,175 (5.2) 1,480 (6.6) 1,900 (8.5) 3,160 (14.1) 3(76.2) 2,825 (12.6) 2,440 (10.9) 2,840 (12.6) 4.000 (17.8) WS-Carbon or WS-G 1/2 (12.7) 55 (74.6) 2-1/4 (57.2) 2,925 (13.0) 2,855 (12.7) 3,400 (15.1) 5,380 (23.9) 3 (76.2) Hot -Dipped 3,470 (15.4) 3,450 (15.3) 4,480 (19.9) 6,620 (29.4) 4 (101.6) Galvanized 4,290 (19.1) 3,450 (15.3) 4,800 (21.4) 6,440 (28.6) or 5/8 (15.9) 90 (122.0) 3(76.2) WW304 S.S. 4,375 (19.5) 4,360 (19.4) 4,720 (21.0) 5,500 (24.5) 5(127.0) or 6,350 (28.2) 6,335 (28.2) 6,580 (29.3) 9,140 (40.7) itw-redhead.com/trubolt_perf_1-asp 1/ � Washington State �I/ Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SIR Date Stonegate Lift Station 1,,25/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 24 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference PE Appr'I Code Hdqt Appr9 Code File No. 36 Blocks Stoneterra 8.24 g Project,Eng " er Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or `WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 E:RRA' - - - - YJAL.L. SYSTEM January 25, 2011 STONETERRA Retaining wall system 815 N.E. 172nd Ave. Vancouver, WA. 98684 360-694-0141 * 800-377-3877 * Fax 360-694-0281 SUBMITTAL PROJECT NAME: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement LOCATION: Renton, WA BID DATE: 08/03/2010 CONTRACTOR: Shoreline Construction Stoneterra as Block Wall. ATTACHMENTS: Product spec Material spec Field construction guide Product brochure Prelim wall profile Grid Corner Layouts E R RA -' WALL SYSTEM 815 NE 172rd Ave., Vancouver. WA. 98684 360-694-0141 Office ` 800-377-3877 Toll Free ` 360-694-0281 Fax vAvw.stoneterra.net STONETERRA MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Units may be manufactured with returned/surplus concrete (post consumer waste); air entrainment is not required. Surplus concrete varies in strength from 2500 psi to 5800 psi.* Aggregates used in blocks meets ASTM C-33 standard. Cement used in blocks are ASTM C-150 types I,11 and 1-11. Fly ash used in the concrete mix is Pozzolanic Class F. Admixtures, when used in the concrete, are consistent with ASTM C-494 and ASTM C260. A minimum strength concrete can be verified by performing an ASTM C805 (Schmidt hammer test) for a nominal charge. *A specific mixture of concrete (spec pour) can be used to manufacture the blocks at an approximate added cost factor of 2.2 times the price of the block. ERRA 4LL SYSTEM 815 NE 172"d Ave., Vancouver, WA. 98684 360-694-0141 Office' 800-377-3877 Toll Free * 360-694-0281 Fax www.stoneterra.net STONETERRA PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Block units shall be StoneTerra Retaining Wall units as produced by a licensed manufacturer. Full, standard grade StoneTerra blocks shall weigh at least 1700 lbs. and have consistent measure of 24" x 24" x 48" long. Blocks shall be of the interlocking design. Full Stone Terra blocks shall have two round columnar male keyways equidistant from the ends and sides to provide maximum shear capacity. The blocks have a male key / female combination that allows for built-in interlock. Keyway system automatically establishes appropriate setback. Blocks shall be manufactured with a quarried rock architectural finish and as required by project specs. Color of the units shall be concrete gray and may vary slightly. A concrete stain may be applied after installation, if specified. Each StoneTerra block shall be furnished with a 7-strand galvanized steel (270Kpa) loop lifting eye located in the center of the block relative to the center of mass. Blocks shall be StoneTerra retaining wall units as produced by a licensed manufacturer. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's installation guidelines. **TOP VIEW** **FACE OF WALL** **PRELIMINARY WALL LAYOUT** **TO BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER** **GRAVITY WALL** 44.0 40 - 1 H H. _ 815 N.E. 172nd Ave. ry�r -•TERRA i WALL SYS I'lAt VANCOUVER, WA 98684 800-377-3877 PH 360-694-0281 FAX TITLE: STONE-GATE-LIFTSTATION DRAWN BY: AMD DATE: 06'03'10 SHEET /I: ST.1 SCALE: NTS 4 TM TERRA WALL SYSTEM pat. no. 7553109 MORE POSSIBILITIES -LESS EFFORT Main office: 815 NE 172nd Avenue, Vancouver, WA 98685 360-694-0141 / 800-377-3877 / 360-694-0281 fax www.stoneterra.ne_t A retaining wall block that takes advantage of the I positive attributes that specifiers and customers s=. are trying to find. The patented StoneTerra System offers an attractive - architectural face and - _� simple installation all at a sensible per square foot = -- ---- —s cost. Whether you area homeowner, contractor, = _ landscape designer or;,� engineer / architect c = -�V'— y.. StoneTerra is the right block for your next project t 4a: s • Natural Quarried Rock Finish • Galvanized Steel Lifting Loop • 8 Sq. Ft. of Face per Block • 8 Foot Min. Radius of Curvature Create Reinforced Walls (MSE) or Non - Reinforced Walls (Gravity) Reinforced grid per engineers specifications (Note: Grid reinforcement may not be necessary for walls 8' high and under) Free Draining Backfill Drain Pipe -Wall System i Pad FULL 2' x 2' x 4' Face 1750lbs. lbs. HALF 2'x2'x2'Face io 905 lbs. FULL BENCH 2'x2'x4'Face 1375 lbs. HALF BENCH Advantages 2'x 66s. 95lbs.ace Inter -locking Easy & Fast Installation FULL CORNER _- ,--- Right/Left Face Set with Small Equipment =; 2300 lbs. Curved Walls Build in Limited Space FULL BENCH CORNER Low Cost Right/Left Face 18001bs. NOTE: ALTERNATE PLACEMENT OF TO COMPLETE PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT REINFORCEMENT 6X"173NSION FOR A SPECIFIED PLACEMENT ELEVATION, ON SPECIFIED REINFORCEMENT PLACE ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT ON NEXT ELEVATIONS COURSE OF SEGMENTAL UNITS IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE SPECIFIED PLACEMENT ELEVATION, IN A MANNER THAT ELIMINATES GAPS LEFT H/I r- BY PREVIOUS LAYER OF GEOSYNTHETICS AT M ,wj y 2 " SPECIFIED REINFORCEMENT ELEVATION. IF --------- ALTERNATIVE REINFORCEMENT H ppp REtNFORC1iMl•,NT PLACIiMf•.NT IS SPECIFIEU LX"TENSION ON SUBSEQUENT y(� ` FOR SUCCESSIVE LIFTS, ENSURE GAPS SPECIFIED REINFORCEMENT LLLVAIIONS IN REINFORCRMEN7' AI(E CUVF.IYFJ) WITH dd 4 ' a � q Q '� I ..� REINFORCEMENT PRIOR TO BACKFILLING Q o z H/4 F.XTF.NSION o BEYOND WALL a SQUARED CORNER STONETERRA-INSIDE 90°CORNER L PRINCIPLE REINFORCE I:N'1' DIRECTION The layout of eurves and comers for SR Ws requires planning by both the design engineer and contractor. The varying horizontal setback per course (Au) among different types of SR W units must be considered prior to construction. This variable will dictate actual layout in plan and elevation. Leveling pad location will step up and back as elevation ncmases due to the horizontal setback per course (Au). The setback and inclination angles also create larger or smaller radii (lengths of curved wall) as the SRW increases in height, depending upon either a concave or convex orientation. These potential changes in length and elevations must be accounted for in plan and Geld construction layout of the wall to assure the minimum radius is not encroached upon and that project requirements are met. For reinforced soil walls, specific details on placement of geosynthetic reinforcement at wall comers should be provided in the construction drawings. Note that reinforcement is not overlapped in the same joint and that a minimum of 3 inches 176 mm) of soil is required between overlapping reinforcement. SERPENTINE CURVES & 900 o ; RADIUS CORNER o SPECIFIED REINFORCEMENT STONIA kltl(A -INSIDE CORNER ELEVATION OS 0 D r l_ L PRINCIPL LNT 0.EIND1 ORE«M :1 DETAILS SHOWN PER FIGURE 6-1 FROM DESIGN MANUAL FOR SEGMENTAL RETAINWALLS, SECOND EDITION, COPYRIGHT 1997, NATIONAL CONCRETE MASONRY ASSOCIATION, HERNDON,VA SPECIFIED REINFORCEMENT ELEVATION **GRID LAYOUTS TO BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER** PRINCIPLE RUNEE tRCLMEN1 DIRFC"UON 3" OF SOIL REQUIRED BETWEEN OVERLAPPING RRINFORCEMNY T FOR PROPER ANCHORAGE IF BOTH LAYERS PLACED AT THE SAME SRW UNIT ELEVATION. ALTERNATE TO OVERLAPPING IN A SINGLE COURSE. REINFORCEMENT COULD HE PLACED IN THE PRL•PENDICULAR PRINCIPAL DIRECTION IN Tllf. CROSS -OVER AREA ON THE. SUCCEEDING COURSE. The layout ofeurves and comers for SRWs requires planning by both the design engineer and contractor. The varying horizontal setback per course (Au) among different types of SRW units must be considered prior to construction. This variable will dictate actual layout in plan and elevation. Leveling pad location will step up and back as elevation increases due to the horizontal setback per course (An). The setback and inclination angles also create larger or smaller radii l lengths of curved wall) as the SRW increases in height, depending upon either a concave or convex orientation. These potential changes in length and elevations must be accounted for in plan mid Geld construction layout of the wall to assure the minimum radius is not encroached upon and that project requirements are met. For reinforced soil walls, specific details on placement of gcosynlhetic reinforcement at wall comets should be provided in the construction drawings. Note that reinforcement is not overlapped in the same joint and that a minimum of 3 inches (76 mot) of soil is required between overlapping reinforcement. SQUARED CORNER STON'ETERRA-OUTSIDE 9VCORNER w yW, G fi zc DETAILS SHOWN PER FIGURE 6-2 FROM DESIGN MANUAL FOR SEGMENTAL RETAINWALLS, SECOND EDITION, COPYRIGI IT 1997, NATIONAL CONCRETE MASONRY ASSOCIATION, HERNDON, VA PRINCIPLE REINFORCE NT DIRECTION ILA SERPENTINE CURVES & 900 RADIUS CORNER STONE•TERRA-OUTSIDE CORNER 3" OF SOIL REQUIRED BETWEEN OVERLAPPING REINFORCEMENT FOR PROPER ANCHORAGE. SPFCIFIFDRF.INFORCEMF.NT ELEVATION CURVED CORNER **GRID LAYOUTS TO BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER** Admk MWashington State AP Department of Transportation Contract Stonegate Lift Station Section Contractor Shoreline Construction Co. FA Number Request for Approval of Material SR County King Subcontractor Advance Power Date 2/14/2011 For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 25 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference PE App 'l Appr'I File Pp pp No. Code I Code See Attached Various Various i i _ _ -- ��� it7'7—i4 [� ' S M !✓�� FY2 cri � — --------- — I - Project7ng' er, A— Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory /onditiron"ally 1. Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 312002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other Response to Contractor Submittal No.: 16000-1 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Response Date: 16 February 2011 K/J Job No.: 0897003 Specification Section: Page: 16110-16920 1 of 2 Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement K/J Item Action Refer to Comment Manufacturer or Supplier Title of Submittal I Drawing 1 MCN 1 Allied RIGID and various Conduit, Raceways & Fittings 16110 2 NET I Southwire Low voltage wire & cable 16120 3 NET ' Belden Signal Cable 16124 4 NET Crouse -Hinds Boxes 16130 5 NET Levittown, Crouse -Hinds Wiring Devices 16140 6 NET Siemens Protective Devices & Switches, 16180 7 NET Tall Electrical Grounding 16450 8 MCN 2 3,4 Various Lighting 16500 9 MCN R Rockwell Automation MCC 16920 10 NR 5 Instrumentation 17000 A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted MCN(R) = Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit RR = Rejected, Resubmit Uomm 1. Where required, conduit supports, straps and anchors in Wet Well and Overflow Storage Vault shall be stainless steel in accordance with Section 10.16110-2.02.C. 2. Only 120 V power available for lighting. 3. The MCC (10.16920) submittal is not included on the Electrical Submittal Index. 4. MCC layout is different from Drawing E4 and E5. As indicated in Addendum 5, all design changes in the Control Building, and all wires and conduit required between the enclosures shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Contractor shall submit modified Control Building electrical layout accounting for separate ATS and MTS enclosures. Final acceptance of submitted MCC is pending approval of modified Control Building electrical layout. 5. Information not included. Submit separately for review. B. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work with that of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner. y t u Vladimir Bo omolov, P.E. 0897003 © Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 on ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL PROJECT NAME: STONEGATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT OWNER: CITY OF RENTON GENERAL CONTRACTOR: SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION INC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 13705 MILL CREEK, WA 98082 (425)481-8260 (425) 486-3162 FAX ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL INDEX SPEC. NO. DESCRIPTION 10.16110 CONDUIT, RACEWAYS & FITTINGS 10.16120 LOW VOLTAGE WIRE & CABLE 10.16124 SIGNAL CABLE 10.16130 BOXES 10.16140 WIRING DEVICES 10.16180 PROTECTIVE DEVICES & SWITCHES 10.16450 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING 10.16500 LIGHTING 10.17 INSTRUMENTATION ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL CONDUIT, RACEWAYS & FITTINGS SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16110 PROJECT: • J GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: STONLGATL LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT CITY OF RE, NTON SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX &ftn t 1# SPoe. of. Hlb D Project K/J Action 8y Dat/Qt No MOON er No uired kwwWdR"L60 ke tx No RetubmNltl ,red, R*cbd. R N&* t led Per' RetL611RW=eamred) "Rwiftw lnA—Wienks Consultantss Allied RIGID �r � iS .::yt.. yF Y.C�*' �y•wr:1'�n: y '.!�-' � — "�.twr*-H��..,'•tii v}.F"•%''�yyF j Cry �� y. . Allied Rigid is precision manufactured for dependable, long-lasting value and protection for the electrical raceway system. Allied Rigid also provides radiation protection, magnetic shielding and resists impact. I PROVIDES FULL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROTECTION Allied RIGID is precision manufactured for dependable, long-Iasfing value and pro- tection kor the electrical raceway system. Manufactured from high -strength steel, Alied RIGID combines damage-fesistant strength with ductility to assure easy bending, cutting and 'joining. it also provides smooth, continuous raceways for fast wire - pulling. No need to worry about damage to the conduit system even when pulling through multiple 90' bends. Aliled RIGID is hot -dipped galvanized Inside and out. It is tep-coated with a ccfr atJbte organic layer to inhibit white rust and increase corrosicn resistance. Nied RIGID is impact and crush resistant for maximum conductor protection. The 3l4" taper NPT threads (ANSI 8120.1) are fell cut and hot galvanized after cutting. Cdor-coded end -Cap thread protectors keep the threads dean and sharp and also provide instant trade size recognition. Even4nch sizes are color - coded blue, 1124nch sizes are black, and 114-nch sizes are red. Allied RIGID is proven to reduce electromagnetic fields emanating from within the conduit and to shield signals from electromagnetic interference. For further information, ask for "Modeling and Evaluation of Conduit Systems for Harmonics and Electromagnetic Fields' A free software program called GEM[ (Ground and EMi Analysis) is also available. FULL CODES AND STANDARDS COMPLIANCE Mried RIGID is U.L. listed and is recognized by the National Electrical Code. It meets Underwriters Laboratories Safety Standard U.L. 6. and is manufacUired to ANSI C80.1, both of which have been adopted as Federal Specifications in lieu of WWC 581. Allied RIGID is recognized as an equip- ment grounding conductor by NEC Artide 250. Documentation for comolianca with Artide 250 2 of tha 1999 Nctc (previously 25,Ml) is available foam Allied. Installation of Rigid Metal Cenduit shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code and U.L General Information card #DYiX. Master bundles conform to NEMA standard RN2. SPECIFICATION DATA RIGID Metal Conduit shall be hot -dip gal - van zed steel egc:al to that manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation. Threads shall be hot galvanized after cutting. RIGID shall be produced in accordance with U.L Safety Standard #6 and ANSI C80.1 and shall be listed by a nationally reoognize�d testing laboratory with follow-up service. Where Kwik-Couple RIGID bs used it small also meet U.L Safety Standard #514.6. It is noted that these U.L. standards have been adopted by the federal government and separate military specifications no longer exist- KVr/iK-COUPLE RIGID -A NEW INNOVATION FROMTHE CONDUIT LEADER A.11ied's patented' KvAk-Couple RIGID has a facterylnstalled Kwik-Couple coupling threaded onto one end of each conduit length or elbow. The Kwik-Couple performs Ike a 3-piece coupling, threading securely onto both lengths of conduit at each connection by wrench -tightening the coupling instead of turning the conduiL Specifying U.L listed Kwik-Couple RIGID ensures RIGID conduit reliability and performance, as well as economy. Contact Allied for detailed specifications on KWk-Couple RIGID. Available in 2-112'-4" sizes. ,U.S. Patent Numbers 4258M6,4547004. Wniehk and Dimensions for Galvanized Rigid Conduit V Trade Approx.WL' Nominal Nominal Quantity Master Bundles Quantity Approx. Wt Volume Size Per 100 (30.5M) Ft Outside Diameterl Wall Thicknessl In Primary Bundle Designator ft. m ft. m lb. k cu fL cum U.S. Metric 1b, k in. mn 0.840 21.3 in. 0.104 rem 2.60 100 30.5 2500 762.5 2050 929.7 20.6 0.59 112 16 82 109 37.2 49.4 1.050 26.7 0.107 2.70 50 15.2 2000 610.0 2180 988.7 24.3 0.69 314 21 1 27 161 73.0 1.315 33.4 0.126 3.20 50 15.2 1250 381.3 2013 9129 21.7 0.61 1-114 35 218 9B.9 1.660 422 0.133 3.40 - - goo 274.5 9542 27.8 0.79 1-112 41 263 119.3 1.900 48.3 0.138 3.50 - 8D0 610 244.D 183.0 2104 2100 952.4 33.8 0.96 2 53 350 559 15B.7 253.5 2.375 602 2.875 73.0 0.146 0.193 3.70 4.90 - - - _ 37D 300 112.9 91.5 2068 937.9 2181 989.1 29.2 31.3 0.83 0.89 2-112 63 3 78 727 329.7 399.1 3.500 88.9 4.000 101.6 0.205 0.2i5 5.20 5.50 - - - - 250 200 76.3 61.0 22()0 997.7 2060 934.2 34.7 33.7 0.98 0.95 3-112 91 880 4 103 1030 467.1 4.500 114.3 0225 5.7D - - 150 45.8 2100 952.4]a3 1.17 5 129 140D 634.9 5.563 141.3 0245 6.20 - - 100 30.5 1840 834.5 1.10 6 155 1840 834.5 62625 168.3 0.266 6.80 - - ' For m ora Informallan only, not a spat raqulrenvm NOTE Length = 1 U fL (3.USm) with a lolaranco of +1- .25- (6.35mm). • NEMA Standard © Allied Tuba & Conduit Printed in USA 10M ATC-L-1176.5 dhed TUBE & CONDUIT 1 ELEC_ RICAL �' rormsa,mt��w��• a • �r -C Hu'.W.111nria rL12c roar us.raro &Q� •T/�"IA,y:�ICWr to car E-Z-Cod e Protect -A -Line° Warning Tapes Barricade Tape Bright colors are not the only advan- tages of these Barricade Tapes. T&B's attention -getting Barricade Tape is also inexpensive and easy to handle. Protect -A -Line tape is ideal for mark- ing hazardous or off -limit areas. Convenient and reusable, it performs well both indoors and out- of -doors. • Available In 3' X 1000' rolls. Buried Utility Tape Now you can help insure against costly dig -ins. PlaceT&B's Burled Utility Tape 1 to 1'f feel below the ground surface directly above the pipeline or cable below. Bright fade resistant colors warn equipment oper- ators that a vital pipeline or cable is BURIED BELOW, before damage occurs. Buried utility tapes are printed black on a bright background. Available in 3' and 6' widths. Foil Backed Detectable Buried Utility Tape In addition to bright colors, the Foil Backed Detectable Tape features a metallic back- ing that is designed to be detectable under normal earthen surfaces up to 1 B' with common metal detectors. A simple and fast method to relocating lines, cables and conduit for future renovation. • Available in 3' and 6' widths. Cal- No. Legend Color Surveyors Tape 114" x 1000' NA-0200 No Legend, No Printing Yellow NA-0201 No Legend, NoPrinling Red NA-0202 No Legend, No Pdnttng Green NA-0203 No Legend, No Printing Blue NA-0204 No Legend, No Printing orange Barricade Tope 3" x 1000' NA-0250 CAUTION Yellow NA-0253 CAUTION CONSTRUCTION AREA Yelow NA-0254 CAUTION 00 NOT ENTER Yellow NA-0256 CAUTION HARD HAT AREA Yellow NA-0257 CAUTION HIGH VOLTAGE Yallow NA-0258 CAUTION MEN WORKING Yellow NA-0261 CAUTION OPEN TRENCH Yellow NA-0267 DANGER, an Siripas Red & Whlta Burled Utility Tape 3" x 1000' NA-0500 ELECTRIC LINE Red NA-0600 ELECTRIC LINE Yellow NA-0601 WATER LINE Blue NA-0602 TELEPHONE LINE Orange NA-0603 GAS LINE Yellow NA-0605 SRVER LINE Green NA-0606 HIGH VOLTAGE LINE Red NA-0609 FIBER OPTIC CABLE Orange Fall Backed Detectable Buried Utility Tape 3" x 1000' NAF-0500 ELECTRIC LINE Red NAF-060e ELECTRIC LINE Yellow NAF-0601 WATER LINE Blue NAF-0602 TELEPHONE LINE Orange NAF-0603 GAS LINE Yellow NAF-0604 OIL LINE Yellow NAF-0605 SEWER LINE Green NAF-0606 HIGH VOLTAGE LINE Red NAF-0607 CABLE TV LINE orange NAF-0609 FIBER OPTIC CABLE Orange Burled Utility Tape 6" x 1000' NA-0700 ELECTRIC LINE Rod NA-0700 ELECTRIC LINE Yallaw NA-0701 WATER LINE Blue NA-0702 TELEPHONE LINE Orange NA-0703 GAS LINE Yellow NA-0705 HIGH VOLTAGE LINE Rod NA-0709 FIBER OPTIC CABLE Orwige Fall Backed Detectable Burled Utility Tape 6" x 1000' NAF-0700 ELECTRIC LINE Red NAF-070a ELECTRIC LINE Yellow NAF-0701 WATER LINE Blue NAF-0702 TELEPHONE LINE orange NAF-0703 GAS LINE Yellow NAF-0704 OIL LINE Yellow NAF-0705 SEWER LINE Green NAF-0706 HIGH VOLTAGE LINE Red NAF-0707 CABLE TV LINE Orange NAF-0709 FIBER OPTIC CABLE Orange Nate: All lapes ale WBT 4 MIL polyethylene. They arc nal preswre sensilive. All legeuds aia pdnted in back Standard Package Is 1 Ball, T/I9Jnd6S 6 e S 0 2002 Thomas A Baits Corporation. Spoeficallons are sublact to change without notice. www.tnb.COM P29 PWFjP6 @1!C Rigid Electrical Conduit Sly PEra Pwn15 �SPr--_Cs Schedule 40 Conduit @ LISTED Conforms to UL 651 and NEMATC 2 1. Conduit conforms to UL 651 including 90° C rating and sunlight resistance criteria. 2. All conduit is produced with integral solvent -weld bells. Plain -end conduit may be available_ 3. Conduit is produced in 10-foot lengths. 20-foot" lengths may be available. 4. Conduit color is gray, except where noted. Average Approximate Minimum Outside Inside Wall Approximate Item Trade Diameter Diameter Thickness Weight Number Size (inches) (inches) (inches) (lbs/1001) 4600500103 1h 0.840 0.60 0.109 16 4600750103 3/4. 1.050 0.80 0.113 22 4601000103 1 1.315 1,03 0.133 32 4601250103 11/4 1.660 1.36 0.140 46 4601500103 111, 1.900 1.59 0.145 54 4602000103 2 2.375 2.04 0.154 73 4602500103 272 2.875 2.44 0.203 120 4603000103 3 3.500 3.03 0.216 170 m 4603500163 31/2 4.000 3.51 0.226 200 E- 4604000103 4 4.500 3.99 0.237 0 230 MR 4605000103 5 5.563 5.01 0.258 320 0 4606000103 6 6,625 6,02 0,280 410 D F z d w a P.O. Box 10049, Eugene, Oregon 97440-2049 (800) 347-0200 (541) 343-0200 Fax (541) 686-9253 MKT-E-7oo i09r021 ocal9 A Tradition of High Standards in Corrosion Protection OCAL-BLUE PVC coated conduit for superior corrosion protection Corrosive elements cause milllons of dollars in damage through lost time, materials, and labor. For years, our industry has searched for an answer to this expensive problem. OCAL Inc. has the solution. OCAL-BLUE coating is a complete and total protection package for your entire conduit system. By encapsulating the conduit, OCAL prevents corrosion from striking weak points in your system. OCAL-BLUE is a complete system with more than 2,500 varieties of fittings In stock, as well as corrosion -resistant supports, and patching compounds. OCAL-BLUE conduit and fittings have set quality standards throughout the electrical industry for over 35 years. OCAL Inc. has achieved its outstanding reputation through careful attention to every step of the manufacturing process. OCAL is unique in the industry. We start with 100% American -made steel pipe, and then fabricate and galvanize the product in our own facilities, before applying the PVC coating. We maintain total quality control throughout the production process. Only OCAL meats NEMA RN-1-1989 standard 2.1 which reads, "Where unusually corrosive elements require additional protection, it is recommended that threads be zinc coated with a hot dioce process or equivalent." Only OCAL hot dip galvanizes the threads before coating them with blue urethane for double protection. Hot dipped galvanizing Is the process through which the iron pipe is dipped in molten zinc causing the zinc to alloy with the Iron at the surface. UL LISTED — With No Disclaimers File E46453 • Only OCAL-BLUE Conduit is U.L. Listed with both the zinc coating and the PVC coating investigated and listed per U.L. 6. • Only OCAL supplies PVC coated conduit with hot dipped galvanized threads. • Only OCAL supplies PVC coated conduit with a full undisturbed zinc coating under the PVC coating. • Only OCAL fulfills the requirements of U.L. 6 regarding undisturbed zinc coating over the conduit. • Only OCAL PVC coated conduit is UL Listed for UV resistance. ca. CERTIFIED File 110787 C CAL INC. D'IV. CFTHCIAAS 6 BERS Y� us'TM yid RIGID STEEL'CONQUIT _ ISSUE NO. HH-MB e amr crm ion mE vipxilaruoic rmuror any. Thomas o aeffs 132 0 2003 Thomos 6 Bells CorparaOcn. Spoegicallons oro sublad to change Mhua notico. www.tnb.com Ocal' OCAL-BLUE Steel Conduit e conduit is PVC Coated Steel. • ulue urethane coating over threads. �( U • A minimum .040' (40 mil) PVC coating on the exterior. • A nominal .002' (2 mil) blue urethane on the Interior. Y r� • Color coded thread protectors. �- ~s • Couplings shipped with conduit are packaged separately. Y Outside Outside Nominal Nominal Nominal Minimum Slzo Olamolor Dlamalar Wall Thickness Wail Thickness inside Cross Section Langth Wllhout Woighl Inches Stool Only With PVC Stool Only With PVC Diameter Area In Squaro Couplings Per Fact malric Size Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Fact Pounds Dostgnalar' Miilimalors Millimeters Miltimstara M1111molors Millimeters Mllllmaters Metals Kilograms Si .040 .920 .104 .144 .632 .304 911111T .79 16 21.3 23.3 2.64 3,556 16.1 7.72 3.03 35.83 44 1.050 1.130 .107 2.71 .838 .533 9' 11'1W 1.05 21 26.7 28.7 2.71 3.73 212 13.53 3.93 47.63 1 1.315 1.395 .126 .166 1.063 .864 9.111, 1.53 27 314 35.4 3.20 4.21 27.0 21.94 3.02 09.40 1'/ 1.660 1.740 .133 .173 1.394 1.495 9111" 2.01 35 42.2 44.1 3.37 4.39 35.4 37.97 3.02 91.17 114 1.9D0 1.900 .138 .170 1,624 2.035 9' 11" 2.40 41 48.3 50.2 3,50 4.52 41.2 51.71 3.02 lIZ95 2 2.376 2.455 .146 .186 2.003 3.355 9111, 3.32 53 60.3 62.3 3.70 4.72 52.9 B521 3.02 150.60 2i@ 2.075 2,955 .193 .233 2.409 4.708 911ow, 6.27 63 73.0 75.0 4.90 591 632 121.61 3.01 239.05 3 3,500 3.580 .205 .245 3.090 7.393 911ow 6.03 70 80.9 909 5.20 6.22 70.5 187.78 3.01 309.63 M 4.000 Mile .215 .255 3.57 9.866 9' 10'ii" 0.31 91 101.6 103.E 5.46 6.47 90.7 250.59 3.00 376.94 4 4.500 4.500 .225 .265 4.05 12,730 91101/41, 9.73 103 114.3 116.3 5.71 1373 102.9 323.34 3.00 441.04 5 5.563 5.543 .245 .205 5.073 20.006 911o" 13.14 129 1411 143.3 6.22 7.23 120.9 508.15 3.00 595.85 6 6.625 5.705 .255 .305 0.093 29,091 9110' 17.46 155 163.3 170.3 6.75 .777 154.8 73323 3.00 791.57 NOTE - Inches and Pounds Indicated in bold face type Metric measule Is directly below bald face type ' Mehle site drslgnalru (ANSI C06.1-1994). ca- CERTIFIED Item Size Material Color 3/4G . File 110787 C O N D SA=Aluminum -G=Gray acunicmu.cMUM .n¢rm Blank = Steel -R = Red -W-White 9! urrra a -B = Blue Illall7 MELCONoutT o ;; ' Custom Colors Available ISSUE NO,H"asa utuawemnnowu►rmrctwc � Thomas n' efts 02003 Thomas a 8aus Curparauon. Spacllleallana are sublaol to change wllhout notice. www.tnb.com B5 3 0 h m TYPE LA A flexible steel conduit which is both listed by Uncerwriters Laboratories Inc. and certified by owg ram Canadian Standards Association. It offers outstanding protection against wet, oily conditiolu and is permitted for use in exposed or concealed locations. Reel Footage r -ElmII - =3 r sy .s1Dz j 2;61 'T YY Z9 [_,1_' 00 �'°C,_201Qi��0801�1j'' `F Q � ,f,2Q.'03?• 0 Get OOO � 0¢}�v2080�` 1 /2" LA-11 3.0" 32 100 21101 121801 500 21103 / 21803 1000 21104 / 21804 :=.i:.' ' 'f',."�f •L a'� - f?t �� _. ,y, � l:`-r•. .��: � 1 ,.-; .ice'--.m�.:F ; I':a , ;',"_°!`�, F, y :, • , ;i :i+r�—y.."- '• Tf {,� ' r�•<'; .i�c i _3i,_4� � �, LA 12 _F�,S3 2] D 1 " LA-13 5.5" 82 100 23102 / 23802 400 23104123804 1- .... . r gym-,^•�•-^a._ ��vc�-,.•.•- .:..-c.--^m—-••-::.�-a ._ ;•r-� :0• 1• � Cr�LA;. ER r7 - 0= �T02 - �� ---- e ip _ ItF-; '� �?' -2 Q r�"r: .-�• - ,� S.Q�T�: E�._ Z� 41..�;17g802 ^t200� ,.2_, 04.7 f 8 LL s �"'�^�-J•'';� .. - f`J �. - C:S.d � 1� �`�:;:1:5.�sz'r 1-112" LA-15 4.5" 124 50 25102125802 150 25104125804 /- �mL"Aa l6 R 0 %crZf45�'% ���50 �ti = " �Z61 04 25902'~ � 9i80t �26 :O, Yy2680 � `- � S �' •ray 2-1 /2' LA/LT 17 8.0" 192 25 27102 / 27802 275 27105127805 - f r'Rli'+t E -^. "'F;YS frj:• = •,v.r cam. +•!a - ',11,",1,010 ' i2i5`2,'` �t 2S 4 �7 8� 1 02;1/s288QZ: ►75 3-112" LA/LT-350 11.0" 308 25 285021- 175 28545/- /- ;y-FE, - L. 3Si0" ' ' -� -(y29 02c!(29502 �_1iR0�-r; 2�05,/•`2950 j ..�'� l.� � . l'.ti;• So. f �1: See Page 33 for Dimensions and Tolerances. CONSTRUCTION: The flexible inner core is made from a spiral wound strip of heavy gauge, corrosion resistant, hot -dipped (� galvanized steel. The 3/8 through 1-1/4 inch trade sizes are squarelock formed and include an integral bonding strip of copper that is enclosed within the convolutions throughout their entire length. The 1-12 through 4 inch trade sizes are designed with a fully interlocked strip. The liquidtight jacketing material is of a high quality, rugged, flame retardant flexible PVC compound which resists oils, mild acids and exposure to sunlight. Refer to the Chemical Resistance Guide on our Web site for further information. APPLICATION: This conduit is intended for installation in accordance with Article 350 of the NEC (ANSI/NFPA-70) and in section 14.5.4 of the ANSI/NFPA-79 Standard for Industrial Machinery: • Listed and marked for direct burial and in poured concrete. • For containment of 600 volt and lower potential circuits. • Sunlight resistant. • Suitable as a grounding conductor when used for circuits rated up to 20A for the 3/8 and 1/2 inch grade sizes and 60A for the 3/4 through 1-1/4 inch trade sizes in lengths six feet or less per NEC Article 250.118(7). • Installations in hazardous (classified) locations: - Class I Div. 2 Article 501 - Class II Div. 1 and 2 Article 502 - Class III Div. 1 and 2 Article 503 • Installed under raised floors in data processing areas. Articles 645.5(D)(2). • Electric signs and outline lighting over 1000 volts. Articles 600.7/600.32(A)(1). • Permitted for service entrance wiring to six feet. Artide 230.43. • Used as feeders and services at marinas and boatyards. Article 553.7(8). • Wiring on building. Article 225.10. • Conductor enclosures adjacent to motors over 600V. Article 430.223. • Underground service, feeder, branch circuit, and recreational vehicle site feeder circuit conductors. Article 551.80. • Elevators and hoistways. Article 620.21. • Pools and fountains. Article 680. © Listed File IfE29278. Conforms to Underwriters Laboratories Standard ANSI/UL-360 for Liquidtight Flexible Steel conduit. RoHS and WEEE Compliant. SP Certified File II1-1-18858. Conforms to C5A 22.2 No.56 for use per the Canadian Electrical Code C22.1 Section 12-1300. STANDARD COLORS: Machine Tool Gray and Black. Other colors available upon request. Blue is commonly used for computer room installations. See Type CBLA. WORKING TEMPERATURES: -20•C to 60•C METAL USED: Steel PLASTIC USED: PVC See the Chemical Resistance Guide on our Web site. squarelock with Filler SIZES: 318" - V 114" Interlock SIZES: 1-112"-4- www.electriflex.com electri-flex conmany 7 ST Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit Connectors and Hubs Metallic Connectors Held Tleht For Over 4 Times The UL Pull-out Requlrementl Seal Out Oil, Water, Dirt, Dust and Fumes in Applications For: • Food Processors • Beverage Plants • Chemical Plants • Dairies • Machine Shops • Plastic Fabricators • Petroleum Machinery • Gantry Cranes ...And Many Others Straight 'ST' and'STB' (Pages 3,4,5) Series with grounding ferrule. 'STB' series has Insulated throat. 'ST' and "STB' sizes 3/8' to 5". 46' "ST' and'STB" Series (Pages 3,5) make soma of the most difficult wiring Jobs aaeler. Sizes 318' to 4'. 94' 'ST" and 'STB' Series (Pages 3,4,6) for use whore there isn't room to connect straight off an encloser, which savea on condult and conductors. Sizes 3/8' to 4'. Nest` PA- Appleton's "ST' and'STB' Connectors (Pages 6,7) with an Integral grounding lug to provide visible positive external ground. Straight connectors In sizes 3/B' to 6', and 45' and 90' connectors In sites 31V to 4'. For use with IlquldUght 9®dble metal conduit where an external visible equipmant banding Jumper le dealrsd and permitted by the 1999 National Electrical Code Sectlone 250.96(b), 501-16(b) and 602-16(b) (where external equipment bonding jumpers are permitted, they will be limited to lengths not exceeding 0 feet and will be routed parallel to the condull encioaure). Bonded steel zinc electroplated lugs are adequately sized to provide excellent grounding continuity and allow for visible ground path Inspection. The ground wira Is eaal}y Installed using only an Allen head wrench. UquldUght connectors with grounding lugs can also be provided with Appleton's "STN", 'STI: and 'Female ST' Connectors (consult factory), Space saving straight and 90'STN' Series (Page 10) with an Insulated throat wedge adapter designed to form a Ught seal In knockouts provides maximum wiring room. Straight'STN' sizes from 318" to 4' and 90' 'STN' sizes from 9/8' to 1'. 90' 'STL' Pulling Elbows (Page 11) have one and for connecting UquWUght flexible metal condull. The other end has a close, remcvable male nipple. Stags 112% 314' and 1'. Straight Female Steel *ST' Connectors (Page 11) with threaded hubs In sizes 3/8' to 4'. 'STG' Serbs LiquldUght Neoprene Sealing Gaskets (Page 11) for use where 'ST' fittings are tarminatad Into J.I,C. boxes or panelboarda. Sixes 1/4' thru 6' lit oil Appleton 'ST' series connectors. The unique Appleton ferrule, long the Industry leader, provides maximum surface contact for batter seating and grounding and In preventing ateaving, This exclusive ferrule design has new been modified even further by an Increased and Improved threading length that provides over four Umea UL pull-out requirements. Underwriters Laboratories flat all Appleton ST, ST3 and STN series connectors up to the 4' size. The 5' alze connector, though manufactured to the same rigid standards, cannot be listed as UL does not yet recognize or list larger size conduit. They are suitable for hazardous location use as covered by the National 17ecirical Code: Article 501-4(b): Clara 1, Div. 2: ArUcia 602-4(s) 2: Glass II, Div. 1 and 2: Article 503.3(a): Clean III, Div. 1 and 2. Effective October, 2001 MO N. Frontage Road Copyright 2001 Printed In U.S.A. � Skokie, Illinois 60077 PAGE 2 ,rill A.M •1• .;t4 of �3j1�1 tt:,d vet �1 METAL FRAMING CHANNELS Channel B-Line's metal Iruming channel is cold I'nrme(1 on our module rolling mills from 12 Ga. (2.6nlntl. 14 Ga. 11 Timm), and 16 Ga. (1.5mn1) low carbon steel strips. A continuous slot with intuited lips provides the nbilily to make auachntenls it :toy point. Lengths Sl:nt(lard lengths are 10' (3.05m) and 20' 16.09m) with lem,th tolerance or - Its- 14-3 1-nnn). Custom lem ors tore av;iilahle tpon re(lueN1. Slots I;-I.irn's slolled sericN of channels offer I'ull Ilcsihilily. A varicly of pre -punched Slot patterns clintinmle the ❑ced for precise leld measuring for hole locations. Sluts offer wide adjustments in the :Ili-nnum :mil halt sizing 1-lulcs A variety ol• pet-panelled'!/1t;' (14.3 nun) diameter hole limleros arc available in B-Line ch:untcls. These hole Ir111crns provide an economical allernalive In costly held drilling retluiNd 161-111a11y:tpplicalions. Knockouts When used with series 3217-20 Censure Strips, B Line's knnckom channels can be used to provide an economic-11 Lt.l_. IINh:tl surface raccw.ry. channels are furnished with 7/tar (223 mot) kllOektltllN on 6- (152 mot) centers, allowing ['or perfect lixlure alignment oil sOans up 10 20' (6.09 Ill). Materials & rinisheS (Unless otherwise noted) Steel: Plain 12 Ga. (2.6), I4 Ga. (1.9) and 16 Ga. (l i) Steel: Pre-galvnnized 12 Ga. (2.6), 1At Ga. (1.9) mid 16 Ga. ( l 5) 057 14 1- nlish clidu !`miser SImcil-laltint] t'LN Plait ASTH AIM 1.33,000 PSI min. yield ORN Dura-Green Pro-Gnhvmrized ASTMA65333JIIn1I'SI mill. yield IdUG Elul -Dipped Galvanized ASTm Am 7'%N VcIlflW Zinc Ctu'mlrlte ASH D633 SO 1)gre II SS-1 Stduless Slccl'I'ype 304 AS'rim A3,10 SS6 Stainless Slcel'fypc316 AST1111 A24U Al. I Aluminum Aluminum 6063-'I'6 Now A minimum order may apply on special material and finishes. Design Load 1'11e design lands 'given for strut beam loads are based on a simple beam contrition using an nllowable stress of"_'5.000 psi. This allowable stress resulls in a safely factor or 1.65. This is bused aeon virgin steel nlininlum yield strength of 33.000 psi colt worked during rolling to in avera�_e yield Suess of -t'_.000 psi. Welding Weld spacing is maintained between 2IL inches (63.5 nun) and -t inches (Io(.6 mm) on center. Through high duality control testing of welded channels and contutuous monitoring of welding equipment. B-Line provides the most consistent combinntion channels nvailable todny. Metric Metric dimensions nre shown in ltarenilleses. Unless noted. all metric dimensions are in millimelers. 00 COOPER B-Line CHANNEL SELECTION CHART for Channels, Materials and Hole Patterns CODER B-Line I I �-77M. _- IFE7 Y r Ni �. B11 31/4" (82.5) 15/8" (41.3) 12 Ga. BL 27/16" (61.9) 1518" 1 (41.3) 12 Ga. .105 - - 12 1 2 - ? B22 I518" (41.3) 15/8' (4I.3) 12 Ga. 145 12 Ga. 12 Ga. 1 2 3 4 1 3 1 2 3 I 12 B24 15/8" (4t3) 15/8" 14 Ga. .080 14 Ga. 14Ga. 1234 ! 123 - 12 B26 15l8" (41.3) 018" (411) 16 Ga. B32 13/8" (34.9) 15l8" (413) 12 Ga. - l2 Gn. - B42 1" (25.4) ! 5lil" (41.3) l2 G:1. - l2 Ga. - B52 13/16" (20.6) 15/B" (4 t 3) 12 Gn. - 12 Ga. - B54 13116" (20.6) 15/3" (4 f 1) 14 Ca. .080 14 Ga. 14 Ga. 1 Z 3 A 1 1234 - 1 2 B56 11/t6" (20.6) 1518" (41.3) 16 Ga. B62 13/16" (20.6) 1?116" (20.6) 18 Ga. - - - - - - - - B72 13/32" (10.3) 13/16" (20.6) 18 Gn. - - - - - - - - E7016 lid" (19.0) 5;8" (15.9) 16 Ga. - - - - - - - - The selection has becnl prepared to provide n reference for nvailnble channel, materials and hole patterns. Materint types available for various hole patterns are defined by numbers 1 thru 4. Some stainless steel channels with hole pallerns are available on special order only. "lvletric equivalent for thicknesses shown in char[. 11p1 -Steel 12 Gn. = 2.6 nun 18 Ga. = 12 mm 2 - Aluminum 14 Ga. = 1.9 nun .105 = 2.6 nnnn 3 - Type 304 Stainless Steel 16 Ga. = 1.5 mm .080 = 2.0 mill 4 - Type 316 Stainless Steel Properties nury vary due to connnereial IUIet'111CeS of the mnterial. Channel Past Numbering Example: T120 CIM 1e11j+pe Hole Patternns Material/Finish Len Ith B I I (p9]u GRN 120 B12 S tpg.4111 GALV 240 B221' IIl78q�g.401 HUG B24 f TI•t (p_41) YZN B26 K06 917g. 4 11 SSA B32 SHA (p_4I ) SSG B42 S58 (pg.421 AL B52 'I' 1v1 Iin, 42) B54 t H25 (jir.43) B56 H 112 t (pa. 42) B62 * Leave blank for no hole pattern B72 E7016 BK style channel available in four (4) channel sizes and one (1) hole pattern only. (Example B1(22H 1 12) Reference pave 14 for general Pitting and standard finish specifications. 15 Ley PIPE CL"PS C0411 B-Etna B2400 SERIES Design Land 1 STANDARD PIPE STRAP PIPE SIZE - •Safety Factor of 5 � •82400-3/4 that B2400-S are UL listed `•.� -Order hardware separately ` ;HOLE SIZE -Other sizes available upon request -Material: Sizes - t/2" - 11/3".ASTM A 1011 33,000 PSI min. yield; - A t 2" - 10". ASTIv1 A l01 S 33.000 PS( min. yield: Design Load C T /ter 12" ASTM A 1011 CS Type B: 3 14"-Urser.ASTMA36 B -Standard 1mish: ZN > -Ductile Iron Sizes Available -Meetsrequirements of HISS SP-SS S SP-69 Type 26 Design Load (15) FT 7/16" (I1.1) 21t/16" (71.4) 1DGa. (3.41) 15/8" B24Qa1/2 1/2" 5116" (7.9) B2'I00-3/4 3/4" (20) 5/16" (7.9) 7/16" (11.1) 3" (76.2) IOGn. (3 A) 15/11" B2400-1 l" (25) 5/t6" (7.9) /IG" (11.1) 31 /3'_" (89.7) IDGn. (3.4) B2400-11/4 1 t/,I" (32) 5/16" (7.9) 7/161, 1 (11.11 33/4" (952) M Ga. (3A) 15/a" (413) B2400-II/2 1112" (40) 5/16" (7.9) 7116" (11.1) 41/16" (1032) 10 Ga. (3.-1) 1518" ('11.3) B24U0-2 2" (50) 116" (11.1) 11116" (17A) 521/32" (143.6) 1/4" (G1) I5/8" (4I3) B24U0-21/2 21h'7 (65) 7/16" (11.1) 11116" (17:I) 65/32" (1563) 1bf" (6.3) 15/8" (41.3) B2400-3 3" (80 7/16" {11.1 11116" (17�)) 625/32" (172� Ill" (63) IS/a" 'I1.3 B2400-3112 -1112" (90) 7/16" 111.1) 11/IG" (17A) 7`313," (181,9) 1/4" (G.1) IS/a" (')13) B2400-4 4" (100) '1Ti6- (143) 11116" (17A) 725/32" (197.6) I/,1" (63) 13/88 (1113) B2400-5 5" (125) 9/16" (141) 111t6" (17.4) 87/8" (225A) 1/4" (6.3) ON" (4I.3) B24OQ-G 6" (I50) 9lI6" (!'t3) 11/I6" (17.4) 915116" (252.4) 1/l" (63) 15/8" ('ll3) a24QQ-s 8" (200) /16" (14.3) "116" (17.4) 1111/32" (30'1.0) I/'t" (63) ISIa" (411) B24UQ-lU 10" (250) �lIG" (14.3) 15116" (33.3) 14" (355,6) Ill" (63) 15/8" (41.3) B2400-12 2" (300) 9116" (1'13) 15/16" (333) [6" ('Ob ) 1/l" (G3) 1/8" (41.3) B24U 3-01 I6"(2.8) I/2" (38.1) 20 4" 527.0} /e" (95) 13/l" (44A) 16" 16 (23.8) (. .1) 221'I" 577. )B 3/a" (95) 13/4" (44.0 82400-18 18" (460) 15116" (23.8) 1314" (44A) 27" (685.8) 1/2" (12.7) 13/4" (1111.4) 82400-20 20'• (510) 15116" (23.R) 1314" (44.4) 29" (736.6) 1/2" (12.7) 13/4 (4<L4) B24UU-2a 24" (6tD) i !tG" (23.8) 13/l" (44.4) 33" (838.2)(t2.7) 13/4" (4't.4) B2400-1/2 600 (2.67) 150 (.67) 105 (A7) 23 (10.)) B2400 j/l 600 (2.67) 150 (.61) 105 (v) 26 (11,8) B2400-1 600 (2.67) 150 (.67) 120 (.53) I (I<I1I) B2400-11/4 7 600 (2.G7) 150 (.67) 120 (53) 36 (16.3) 132a(III-11L 600 (2.67) 150 (.67) 120 (53) 39 (17.7) B2400-2 1200 (3 34) 490 (2.1<U ) 80 (.80) 93 (42.2) 132400-21/z 1200 0111) 480 (2.14) 180 (.8() 106 ('18.1) B24UU.3 1200 (514) 480 (2.14) 300 (1.33) 132 (59.9) B2400-31/2 1200 (514) 480 (2.14) 300 (133) 151 (68.5) B2 0 . 600{2.67) (2.00) 160 6) B2400-5 1500 (G.G7) GOD t2.67) 450 (2.00) 192 (97.1) B2400-6 1500 (6.67) 600 (2.6-7 450 (2.00) 219 (99.3) B24UU-8 2000 18 �1U) SUU {3.56) 6U0 (2.67) 297 (134.7) B24 U-10 2000 (8.9U) SOD {3.56) 60U (2.67) 465 (2109) B24UU-12 2UU0 (8.90) SUO (3.56) UU (2.fi7) 560 (254.0) B24UU-14 2000 (8.90) 800 (3.56) 600 (2.67) 761 (345.2) B24UU-1G 2000 (8.9U} 800 (3S6) 600 (2.G7) 861 {39DS) B2400-18 2000 (8,90) 900 (3.56) 600 (2.67) 1297 (5883) B2aUQ-2U 2000 (8.90) 800 (3S6) 60U (2.67) 1426 (646.8) B2400-24 2uuu (8 .90) 800 (3S6) 600 (2.b7) I682 (7629) 122 Reference page 110 for general f)ttiag and stnndard finish specificnlions. Condulet° Conduit Outlet Bodies 1F-1 Gasket and Covers 1 F-3 caot�se-awns• Application: Standard Materials: Conduit outlet bodies are installed In conduit • Form 7, Form B outlet bodies - Feraloy Iron systems to: alloy • act as pull outlets for conductors being • Mark 9 outlet bodies - copper -free installed aluminum, %i' to 2" die-cast, 2%' to 4" sand • provide openings for making splices and cast taps in conductors Standard Finishes: • act as mounting outlets for lighting fixtures and wiring devices • Form 7, Form 13 outlet bodies - • connect conduit sections eleclragalvanized with aluminum acrylic • provide taps for branch conduit runs paint • make 90' bends In conduit runs • Mark 9 outlet bodies- aluminum acrylic • provide for access to conductors for paint maintenance and future system changes Options: Features: Suffix to be Conduit Outlet Bodies description Added to • Form 7 Condulet outlet bodies approach Cat. # n coduit In size for neat, compact Forth 7 body and cover only: Installations. Form 8 and Mark 9 bodies Copper -free aluminum ............... SA provide more room for heavier conductors p o powder epoxy mation • Man shapes and sizes are available for powder coat ........ available request Y p available on request rigid threaded conduit - see complete llst(ngsoniF-2. Certifications and • Conduit hubs have tapered threads and Compliances: feature intogral bushings for protection of wire insulallon. Form 7 lies exclusive Outlet Bodies - snaplight and wedge -nut cover attachment • Ul- Standard: 514E to provide clear, unobstructed cover • Fed. Spec.: W-C-5860 opening • CSA Standard 22.2 No.16 -Gaskets Solid gaskets: Size comparison of 1A" Form • are used with blank covers 7, Mark 9, Form B, and Mogul • for Mark 9, can be converted to open type bodies. Round backs on Form7 gaskets by tearing out center section along and Mogul; flat backs on Form 8� scored lines -%° to 2• sizes and Mark 9. The round back k' • fcr Form 7 are used with blank sheet steel conduit body Is a registered and Feraloy" Iron alloy covers trademark of Cooper Industries, Form 7 Open gaskets: Inc. • for Form 8 -'/" to 4" sizes _ =--- • for Form 7 are used with blank covers • for Mark 9 - 2A" to 4" sizes - -s 7n Blank Covers Stainless steel cover screws are standard on Form 7, Form 8 and Mark 9 covers. • Form 7 Mark 9 SNAPTIGHTT" Form 7 Covers with Integral sealing gaskets are Installed without the use of screws, reducing Installation time and + " a,= costs. Covers are reusable. Wedge nut design facilitates installation and - . •_ removal. Nuts are held captive In cover. Covers can be used with or without gaskets. • Form 8 Four cover screws provided In 1W and, larger Form e sizes to provide light cover and gasket assembly. Feraloy Iron alloy covers have dome shapes for added strength and extra wiring room. ..a • Mark 9 Sell-relaining cover screws. Mogul Copyright* 1996 Cooper Industries, Inc. January 1996 dunWery muo IF-2 Condulet® Conduit outlet Bodies Dimensions Pgs.1 F-4 to 6 Hill A5 NEEMD-- Threaded Rigid Bodies Hub Size 4 Shape Style 1/2 '/, 1 1'/4 i Yz 2 2'/z 3 3Yz C Form 7 C17 C27 C37 C47 C57 C67 C77 C87 Form 8 C18 C28 C38 C448 058 C68 C78 C813 Mark C19 C29 C39 C49 C59 C69 C789 C889 C989 C1089 E Farm 7 E17 E27 E37 ' L Form 7 L17 L27 L37 L47 L57 L67 Double,acad - may bo unad as LL or IR -has 2 opanlnps, ona otwhlch Is lurnlshod wbh a bionic shoal stool rover LB -.._ Form 7 LB17 LB27 L837 LB47 LB57 LB67 LB777 LH87 LB97 L8107 Farm 8 LBi8 L628 LB38 LB448 LB58 LB68 LB78 LB888 LB98 L8108 Mark 9 L519 L829 LB39 L849 L959 LB69 LB7B9 L8889 L8989 L81089 LL Form 7 LL17 LL27 LL37 LL47 LL57 LL67 LL777 LL87 LL97 LL107 Form 8 LL18 LL28 LL38 LL448 LL58 LL68 LL78 LL88B Mark 9 LL19 LL29 LL39 LL49 LL59 LL69 LL789 LL889 LL989 LL10B9 LR Form 7 LR17 LB27 LR37 LR47 LR57 LR67 LR777 LH87 LA97 .LR107 Farm 8 LR18 LR28 LR38 LB448 LR58 LR68 LR78 LR888 Mark LR19 LR29 LR39 LR49 LR59 LR69 LR789 LR889 LR989 LR1089 T Form 7 T17 T27 T37 T47 T57 T67 T77 T87 T97 T107 Form 8 T18 728 T38 T448 T58 T68 T78 T88 >' Mark 9 T19 T29 T39 T49 T59 T69 T789 T889 T989 T1089 TA Form 7 TA17 TA27 TA37 TA47 TA57 TA67 TB • Form 7 TB17 TB27 TB37 TB47 TB57 TB67 Form 8 T1318 TUB TB38 TB448 TB58 T868 Mark 9 T519 TB29 TB39 TB49 X _., Form 7 X17 X27 X37 X47 X57 X67 Form 8 X18 X28 X38 X448 X58 X68 Mark 9 X19 X29 X39 January 11996 Copyright' 1996 Cooper Industries, Inc. ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL LOW VOLTAGE WIRE & CABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16120 PROJECT: OWNER: GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: STONEGATL LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT CITY OF RE, NTON SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX Copper Building Wire THHN 600 Volt. Copper Conductor. Thermoplastic Insulation/Nylon Sheath. Heat, Moisture, Oil, and Gasoline Resistant'. All Sizes Rated THWN-2. All Stranded Sizes Rated MTW. AWG Sizes 14 Through 6 Rated AWM (105°C). AWG Sizes 14 Through 1 Rated VW-1 and Larger Sizes Rated for CT Use. APPLICATIONS Southwire Type THHN orTHWN-2 conductors are primarily used In conduit and cable trays for services, feeders, and branch circuits in commercial or industrial applications as specified in the National Electrical Code'. When used as Type THHN, conductor is suitable for use in dry locations at temperatures not to exceed 901C. When used as Type THWN-2, conductor is suitable for use in wet or dry locations at temperatures not to exceed 900C or not to exceed 750C when exposed to oil or coolant. When used as Type MTW, conductor is suitable for use in wet locations or when exposed to oil or coolant at temperatures not to exceed 600C or dry locations at temperatures not to exceed 900C (with ampacity limited to that for 750C conductor temperature per NFPA 79). Conductor temperatures not to exceed 105aC in dry locations when rated AWM and used as appliance wiring material. Voltage for all applications is 600 volts. SPECIFICATIONS Southwire Type THHN or THWN-2 or MTW (also AWM) meets or exceeds all applicable ASTM specifications, UL standard 83, UL standard 1063 (MTW), Federal Specification J-C-301:3, and requirements of the National Electrical Code, CONSTRUCTION Southwire Type THHN or THWN-2 or MTW copper conductors are annealed (soft) copper, insulated with a tough heat and moisture resistant polyvinyl chloride (PVC), over which a nylon (polyamide) or UL-listed equal jacket is applied. Available in black, white, red, blue green, yellow, brown, orange, and grey. Some colors standard, some subject to economic order quantity. Sizes 1 AWG through 1,000 kcmil available in black only. ' Cll and gasoline resistance 9 as defined by Underwriters Laboratories. 1999 Edition. MADE ®Printod on Recycled Paper r Copyright 1998, Saulhwhe Company. IN -THE USA All Rights Reserved. So11�Tiv1I-e� 1-1 01998 TIN am 15 a N MR A5 Nec-Dee Conductor Allowable Ampacitles+ Insulation Jacket Nominal O.D. Approx. Net Weight Per Standard Size Thickness Thickness (mils) 1000' (lbs.) Package (AWG or No (mils) (mils) 60 C 75 C 90 C kcmil) Strands Sol. Str. Sot. Str. "14 19, 15 4 102 109 15 16 15 15 15 DNF - 12 19' 15 4 119 126 23 24 20 20 20 DNF --10 19- 20 4 150 161 37 38 30 30 30 DOFA '-8 19 30 5 213 - 63 40 50 55 F '16 19 30 5 249 95 55 65 75 E 3 19 40 6 - 318 — 152 70 85 95 C 3 19 40 6 - 346 — 188 85 100 110 BC 2 19 40 6 - 378 — 234 95 115 130 C 1 19 50 7 435 - 299 110 130 150 B 110 19 50 7 474 — 371 125 150 170 B 210 19 50 7 - 518 461 145 175 195 B 310 19 50 7 - 568 574 165 200 225 B 4/0 19 50 7 - 624 717 195 230 260 8 250 37 60 8 894 850 215 255 290 B 300 37 60 8 747 1011 240 285 320 B 350 37 60 8 796 -- 1172 260 310 350 8 400 37 60 8 842 - 1333 280 335 380 B 500 37 60 8 - 925 - 1653 320 380 430 B 600 61 70 9 - 1024 — 1985 355 420 475 C 750 61 70 9 - 1126 2462 400 475 535 C 1000 61 70 9 1276 3255 455 545 615 C 'Said conslruclion avaiabfu in sixes 14, 12. 6 10 as Types THHN or THWN-2 or AWM only. STANDARD PACKAGE COCE: "Also suitablo for 105 C apptiance wiring material (AWMI. Four 500' spools per canon. e • U100, Reel ^Twa so0' spoob per canon. C - 500' Rod +Allawaolo Ampacilies: D • 2500' Spool Anowahla ampacidas shown are for general snit as specided by the Plational Electrical Code, E - 1000' Spod 1999 Edition, seetion010-15. F - 500' Spool 60 C - Whon lerminaled to equipment for clicuils rated too amperas or loss or marked for A 14 N - 2000' Carton Through r 1 canductors. MTN wet 10001lons or when exposed to oil or coolant. o - 350' Canon 75 C • When larmnaled to equipment for c6culls rated over 100 amperes or maked for conductors larger than M 1. TI- M-2 when exposed to OR or coolant. MTW dry local'"'. 90 C - THHN dry locations. THWM.2 wal or dry locations. NI AWG sixes 14 Ituough 1 rated VW -I. Lorgar sties rated for CT Use, RECOMMENDED SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS: (MTW OR THHN OR THWN-2) Conductors shall be UL-listed Type MTW or THHN or THWN-2 gasoline and oil resistant 11, suitable for operations at 600 volts as specified in the National Electrical Code. AWG sizes 14 through 1 shall be rated VW-1, larger sizes shall be rated for CT use. Conductors shall be annealed copper, Insulated with high -heal and moisture resistant PVC, jacketed with abrasion, moisture, gasoline, and. oil resistant nylon or UL-listed equivalent, as manufactured by Southwire Company or approved equal. (AW M) Conductors shall be UL-listed Type THHN or THWN-2 or MTW orAWM, suitable for operation at 600 volts at conductor temperatures not to exceed 105"C. One Southwire Drive c Carrollton, GA30119 USA solid die 770hwfre.com 0 Solnhw4c Is a regislared Trademark d Saulhvr4e Company. WWW.SOUIhWire,COm I Won i W A e-9- i W-04 MO4 DISTRIBUTION. CORP. BARE COPPER & BUILDING WIRE �.� Type XHHW TYPE XHHW-2 S12, XLP 4909i= Copper Conductors 600 Volts 90°C UL :00. • t t • t , 1 !� i i x r �!)1>ri�f•Sll ��TCy ,t ^55u�1� u. •, v 1� 0 010 .'. 7' ' , •1 Ilil a •�e 1 e a �� � t ;qW- � {I � t a �' .• s 3 a �. �r,M1 •r �{,t��yy,�l m� �t?r1'�``°��; ;r'i r;l':=t�dl"[.� '�:. ��,r t " R� , l� r r tit t '1''' � #t �T�1', i��`li�ty�i �tc� �`�"v! Ili�°XG�b� ,��� . �� a ����� 4 ..w� • 1 11 • 1 "� 1 c a o o1 4, _ ° ,�' S t t Y ' tKrlb 'I� � . 4 • + lyt r 1 1 a c ,�•.. , IwJ 5 ! �ii# �:a"°• n '�i•� 41 .aivv ii I. • 1T�6'u!Jt`.t� r . di ov 111lc�yh� �.1'•'t,° 1-1 1*��1�,AJ�In ' G•nr 0 . 0 rA5'; t' ° ,f fi ,r1 , jt• 2{ . ., �.... .�= N (� �� r1� ' �' r `�[.y"�p'�� ,S y ��j �j; �•17 i`•7:Yi%!I�}�.V'�S'l'illi: !' nit t� . 4'.R"v:iS'.� :A .�.[••l'i"3ST.•d.L 9'�'..tr'.ft ."iE�!":� a•CJti t. ��: r•s r;u� :iuv .5�i4''Yf_ t4 t ''t'M1�} 1!ilM" '" ID �i y ,�., �.lyli a1, ar. • 1 Iv 9�t��' ICJ_, t � � (:: ,�� bpi!'• � r...l ,{ G''z9{ r .....a- r �;,� . jCtiU Ml�d('� t ' � �"�' 'i ,i�-}� , 4�1'���ip r"tom;y���•{��yy��,,YY.. � �p���jt 7 �t�� r}`��; ! J� s:�a#�t,,.,,�.���fi��i�' ".�. ��`i;� tr ���34hltFf'�.•� tta�lsi'.�rlt�'L'+lA _ '!d!U +.' .:1�°S Si a, G'1�- i,'t4a.e — H.01 G.O. h., s P �i3'I�� --�, t ° r � • 1 11 • c . o a o y 1 �c 1. 'f i 3iti� _!� • , ]ll 1° ° • :1 1 {"�', kj" � �11�.5•�,�J� S4�i:: F �•lr � !,. �;f rFF ii � �! U 'f'U '�� 1 ?4�,? , O r .L ht1 Gt lh. ,.. •+fit •I! ,�4 II t sG e rr " y�J� !0 ilb ° •3 t. 11° • y d ' r QN.� "i il[ w � ;���y I I' S� 'C�� 7 ! l�n'.`�a ' ��lIM11l`li':'. • J0.0 o a _ a t 1 .. . _ `l • Tolarnncan —0% +10%. Application: 600 volts or less general wiring for lighting and power in conduits, ducts, or other approved raceways with maximum conductor temperature of 90'C in dry locations and 90' In wet locations. Chemical, Oil, & Moisture Resistant, Description: Soft annealed Copper Conductor with XLP insulated overall, surface printed. Specification Standards: ASTM B-3 (Soft Annealed Copper) ASTM B-0 (Concentric Lay Stranded Conductor) UL Standard 44 (Type XHHW) Federal Spec. ,1-C-308 ICEA S-66-524 and NEMA WC-7. VW-1 Available where flame retardancy required. ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL SIGNAL CABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16124 PROJECT: OWNER: GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: STONE GATE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT CITY OF RE, NTON SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX Submittaplt 5 Spec.Raf.ltv►� Project KI Action By V ARp +� No Esaptions Takm No RewbrnillM Reotind kneed If1d Mst�slt e ormtions Noted No Resutxrittei 'redWe k4 �+ ombons Now Putty Resanmals R Not Reriew�ed Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Detailed Specifications & Technical Data ENGLISH MEASUREMENT VERSION BELLIN 1120A Multi -Conductor - 600V Tray Cable For more Information please call ISO. 18 AWG pairs stranded (7x26) bare copper conductors, twisted pairs, PVC/Nylon insulation, Overall Beldfaill shield (100% coverage), PVC jacket. pra sl•Cfi'aracter is! Conductor AWG-. rw AWW'StrMillng: conductor NIa- !18 ?X26 k Bar'n Copper insuiafion Insulation material: PVClkylon-Polyvinyl 6hl;i Outer Shield Outer Shield Material: 6' W4619 1'reps (Aluminum Foil Polyester Tape 100 Outer Shield Drain Wire AWG: 120 17x28 iTC -Tinned Copper Outer Jacket Outer Jacket Material-. - - _l7ufdrJnekfitMt�tulcitol --- t--- - .". VAIII.-TNE ir -P-iyvinyl Chloride j,048 Outer Jacket Rlpcord,. Overall Cabling overall Nominal Diameter. Pair Pair Color Code Chart: 18lockgRed Yes 0.278 In. btef -All Chath IsIll :-'Q!" Wet Temperature Rango: -30*C To +76"C Dry Temperature Range: -30'C To +90*C . ...... Sulk Cable Weight: 35.700 lbs/1000 ft. Max. Recommended Pulling Tension* 59 lbs. Min. Bond Radius (Install)IMInor Axis: 2.800 In verall R.- Applicable Standards & Environmental Programs NECI(UL) specification: N PL F. TC, UL .. I . 2T . 7 Detailed Specifications & Technical Data BELDEN ENGLISH MEASUREMENT VERSION 1120A Multi -Conductor - 600V Tray Cable EU CE Mark: Yes EU Dlractive 20001531EC (ELV): Yes EU Directive 2002l951EC (ROHS): Yes EU RoHS Compliance Data (mmlddlyyyy): 04/01/2005 EU Directiva 2002J961EC (WEEE): Yes EU Directive 20031111EC (BFR): Yes CA Prop 65 (CJ for Oro 8. Cable): Yes MIl Order#39 (China ROHS)"- Yes Othor Spoclfication: ICEA S-73-532, 5-61-402 Flame Test UL Flame Test: UL1685 UL Loading C(UL) Flame Test: FT4 IEEE Flame Test. 1202 ICEA Flamo Test: T-29-520 Suitability Suitability -Burial: Yes Sunlight Resistance: Yes . PlenumiNon-Plenum Plenum (YIN): No ctOverall ertstrct� �. } •:'E)t:ctrtcisl'Chara.... ;-..: ... ...__.. _ .-...... .. ,,. ..� Nom. Inductance: ', Ind icta�ea°.r HIR) -: 1945: Nom. Capacitance Conductor to Shield: CnpiiliiiT ,(0Flit)'. '74' Nom- Mutual Capacitance: :CupricSta cu_IPijllt)i 141 Nom. Conductor DC Resistance: ocri.�_zo?c�tq�iniipooiq Nominal Outer Shield DC Resistance: � OCR;�;2a_C;(Oh((Y1'OO.Oay 17.46 Max. Operating Voltage - UL: (600 V RMS (NEC Type TC) 1511 V.RMS (NPLF) - ^ •dotes Overall - .... .._... J._._.._ _:.... Notes: Altemale color coding available upon request _ __• ___••-•__..-...... .. Ptit:Lips:antl: ..............._.__...------.......,. ......._ .. :snip .we!9m ;r:,. �a.o,gC � : • _.,... .. - _.: _.. ._ .... Num tt ti-:.� •* _ _ :? ..r; t-lz:: =c t•,-.INYL 1120A()111100a0 -„_ r;10,t18DFT- :450,000LB_ ,�-Z-^I2Y1aPVCINYLFSPVC `__.._...,. ._.._ Notes: ^_ __� - _ ••_ ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL BOXES SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16130 PROJECT: STONEGATE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT OWNER: CITY OF RENTON GENERAL CONTRACTOR: SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOY 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX Su mftta S Project N 5 rVN K/J Action By I ALL Data ofdo EacepOons Taken Mrnd and RUN" Mo Rasubrri tal Reqtiradl Attke vrecws Now Raalal� No Resubmttal R 7,111* CwKbom Wed Mot Rw*mid Partial Rasubrrrttaia R Kennedy/Jenks CoM tants ConduleV Single Gang Cast AccessorieS Pg. 3F-17 to 23 3l -3 Device Boxes. With and Without Mounting Lugs for Threaded Rigid and 1MC .application: Cast device boxes are Installed to: • accommodate wiring devices • act as pull boxes for conductors in a conduit system • provide openings to make splices and taps In conductors • provide access to conductors for maintenance and future system changes • connect conduit sections • FSY boxes for mounting surface devices on floor or bench (used with single gang covers) Features: • Internal green ground screw. standard on boxes • Suitable for use In wet locations when used with gasketed covers • Mounting lugs standard on most boxes • Tapered threaded hubs (NPT) with Integral bushing • Available for surface mounting (with mounting lugs) or flush mounting (without mounting lugs) as listed • Available as shallow (FS) or deep (FD) configuration. Use FD If device to be enclosed exceeds 11A1 In depth • Ample wiring room provided In either FS or FD configuration • Wide saiection of surface or flush covers available In three materials (sheet steel, Feraloy', aluminum) • Covers for flush mounting extend to conceal the rough plaster line • Available In single gang and multi -gang configurations with hubs, and as blank bodies for drilled and lapped openings Standard Materials: • Feraloyiron alloy exd•eeftPer �t See "Shape Selector," page 3F•0,1 Standard Finishes: • Farefoy— eiectrogalvanized and aluminum acrylic paint Options: • Finishes: Corro-free'" epoxy powder coal —information available on request Size Ranges: ■Hubs —N'toV Certifications and Compliances: • UL Standard: 514 • ANSI Standard: C33.64 • Fed. Spec.: WC-5860 • CSA Standard: C22.2 No. 18 FS&FD Size Cat. # Cat. # Size Cal. # Cat. # !6 FS1** FD1* /, FSR1 FDR1 3/1 FS2** F02* '/. FSA2 FDR2* 1 FS3* FD3* _ Size Cat. # Cat. # Size Cat. Cat. # 'A FSCl** FDC1* 1A FSL1 FDL1 a/. FSC2** FDC2* '/ FSL2 FDL2* 1 FSC3* FDC3* t Mounting lugs and ground acraw arc not ollared with standard dla cast box - add oulex SCA la Cat. No. Ior sand cast aluminum box vrllh mounting lugs and gmund conw. (Example: FS1-SCA) * Avollablo In copper -boo aluminum - add suffix SCA to Cal No, ** Avalloblo In coppor-boo aluminum - add culli SA to Cal. No. Copyright• 1996 Cooper Industries, Inc. Januarylsgs Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures Application Provides unmatched protection for housing electrical components in highly corrosive environments. This enclosure is used in Indoor and outdoor seaings that are frequently wet or have constant exposure to water, ocher liquids, or contaminants. A wide variety of Type 316L stainless steel enclosures are available specifically for applications In food processing plants and offshore oil explomtlon. Construction • Type 304 or Type 316L stainless steel (Type 3 16L stainless steel has the best corrosion- reslstance of the standard types of sminless steel available) 14 gauge bodies and 14 gauge doors on all sizes Seams continuously welded and ground smooth, no holes or knockouts Seamless foam -in -place gasket assures watertight and dust -tight seal Body sclffener In larger enclosures for extra rigidity Rolled Ilp around three sides of door and all sides of enclosure opening excludes liquids and contaminants Stainless steel door clamp assembly assures watertight seal Hasp and staple for padlocking Door removed by pulling stainless steel continuous hinge pin • Data pocltet Is high Impact thermoplastic • Collar studs provided for mounting optional panels Exterior hardware on Type 316L stainless steel enclosures matches enclosure material Finish Enclosures are unpainted. Cover, sides, top, bottom, and back have smooth brushed Finish. Industry Standards UL 508Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12 NEMAIEEMACType 3,Type 4,Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13 JIC standard EGP-1-1967 CSA Type 4,Type 4X, and Type 12 IEC 529, IP66 Price List Page 6.03 Accessories See Cenemi Accessories index Me 9.00 Electrical Interlocks Fast Operating Clamp Assembly Lighting Packages Panel Support Kit Panels (See table) Rack Mounting Angle Klc Swing -Out Panel Kit Tcrminal KicAssembly Window Kit Contact your focal Holman Safes i Representative for information on modifications to this product 6.16 ©1997 Hoffman Engineering Company U� NEMA FIST EO Itandard Sizes Stainless Steel Tvue 4X Enclosures Bulledn MS . Steel Panel ' Stainless Steel Catalog Number Catalog Number Enclosure Size Catalog Panel Catalog Panel Size Clamps Data Stiffener Type 304 Type 316L A x B x C Number Number D x E F qty Pocket Body A-ISH1206SSLP A-16H1205SSULP 16.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 A-i6P1Z A -I GP12SSG 1100 x 9.00 1.25 4 Small - (40,6 x 305 x 1521 (330 x 229) (32) A-16H1606SSLP 0 A-1GH1606SS6LP Its= x 16.00 x 6.00 A-16P16 0 A-16PIESSO 13.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small - (406 x 40G x 152) (330 x 33D) (76) A-1GH2O06SSLP 0 A-16H2O06S56LP 16.00 x 20.00 x 600 A-20P16 -A-2UP16SS5 17.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small - (405 x 506 x 152) (432 x 330) (76) A-2GHlM6SSLP A-2OH160GSS6LP 20.00 x 15.00 x 6.00 A-20P16 A-20PIESSO 17.00 x 13.00 100 4 Small - (508 x 40 G x 152) (432 x 330) (76) A-20MOSSSLP 0 A-20H2O06SS61-P 20.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 A-201`20 0 A-20P`2GSS6 17.00 x 17.00 3.00 4 Small - (508 x 508 x 152) (432 x 432) (76) A-24H2D06SSLP 0 A-24HZ006SSGLP 24.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 A-241`20 A-24PZGSSG 21.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small - (610 x 500 x 1521 (533 x 432) (76) - 0 A-24H2405SSGLP 24.00 x 24.00 x 6.0G A-24P24 A-24P24SSG 21.1)0 x 21.00 3.00 5 Small . - (610 x 610 x 152) (533 x 533) (76) A-15H120BSSLP 0 A-1 GH1200SSUP 16.00 x 12DO x 8.00 A-i6P12 A-1GP12SSG 13.00 x 9.00 3.00 4 Small - (406 x 305 x 203) (330 x 229) (76) A-2UH1608SSLP A-20H1600SSSLP 20,00 x 16,00 x t1.OD A-ZOP16 A-2DP16SS6 17.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 '.. Small - (508 x 4013 x 203) (432,x 330) (76) 0 A-20H2O00SSGLP 20.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 A-20P20 0 A-20P20SSG 17.00 x 17.00 3.00 4 Small - (508 x 500 x 203) (432 x 432) (76) A-20112408SSLP 0 A-20H240OSSUP 20.00 x 24.00 x 8.06: A-241`20 A-24P20SSG . 21.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small 7- (5 00 x 610 x 203) (533 x 4321 (76) A-24HIMOSSLP 0 A-24HI000SSGLP 24.00 x 16.00 x 0.00 A-74PIG 0 A-24P1GSS6 21.00 x 13.00 UO 4 Small (0 IQ x 406 x 203) (533 x 330) (76) A-24MO08SSLP : A-202O00SSGLP. 24.00 z 20.00 x 8.00 .. A-24P20 , A-24P20SS5 21.00 x 17.00. 3.0.0 5 Small (610 x ,500 x 203) . (533 x, 432) (76) A-24HZ400SSLP A-241124COSSGLP 24.00 x ROD x 8.00 A-24P24 A-24P24SS6 21.00 x 21.00 3.00 5 Small - 1610 x 610 x 203) (533 x 533) (76) A-2410008SSLP 0 A-24H3008SS6LP 24.0O x 30.00 x:8 00 ` ` A-301`24 A-30P24SSG 27.00 x 21.00 . 3.00 7 (610 x 762 x. 203) : '. (606 x 533) .. (76) A-301t2000SSLP 0 A-30112000SSSLP 30.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 A-30P20 0 A-3OP20SS6 27.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small - (762 x 508 x 203) (606 x 432) (76) A3011240OSStP A-30112400SSUP 30.00 x 24.00 x 8,00 A-3OP24 A-3OP24SS6 27.00 x 21.00 , 3.00 5 Large -- (762 x 610 x 2031. (606 x 533) A A-301130BUSSLP A-30113000SSGLP 30.00 x 30,DO x 3.00 A-3OP30 0 A-3OP30SSG 27.0G x 27M 3.00 7 Large 1 (762 x 762 x 2031 (606 x 606) (76) Dam subject to change without nodce v 612 4212240 FAX 612 422 2600 6.17 W PUGET SOUND ENERGY Metering Equipment CATALOG NUMBERS FOR MILBANK 100 AMP 200AMP 320 AMP 400 AMP 6001800 AMP RESIDENTIAL SOCKETS v Single Phase, 120/240V U7490-RL U4518-XL-W U3548-X UC3436-XL UC3436-XL Single Phase, 1201208V U749C-RL# U4518-XL-W# NIA NIA NIA 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 120/208V NIA U3517-XL NIA1 UC3433-XL UC3433-XL COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL SOCKETS f "WoRsrg"ZI l % ' , . , r§00 " ,";P, Street Light 120/240V or 240/480V 114TB 124TB Single Phase, 1201240V U3504-XL U3514-XL U3548-X UC3436-XL UC3436-XL Single Phase, 120/208V U3504-XL# U3514-XL# N/A NIA N/A 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 1201240/208 U3507-XL U3517-XLI NIA UC3433-XL UC3433-XL 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 277/480 1 117TB#j 127T8# N/A I UC3433-XL UC3433-XL 11 400 AMP (400)16001800 AMP CURRENT TRANSFORMER APPLICATIONS �a ,; ,. e t . , i F Single Phase CT Cabinet 24"x48" x11" CT244611-HC or SC Single Phase CT Mounting Base 50 kV for all K4797. K4729 3 Phase CT Cabinet, 4 Wire 36"x48" x1 V CT364811-HC 3 Phase CT Mounting Base 50 kV for all K479B 1<4722 Notes: 1. All meter sockets shall have Anodized Screw -Type rings (CAT# MR-4) 2, 3 Phase, 3 Wire is not an authorized service. 3. `Self Contained meter sockets on services 300-600V phase to phase require a disconnect ahead of the meter (cold sequence). 4. # Add 51h Jaw in 9 o'clock position CAT#105J or 5T8K2 ANY QUESTIONS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO PSE METER DEPT. Contact Lizzy Safranski at (253) 437-6799 20 AMP-600 VAC-5, 6, 8, 13, & 15 TERMINAL MM I LBAN 1<� F6 CURRENT TRANSFORMER —TEST SWITCH PROVISION n 11 UG3423-XL UC3438-XL-TS030025 (with test switch factory Installed) `J 3425 7635 3426 7461 3428 3423 ttf t1�' O 3435 3436 3438 O O O 3433 3434 PlNr;LESS—WITH PROVISION FOR TEST SWITCH —TWO PIECE FRONT SERVICE CATALOG NUMBER HUB CONNECTORS BY_ PASS DIMENSIONS CONCENTRIC K.O.'S NO. OF TER NIS D" W" H" 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 OH / UG UC3425-XL C.P. #14 - #2 NONE 5% 12 20 11/, I'/,F Vh 11/4 11/4 1/4,1/2 6 OH / UG UC3426-XL C.P. #14 - #2 NONE 5'/u 12 20 1'/n 11/4 1'/4 1'/4 1'14 '/4,'/z B 01-1 / UG UC3428-XL C.P. #14 - #2 NONE 5'/u 12 20 11 11/,' 111, 1'/4 1'I4 1'14 '/%'12 UG UC3423-XL C.P. #14 - #2 NONE '/4 1/4,/2 'RING TYPE —TEST SWITCH FACTORY PREWIRED—TWO PIECE FRONT APPROVED FOR TUCSON ELECTRIC POWER BY_ DIMENSIONS CONCENTRIC K.O.'S NO. OF SERVICE CATALOG NUMBER HUB CONNECTORS PASS D" W" H" 1 2 3 4 5 6 TERMS 6 OH UC7636-YL-TGE-DES 1 t/�" #14 - #2 TEST SWITCH 411a 12 20 1114 11/1 1111 1'J.t 11/,I 1/n,'/z 13 OH UC7461-YL-TGE-DES 11/4 l #14 - #2 TEST SWITCH t 4 /a 12 20 t 1 /.1 1 1 /4 t 1 In t 1 /� 1 1 /I i t /i, /z T%In= IanTu PROVISIONS FOR TEST SWITCH—EUSERC COMPLIANT —TWO PIECE FRONT NO. OF TERMS SERVICE CATALOG NUMBER HUB CONNECTORS BY- PASS DIMENSIONS CONCENTRIC K.O.'S Dn W1+ H" 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 OH / UG UC3435-XL C.P. #14 - #2 NONE 5% 12 20 2 2 2 2 2 6 OH / UG UC3436-XL C.P. #14 - #2 NONE 51/Q 12 20 2 2 2 2 2 — B OH / UG UC3438-XL C.P. #14-#2 NONE 51/Q 12 20 2 2 2 2 2 13 OH / UG UC3433-XL C.P. #14-#2 NONE 51/, 12 20 2 2 2 2 2 — 15 OH / UG UC3434-XL I C.P. #14 - #2 NONE 51/, 12 20 2 2 2 2 2 — 'SEALING RINGS: Ring type units are supplied with one MR-4, screw type, sealing ring. PREWIRING- If factory prewiring is required consult factory before ordering. Please include meter socket catalog number, test switch number, meter form number, and a copy of your wiring diagram. . TEST SWITCH COVERS: Units on this page can be used with clear lexan cover (except units 7636 and 7461). CONNECTORS: Units are supplied with sleeve type connectors (#1442) HUBS: For proper hub selection see the hub suffix chart in accessory section. Utility requirements for this equipment may Lary. installing equipment in this catalog. U� Always consult the serving utility for their requirements before ordering or F6 F2 CURRENT TRANSFORMER CABINETS _M I LBAN I\• U CT18249-SC SCREW COVER CT203611-HC CATALOG NUMBER C.T. RACKS SIZE W" X H" X D" FRONT COVER CT24329-SC C, M 24 X 32 X 9 1 PIECE CT242411-SC A4, C, M 24 X 24 X 11 1 PIECE CT243011 SC A4, C. M 24 X 30 X 11 1 PIECE CT243611-SC A4, C. J. M 24 X 36 X I 1 PIECE CT244611-SC A. C, D, J. M 24 X 48 X 11 1 PIECE CT303D11-SC A4, B4, C, E. L, M 30 X 30 X 11 1 PIECE CT303611-SC A4, B4, C, E. J. K, L. M 30 X 36 X 11 1 PIECE CT303614-SC A4, B4, C. E. J. K. L. M 30 X 36 X 14 1 PIECE CT363611-SC A4, B4, C, E, J. 1<, L, M 36 X 36 X 11 1 PIECE CT364211-SC A4, B4, C. E. J, K, L. M 36 X 42 X 11 2 PIECES CT364811-SC A, B, C, D. E, F, G. H. J, K, L, M 36 X 4B X 11 2 PIECES CT364814-SC A. B, C, D. E, F. G, H, J. K, L. M 36 X 48 X 14 2 PIECES CT424211-SC A4, B4, C. E, J, K. L, M 42 X 42 X 11 2 PIECES CT484811-SC A, B, C, D. E, F. G, H, J, K, L, M 48 X 48 X 11 2 PIECES HINGE COVER CATALOG NUMBER C.T. RACKS SIZE W" X H" X D" FRONT COVER CT203611-HC C 20 X 36 X 11 1 PIECE CT243011-HC A4, C, M 24 X 30 X 11 1 PIECE CT243611-HO C, M 24 X 36 X 11 1 PIECE CT244811-HC A, C. D, J, M 24 X 48 X 11 1 PIECE CT303611-HC A4, B4, C, E. J. K. L, M 30 X 36 X 11 1 PIECE CT304811-HC A. B, C, D. E. F. G, H, J, K, L, M 30 X 48 X 11 1 PIECE CT363611-HC A4, B4, C, E, J. K, L, M 36 X 36 X 11 1 PIECE CT364611-HO A, B. C, D, E, F, G. H, J, K, L. M 36 X 48 X 11 1 PIECE CT484811-HC A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L, M 48 X 48 X 11 2 PIECE CT364814-HC A, B, C, D. E. F, G, H, J. K, L, M 36 X 48 X 14 2 PIECE CT484814-HC A. B, C. D, E, F, G. H, J. K, L, M 48 X 48 X 14 2 PIECE ENCLOSURE: These units are rated Type 3R, powder coated, and constructed of galvanized steel. MOUNTING RACK: Select CT mounting rack from next page. MOUNTING: 1/4-20 welded studs. Utility requirements for fhis equipment may vary. Always consult the serving utility for their requirements before ordering or installing equipment in this catalog. U� F2 MMILBANIC CURRENT TRANSFORMER CABINETS —MOUNTING RACKS F3 K4797 K4798 K4722 K4729 CURRENT TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURE MOUNTING RACKS K4793 / K4795 CODE CATALOG NUMBER AIC RATING AMPS VOLTS TYPE OF SERVICE TERMINATION TYPE A4 K4797 50K 400 600 103W 1/2-13 studs on 1-3/4" centers A 1<4797 50K Boo 600 103W 1/2-13 studs on 1-3/4" centers 64 I<4798 50K 400 600 304W 1/2-13 studs on 1-3/4" centers B K4798 50K Boo 600 304W 112-13 studs on 1-3/4" centers C K4793 10K 201-400 600 103W 1/2-13 studs on 1-3/4" centers D K4795 1OK 401-800 600 103W 1/2-13 studs on 1-3/4" centers E K4794 10K 201-400 600 304W 1/2-13 studs on 1-314" centers F K4796 10K 401-800 600 304W 112-13 studs on 1-3/4" centers G K4729 50K 800 600 103W (3) 114 - 600 or (6) #1 - 250 H K4722 50K 800 600 304W (3) N4 - 600 or (6) #1 - 250 J K4903 50K 400 600 103W (1) N4 - 600 or (2) #1 - 250 K K4904 50K 400 600 304W (1) #4 - 600 or (2) 91 - 250 L K5747 50K 800 600 304W Llne:1/2-13 studs on 1-3t4" centers _ Load: (3) H4 - 600 or (G) 91 -250 M K5757 SOK 800 600 iO3W Line: V2-13 studs on 1-3/4" centers Load: @L#4 Select CT enclosures Irom previous page. Utility requirements for this equiprnemt may vary. Always consult the serving utility for their requirements before ordering; or installing equipmenl in Ibis catalog. �L F3 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL WIRING DEVICES SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16140 PROTECT: OWNER: GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: STONE, GATE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT CITY OF RI NTON SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX SHOP RAWING Job# 8eriaklt REVIEW Item 5 Sutxnttta �4z� .11.i0 Project _ rb K/J Action By Dale No Exce0onsTaken MwbendRueeaMe9t No ResubmitW ke orrecdonsNofed No R ' eRtsubmittal orretpons P&U RewGmitnls R Nol Reviewed Kennedy/Jenks Consubft Q /17, U,STRIAL SPE£1F1CAl� GR EM Back and Side WU- .ed 12=77V AC Quiet Switches DESCRIPTION 15 AMP 20 AMP 30 AMP COLOR' Ba:.c Ca[ N& 00p1¢a 13a„n 5(nglo-PoloT099lo iZ01 1221-2 3031-2 1SA: I, W, GY, R 20A:1, W. GY, R,1=,A 3aA: I, W Single -Polo Lockingt 1201-21- 1221-21- 303i-21- iSA: I; 20A: I, W, G. R Doublo-PPolo Toggle 1202-2 1222-2 3032-2 15A: I, W, GY 20A: I, W, GY, R, E 30A: I. W Double -Polo Locking t 1202-21- 1222-21- 3032-21- 20A:1 3-Way Toggle 1203-2 1223 2 3033 2 2 A: I, W. GY, R. E 30A: I, W 3-Way Lockfngt 1203-21- 1223-21- 3033-21- 15A- I 20A I, W, G 4 Way Toggle 1204-2 12242 ISA: I, W. GY 20A: I, W. GY, R, E 4-Way l.ockingt 12D4-21 12242E 20A: I, G, W Single Palo To99 10 1201S 1221S 15A: I, W. R, G 20A: I, W, R, G 3-Way TogglO 1203-S 1223-5 15A:l, W. R, G 20A: I. W, R. G tKay for Loddna Wtdt Cal. No. 55500-PRT Back and Side Wired Canadian 347V AC Quiet Switches DESCRIPTION i5 AMP 347V AC 20 AMP 347V AC COLOR" S70C� 18201 18201-L 18202 18221 10221-L 1a222 15A & 20A: I, W. B, R, G i5A & 20A: B only 1SA: I only 20A-1. 8 Singlo-Polo T0gg10 Singlo-Polo Loc}dngt Doubl o-Polo Tog fllo Double -Polo Lockingt 18202-L 18203 18203-L 182G4 18222-L 18223 18Z23-1- 1BZ24 15A & 20A: B only 1 EA & 20k I, W. B, R, G 15A & 20A: B only 15A: I, B. R, G 20A:1. B 3—Way Toggle 3-Way Lockingt 4-Way Tagglo 4-Way Lockin flt 18204-1- 18224-L 15A & 20A- B only lKay for Locking Sw tch: CoL No. 55500-PRT TOGGLE 1201.Z 1221-2 1.31 LOCKWG 1201-2S,1221-2L 0 SPECIFICATIONS & FEATURES Top-ot.1ho-ano Industrial quollly • Heavy pa-J0o copper alloy ono -place arm ror lop par'crrnan00 • Largo sfNorcdmlum-oxldo con'acls forlon011fo, prevent sl:ck!ng, wolding and oxcosslvu puling • Color-codcr-I avarx 15Amp-blue; 20 Amp -rod; 30 Amp -groan soo Section T for more Iachnical Information TESTING & CODE COMPLIANCE • Maols all NEMA WD-1 & ANSI roquimmonts MaaU- Fodarul Spacificalion WS-000 • UL Ustod (Fla HE 7450) • CSA Cortirad (File fhS2105) NOM Cartipod (flash Backed by a Limited 10-Yoar Warmnly 'COLOR Basic a.r CoL No& shown above Scram Brown rnhr. o. 1.k . oly(4GWVfad(jM, G_y(Gor-0lo Redrd(ft m haws Ivry I )• BIOJ1Elraay (-r). Kw d j-A - ••CANAAtAN COLOR numharasfoM1awx For mloroolOcW < odd wife to cnrnlo0 ivory (a), VMaa (-W). Brown (-B), Rod (al. rvd Gary (td). HORSEPOWER 20A3aA 15A z 12oV ®24W 2®24W 2®240V MATERIAL CHARACTERISTIC5 Envirunmenlak FlammobgNy. Rated V2 Operating Tamporalum: -4WC in WC. I For more rOgard wellplatm,eca(om. Materials, sn g to d $ multi -gang, roforto Wallptalna, sactlon G. For answers to lorhnicat questions, call Lovilan's Torhllna at 1-a0GZZ4- 005—BaIMIng a Connected 11'arid —0 r r #49. STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES (continued) LEl%7%D11� 125V 60Hz AC Only • INDUSTRIAL BACK AND SIDE WIRED UL Flte 413339 CSA Fife KLR4D6 NEMA 5-t5R Brawn Ivory Red White Gray Black Blue Description 5262 5262-1 5262-R 5262-W 5262-GY 5262-E 5262-Bu Duei1 x Receptacle, ste5262-AW 5262 A 5262A-I — 5262A-GY — — Duplex Receptacle, one-piece brass strap 5252-1 5252-R 5252-W 5252-GY 5252-E 5252-BU Slim DesignDuplex x 5252 5261 5261-1 5261-R 5261-W 5261-GY 5261-E IR e tacie — steel strap p Single, Clockhanger 5261-CH — — 'Single meet Federal Specification WC-596, but are of different construction and Receptacles design from Duplex Receptacles listed above. SIDE WIRED 5242 5242-R 5242-W 5242-GY 5242-E — Duplex 5251 5251-1 5251-W 5251-W 5251-GY — — Single 250V 60 Hz AC Only INDUSTRIAL BACK AND SIDE WIRED NEMAG-15R o o— •_ — — Duplex _ 5662 5662-1 — — Single 5661 5661-1 — — BACK AND SIDE WIRED — — — Duplex 5652 5652-1 _ _ _ — — — Single 5651 5651-1 — — Only NEMA 5-20R L° CSA Cor111g. F InConodo o 125V 60 Hz AC BACK AND SIDE WIRED li - INDUSTRIAL Brown Ivory Red White Gray Black Description 5362 5362-1 5362-R 5362-W 5362-G 5362-E Duplex — Duplex Receptacle, one- 5362-A 5362A-1 — 5362A-W 5362A-GY piece brass strap A361-1 5361-R 5351-W 5361-GY Single 5361 — — - Single, Clockhanger 5361-CH — — BACK AND SIDE WIRED 5352 5352-1 5352-R 5352-W 5352-GY 5352-E Duplex SIDE WIRED 5342 5342-1 5342-R 5342-W 5342-GY 5342-E Duplex 5351 5351-I — 5351-W 5351-GY — Single All devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified. O O En o 6 Q ®O 0.14S11. 1.317 I77]7mm) Cat. No. 5252 e O - O � E { AO O o 1.515 p1A1 mml Cat. No. 5262 OA�4 (71.44 mm E { E1.1111.23.M-11.0 66 27.S0 mm Cat. No. 5352 wlti SPECIFICATIONS & FEATURES Racepladns • Trip threshold meats or exceeds UL roquimmonL forlriKing limo • Impact-rescLml thonnoplasic cover and body - Silver alloycantact5 - Cwnpal1lo with all Decora davims, supplied with Oacora waliplala: available In selected Cucora colors Combination SWitrJ11GFCI • Ideal for klchans, balhmams, modular Wtdtan units, balhroem cabhml fiNlums, lamp cabinol 6x:ums and applicalions whom combination devices am used. TESTING & CODE COMPLIANCE UL Slondaid 9-13 Class A (GFCI) and 498 (racoptados) UL Listed (File 1140330) Moots ANSI C73, NEIV.AwO-1 require- manls for duplex mcaptaclas CSA Coriiflod (1.11-57011) Backod by a Llmilad Two -Year Wananly COLOR ti>;c Cat Nos :Irnm atwra danla &awn cater. For ournbef os rab rX (wry ( color �Wtim lI." Amy (-GY). 0) Bbrk (.El. Almord t-A). MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS FlammabIlly. Ralad V2 Operating Tompamlum:.30'F (-3S'C) to 151T (66'C) Hospital Grade GFCI Receptacles — Back and Side Wired 15 AMP 125V at Receptacle; 20 AMP 125V Feed-Tlutotx,�ft DESCRIPTION CAT. NO- 8 OLCOR' OL No. Da arw 9rowA NEMA CONFIG. Duplex Receptacle with LED In Light 6598 HG 1, W. GY, R s ran (Inure, 20 AMP 125V at Receptacle and Feed -Through DESCRIPTION CAT NO. COLOR' NEMA CONFIG. Box CAL Na. Danoros Brown Duplex Receptacle with LED Indicator Light 6898-HG I, W, GY, R J zan n Commercial Grade GFCI Receptacles — Back and Side Wired 15 AMp 125V at Receptacle; 20 AMP 125V Feed -Through DESCRIPTION CAT. NO, COLOR' NE IA CONFIG. Dade Cat. No. Danolm Blown No indicator Light 6599 i, A GY, E.A Duptex Rocaptacla w!th LED Indicator Light 6598 1, W Wl:h 4va" Laads•k 6599-L 1. W snsn N 20 AMP 125V at Receptacle and Feed -Through DESCRIPTION CAT. NO, COLOR' NEIVIA CONFIG. linie COL Na 001101as Drown No Indicator Light 6899 1, W. GY Duplex Receptacle with LED 6898 I. W ssan fl Indicator light l3uttons match hce color 6899-A I, W, A 5witclT--Rated GFC( - Back and Side Wined 20 AMP 125V Switch•Rated; Switch Rating 1.5 HP B 120V DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. Blank Face GFCI, No Indicator Light 6490 Combination Switch GFCI outlet —Side Wired Switch ZOOM 125V AG; Outlet 15 AMP 12511, Feed-Thr-Ough 2OAMP 125V COLOR' Dnsre Cal. Na D-mlaa Drawn I,W,E DESCRIPTION CAT_ NO. COLOR' Dasic Cat lJo. Danaros Drawn Single -Polo Switch S GFCI Protected Outlet 5299 1• W Ail davicos am UL Listed. Also CSA Cortiriad otcapt whom Indlcatad by* 0 O ®O p a O p oO O E nsr 14 0 uLi1mm2 0 ) O ) L57(mrmm COMMERCIAL GRADE GFCI RECEPTACLE COMBINATION SWITCH GFCI OUTLET CCal No. 5299 Cat No. 6599 To loam more about Lovilori s outstanding of(0609 of devices visit our Wobsila al: hap:11wWw.lovilon.com _..sullding A Connected World 1P-10 Arktite® Heavy Duty Receptacle �4 Assemblies CAa 400 A, 600 VAC/250 VDC, 50-400 hertz Seepages iP-2, 3 and 4 for general Application, Features, Grounding, Standard Materials, Standard Finishes, Options, Accessories, Compliances, Electrical Rating Ranges, and Wire Sizes. Features: • Grounding contact wire terminators will accommodate ground wire of same size as phase wire • Spring band contact design provides multiple points of electrical contact. Improves electrical reliability and significantly reduces effort required for insertion and withdrawal • Crimp/solder type contacts are standard. • urge wire wells are available for "extra flexible" wire • Larger wire well connectors will interchange with connectors of other wire well size, of same amperage and contact configuration. • Self -closing spring doors on receptacles and cord connectors provide environmental sealing • Threaded nuts provide positive plug retention • Two piece plug and cord connector design provide easy installation • For disconnect use only — not for current interrupting NOTES: For listing of additional back boxes, see page 113-24. Illustration shows 3 blank plates and 1 hub plate. Dimensions AREX 400 A Assemblies Description a With blank hub plate 1/,E With hub elate max. 4% Weatherproof § -Reverse .Servi cc --a 6erle.ra6r'1� 400 A Assemblies With AJX Back Boxes and Angle Adapters — See NOTE Style 1 - Wire Well Takes .84" Maximum Conductor Size Spring Hub Door Description Size Cover Cat. 7� 3•wlfe 2/ �. AREX40317 , 4-wire, 2'h AREX40417 4-pole 3 AREX40418 Style 1- Wire Well Takes 1.25" Maximum Conductor Size 3 wire, '.3 AREX4t7312B r at`:: f w'=u; AREX40,.9129 3 ole P r: 1 c r 4 -AREX4031210 4-wire, 4 AREX4041210 4-pole 5 AREX4041212 Style 2 — Wire Well Takes .84" Maximum Conductor Size 2-wire 2 AREX40326 = .. 2� ' ARt� ilb327 3-pole :3 AREX40328 _. 3-wire. 2%, AREX40427 4-pole 3 AREX40423 Style 2 — Wire Well Takes 1.25" Maximum Conductor Size 3. AR EX403228 . ;: ;.;'_ :`:-", 2-wire , 3% AREX403229 3-pole 4 ... _:,,.;'.:':;.`., AREX4t]3221D'._.,:.':::. l :'. -.:.. °. ; .. .. .:',... 3-wire, 4 AREX4042210 4-pole 5 ARE(4042212 January 1996 Copyright, 1996 Cooper Industries, Inc. ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL PROTECTIVE DEVICES & SWITCHES SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16180 PROJECT: STONEGATE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT OWNER: CITY OF RENTON GENERAL CONTRACTOR: SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosures —Type 1 R -�--------_.�.� ---� Selection I,,�7 2-0, 2.5, 3.0 (51, 64, 761 - 1 K. s (8) Places G A r` F '•� � F I� E f 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 (30, 51. 641 K.O.'s (2) Places Figure 4 Nu bar Maximum Weight Dimensions linchesl Figure RreOkar f Currant Catalog List Price Sm Lb.IShfp. Is A H C D E F G H J K L M N P Number Frame oles Rating Number 27 10X 27 10;G 4 7J2, QJH2, 225 E832255 EH3225F 726.00`i'`0 226.COmo 15 27 10'4 28X 17Y 5)S 2"b. 21;f 2;G 3 ZO 5A. Z',f 2,4 4SS OH2•H IV Gil lr o,.� Neutral Catalog Enclosure Catalog Neutral Cable Capacity List Number Number and Wire Range Price 5 E2N1(S)lF) (1 pc.) f114-2 CulAl 106.00 W53045 Grd. Lug (1 c 1814-8 Cu/Al 0 p ' CED6N1(S)("r1� (1 pc.'r L'6-350 kemil CulAI 143.CC N250 F6N1(SIfFI Grd. Lug (1 PC.) 1114-2J0 Cu/AI (1 pc.) kl/0-750 kcmll Cu/AI or J6N1 (2 pcs.) dl/o-30o kcmii Cu/AI ggZ,GO W60992 Grd. Lug 0 pc,) 116-250 kcmii CulAl (2 pcs.) I11/0-600 kcmii 436.00 W60993 LD6N1 Grd. Lug (1 pc.) 116-250 kcmll Cu/AI LMD7 (4 pcs.) 250 kcmll-500 kcmil CWAlo 605.00 W63623 Grd. Lug (1 pc.111Fr300 kcmii Cu/AI MN061 (6 pcs.) 113)G-750 kcmii Cu/AI 1055,00 N2006 PRDGN1 Grd. Lug (2 pcs.) 113/0-750 Cu IAI ,jnno.! Meutrals (For Tvoe 1, 3R, 414X and 12 Enclosures) Neutral Enclosure Catalog Neutral Cable Capacity List Catalog Number Number and Wire Range price i F6N1(S)(F)m (2 pcs.) 114-350 kcmii Cu/Al 258.00 N2250 Grd. Lug (1 pc.) ill4-210 Cu/AI (2 pcs.) 111/0-600 kcmll 436.00 W60993 J6N1� Grd. Lug 0 pc.) 06.250 kcmii Cu(AI (4 pcs.1 250 kcmii-500 kcmii Cu/AI 605.00 W i3623 LDfiNi° Grd. Lug (1 pc.) 06-300 kcmll CulAI For Inches J mlllimators toovaralon. see Appilratlan Data 58ct10n. CSO - consult Sales Office for prlcing OSurfam mounted, Indoor. If flush Mau "tin a Is required, replace suffix 'S' In catalog number with suffix'F'. Also, If outdoor modal required, -a prefix Instead of 'E-, MOiscmM Schedule 8. inooes nai Include circuit bro0kar. Order circuit brookar scparotoly. oNoutral not Includa_rf. order as separate Ilam from table on next p000. Discount Schedule MCCB to Naulral Included In mcloauro. OSudaeo mounted, Indoor. If outdoor modal Is required, use prolix "W' Instead of 'E'. Not avalloblu In flush 1"F') model. oUsa for 110-125 amparo E04. W0, or HEIN cl,-11 breakers. mWlll not accapt braakar with shunt trip. aAlso for uao wllh Typo 3R. 12, 12K& 4X onclosuras (Coploa numbers F6N3FL HN12, FGN12X & FD6S54). OAlso for use with Typo 3R, 12 & 4X onelosures (Catalog numbers JGN3R, J6Nt2, & IDGSS4). OAleo for Use with Types 311 and 12 anclosures ICmalo➢ numbers LDGN3R & LD6N12). a For 600 MCM neutral cable 131 In, pi out 124-600 kcmii Cu/AlI use co tat og number W411239 (LIM Price s667.001 Siemens Power Distribution & Control, SPEEDFAX'm 2007-2008 Product Catalog in Molded Case Circuit Breakers 77 SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Ordering information Type SJD6(A) Blue Label-'- 3-Poie, 600V AC Max Catalog Current Number Rating SJD59200A 200 SJD693C0z 300 SJD69400A 40D SJD6920OGN 200 SJ069300G1 300 SJD694OOG* 400 SJD69200NT200 SJ069301NT: 300 SJD634CONTX 400 SJD59200NGTn 200 SJD693o0NGTt 300 SJDG940UNGTo 400 Type SHJD6(A) f: l - - L 3-Pate, 600V AC 69200G( 6930OGC NTH D6930oNGTn SJD 400A Frame —100% Rated° Type SJD6A-H Type SJD6(A)-H Blurs Label' E:,f ic-La6el= `® 0692CONTHn 200 069300NTHn 300 069400NTFm 400 DG920ONGTHII zoo - D693oONGTHA 300 OG94CONGTHR 400 tY Trip Unit Adjustable Functions to 0 = x C A a suffix Latter Trlp Coda Typo Cant . Long Inston- Currant Time taneaus Setting Delay Setting Short Tima PlckL rn Nona LI f G LIG LSI i J _ NT NGT LSIG Interrupting Ratings Breaker Tvpa s J D6 - SLOG SHJD6 - SHLD6 SUDS - SCLD6 RMS Syr 240V AC fi5 100 200 Current Limiting Type SCJD6 �.cc$0W:T•TaIIIIIE 3-Pole, 6o0V AC Mar Catalog Cun Number Rat] SCJD69200� 200 SCJD693OD 300 CJD69400A 400 iSGID692COG■ 1200 Required lugs for Digital Sentron Series SJD and SLD frames are sold as separate items. Separate items — lugs are suitable for 75e C wire. SJD6, SCJD6, SLD6, SCLD6 are acceptable for reverse connection application. SHJD5 and SHLD6 are lLQJ acceptable far reverse connection application. SCJD692DONTs 200 SCM6930ONTo 300 SCJD594o0NTw 400 SCJD69200NGT■ 200 Shipping Weights SCJD693DONGTo 300 Breaker Numberpor Shipping SCJ13694o0NGTo 4DO Typo Carton Weight (lbs) SJD6(A), SLD6(A) 1 20 SHJDG(A), 1 20 SHL06(AI 33 SCJ06,SCLD6 1 Short Short Time Ground Ground Time i:t Fault Fault Daley Pick Up Pick Up Delay ottical kA CSA / UL489 (File E10848) 600V AC T150 25 35 100 Nota:'G' suffix In catalog number denotes circuit breaker OForlatdditl additional Information.def. Allow esea Note: A. Page 6.69. far 3 phase, 3 wlro syslama For 3 phase.4 w]ra, order correct 4 th wire (neutral) Water to tho N6C tar proper application of 1007G transformer as separate and additionalltom, rated do-[--. I_UgS for75'CWire° Neutral Transformers (for30, 4 Wfa) Catalog Amp Rating Number 200 NO2SJD 300 NO3SJD 400 No4SJD 500 NOSSLD Soo No6SLD Enclosures {Far JD frame, excluding SCJD5) Catalog Typo Number 1 JGNI 3R J6N3R 44X LD6SS4 7, 9 (200-250A) EC4 7, 91300-400A) EE 12 JSN12 Neutral W60992 Acca@series pngaa fi132 and t3f72io al86_i :-1 Enclosed Circuit Breakers _ Enclosures - Type 1 S010C OR Dimensions Type 1 K.O. Dimensions Number Maximum Weight 6 Ms. 2 Pla. Flg. Brooker of Current Catalog Ust Lb./Ship. Dimensions (inches) A B C D E IF G H No. Frame Poles Rating Number Price Sm Package 1 OR DPH, 1-2 60 E0104ML1060SDD0' 76.00'D 15 7% 5X 3X 5Y 3% 1%, - - HOP 1 DPH' 3 100 E0303ML3100S°mO 189.00 B 173 7X 4X 143 48 1Y. - - HO HDP 1 HO, BOH, 3 100 EB3100Sm1D 189.00m 32 17!4 79 4X 10 43 1Y. - NGG 2-3 125 GG0121FNISN 139.00 2 ED2, E04, E06, 2-3 100 E2NISo'rl) 149.00 8 16h, 79 5,4, 13N, 54 1 X• 1X, i, 13, HED4 E2N1Fi94D 149.00 B 17K BSS 55. 1314, 56 1 1 X, 14, 2 ED4, ED6, HED4, 2-3 125 CEDGN® ISO� 271.00 14 21% TV. 5X. 1b, 2 1'/,, 2 CED6 CEDGN1FmO0 271.00 14 22% BX 5)6 18% 5Y 1 FXD6, FD6, FXC6, FGN-ISO 184.00 IX' 114, 1% 1',4, 2 FD6, HFD6, HFX06, 2-3 250 33 38%, 11'% 5R. 33 B 1'(. IN 2, 1X:20, HHF06, CFD6 F6N1F0 184.00 114, 3 2X, 3 JXD2, JD6, JXD6, HJD6, 3 HJXD6, HHJD6, 2-3 400 J6N1� 250.00 120 41Y. 22% 10% 37 1BY 2% - JXLIF SJD6, SHJ06 LDS, LXD6, m HLDG, HLXD6, 3 HHLD6, HHLXD6, 2-3 600 LD6N10 449.00 101 46 22% 10`X. 42 18Y 2fi. - - SL06, SHLD6, SCJD6, SCLO6, CJDG, CLD6 3 LMXD6, LN106, 2-3 B00 LMD10 897,00 202 60 22'% 10 5SX 1BY. 2%. - - HLMXD6, HLMD6 MD6, MXD5, SMDG, HMD6, HMXD6. 3 SHM06, ND6, NXD6, SND5, HNDS, HNXD5, 2-3 1200 MND610 897,00 202 60 22% 10 551i 18l5 ZC - -- SHN06, CMD6, SCMD6,CND6,SCN06 PD6, PXD6, HPD6, m - HPXD5, CPD6, RD6, 3 2000 PRD6N1 ■ 6324.00 350 90 32 28 - - - - - SPD6, SHP06, RXD6, HRD6,HRXD6 For Inches / milllmelen conversion, MDlscounl Schedule S. see Application Data sectfan. mDoes not Include circuit brooker. Order dreult ■ Built to ardor. Allow 2-3 weaks for delivery. brookor separately. CSO -Consult Sales Offco for pricing ONoutral not Included. Order as separate horn from table 05udaca mounted Indoor. Ir flush mounting Is required on next pogo. replace ouffix'S' In catalog number vith cufGx'F'. a)Noutrut Included in enclosure. Also, If outdoor modal required, use prefix "W" (➢Surface mounted, Indoor. If outdoor modal Is required, inmood of "E'. use prefix W" Instead al "E'. Not avaliabto In Rush i'F') model, Siemens Power Distribution & Control, SPEEDFAXI" 2007-20013 Product Catalog OUso for 110-125 ampere ED4, EDB, or HED4 circuit hra0cm urWll not occopt breakerwlth shunt trip. Swill not accapt 2-polo GFP or breaker with shunt trip. Olncludas 1001'. mtoo breakare. ©Enclosure mW accept shunt trip and whor Internal accessories except GFP. Discount Schedule MCCB Special Application Safety Switches Dimension Drawings Double Brow Selection Description Double throw switches are intended to transfer loads from one power source to another. All 2 & 3-pole double throw switches are suitable for use as service equipment. All are UL Listed and both horsepower and load break rated, Switches are rated for use on systems up to 10,000A when protected with Class H fuses or 100,000A when protected with Class R or Gass T fuses. They can also be used to connect a single source of power to either of two loads. In this application it is necessary to field modify n �..4.1.. TL.. �..... C...'�..I.nn fusible switches so that the fuses are on the load side of the switching mechanism. A cover interlock is provided on all ampere ratings. The operating handle may be padlocked in the off position. Fuse Capabilities of Fusible DTF Switches T. Type H R T J Sid Yes (kit► No No EAFuse V Sid Yes (kit) No Yaso Sid Yes (kit) Yes (kit} YesO TF No No Yes(D Sid Type.1= IndooF ,... Typri 3R - Outdoors Typo 12(3R -Industrial': Typa.4X - Stainless Steal_ _ .Number Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List Catalog List '' System ,. Voltage of.Poles Amps Number price S Number Prlco 5 Number Price:5 - Numbtir Pdce 5 Heuvy'OutjT iibla (30.2f>DA) with Class H (t :spacings 2 200 DTF224♦ 4043.00 DTF224R 5633.00 - - - - 240 30 DTF321 1180.00 DTF32113♦ 1733.00 - - - Volt AC 60 DTF322 2113.00 DTF322R♦ 2844.00 - - - - 0 o or 100 OTF373A 3551.00 DTF323R 4020.00 - - - - dod_ 6 250 3 200 DTF324 5233,00 OTF324R 60136.00 - ,On VoItDC 400 DTF325 12487.00 FR32_DTKOL 14403.00 �IDOIf 600 DTF326A 13503.00 fR32fiDTl(OL 15944.00 - - - - bd b b I'On 30 DTF361 2265.00 = - _ _ ^ 6 6 500 Volt AC, 3 60 100 DTF362♦ DTF363 Z37fi.00 4117.00 DTF363R 5408.00 - - F353SSDTKA - 14502'00 250 200 OTF364 6143.00 DTF364R 7991.00 - - F354SSDTKL F355SSDTKOL 17873.00 29051.00 Volt OC 400 DTF365 12778.00 FR355DTOA 14650.00 - - Heavy Duty'Non-Fuslbta 30 DTNF221 12.00 - - - - - - 60 DTNF222 1:62.00 - - - - - - 2 100 DTNF223 14as.00 - - - - - - 200 DTNF224 1553.00 DTNF224R 2557.00 - - - - 240 400 DTNF225 5599.00 DTNF22SR 8618.00 - - - - Volt AC 30 OTNF321 795.00 - - - - - or 60 DTNF322 12?1,00 - - - - 100 DTNIF323 1,924.00 OTNF323R 2210.00 - - - oIIOC Volt ol 3 200 DTNF324 2904.00 OTNF324R 3555.00 - - - - 400 DTNF325 711" - - - - - - 500 DTNF325 1052J.00 - - - - - - 600 DTNF327♦ 16275.00 - - - - - - 30 DTNF361 893.00 OTNF36IR 1538.00 DTNF361J 1950.00 DTNF361S 4624.00 60 DTNF362 1236,00 ❑TNF362R 2041.00 DTNF362J 2517.00 DTNF3G2S 6196.00 100 DTNF363 2053.00 DTNF363R 3567.00 DTNF363J 3297.00 DTNF393S 9254,00 200 DTNF364 3003.00 DTNF364R 5040.00 DTNF364JA 7125.00 OTNF364S 11220.00 6 6 b OTNF365R 13137.00 NF355HOTK 11283.00 NF355SSDTX 23311.00 d d I ROn 60o DTNF36OR 16589.00 - - - - 600 DTNF355 11760.00 I caOff Won Volt AC, Boo DTNF367 18092.00 DTNF367R 19178.00 - - - d t or 1200 DTNF368L 2476D.D0 DTNF36OR 26601,00 - - - 250 Volt OC 30 - - NFA4510TK ♦ 4100,00 - - 60 - - NFR452DTICA 4373.00 - - 100 - - NFR453DIKA 6489.00 - - 4m 700 NF454DTK 5192.00 NFR454DTK♦ 8758.00 - - NF454SSDTKA 19858.00 400 NF455DTKA 13378,D0 NFR455DTKA 18123.00 - - - - Bo0 NF45GDTKA 17508.00 NFR45GDTKA 22291.00 - - - - Bo0 NF457DTKL 44586.00 NFR4570TK♦ 54653.00 - Gonaral Duty Non -Fusible Typo 3R-Outdoorm Type 3R-Outdoors' Le91 Neutral With Neutral 100 DTGNF223R 1150.00 DTGNF223NR 1349.00 - - - - 8a8 6V[_I �On P40 2 200 DTGNF224H 1850,00 DTGNF224NR 2202.00 - - - - q-,ill wolf Volt AC 100 DTGNF323R 1578.00 DTGNF323NR 1890.0D - -bd-�¢-�¢-I110n 3 200 DTGNF324R 2097.00 DTGNF324NR 2437-00 - A Built to order. Allow 3A weeks for delivery. number stoning with 'DT' are rated 200.000 AIC max. O Will accept class T Fuses only. when protected by Class B, J or T fuses. Fuse ampere tD 4-pole switches are net approved for service entrance. 01 Use HS Typo hubs ror 30-200A switches. reline must net exceed switch rating. 400A and larger switches do not have hub provisions. ampere Move load base. 07 All Heavy Duty double throw switches with a catalog Discount Schedule HDSS Siemens Power Distribution & Control, SPEEDFAXjr' 2007-2008 Product Catalog go safety switches Dimensions VBII Design Double Throw Dimensions (Inches) Catalog Number Enclosure Mounting A B C D E F _ Figure 1 (30-1200A Type 1 & 3R) DTNF221, DTNF321, DTNF361, DTNF361R 24.50 9.53 6.09 19.00 6.75 0.268 DTF321, DTF321R, DTF361 29.12 9.53 6.09 23.50 6.75 0.268 DTNF222, DTNF322, DTNF362, DTNF362R 24.88- 11.50 6.09 19.00 9.38 0.268 DTF322, OTF322R, DTF362 33.45 11.50 6.09 27.5C 9.38 0,268 DTNF223, DTNF323, DTNF323R, DTNF363, DTNF363R, DTGNF223R, DTGNF223NR, DTGNF323R , DTGNF323NR 27.62 12.18 6.09 19.36 5,CO 0.268 DTF323, nTF323R, OTF363, OTF363R 36.44 12-18 6.09 28.11 8.00 0.268 DTNF224, DTNF224R, DTNF324, DTNF324R, DTNF364, DTNF354R, DTGNF224R, DTGNF224NR, DTGNF324R, DTGNF324NR 36.Do 19.12 6,42 31.00 15.00 0.44 DTF224, DTF224R, DTF324, I1TF324R, DTF364, DTF364S 49,44 19.12 6.42 44.50 15.00 0.44 DTF325, OTF326, DTF365 73.54 28.22 9.44 65.50 16.00 0.56 DTNF225, OTNF225R, OTNF325, 5TNF365, DTNF365R 57.71 28,22 9.44 49.75 15.00 0.56 DTNF326, OTNF366, DTNF366R 57.71 28.22 9,44 49.75 16.00 0. a DTNF327, DTNF367, DTNF367R A 71.65 41.60 9.44 63.70 32.00 0.56 DTNF363, DTNF368R 71.65 41.60 9.44 63.70 32.00 0,56 NFR451DT1(Cb, NFR4521DTKO, NFR 3DTK© 24.63 11-63 4.78 21.50 9.250 0.250 NF454DTK(=, NFR454DTKW 37.25 19,19 6.32 33.50 16.000) 0.5fi0 NF455DTICCO, NF456DTK©, NF4570TKG), NFR455DTKu, NFR456DTK©, NFR457DTK(D 63.31 27.00 8.88 58.50 22.250 0.560 Figure 2 (30-200A Type 12 & 4X) DTNF361J, DTNF3615 24.42 9.65 6 48 25.65 5.47 0.27 6TNF362J, DTNF362S 24.80 11.61 6.48 27.03 8.00 0.27 DTNF363J, OTNF363S 27.54 12.29 6,48 29.77 8.47 0.27 OTNF364J, DTNF364S 35.93 19.24 6.78 38.16 13.44 0.33 NF355HDTK0, NF355SSDTKI'J 53.82 22.66 7.25 56.2n 18.00 0.5fi F353SSDTKCEQ 37.00 11.62 5.5D 38.50 9.00 0.2fi F354SSDTK� 50.90 19.16 6.46 53.27 15.12 0.50 F355SSDTK&D 74.50 25.00 8.92 76.69 20.25 0.5fi E--� IF 91v r (6) "F" dia. mounting holes (30-200A) (G) "F" dia. mounting hales (34 2DOAI (4) "F" dia. mounting holes (400-1200A) (4) "F" dia, mounting holes (400-1200A) C C B� Figure 1 Figure 2 Type 1 & 3R° Type 4X & 12 •Forinchas (millimotars convarslon, multiply lnch Ds 013) Mounting holes supplied U of top}, CD These switches era not Type VBII design. 6y 25.�. 0 (4) Mounling holes providad. C7 Drip hood not shown but provldod on Type 3R enclosures. Siemens Power Distribution & Control, SPEEDFAX'm 2007-2008 Product Catalog EMM Safety Switches Double Throw solocrion Accessories, Lug Data and Horsepower Ratings Wire Ranges (Line, Load and Neutral) per NEC Accessories -2 and 3-Pole Switches Type "DT" Onlya Requirements Co't51og Description Number Price S 30A HNC612 97.00 60. & 100A HN263 225,11 Neutral Kits 200A HNC264 352.00 400 & 600A., 838.00 HND578 800 & 1200A 913.00 30-200A (2) #14-4 AWG HG6123b 24.00 Equipment 400 & 600A (4) #14.2/0 123.00 HG678 Ground Kit 800-1200A (8) 96-350 Kcmil 239.00 30-200A with (1) NO & (1) NO contact HA161234 239.00 Auxiliary Contacts (HD only) 30-200A with (2) NO & (2) NO contacts HA261234 265.00 Itwo required per switclt)V' 400-1200A with (1) NO & (1) NO contact HA16557B 587.00 400.1200A with (2) NO & (2) NO contacts HA265678 614.00 30A, 240V Kit HR21 83.00 Class R Fuse Clip Kits 30A, 600V MYRA, 240V Kit HR512 83.00 (two required per switch) 60A, 600V Kit HR62 83.00 100A Kit HR53 54.00 200A Kit HR64 54.00 100A, 240V Kit HT23 76.00 Class T Fuse Adaptor Kits 100A, 600V Kit HT63 120.00 (two required per pole) 200A, 240V Kit HT24 102.00 200A, 60OV Kit HT54 143.00 For''/" Conduit ECHS075 39.50 For'l' Conduit ECHS100 39.50 Type 3R Hubs 130-200A) For 1 'V Conduit ECHS125 39.50 For 1 9" Conduit ECHS150 39.50 For 2" Conduit ECHS200 69.00 For 2 li" Conduit ECHS250 109.00 A ------- r _ a_o-le 4 T.,r,o "P" X 'IMF" 3-Pnlp Switches OnlvO --- - - Catalog :Ust Description Number `:Price S Auxiliary Switch 11) N0, I11 NCB 5S2DOEK1 373.00 (two required per switch) 30- DO (2) NO, (2) NCCD DS2DOEK2 743.00 30.60.100A DS100GK 12.00 Ground Lug Kito' 200A DS200GK 203.00 400-500.SOCA DS468GK 292.00 30-60.100A Use Type HR Hubs Hubs 200-400A Use Type SSH 4, 4X Hubs 600-BOQA Use Type SSH 4, 4X Hubs Noutrals (3-pole only) 30.60-100A DT10ONK 195.00 200A DT20ONK 391.00 400 & 600A Fusible DS806NK 458.00 400A 3P Non -Fusible DT600NK 432.00 Maximum Horsepower Ratings Fused Arnpero...1-Phase AC 3-Phaso AC , 250V .. Rating:: 240V 240V :480V 600V DC 30 3 7% 15 20 5 6D 10 15 30 50 10 100 15 30 60 75 20 200 15 60 125 150 40 400 - 125 125 125 50 600 125 50 hI__ K .r4 30 5 10 20 30 5 60 10 20 50 Be 10 100 1s 40 1 75 lea 20 200 15 60 125 160 d0 400-BOO 125 250 350 50 90-200A - 2.3 & 4-Pole Switches Switch ' Arnper'e. Rating ' ' Wlra Range. (Cu/A)j • . Now V811 Design Lln9; Lead and Neutral .'. 30 (1)N14-6 60 11)M14-2 100 (1) $14-1/0 AWG 100 (1! 1114-1/0 AWG 200 (11 96-250 kemll 400-1200A - 2 & 3-Pole Switches Switch Wife Range (Cu/AQ. Ampara Now.VBtl Da'sign . Rating Uno,'Lood'and'•Neutrai 400 (1) 110 AWG-750 kcmil or (2) 110 AWG-250 kcmil Soo (2) 110 AWG-500 kcmil 800 (2) 110 AWG-750 kcmil or (3) 1/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 13) 110 AWG-600 kcmil or (4) 1/0 AWG-500 kcmil 400-SOOA - 4-Pole switches Switch Wire Range (Cu%AI)..._'.' - ,Ainpara New VHII;D6slgn, r; . Roting - Una, Load and Neutral... 400 11) 110 AWG-300 kcmil or 12) 1/0 AWG-750 kcmll Soo (2) 250-500 Kcmil 800 (3) 2 iD-500 Kcmll o..--t.............* c) .4� - 7 4 Q-Prila Switrhes Only(D Catalog I.Irt. - Descrtption Nuinbar = Price 5 Type 1, 3R & 12 Roplacement Handle 30.200A HHD61234 98.00 Type 4X Replacement Handle 30.200A HHD61234S 174.00 Replacement Handle 400-1200A HHD65678 143.00 ♦ Built to ardor. Allow 64 weans for delivery. arTho (allowing Around lugs are provided as standard In 200A and larger switches 200.0) 014.4 CWAI 4) For "DT" VBII Typo switches anty. (DAlso for fusible stainless d 400A Type 12 d 0 switches. 400 BOOA {3} t1E250MCM CWAI. IMTM Siemens Power Distribution & Control, SPEEDFAXTM 2007-2008 Product Catalog o One aux. tequirad for normal and one required for amargancy switch line base. Discount Schedule HDSS & RESI ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL ELECTRICAL GROUNDING SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16450 PROJECT: STONE, GATE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT OWNER: CITY OF RE, NTON GENERAL CONTRACTOR: SHORELI E' CONSTRUCTION ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX Job* � Seristo SubnvMt# Spec. RN. Project 22A 44A-� K/J Action By Dab r( NoEacepbonsTaken No Resubmittal R red ArtMndaindReyllbr ke orrectionfNoted No Resubmittal R uired tb11M ke o rest ms NOW Parwl Rm bnvttals R ) Nat Reviewed Kennedy/Jenks Consubnts Standard 1 i' Standard Drlra Hasd GAIM1zad 11 GROUND RODS Cop-R-Coat' feature superipor decrriril conductivity and Cap R•Caat ground rods id resistance. to C �td Et. h, bonoc listed 6y Undeerwn e. eel corn anal diameters inc8 and longertleng nze lare recommended to maximize service life of LLaboratories, Inc Coats gran ding syscem he Galvanized driving strength is pointed, then hot -dip High -tensile steel for maximum for tong service llie at lower rnsr Galvanized clamps tre recom- galvanized mended to maximize the service life of this grounding system. Sid. Approx. Calalog Number Nominal Pkg• I Wt. per Cop R-Coat I Galvanized ! Size 8d1. i 100Pcs. 8426 7325 5' 10 h" x 6, 10 l 330 0 ' 7326 3428 73Z8 '�" X 8' 10 560 S6 590 I 8429 �h" x 9' 7330 'h" X 10' 10 700 600 8430 4 8436 7336 I ale" X 6' 10 780 8433 ; 7338 s!t x 8' ; 1 18` 1000 1100 ,� 8449 I 7340 '/t"• X 5 ' 8e8 S 1400 50 � 7350 s/s" x 10' 3 2600 3470 7370 1" x 10' Sectional s/a" x 8' 5 705 18438 I s/e" x 10' 5 18440 ( 5 380 1035 3/�„ x e' 184-48 ' 2/4" x 10' 5 1290 18450 1" x 10' 3 2325 19470 0rlve Head 5 7638 1's' x 8' 825 ti A-1A [1D-1-931 son KIr-LLnt 1 Ttlfy l�iR� 1 is 1.L CABLE TO GROUND ROD • Single cable to top of ground rod. Concentric strand copper cable unless otherwise noted. For copper clad, galvanized, stainless clad or stainless steel ground rods. • Bald letter in mold part number is the price key. Handle Clamps d Molds. L�160 �crm;s are d Price Key AUds Flint Ignitor 7320 (tndudedwith Nandla Clamp or FLme but also availoble sapam!efY1 Cable Cleaning Brush T313 or T314 Slag Removal Spode B136A or B136B Mold Cleaning Brush File 329 T Cable Clamp B265 Torch Head Tl 11 See Section A UND CABLE MOLD PART NUMBER R SIZE Copper Clad Copper Clad SITE plain Sectional Steel (unthreaded) (with 9/16" lhr s) GRT 14C1H GRT-14A1 H GR 4B1 H T-14B1G 25 25 6 1/2" 6SOL T-14C1G GRT-14A1G GRT-14A1L GRT-14B1L 25 4 GR 4C1L GRT-1 GRT-14A1K GRT 1481K 25 4 SOL Steel or Copper Clad er Clad copper Clad pepper Cl 5/16" to (with 4/16" threads) (Unihrea l (with 1/2" threads) GRC-141 V GRC-151 V GRC-131 V GRC-131Y 65 65 2 1 GRC 1 GRC-151Y GRC-152C GRC-132C 40 1/0 1/0 SOL G -142C RC-142B GRC-152B -1328 90 90 2/0 GRC-142G GRC-152G GRC- G 1 /2" GRG142L GRC-152L GRC-132L 90 40 Al0 GRC-142Q GRC-152Q GRC-132Q C-132V GR 0 250 GRC-142V GRC-152Y GRC-153A GRC-133A 90 300 GRC-143A Ina- 345co Salon Rd. - Salon. Ohio 44I39 BOO Z48 W9353) FAX: eO01152 4797 ERICU, L Copper Clad 5teel or Plain Copper Clad {unthreaded) Sectional (threaded) no' b GRT 181 H GRT-331 H T- 81 G G 3/4" 4 GRT-181L GRT-331L GRT-331 K 4 SOL GRT-181 K Co ppper Clad Se6onal g{threaded) or Plain steel 2 GRC-181 V GRC-331V 1 GRC-1B1Y GRC-331Y 1 /0 GRC-182C GRC-332C 1 /0 SOL GRC-182B GRC-332B 3/4" 2/0 GRC-182G GRC-332G 3/0 GRC-1 B21. GRC-332L . GGRC-3320 4/0 GRC-1 B2Q GRC-1 B2V GRC•332V 250 300 GRC-1B3A GRC-333A 350 GRC-183D GRC-333D 500 GRC-183Q GRC-333Q FACTORY FOR ORDERING INFORMATION 1 « CONTACT 32 32 45 45 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 115 115 150 ElR1G0, inc. 346Do Solon Rd. ■ Solon, �hlo g4139 80D-Z46- 5f 53 FAX: 800116z1}797 2-3 FOG' (TE GROU N D ROD ,BOX INCORPO RATED a L 2uu 1 Z' /z- ----� �----- 8 3/y 11 --� _oPrionlaL LEGEn1Ds- �ROuND ROD C cai v can i d a BOTTOM 57# r,a.�o dF BARE CUPPtH & t3U1LUlN(a Whit �'� R%= Bare Copper Conductor 01M1BUT10PQC0RR BARE COPPER CONDUCTOR Soft, Medium Hard, or Hard Temper 9I 'Catalog No. CQ(t1Df�r'1' A0100801 A0100401 Cross sectional Size Awc CAreaar Mils No. at Strands Overall Ola- meter Not Weight CALL 1-800-HOU-WIRE Inch Lbs/Mlt q?>,a.f+:r _ _t:• - -•;:,:'ie:•�; ,.ty.:!-'3:�? r'f^- - - -{. _ •',: �i r?;it=r'' :•`t yirr t- Y4o: r?o,i�j •i -'�J. E:' -a� F, ...r,. , - ._y�}~t,._. Y'?f .t:L.a.'-:. .,i..w �- .7,,. . T..T. -� .. �. •: - �'�', •t.. J `Si•'£=•:'1.•�_�_.::y, r ?/•L'...,, rsw!' !{'q•l'',Q��P(3fiS,u'I11: ail+(`??i��i4 7T�yt,^P..,: tau• _ 1. _ •; ry',1�7. ;y�� �� 7•, _��'...^ xr ...�.,T , yxs.5'�+.a ca=Nr � T_a_-,s. �..r_ •�u.�.a1L6:�..i�_._ —. 8 16510 Sdid .1255 50 9gltr'•li 162QI .,,-a s._ 76}a a.:.��m._::, i:�,•^�Fa_.r•_<, _v..�_ra���� W ); r i t `_"Kc.L.`.r�-k;'= ' •y ,.i ;I''', a_^.3�.xr... ''•?✓ -_l-_,!s`�� _ - S .ti�.,: L _ : _ ..�- G=i_a��..w a.._ !'Jt :Y.�' ..s'i.a �SY:L•�..._...__-.i �Y,._:: 4 41740 Sa6d .2043 126 �i-iT.i'•a +: LT•'.-'rzi'•-r'ey`? 3�,m2': - ^_So11da .` orv: �2 ,r.Yl�Y •-•_201�: -'•-c:.:! ai;'rr:i. ^-• ;.e < _..'-nip. i•+L �F't'!T'. rcT j=�".'7: •t +"F«Y�_r`w"+-�_ r 34t :r.�. 'K-1•�`�'" t_. •,a:"r � ..L�,,,••.: s. ^,' !{,s} �l'�t • _.,�id3'trr`�-ye�`�.-, �.:r: .-`.•..:�z:.i.irii �. +`. 'i t `..i• h: `:jT. 4 stl-4 rr ' ti.!r. t.•; `�'l'..; bu r..^�•.. � ��41i4_^'i.,S`iirY4•:jY.+•`�'1�:��+:9.r�•-' =•: �•i: ' S �fi638fJ. _ :=i=-.1 is �, L ••:rrc-1`- l s- .._�e1}''t_ .,:25T61 '.. , _.r:i;�•t ta.;.:-_.-�c'"- 1] j. �_^..! .�R'w-.iae �n.:r7!\,[_lrz:`rJ i'u^L„£.%:.2aa'�3,: ,il`!'±._.'•�:....._ �.;:etl�r_1n Soft Drawn Bare Copper -stranded ^_:r :,:q>:::.�,•n4�: <v. �::r cc. ,.•s. ..-.�.. - =_:ir_� :� .io:� cr ran 7� ;ter.. -g72e� _ �: i -`c';1:;':,,r'•.�'"14 :. _,:-*i.?'^_ -- - 'i°.:�=� "i.r 4 �4 -.-;- - - - ; �1 •tw•,��'� s•.:::� �-�_".�:-t.�:=:-::._. .��::.��_.:: 1... >`�;-:.� A010-14.Oa1'r-,,_� `-.tom =^i �,{3:'I_•^.ii: L��t-'. "'L,_ _._ � _ _... a.0915 :_:—_ :: A'n..: :._..Li._�:: _; ,,..i=..a.l A0101201 121 6530 7~ 20 0_'ir._f= 7..-,C'C' !st; 4A0�100:�`y:�e -=z7 0=' :;ifv'.: _ :.:i0360f•r �•_.- - -- -=I•�_ ....rl _ _ i:�1_i6. _.._�r.' :,�L. _ z -� :x,.� + �. ..ti .+..mca,c_,•S•••_y ,`"W; �y.t.v' 1'_, �..i`(:c•_.: :•'r:a=r-<.i f^_r.. _ _ _I�^-. ..GY..T II'_..i: _1�,::. ,: ll:^-.f�_ ���:Yt�n.'_: :..1_r: j.�ti:J.L•I".fJ;i'<tC:+Sti:� ..,..��'_:•:.c✓---,'�.c,:.. - s.r.��� _ �.:�Srr'Z_,,,.r��.,!..:,;•.,....:.A:;•_:,r6;S=;�.i :..+.-�,e�a•-=c-� �_._�_..:i �:� f- :.���:a�:•::.c�,.,.... - �..�_..�..-_.�_.... - A0100801 B -- 16510- 7 .1`46 51 -'T� -iR-? � 1. r:. -Aq..nr.J Ste. ��• -rr::•:J :1 :J. iiBe _ C ' -,k�1- ' r�.4_.'>1,+: ,�r;4^w_•_,..aG"_T tl. r„!-:fc==?Er`.'„cr•.vT,•. ., ` Z,'_. J,_ •'fit^t b :.. N r S P } M- rt.tr. .~,` '` •• ..r ws'F i. Q�^l .J'��.\Y.'Ca /ii,j'1tiJ:�mW�. :.�ti-•.: • IF'. L_L . - � x •, h4 L �• ^,: `3`:-.., 7` �itve7,a•: �Ao�aosal' 5 .r J 262�0-'_^-`' 7 , yl •� , 'i _ t 1` r t y, �� y.,.v. �...�:�- x' a5.-..:-:e.•�., t ..t�-_J•+=�•l� �lr;_: AD100401 4 41740 7` .232 129 - - - l I`SL ti�i+•.• :fib = �..t'-' ...Kera� ... �. �.:�1�'e'.-''c�^`u ,vi.q„:^iij'-•�'T2:4;L+1. :`�i,,r„4.:.:' ��1F::i-ice �-'�.T;'�T )r+—?%'r•' L� •<�: 3r7 .z :.t,.,.t:M1 ? NAO7�OO2O:i=.;:�' 2 ` .,. _+.-�' .=380^`'%: s `'.{�.,7".Y - :v ]:. ,s';282ii:. fi'- Tel' •'1 ,:205:1. 1 -_,�t� i.c.xt_..:a_iZ.:.. �ii�• .• w, �, 4 Y ��� .u�.:.r.?}�Yat _c•r.... 'v:'_ Y'ia' s•`== ..._...__...—rr�e�7J•I A0100101 1 63690 19 .332 258 -- -- _ :,;. - - ''�Na _ s;,:' _ - - — •.;y 05304Pi.. :!t..e= '=18=' _ - �� `iu�Iv'i,.. :y:- 828'_ _ _ +:!^'l:,:i� Ri'°}il{1rr=:�1"?F�..:'�C�:::�7��. ^'i t"_.,��-L=1%7•.'rf. ."".: '�v'�2F r1��Y��-S�f.it'. iSC �':%�:'iti:1.. - .'?l'"_ - '•tt•. .Si:+s;i'-,•'.'i_--: - .ii _.. •S:a •'ip:.'41ir .,•S•�<j+--.-� ...��`_'�^_ ,,� w-;4s �.:,` ,,.era:, _ :;Ei;�:.:-„ � F;.'�-.:<-.-;. !'.� +.`r:: .,wF,aEi.�z,•.:=i:.. ..^.? '�'• =.,i<;<'' f- - •,,,.1�11''--•'i. "A0110iQ:�-,:-', . -� _ . ,1 ,�� .'i;, c, .>✓t4s�..a�4r-�,<".;=':'a;.:,: �'+� _ - 2 - ...q . � m..t ,.Jc T .,.__ -L,, S,. ?ram.. ___ *';y ::���.a.t. i._.c� :�_.v....;_..,.�•':•_:_rT*,;�_::•.�.s_t .;u�:a::�e>r<,-.�_.n7ii.., A0120101 210 133100 111 A19 411 , wV -- _ _ _ - :'7,:: - _ :c-`'-r< a1..4_L r.r... ��xi- Tv l�l'.+.�=-�'G: _ �•1 ��T1r..'-L<'�l�'"KL T'J.:•t-/rY•�4 %It ,.i/l`'•G`'^�.YLvI .i�?ti:k. � T,1i` c _ .1:�• _i-r-_. G 'FY' S:: ?•-•S-I;i, �: i •?F.•. =t: •.:.i'.4:.:.•.r'-�-" _-rla.-..�L. '•rt:- .z'•'.+.i:, .'%t;;._.ti�,. ..f,11:. ¢a�E� i::• k,,�: :jA Qi 30� , t= .. ��'z - ._.,:..,�.7.�� •: 211600 �r.� 19 ••,.��3 .525 - �i . ..,� 653 :r `a_s: r u ,'f t, r. -1 _ .„..._.. _ _ .t...,,7L_ 'u�s'.`<.�.•;ti..�=�l:,:r� "•..,..s=-i .s..._r.� A0140101 4/0J - :•••-!r:`,�? et-�.c: f s „trS -L't 50•q `•y^.z ! ' i '•-.: %250000- •' ' ...j#'i s ;!. -rr„».� , :�97. w?''c < r. 'Y �.s.^ . 5r'..., b �7 _ t:i �'-s' - :vt;+,>�: w` .r - ��•-r..: =r..r .ai= =:r:-_`r�:t7 r"i 1. �•3�,r7a i;:t'!r".'=fit`:" �a.�,.-y t _-=u^C�:-'i:�L� v }; -•:' _.,t'•c!�! f ray+ ,G, . �. N _,. 1 :.i r `.�.}._ •-s r,:f..--ci'a'c:.r'-ih�4__d=-.itltf a :tn�^':�� q+ r rF s-*5•, N r... c 7 ra;^ 65'^:i•"..�1.l�iv^ . _� Y. 'i�`e'4. A0135001 350 350000 37 .691 lost -'�i ,_._,�, >-•'?'c;a:,. _a,n^ii ,..,no,-�•fw. (i% ..•.t.2: a:r '!. - ''"' r. n•.; •:,ttw.w' _"�nr-'=� II:f+Lp1r,.: ' r•�i l•' 3•S: y Ff�74 1<i•'•c. :1:� :• J �i - " E::J; ,^•4•S:iJr.� :: ;v.: �'1 `.0 u GY•`a.t:'. ��ia;rl5 :'i.., .;, `.:=` -z - •1:� ;...c5 F. 1 }1,iln'..� aT,3..••, spr...n_ .ram r -yti: -t ems . ' r••s-. r `4- .`:" _: <-:� ;,-: ar'1''.,• r.,;,- 7:_ ?.�'r IMP .ice _ -+i ofn'�Yii%iri.-a°..•.:,�'.•k�_.'j:.z.. s ��'�:ts=�;l°_��":.'• __ �t �_� <�r �. A0175001 r 750 750000 61 .998 2316 ,-•�,.5' r"• _ _ ,}, ...%� y ;r•:y.�.- -:v:t .. ' r•, n'::-'.^�=v -• �:6. T.} r.�.H .� _ '- ••`8�,y<5 _ /'S•:1.:-.t 11 i 523 ; ._. :S �5088-_ �••••�•..y.J=.%.^ .�_ ^`.1„.� [ii� /.` %:1�t1 ):.i., .li.... ..:N�+S�-a _�!�.:.S�a.1:i i^.^v�%.Iptif�....�'_� '1- g�i..::.4 �.r y.W... }'i:.rv.�;: r.�•}i�: �. 1..'[�•, _ i�.•_;. _ r_ �.+�.•,r,:�.=�': - �"snt?.,r�:.v,fi.. = -.,{:. `aol,iaab�r:•,>i1 , �(1oQ`` ,�;r4,: - . ..iit000000�{�, i.ry-- .,ram=�,:, a4r...c,�. �:��=:,��-�r_s::-;�.�7,� -w::+-._ - �• 4::-��r�'F:s.. .,,.s.:. :,,�:.: �.r>>. _ • Tolarancaa -0;G +10% •For medium hind lampar, aubstilula 'M' for last digit of Catalog number (31z0 Band largar). For hard temper, subslituto 'H' for tact digital catalog number (sl:o Band Initial), Application: Standards: For use on insulators for overhead distribution circuits or ASTM B-1 ASTM B 2 (Hard MariDrawn)um Qrawn) for grounding conductors. ASTM B-3 (Soft or Annealed) Description:. ASTM B-8 (Concentric Lay Stranded Conductors) Soft, Medium Hard, or Hard uncoated bare copper wire. Federal Spec QQ-W-343 (Unlnsulated) Specification: This specification references standards Conductor: Solid conductors and individual members of a uncoated and stranded conductors shall meet the requirements of applicable to solid and stranded uncoaASTM B-3 (Soft), ASTM B-2 (Medium Hard) or ASTM B-1 i, uninsulated copper wire. (Hard). Stranded conductors shall meet the requirements of ASTM 13-8. • Options: Also available in tinned copper. ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL LIGHTING SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16500 PROJECT: OWNER: GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: STONEGATE LEFT STA. REPLACEMENT CITY OF RE, NTON SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX .Jobt� riam Submittal# c. Fbfd t ¢� Project real KW Action By Dab UaZLII No Exnpdonc Taken knend and Rem No Make Comections Noted Rej Pli No ResubmitW RswjWl how" w4ke Cwmftm NOWNot Revisw�d Partial Resubmitttls R Kennedy/Jenks ConsWhMs Stonegate Lift Station Type Manuf. Catalog Number F1-Aft Beghelli BS100T84HT232W120/277V F2 Holophane PD 070HP 12 H W 3 G F3-Aft Lithonia KVR1 150S SRSSFL VOLT SPD09 PE LPI F3-Alt Lithonia RSA 14 4C DM19 DDB F4-Alt Thomas & Betts XSM07PVOLT-G-B3U F5-Alt Lithonia TWF1 100M TB HEB LPI Note: Submitting with electronic ballast. ! L L U M 1 N A BS1 00 FLUORESCENT (TB) Application: fieILLUMINA' EST 00T8Ineorfluarescenthas been designed to offer performance, efficiency, relloblllly and easy Installation. The three piece design snaps together without the need of any tools. The B5100T8 HT version weighs a mere 6,5lbs and is available In 2ft or aft versions. Construction is 100% pclycarbonate, which makes It corrosion, Rome and vondaf resisiont. The ILLUMiNA" BS100T8 is ideal for parking structures. warehouses, breezeways, canoples and schools. Suspended Luminalre CONFIGURE: 5a MODEL ❑b LENGTH BS100T8 2 2 -1 I�-WI.111::�' 4 d tool asIco ra SEPXS O OPERATION HT AC only l SA AC fi Emergent), vonlons 700 hmenf ® LAMPS 117W 1XIAV18 217W 2vl?WTB 132W 1:024V18 232W 2r32WT8 �� to SR' i17S2+r tTvu1 WetlIP66 Type: Project: ❑e INPUT 120V 277V 12Dl277V 347V NOTE: corsutt lac• trey for 3,W rAl r �Y� ❑f OPTIONS SS stainless sleet ceps FP Wne fuse protection LUCE3 1400lumen EAd (USA antO PK ligld pendanf Alt: 18. 24. 36' & 48' AC alaallan coa'e: 50: 72. 100. 150' & 250' CH chcln hang Alf SL sanftallon listed TP larnper lxmf NOTE: [AC 6 PA) length to be speCftd re. PK24 oeAC100 HOUSING: 100% UV siabillzed polycobonole mole- ale censtrucilon. Impact resistonl, W siobllized to EMERGENCY (SA): Integral emergency ballast to Ilcl, Integrated Ilgtd slicone perimeter gasket with reduce yellowing Index. operate one (1) lomp for a minimum duiallon of memory retention, recessed stalnfess steel mounting LAMP/SOCKET: Two (2) or four (4) T8 ratchet type 90 minules. Retlector mounted mcnllor Indicator brockels. REFLECTOR: Ductparabollc (2-lampversions) and sin- gle perabollc (1-lomp versions) high emisslon reflec- tor. Vacuum metol] zed flnlsh, Direct mount refleclor conllgurolion supports oll electdcol components. sockets. MOUNTING: Surface mount conllgulatlon as sicn- doid. Optional (AC) ovlalion cable, adjustable and (FK) pendant mounling are ovolloble. Required mounting helght to be specified. DIFFUSER: High pertermonce diffuser. Complete POWER LINE/FEED: 3-Wie, solid type 18awg, pre - light emission (CLEJ technology. 100% Polycelbon• stripped 12' leads for quick In -fled connecllon. G !d and test switch. (SAJ for AC & emergency opera - lion. The (SA) version Is only avallable with either 120V or 277V inputs, (consult factory for 347V). WEIGHT: 6.5 lbs. / 2.948 kilo. Sanitation listed (SL): Is equivalent to the NSF slon- dald 2, meeting the rigardus sonfation, electrical safety and performonce standards. The (LUMINA" BS100 Is Ideal for use In food service equipment environments. r 000 k u. Beghgtlfeklms Ine TigN to chmga,%jtaA norca 1pecficc5= a rnalcA S RufLn Our eprim 4 net allot Ina It Chcn a palonwroor ,no podu^I. Tacnnta 1pac?I=icn Inal appea on —begnW)UCo.Wrn wpcwoo or anet vmkxu edvhq In pNl a etcharia tom Project: Stonegate Lift Station Type: F1-All Mfg: Beghelll Cat#: BS1007`841-17232W1201277V MAX WEIGHT: 11 kg (25lbs) EPA: 1.60 sq. ft. �I I PREDATOR "PD" SERIES LUMINAIRES DOOR ASSEN WITH LENS A BALLAST ASS DOOR HINGE SMALL PREDATOR CATALOG NUMBER SERIES LUMINAIRE D WATTAGE AND LAMP VQLTAGE U.L. CATEGORY 050HP=50W HPS 12=120V JH=CLASS I ONLY 120V 0 LY 20=208V J=CLASS I, CLASS II, 07OHP=70W HPSJ 24=240V CLASS III, D IOOHP=100W HPS 27=277V MARINE OUTSANIDE 15AHP=150W/55V 34=347V ** K=WET LOCATION HPS 48=480V ** L=MARINE OUTSIDE 175MH=175W MH * MT=MULTIVOLT 175PM=175W PM (NOT AVAILABLE WITH 050HP) * NOT AVAILABLE FOR SHIPMENT IN THE US AFTER 12-31-08 DUE TO EISA 2007 LEGISLATION BACK HOUSING AND REFLECTOR MOUNTING YOKE AIMING NUT 1 /2" NPT WIREWAY ENTRY mUJNTING YOKE WITH (2) CLEARANCE HOLES FOR 3/8 DIA. BOLTS 2" APART REFLECTOR MOUNTING FINISH N=NARROW 13=STAINLESS E DIST. STEEL YOKE G=GRAY W=WIDE 4=ZINC PLATED DIST. YOKE (AVAIL. S=SPOT DIST. WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" OR 1" ONLY ** NOT AVAILABLE IN 175PM Project: Stonegate Lift Station Type: F2 Mfg: Holophane Cat #: PD 070HP VOLT H W 3 G W/LAMP H=PHME0 ORDER N0: DRAWING NO. LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS TYPE: CAD MODEL PD4.DWG DATE: 11 25 08 An-4cultv8wdsCo� Sheet 1 of 2 C2D02 ACUITY LIGHTING GNOUP INC.. 214 0ANX000 AVE. NEWAAUC CH 43CS5 PREDATOR ° "PD" SERIES LUMINAIRES OPTIONS (ADD TO CATALOG NUMBER): ❑A=GRAY TOP VISOR ❑ C=BRONZE TOP VISOR ❑ D=GRAY SIDE SHIELD (AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) ❑ E=BRONZE SIDE SHIELD (AVAILABLE WITH U.L "K" ONLY) ❑ PS=PROTECTED STARTER (HPS UNITS ONLY) ❑ PNEMA050HP=NEMA LABEL 50W HPS ❑ PNEMA070HP=NEMA LABEL 70W HPS ❑ PNEMA100HP=NEMA LABEL 10OW HPS ❑ PNEMA150HP=NEMA LABEL 15OW HPS ❑ PNEMA175MH=NEMA LABEL 175W MH ❑ PCD-6=SIX FEET OF SUPPLY CORD (AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) ACCESSORIES (TO SEPARATE ORDER): ❑ LAMP ❑ F1=SINGLE FUSING FOR 120V, 240V, 277V & 347V (AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) ❑ F2=DOUBLE FUSING FOR 20BV, 240V & 480V (AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) ❑ PDWG=WIRE GUARD ❑08657—GR=GRAY POLE ADAPTER (AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) ❑O8657—BZ=BRONZE POLE ADAPTER (AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) ❑PDPRI2=PHOTOCONTROL FOR 120V (AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) ❑ PDPR=PHOTOCONTROL FOR 208V, 240V & 277V (AVAILABLE WITH U.L. "K" ONLY) ❑ PDPR34=PHOTOCONTROL FOR 347V A HOWE® LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS An 114cuf ty&ands Compaw --I ♦m3TY I I6i17N6 CRC{1P INC. 214 OWW000 ORDER NO: IM 43055 TYPE: Project: Stonegate Lift Station Type: F2 Mfg: Holophane Cat #: PD 070HP VOLT H W 3 G WILAMP DRAWING NO. CAD MODEM PD4.DWG DATE: 6-20-06 Sheet 2 Idl 3d 600dS 1710A LAMS S05L L2JAN W# 1e0 eluotllll :61W 11H-E._q :edJ(1 1.10091n0 uollelS Irl ale6auolS :1:)ajoJd /rnosseawuuY it papglul -I11YASJo10WAS:aplweg,11Apuds '11nitrllJoJ'iONdVj414padi ldoJpa11 L -paglmlitigtmlY It duma6rum"JileMoll?Wm rtiy tl 'ltuo41NY1J4001 J1 a6o1 a a W � N U1fIa19gIGr1%t 9 •tugldoigo)IrsIoPLBPriol all louuasuopdo)aPula MI) '01) 11 'Y1A)Sg4MPaaNuanI'nil S uolavrygwn•quayul'A"a's 61 -abrgoaNPads (Still *611141napepueION I •surylep6asatallurlusPlK) 44MAldsnaslouall sa6ellimmayl t AJosunr •wanrdbLggpp,06CUD palualmair tatpu orsepilquoU14MysluliAtINds 9t •lwnlalum taoxlNgMPagnbaiwit Lt it •sua0ngulAP •Alosaue -n6rurMaprlruIat/Jmulgasua) at If1aw11o4iPIM"US algrpretlrN E srpaapwuagM1M1gamayaid Lt -Irpronul&of'Iittit 'ALIz V1A)S411MaprerarNit Z •AJosn)nurnpaapJaagAt119l Otil?aZbtllssgirgdrlPpwlruaPb 6 AO[t4lNsapgeerlgl l reed 'rpruhUlm 10)lht)ApsadslsnrJ 9 raloN WASAASY1Y00i pr-m11 t "bulp) .c ulvaptaaw •nnPlen6lepurA 9h •unl4spol amiluJ salpirw) aut)a1md I)ps-uoN 1H) A asta „lar1'lS n will plalgsaplsalnagleutalr3 S113 „papnp9jdwpIMOZow!AZI111111p411afuaur3 ZIOZ)aZ )uelsisasuolsa1m) U) A WN SOasltaPls)no6ulddpls a,plailaluo)ALLZ pirMatlB imm s,papripuldwelMoi'AZLIPusUlwa6)aw3 ZIODO 21111M IIMU uelsagwdWS1LMJalgellVAV UNl ,IAelalloHuo)AOtl.g)mmolDi IM% „p3pnpuldwIAfiSEo++1-AZIIPwpAwafvaw3 ZI)OZ wnupunlelclnlett Via uPRI1113)W011 11011 1719ejapawll aISU0 1,papnpuldwel1ASEWDIMI)Awa6rlo3 ZUO azuosgwnlpalY HWO SpirpuelSuripeue)41141 wals6s nsaJzlJen I111 a'll O SUD a AOBo,liq'Sol;snagna J 1 0 3O l) AtJ Iro»)t NO dwelssat d1(1 Aldltto)alpolagelpurpalsn VS) ,A1K'L12 OZIOsnIOIlUIS 35 8 I9 IOO 111"Aiurwul—Ilanppalaolaild 3d uuwq IJeO { luelg) PapnPul dwel Id1 nr(po m3ltq W n>FrFl Pap.AMPPFF•11.R—IF-;x3 95113 `.-�•r--x �-sv--���:. lam. ' hH?'. _D--�•_.l• .v'X v..7_.:..•,,.SJ. a 1 uJ 1Pallt II I4S "'"'� T uul1� _ - „t,I!ro,p )u) Jaw3 )3 � .k � - y„ h .aL._a �' !, w u� Jam.._ _ _ 114sLu13, �dwe MON— ifllY"w atrnbs/,adAl SSUS alod daluado-OU aZIIDSOEZ tloln)dleils 'es01g_1P)ensJuJAtadAl )StHS .0. dot liod Vld 'YinlplM ,01 _ )pwwluf rllladAl EUS nW001 7R'SLl uue,Zl ZL nrM Joalodpoohl —OMM Aldwo)otpaypadsagnnwYM)S ,08t• OE ArmpeaJnadAl ZUS SOSI O 111W05t J111400I wax wie,6 60 _ 1a:1)CJq ll[M 0tlM �,Iitganl'snolrluatbtiIli;:)ICA LCZ a ) m SUOI n)NR'OL ,W001 wR.9 90 alodatenb5 _0J5 r� ©' �1J7/j85JI)d a04i )ptaluw6sy —ASV Sol j rl)NWOS ,JIOL UIR.t VO asodpunaU 0dU paleloS1a6t0eJiItIMu03 IM) aEOZ amnbs)plauswAS —WAS ,uupos aJ-is37d ,apl,, rWOS „lij6Oij a11XI Is[Ptq>IJau r4Y IMuel9) Pllu;lual tUAx salia5: ear ,•.,_, --�. � MOZ,�xf ' 6ulluno)J ----•--,..c.�+-�---•-••—t t. 7s?Il?U t1loA .. u N ql l IQ o_ r - - FYi'.ai.J�x�i�.:74.ire+,..Sr .< J .. Y.... 1%t.: .r ram,-..4 r.; . .,:..� .•., .a Idh1I V1600d89111WASW00ll8A)I:eldwex3 snort apaploq ulsnsunlwJ am6yutrsaluppeallsauogsJo3 ;.att'J71ht'Iw;:!Pt"':-�! ( IIOAVA 9 Lanni 'nOJY'LUdi o a vl 01 t- ti iitrl .--- I_ I Irstl lsttl of nrs 6ullunow pZ 01,01 M051-01:WnI00S 305S38d H91H MOOZ-05:3011VH 1V13W L H M 6upy6l•lMain)-llnd ea1V punua •p sPwpu))J smpg g sugsuaug0 a'AIaG aldweta ul pain6ylw) sr ulblaM. i9'161t/E•tll�niblallptnnp I6MZ'El)5410'6Z�uI61aM• (w&t'p)11{C'll'd3 (,wLro)d18•t=VJ3 Uri s_Q w1ruffury (V'SZIOI �gblaq rual dlvO ($'EZ) VLt-6:Jg6lagsual tell (M) LI :91awrl0 ad(I M agwnt, bolelr) •a)pou inog4Maliwpoi uaIgns suopc)ypadS:aloN •(suopol) aasJ pagpJa) L'tOlt Ysuopdp aas) sluelraels VS) of pipgel Ptie Patin 'suolle)ol IaM pue Iuaigwt ).SZ JDJ SPAT uws In 01 Pal Dill Pue MS11- 591111S11 •aprltrersl aslralyd dat•uado wya0y wnulwnle p -suopunfigum anblun put bullunow IIeM'salod MIKA 4ilM asn iol algtliau air suuV- NO11V11V1SH 1 Tewo) Jawa) pue ipgsAwns paleld-laptil Aullenddw IPIM ID1105 aseq wnlpaw palunow Anrwozuoil'uIelvild :lases; -Palsal-AJourJ %Dot it Iseile0'I IW h'•BoZ sal pagnbaJ st (VM)S) ueneq vtisagnd Aiuo nualu114S Sn Ja) (uopdo VM)S) III1' A1o0Z-SLl Jol papnbal sl 'Iurltdwa) uo!1rP15a1 VSI3 Put wapyla q,gg'psrlltquty aspid) VhU Jadn5 (1•p atIl apislno sluawdnls vets agoJd Jol pallnbaJ lull Ju Wolt'yo) nW 84LI Jo) zausJolsucisolne a6e11ees Iutlsua)'pailnllw tau 'A6oloulPal JOn-u6I liels-asind iplM pmpuiels all put iovr) nhiod i ft'numnas-g6nl arc usentq MOS I -05 aPlleq IrtaW'Jopr) Jawd illipl'nueveat•gblq sl Is[lteq wnlp0s ainssasd 116111:lsglCl - IV)IUll313 •algea6uelpasul put algelelw ale sJouaya0'sdwtl Inuazpwl qNM pasn alr 0sle val -japes ssmu{wnle pamawbas a)urts tayad-gbill'wnupine pazipaue Pauuot purunds a)ald-auo amsm txtpaJ durct•loluaA'glelapJaJwm'rynnlUlpra sMa;'c5lalm))o1m•OapaawsuoileJn6yuo)suatdrytmiY-QI1d0 •algegene aie 6ulduls put smlw leinpaN4ve IruonglPV'PLTAels all gruaJ thane pauogwaJeaun-Juled tapMod palµfde (nopetswaala'azuoJq sprP sl IIS14luepuelS 'sual ssel6 dalp )o ICU pmadwai'iuels!sai-tlwip'leu mU :sua1 -leas 146paayleuvol sualspiinovns buga;srbaumllpsnonupim)aJeMpiril pu swab lssatwodiowlawedmopwnulwnlepa5UIHNOWJlsPut411113p9Jnswnuauadlu'mI¢)Ju)alaput uue buuunow Jo) airld uoddns leinpwts lw6alu4'6u!snoil iungwnle unds'abneb-AuaN - NOIllnHISHO) -state bulpunozms put nawls'stol6ugied Jot asn -3Sn o3111131Nl SNO11011133dS 19 DUMB KVR1 Arm -Mounted or Post -Top Area Lighting KVRi 150S SYMFL TEST NO: LTL154 ISOILLUMINANCE PLOT (Foolcandle) �►1111�v , a WE N WINE lsasy IomP, ralud 15000umona. Feolcandlo vaWoa bused on 20' —.11-9 holalu. 0msi6eadon: Tyro V, Full Culoll KVR1 150MKC SR45CDL BM TEST NO: LTL15550P 50MNC SR4SCFL TEST NO: LTL15553P ISOILLUMINANCE PLOT (Foolcandla) r ISCILLUMINANCE PLOT (Faotcandle) .0 x zl 0� 0 1u C 2u 5 a 0 1 2 a a s Is a 1 2 a + 5 a 151rw pulse aW,t rm:lalhakdo lotna, rslod 14000 ! low pubs susn me4M MlCl, Iomp, ralaa Ia000 lumuna. Faoitsnndte value, based on 2T w—an.. Fbolcan ua values bosad on 2T maundna haiah, . mounlafa help M. l7aavbcaean: Undnsel5ed ITypo IV. Yery Sbo,t1. Culoll Cl—lical,on: Unda-15" (Type III, Vary 54-11, Culatl Hotel 1 Pholonleldrdawfor othercfolbullonscan heauesmdfrom 1111ulflanh[lg!dlogWehslit (wwwJhhonla.[alal 2 Fasdcddralthuulntstl[s,consul!ouldoortedlnduldataspe[If¢allonsheelsanwwwAlhanla.emn. 3 Tesledlo[uitenlIESand NIWAs!andmIlsundeaslabllbcdlabalalaty[andhroniYallousaperalhlg lzaan un unso dlllnences belwem laboratory and a[lual fiH mcassurmrnls. Qhuensloss and spulAcallons art based on the most muent available dials and ate wblod to LNnge. F® L/THON/A L/GHr1)ll An,- 9cullyBrands Company Mounting Height Correction factor Ihldllpty a¢ Icltw1by!he[ontnlan loran 23 It= 014 ]0h=045 r F><IsiingMounlingilelgbt �] 1 COr[c[Ilon laser Ikw Mcunl!ng Iklghl Project: Stonegate Lift Station Type: F3-Alt Mfg: Lithonia Cat #: KVR1 150S SR5SFL VOLT SPD09 PE LPI 00TOo0R: Glte liilionla Way Caayers, GA OOGI2 Rotte T70.922-ga Faa:110-913.1209 vAm.58ionlaxorn C-20OT-2010 Acaily Brands LViling. Inc. WI rights mseriell. Rev. IW19110 fA L/THON/A L/GHT/NO FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE — Round straight aluminum general purpose pole for up to 30 fact mounting heights. CONSTRUCTION — Shaft: One-piece extruded 6063-TG aluminum alloy with T6 temper, Circumferential satin -brushed finish. Round straight tube is uni- form in cross-section down length of shaft with no taper. Anchor base: Cast from A356 aluminum alloy and heat treated to T6 temper. Base plate and shaft are circumferentially welded top and bottom. The anchor base is provided with slotted holes. Hand hole: Reinforced 2' x 4' hand hold is located 18' above base, 14.5' and 5' poles have either 2' x 4' or3' x 5' hand held, 6' poles have a 3' x 5' hand hole). Cover and attachment hardware lurnished. Hardware; Stainless steel Top cap: Removable top cap provided with drill -mount poles. Bait covers: A356 bolt covers included with anchor base unless other- wise specified. FINISH — Must specify finish. GROUNDING — Provision located inside hand hole rim. Grounding hard- ware is not included (provided by others). ANCHOn BOLTS — Fabricated from carbon steel bar with minimum -yield strength of 55,000 psi. Bolts have an "L' band on lower and and are galva- nized a minimum of 12 inches on the threaded end per ASTM A-153. Each anchor bolt Is furnished with two hex nuts and V,vo flat washers. Catalog Number Notes Typo Anchor Base Poles RSA ROUND STRAIGHT ALUMINUM ORDERING INFORMATION Lead times will vary depending on options selected. Consult with your sales representative. Example: RSA 164-5C OM19 BA RSA Shalt type Nominal shaft base Nominal fixture RSA mounting height sizelwall thickness 8 —30 feel iSue bock pago.l (Soo back pago.l HANDHOLE ORIENTATION C D +— B m A Handhole NOTES: t When ordering tonon mounting and drill mounting for ilia same polo, tallow this example: DM2B/T20, The combination Includes o roquirod extra handlwle. 2 3-1/2' and 4' tonons available on 5' and 0- shafts only. 3 The drilling lamplato to be used for a particular luminairo depends an ilia luminairo that is used. Rolor la ilia Technical Data Section of the Outdoor Binder for Drilling Templates. 4 Inson'1' ar'2'to dosignate nxtura size; e.g. DMi9AST2. 5 Spacily location and orientation when ardadng option. For lst'x': Specify ilia lialght in loot above baso of pole. Example: 51t = Sand 20 t - 20 For2ndY, Specify orientation from handlmlo fA,B,C,D) Ralor la the Handhole Ddentadon diagram art this page. 6 Horizontal arm Isl8'x2-3/8'0.0.tononstandard. 7 Combination or tonon-top and dril mount requires axlm handhole. 8 AddWanof colors available; sea www.rahanio.comiarchcolors or Architectural Colors brochure {Farm No.794.31. Outdoor Mounting' Tenon mounting PT Open lop T20 2-3/8' O.D. (2' NPS) T25 2-7/8' Q.D. (2-1/2- NPSI T302 3-1/2' 0.0. (3' NPSI T352 4' O.D. (3-112' NPS) Drift mountinna DM19 1 at 90' DM28 2 at 180' OM28PL 2 at 180' with one side plugged OM29 2 at90' DM32 2 at 120' OM39 3 at90' DM49 4at90' AerisTr" drill monntinn�a 1IM19AS i at90" DM28AS z at iao' OM29AS 2at90' OM32AS 3 at 120' DM39AS 3 at 90' DM49AS 4 at 90' Options Shinned installed LIAB Less anchor bolts FBC Full base cover VD Vibration damper TP Tamper proof HAxx Horizontal arm bracket (1 fixture)s,s FDLxx Festoon outlet less electricals FGLxx Festoon GFI outlet less electricals CPL12xx 1/2' couplings CPL34xx 3/4' couplings CPLlxx 1' couplings NPL12xx 1/2' threaded nipples NPL34xx 3/4' threaded nlpplas NPLlxx 1' threaded nipples HHxx Extra handholes-r Finish' Standard colors 009 Dark bronze OWN white DBL Black OMB Medium bronze DNA Natural aluminum BA Brushed aluminum Classic colors DSS Sandstone DEC Charcoal gray DTG Tennis groan DOB Bright red DSB Steal blue Class 1 architectural anodized ABL Black ADB Dark bronze ANA Natural {powder finish)' IMPORTANT INSTALLATION NOTES: • Do not oract poles without having lixiuros Installed. • Factory-suppiiod tamplotes most be used when setting anchor bolls. Liihonio Ughting will not accept claim for incorrect anchorage placomont due to failure to use factory template. • It poles are stored aulsido, an protective wrapping must be removed immediately upon do6vory to prevent finish damage. • lithonla Ughting Is not responsible for the foundation design. Project Stonegate Lift Station Type: F3-Aft Mfg: Lithonla Cat #: RSA 14 4C DM19 DDB RSA Round Straight Aluminum Poles TECHNICAL INFORMATION EPA (ft") with 1.3 gust Catalog Number Nominal mount ht (RI Pole Shah Size (in x ft) Wall Thickness brichesl 86 mph 90 mph 1t10 mph Max. weight Bolt Circle (inches) Bolt Size (in. x in. x in.) Approximate ship weight (pounds) RSA 8 4C 8 4.0 x 8.0 0.125 11.2 8.6 6.9 15 6-1/2-8-1/4 3/4 x 18 x 3 22 RSA 8 4-513 8 4.5 x 8.0 0.125 14.6 11.3 9.1 175 7-1/8-8-3/8 r 3/4 x 18 x 3 30 RSA 8 4-5G 8 4.5 x 8.0 0.188 21.8 17.0 13.7 225 7-1 8-8 8 3/4 x 18 x 3 38 RSA 10 4C 10 4.0 x 10.0 0.125 82 8.1 4.7 1� �0 6-1/2-8-1/4 3/4 x 18 x 3 26 RSA 10 4-5C 10 4,5 x 10.0 0.125 10.6 8.1 6.5 133 7-1'8-8-3/8 3/4 x 18 x 3 34 RSA 10 4-5G 10 4.5 x 10.0 0.188 16.3 125 10.1 175 7-1/8-8-3/8 3/4 x 18 x 3 43 RSA 1G 5C 10 5.0 x 10.0 0.125 13.6 10.6 8.5 150 7-1 2-9.1 2 3/4 x 18 x 3 36 BSA 124C 12 4.0x12.0 0.125 6.0 4.3 3.2 1 110 6-12-8-1/4 34x18x3 30 BSA 12 4-5C 12 4.5 x 12.0 0.125 1 8 1 6.0 4.8 8o 7-1/8-9-3/8 3/4 x 18 x 3 38 BSA 12 4-5G 12 4.5 x 12.0 1 0.188 127 9.7 7.7 185 7-ir8-8-3/8 314 x 18 x 3 50 RSA 125C 12 5.0x12.0 0.125 10.3 8.0 6.3 150 7-1/2-9-1 34xIHx3 36 RSA 12 5E 12 5.0 x 12.0 0.156 13.2 10.3 131 200 7-1/2-9-1/2 3/4 x 18 x 3 44 RSA 12 5G 12 5.9 x 120 0.188 16.2 12-6 10.1 25 7-1/2-9-1/2 3/4 x 18 x 3 53 RSA 14 4C 14 4.0 x 14.0 0.125 4.1 28 1.9 75 6-1/2.8-1/4 2/4 x 18 x 3 35 PSA 14 4-5C 14 4.5 x 14,0 0.125 5.8 4.2 3.3 60 7-1/8-8-3/8 3/4 x 18 x 3 39 RSA 14 4-513 14 4.5 x 14.0 188 9.7 7.3 5.8 190 7-1/8-8-3/8 3/4 x 18 x 3 56 RSA 14 5C 14 5.0 x 14A J125 7.8 6.0 4.7 100 7-1/2-9-1/2 3/4 x 18 x 3 42 RSA 14 5E 14 5.0 x 14.0 156 10.3 8.0 6.3 125 7-1/2.9-1;2 3/4 x 18 x 3 47 RSA 145G 14 I Ux14.0 0.188 12.8 1 9.9 7.9 150 7-12-9.12 34x18x3 56 RSA 16 4C is 1503/4 x 130 38 BSA 16 4.5C 16 4.5 x 16 0 0.125 4.2 2,8 PSA 15 4-5G 10 4.5 x 10.0 0.188 4.3 155 7-i/8-8-318 3/4 x 18 x 3 62 RSA 15 5C 16 5.0 x 1a0 0.125 4.4 3.4 175 7-U-9-1/2 3/4 x 18 x 3 45 PSA 165E 16 5.0x16.0 0.156 6.1 4.9 190 7-12-9-12 3/4x18x3 E3 PSA165G 16 5.0x16.0 0,183 N7.55.5 7,8 5.1 M 7-1/2-9-112 3/4x18x3 60 RSA 16 GE 16 6.0 x 16.0 0.156 10.6 8.4 225 8-3 4-10-1 4 3 4 x 30 x 3 53 RSA 16 5G 16 6.0 x 16,0 0.128 13.0 10.4 245 B-3/4-10-1/4 3/4 x 30 x 3 78 RSA 18 4-5G 18 4.5 x 18.0 0.188 4.0 3.1 123 7-1/9.8-318 3/4 x 18 x 3 68 RSA 18 5C 18 1 5,0 x 18.0 0.125 43 3.1 2.4 150 7-li2-9-1/2 314 x 18 x 3 48 RSA 18 5E 18 5.0 x 18.0 0.155 6.1 4.5 3.5 175 7-1/2-9-1/2 3/4 x 16 x 3 58 RSA 185G 18 5.0 x 19.00188 8.0 6.8 4.7 21 -12 RSA 18 6G 18 6.0 x 18.0 0.188 13.9 10.7 8.5 1 225 8-3/4-'.0.1/4 3/4 x 30 x 3 B6 RSA 20 4-5G 20 4.5 x 20.0 0.188 4.3 2.9 2.1 95 7-1 8-8-3/6 314 x 18 x 3 74 RSA 20 r -1 RSA 20 5E 20 5.0 x 70.0 0.155 4.7 3.4 2.6 150 7-1/2-9-1/2 3/4 x 18 x 3 68 PSA 20 5G 20 5.0 x 20.0 0.188 6.4 4,8 3.6 150 7-1/2-9-1/2 3/4 x 18 x 3 62 PSA 20 6E 20 6.0 x 20.0 0.155 9.3 7.1 5.5 175 8-3/4-10-1/4 3/4 x 30 x 3 95 RSA 20 GG 20 6.0 x 20.0 0,188 11.8 1 91 7.1 2E0 8-3/4-tG-1/4 3/4 x 30 x 3 110 RSA 25 4-513 25 4.5 x 25.0 0.185 13 -- 100 7-1/8-8-3/B 3/4 x 18 x 3 89 RSA 25 6E 25 6.0 x 25.0 0.155 5.2 1 3.8 2.8 150 8-3/4-10-1 4 3/4 x 30 x 3 1 108 RSA 256G 25 6.0x25.0 0.188 7.1 53 1 4.0 150 8-2/4-10-1/4 L 34x30x3 I 12B RSA 39 6G 30 6.0 x 30.0 0.188 3.5 1 2.4 1.6 2CO 8-3/4.10-1/4 1 3/4 x 30 x 3 1 146 BASE DETAIL A C:r B POLE DATA Shoff Bolt Bolt Base base circle projection squaro Tomplaia Anchor bolt size A a C duseripllan description 4' 6.5'-8.25 3.25' 2.75' ABTEMPtATEPJSC057 AB1B-0 4.5' 7'-95' 325' 0.5 ABTEAIPLATE FJ50040 AB110 5' 7.5' 9.5' 3.25' 9.25 ASTENIPLATEPJ50050 ABIB-0 li 0.15'-10.75' 3.57 10.25' AOTEAIPLATE PJ50059 AB30.0 IMPORTANT: • These specifications oro intended for general purposes only. tilhonia reserves Iho right to chango malarial or design, without prior notice, In a continuing effort to upgrade its products. Project: Stonegate Lift Station _® L/THLW/A L/GHT/NG 0 Type; F3-Alt Mfg: Llthonla An*4lcuityBrandsCompany Cat #: RSA 14 4C DM19 DDB Sheet #: Pole -RSA 01994-2010 Acuity Brands lighting, Inc. All rights rosarved. Rev,1/19110 Hazlux°5 Dimensional Drawings 11-11/16 F— (259} �— (297) a Wall Mount 2,656 with globe and guard 0 r () d , 17-7/8 (454) k (210 17 1 /4 (438) 10-3/4 (273) (219) d ll — -- — 20-18 5.9lS6 (141) (511) 5(127) I r I (219) (219)B(227) � � 8.5/8 � � (219) (227) � Iy I� „mt 5.3/8 (137) -- ' — — T a --a Pendant Mount r Ceiling Mount with globe and guard with globe and guard (227} (297) 71-3/8 30 14.3/16 20.19132 (523) (289} (360) 10-1/2(267) 9.1/2 (241) 1-718 (48) 8-5/e 11-11118 (219) /— (2g7) 11-11lS6 (297) — 8 518 (219) 25. I 8 15/18 18.1/2 (470) 18-3/32 (227) (460) u O 26-7/18 26.29/32 (672) %O�, •, 8-15115 C (683) 5(1127) (227) 5 13.3/4 (12y7) (349) 18.113 (460) 20.1/a 13.314 (511) 20-1/8(511) (349) Bulkhead Mount Stanchion Mount with globe, guard and reflector with globe, guard and reflector Project: Stonegate Lift Station Type: F4-Alt Mfg: Thomas & Betts Cat #: XSM07P120-G-83U 02002Thomas6ealtecoiporation.Spadowttansare subject tochange without nolice, www.tnb.com D170 11.11/16 (297) Hazlux°5 Dimensional Drawings 2-1/4 (57) 6-518 (219) /32 i) 27.1/4 (692) O O O O •• j 8•S5/16 yi;ln (227) 13-3/4 (349) 18.1/8 r (460) 20-118 (511) Pendant Mount with globe, guard and reflector -_ 11-11116 TI (297) (65) 8-5/8 (21II9) i 27-9/1fi f (700) 2-5/8 (67) 0.15,16 o O O o (227 J. soon 13-3/4 (349) 18-1 /8 (460) 20-1/8 —� (511) Ceiling Mount Bulkhead Mount with globe, guard and reflector with globe and guard Project: Stonegate Lift Station Type: F4-Alt Mfg: Thomas & Beds Cat #: XSM07PVOLT-G-83U 02002 Thomas d Baits CorparatIon, Spadlicnllans QI Wall Mount with globe, guard and reflector Hazlux2'5 (400 Series) Dimensional Drawings 20.19A2 (523) — 10-1( 11.11116 9-12 12 (2424 1)) -> ( 297) 1-718 (48) 2-114 (57) 8.518 c (219) 8-5/a 8.5/8 26-29I3 (219) (219) (683) 25.318 (645) 18-3132 25 (460) (635) o O O o 14.112 su:n (368) 14.1/2 (368) r . Pendant Mount with globe and guard Wall Mount with globe, guard and reflector (349) (460) 20.1/B —> (511) Stanchion Mount with globe, guard and reflector 11-11116 (297) 2-9116 (fist B•SIS (219) 27.9116 (700) (67) 3-17132 } 1 (775) 13.3/4 14-1/2 (349) 18 / 1368) 20-1/8 (511) Ceiling Mount with globe, guard and reflector ProjecL• Stonegate Llft Station Type: F4-Alt Mfg: Thomas & Betts Cat* XSM07PVOLT-G-B3U 0 2002 Thomoe d Beds Corpom0on• Specifications me sublod to change without notico, www.tnb.com EXPLOSION- Hazlite... M5 • UL 844 PROOF HID (jL • Class 1, Division 1 & 2, Groups C, D' O LIGHTING Class II, Dlvisicn i & 2, Groups E, F, G' • Suitable for Wet Locations FIXTURES •NEMA 4X • UL 1598 Marine Catalog Numbering System 9 - 150 Watts Catalog Numbering System 3 S M 03 120 - G - C2 T E zX LJ zP �1 leJ T 1� o 1 1) Fixture Suitability X = Hazardous Location (Explosion Proof) Class 1, Division 1, Groups C, D' ass 1, Uivision 2, Groups A, B, C, & D' Class 11, Division 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G' Class III, Division 1 & 2 Marine (UL1598) NEMA 4X 2) Lamp Type i 5 = reign rressure booium i M = Mercury Vapor 3) Lam holder T e M = Medium Base La.mpholder 4) Lamp Wattage 03 = 35 Watts (H.P.S.) 05 = 50 Watts H,P.S.-M.V.) 07 = 70 Watts H.P.S. 75 = 75 Watts (M.V.) 10 = 100 Watts (H.P.S. - M.V) 15 = 150 Watts (H.P,S.) (Note: All HID lamps are medium base,) 5) Ballast Circuit C = Constant Wattage Autotransiormer CWA) P = Reactor Type (HPF) (H.P.S.Only) 6) 1 Ballast Voltage 120 = 120 Vo is 480 = 480 Volts (Mercury Vapor Only) 200 = 208 Volts (Mercury Vapor Only) 240 = 240 Volts (Mercury Vapor Only) 270 = 277 Volts (Mercury Vapor Only) 7) G = Cast Guard (Omit "G" if guard Is not required} 8) Mounting Style P2 = 3/4" Rigld Pendant P3 = 1" Rlgld Pendant C2 = 3/4" Celling C3 = 1" Calling B2 = 3/4" Wall B3 = 1 "Walt J2 = 3/4" Bulkhead J3 = 1-1/2" Bulkhead S4 = 1-1/4" Stanchion S5 = 1-1/2" Stanchlon 9) Special Options PS = UL listed fixture for paint spray areas. T = HAZCOTE" Custom Corrosion Coating on all Aluminum Parts PST = UL Listed for paint spray areas and with HAZCOTE". 10) UNIPAKa Options D = Unipak with diffuse coated lamp E = Unlpak with clear lamp # Vordy Hazardous Locallon Cartlllcaflan w11h your raqulmmen6 an Hariuz COH111Ca110n Gulds Gonami Information Pogo 09. Project: Stonegate Lift Station Type: F4-Alt Mfg: Thomas & Betts Cat#: XSM07PVOLT-G-B3U 02002 Thomas d Betts CorpomNan. Specifications are sutla❑t to charge without nollca. www.tnb.com EXPLOSION Hazlite��MS O . Class I Division 1 & 2, Groups C, D PROOF HID L • Class Ii, Division 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G LIGHTING • Suitable for Wet Locations • UL 595 Marina, NEMA0 FIXTURES High Pressure Sodium 35 -150 Watts MOUNTING STYLE LAMP* WATTS CONDUIT s12'E (Inches) VOLTAGE CATALOG NUMBER WITH GUARDt WEIGHT EACH (Lbs.) Pendant Mount 35 314 120 XSM35P120-G-P2U 19.3 35 1 120 XSM35P120-G-P3U 19.3 50 3/4 120 XSM50P120-G-P2U 19.8 50 1 120 XSMSOP120-G-P3U 19.8 70 3/4 120 XSM70P120-G-P2U 20.0 70 1 120 XSM70P12O•G-P3U 20.0 100 314 120 XSM10P120-G-P2U 20.5 100 1 120 XSM1OP120-G-P3U 20.5 150 3/4 120 XSM15P120-G-P2U 21.5 150 1 120 XSM15P120-G-P3U 21.5 Calling Mount p 35 3f4 120 XSM35P120-G-C2U 21.3 35 1 120 XSM35P120-G-C3U 21.3 50 314 12r, XSh150P120-G-C2U 21.8 50 1 120 XSh15OP120-G-C3U 21.8 70 14 120 XS'i17CP120-G-C2U 22.0 70 1 120 XSP.170P120-G-C3U 22.0 100 3!4 120 XSPd1CP120-G-C2U 22.5 1 CO 1 120 XSM-I OP120-G-C3U 22.5 150 3/4 120 XSM15P120-G-C2U 23.5 150 1 120 XSM15P12O-G-C3U 23.5 Wolf Mount _ 35 314 120 XSM35P120-G-B2U 22.3 35 1 120 XS :".35P120-G-B3U 22.3 50 3/4 120 XS)d50P120-G-B2U 22.8 50 1 120 XSP,150P120-G-B3U 22.8 70 3/4 120 XS,,17OPl2O-G-B2U 23.0 70 1 120 XS%170P120-G-B3U 23.0 100 314 120 XSM1OP12C-G-B2U 23.5 100 1 120 XSl`.110P120-G-B3U 23.5 ISO 314 120 XSM15P120-G-1321.1 24.5 150 1 120 XSM15P120-G-1331.1 24.5 Bulkhead Mount 35 314 120 XSM35P120-G-J2U 22.3 35 1 120 XSM35P120-GJ3U 22.3 50 3/4 120 XSh15OP120-G-J2U 22.8 50 1 120 xsMsbP120-G-J3U 22.8 70 3/4 120 XSM70P120-GJ2U 23.0 70 1 120 XSM70P120-G-J3U 23.0 100 314 120 XSM10P120-GJ2U 23.5 100 1 12D XSM10P120-GJ3U 23.5 150 314 120 XSM15P12O-GJ2U 24.5 150 1 120 XSM15P120-GJ3U 24.5 Stanchion Mount 35 1.1/4 120 XSM35P120-G-S4U 21.3 35 1-112 120 XSM35P120•G•S5U 21.3 50 1.1/4 120 XSM50P120-G-S4U 21.8 50 1-1/2 120 XSM5OP120-G-S5U 21.8 70 1-1/4 120 XSM70P120-G-S4U 22.0 70 1-1/2 120 XSM70Pl2O-G-S5U 22.0 100 1.1/4 120 XSM1OP120-G-S4U 22.5 100 1-1/2 120 XSM10P120-G-S5U 22.5 150 1-1/4 120 XSM15P120-G-S4U 23.5 150 1-1/2 120 XSM15P120-G-S5U 23.5 Aff &lures are designed far modium base tamps, with the tamp mounted in fhe base•up pasMon (lamps are NOT tarnished vvilh fixture). GUARD. It a guard Is not raqu red delole one 'G'trorn the Catalog Number. Verify Hazardous Location Ceairrcafion lriM your requirements on Hadur Certificagan Guide Gonanll information Page D9. Project: Stonegata Lift Station Type: F4-Alt Mfg: Thomas & Befts Cat #: XSM07PVOLT-G-33U D174 020a2 Thomas & Betts Corporallon. Spadficallons A LIMON/A L/GHT/NGm FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE— For bull ding -and wall -mourned applications. CON I RUCTION —Rugged, die-cast, single -piece aluminum housing. Die-cast doorframe has Impact - resistant, tempered glass Hens. Doorframe is fully sealed with a dosed•rell sR (cone gasket Finish; Standard finish Is textured dark bronze (ODBT) polyester powder fintsll. with other aarhltenural (class available. aPTICS— HydroforrnedreflectcrfalsupedoruniformityandconiroLVerllcallampademallonfcf Improved lamp output and life. ELECTRICAL — HID 704Y-1501Y utilizes a itigh-reanance, high power factor ballast. 175W utlllzes a cOnstanl-wanageaulDirac formerballast-Super ClVApulse Startballasts,BE%efhclem andEISAleghiatlon compliant, are required for 151.2DOW (must older 53YA option) for US shipments only. CSA, HOA1 or UITL requited for probe start shipments outside of the US. 200Ai is only available with SCWA. HEB maximum wattage look Quick-dismnnectphugseasliy disconnect re Rector from ballast and fixtule homsupplywires. Ballasts ate precHlon-wound and 1D01,10 factory tested. Ceramic metal halide lamps are recommended for use In applicatians wlsere superior color rendition, lumen maintenance and longer lamp life are deshcd. Socket: Pot HID porcelain, medium -base socket (G12 for 706UICT6) with capper alloy, nickel -plated strew shell and center contact. INSTALLATION — Universal mounting plate with Integral mounting boils supper Is the fixlule for easy, one -person instailallon. LISTINGS —05A Cerilred to U.S. and Cattacilan standards. Down odenlatlon only. NOMCertlfied (see Op. tfonsj. IP65 rated.1110-175W and below -listed to 40' C ambient. 200W listed to 25' C amblent. The ELED Option is listed to 25'C ambient. ELED: U5, Patent No.7,737,640. Note: Sped ricalions subject to change without notice. speclSmlions Wid I h:16 (40.6) Helgh1:101/16 (25.6) Depth 9-518 (24.4) 'WeigIIL 24 Ills (10.9 kg) All dtmendons are Indms Itenttmeteis) unieas othendse IndIcaled •Welgh4 as mnriguud In example beiaw. Wall -Mounted Luminalre TWF1 METAL HALI DE: 70M-2OOM, HIGH PRESSURE SOD)UM:70S-150S H L W I- D -I NDrfmnse Fr1FNDlY G•,rl�4 tL',Y p.Y b M�ti� .. , �, • , u u Inultimes will vary denandingonoptions Welled. Consult with yourSales ra resenlallve, Example: TWF1 IOOMTB LPI ; .Eintsjt tamp° } TWF1 Series ' Wattage Voltage ,Ballast Mounting Y 1� : 5jljp eds ei y (blank) Dark bronze, LPI Lamp TWF1 Mc ande 120 208e (blanc) Magner[ ballast (blank) Surface mount �ttnslailed(nfxtura SE Single fuse 1120, 277, 347V, nialb) V1'G Wire guard textured Included D55T Sandstone, U1P Less lamp 70M 2401 CW'I Constant �I )_Clise a'atel' DF Double fuse (206,240,480V,nlaTBI VG Vandal guard textured 100M 277 wattage now Surface QRSTD Quartz restrike with time delay'' DIIAT Natural iSDAi 341 HEB Utciranlc mount' QOS Quararest like system1° EC Emcrgenrydrmlt'" aluminum, textured 175M 48H aE ballast' © ELED Ememen LED secondary source ry OI'!HG While, textured CDOMIc 'rJ battery pack (A' F min. Operating 2305011Z' temperature)"' It OOLB Black, e a la de SCWA SuperCWA ppulse start 2ELED Emergency LED secondary source textured 1lallast" (two modules) battery pack CR Corrosion- 700C 100MHC Hale: For shipments (-4' F min. operating tern araturc)"""" resistant finish ISON51C to U.S.Ienitorles, SCWA must be P DC12 Emencydreul112-valt(3SW erg CRT Nan•stick 70MHCTG specified to comply lampinduded)"" protenive wlthElSA' 20C12 Emer en circuit I 1-volt (two 35W mating (brad only) pressure lampindudcd)"" aLn DC2012 Emergency drolt 12=roll (20W 70S lamp Included)"" iODS 2DC2012 Emergency circuit l2-volt(two 2OW 150S lamp Included)" "I' PE photoelectric cell-bullontype (n1a TB or48o1')a a CSA CSAcertified 0A NOMcenffied' II11L International sllipmentforl7SM nines mII.N. wlih lhH Nalp 1 MuItbIwdefeIII AdIAlampIndudedRli 2 A,uI(sperdfI,ClVllnCan ada. 3 Opsianalmuitl•IapIII 4aAt1110,20a,240,27IV; 1A277.347Yin(aAad, -shIPA +sl101341. 4 Comult[acrosyrmavallabiiily. 5 AvallaWeinmelalhalide only- 6 llol aril hole In 70 at 1DOW. OUTDOOR I blaybemdeedmin aaessmy.Prefix wOIWF1. I+ La,oan,<i-itaw,,,,o.,,..�„".-..-..•,-•.•.__._....__.- B mull spedfyfinlshwhenadearduanateesaaly, option. 9 M+iltavunallawahlewmagelampinduded 15 Must beordxedwithhetutrumotbefiddlnstalled 10 MWmaeallo ablewalnyatheIPlAdueneyopdon. 16 Seewwwlthanlualnl+Itrmlotsfori0rcnilcdaroplbns. 11 MailnaumwalIBeloohl+nd7M.Ontyarsiliblein12OVa127IV. 17 kauhesit edtied, 12.Mull Split vnhage• Project: Stonegate Lift Station t3 HatavalhblewilhsForDT. Type: F5-Alt Mfg: Lithonia Cat #: TWF1 100M TB HEB LPI Note: Submitting with electronic ballast. TWN Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, Wall Mounted TWF1 100M TEST No: LTL18073 ISOILLU69NANCE PLOT (Foolcandle) -2 x t2 1 = t7 5 2.5 0 7 O .25 O 2 y-• z 3� U z 4-C a1 O 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 t00W pulse start metal halide lamp, hcrzontal lamp orientation Foolcandle values based an 12' mounting height, 8500 rated lumens. TWF2 250M TEST NO: LTL18478 ISOILLUMINANCE PLOT (Foolcandle) 0.25 o.5 33 5 .3 •z w x l7 0 ar LL a 2z w 3� 6 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 25OW pulse alert matal Iwllda lamp, ralnd 2200a iumana. Foolrnmtla voluaa bnaad an 2tr moumira halals. Claoslfiaallm: Urda liliad(Typu 11.Vory Shag. Full Cutaa Luminw lilfaoncy: aa21-4 TWF1 150M TEST No: LTL18072 ISCILLUMINANCE PLOT (Foalcandlo) _2 a i -t = 09 _ eFZ .10 O O 1LL 5 a 2C z 3w Z 4� O 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 15oW pulse start metal halide lamp, horizontal lamp orlenlatlon Foolcandle values based an 12 mounting height, 12900 rated lumens. Luminoire Effiiciancy: 56.3°e TWFi 200M TEST NO: LTL18074 ISOILLUMINANCE PLOT (Footcandle) 2.5 5 2.5 0.5 0.25 .3 u -2 w Z ,Z 0 of U. O tt z 2Z 0 3 a 4 a 1 2 3 4 5 5 20OW pulaa start moral halldo lamp, mi ad 210a0 lumans. Foolcandla voluo5 bnaad on 20' mounl4ig holght Classification: Unclasslaad (Typo 111, Vary Shonl, Full Cutoff Luminalto Efficiency: 50.3% AfA V L1rHZ7N1A L/GHTING` An< lcuttyBwdsCompany OUTDOOR: Ora iitllanla JVay Caltyats, DA 30012 Phone: 770.922.9000 TWF2 250S TEST NO: LTL18477 ISCI LLUMINANCE PLOT (Foatcandle) .3 •2 w 0A = a 5 ?i am Ii 1� 2 7 HI 2- 3 _G 4� a 1 2 3 4 5 a 25oW lamp. mlad 29000 lumom. Faolrandla velum bnaad an 20' —Mg height Oas�lfra l6n: I.I.O.liflod (Typo 11. Vary shad). Fun Cutoff Lumhalm Elpdancy. Oa.6% Project: Stonegate LIO Station Type: F5-Alt Mfg: Lithonia Cat #: TWF1 100M TB HEB LPI Fax:770.310-1209 ynny.611harliazIlm •r=2000.M10 Note: Submitting with electronic ballast. ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL MOTOR CONTROL CENTER SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.16920 PROJECT: OWNER: GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: STONEGATE LIFT STA. RE, PLACENIE CITY OF RENTON SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX HDRAWNG Job* Serial8 ttem- Subm Spec. Ref. I1.600 Project KJJ Action By pate No Exceptions Taken No Rewbmittel R ke Correnons Noted No Resubmittal R red Make Corrections Noted Not Rerlew�d Partial Resubm ttals R imd Kennedy/Jenks Consu brtts Unit Features Description 1 Rating 600A Top mounted Lugs Supplied: :Mechanical Type Lugs far Copper/Aluminum Wire, 600 Unit ID# 1 kcmil Size Wire, Qty 1 1 Cables Per Phase MLUG - Main Incoming Lug Neutral Lugs Supplied: None Supplied Compartment Metering Type: Analog Voltmeter w/ Voltmeter Switch Options: Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws Unit ID# 2 i00 HP Size/Rating : 135A Wiring: B T Control and Power Terminal Blocks Qty: 2 Current Rating: 135A SMC - Combination Soft Starter Circuit Breaker: Instantaneous, 100kA at 480V (I -MCP Frame) Controller (SMC-Flex) Control : Transformerwith Secondary Fuse, Standard Capacity, Primary Fusing, 120Vi60Hz Control Wiring: #14 AWG Cu (Tinned), Type MTW Options: Pilot Light(s) : ON, Type: Standard, Color(s)While Add Pilot Light: OVERLOAD [FAULT for SMC-31, Type: Standard, Color: Amber Unit Ground Stab: Tin plated solid copper unit ground stab Starter Mounted Auxiliary Contacts: 1 Nomtialiy Open, 1 Normally Closed Control Wire Markers: Heat Shrink type markers Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws for Nema 1 SMC Flex] H.I.M. [LCD Display Full Numeric Keypad High Interrupting Capacity Engineered Spec(s)IModificatior.(s) : Size of unit is non standard. Modifications (Quantity/Mods): (1) REF SHEET =81 PUMP MOTOR (1) PROVISION FOR TEMPERATURE AND MOISTURE RELAY (1) CPT IS 350VA (1) ADD .5 SPACE FACTORS Unit ID# 3 150A Plug-in Unit, 15A Trip, 65k at 480V (16C Frame) : Standard Type Load Lugs for Copper/Aluminum Wire, #14-110 AWG Qty *. 1 FCB - Feeder 3-Pole Circuit Breaker Lugs Supplied Size Wire, 1 Cables Per Phase options: Unit Ground Stab: Tin plated solid copper unit ground stab Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws Unit ID## 4 Trip Current :r2� Fusln & Rating : Three Phase - 1201208V secondary with 3 5econdaryVtmng, 9 Qty: 1 XFMR - Control and Lighting secondary ruses, 15 kVA Circuit Breaker :Inverse Time, 65kA at 480V (15C Frame) copper unit ground stab Options :Unit Ground Slab : Tln plated solid Stalniess Steel Nameplate Screws Engineered Spec(s)IModification(s) : Modifications (Quantity/Mods): (1) NEMA TP-1 RATED Panel Type& Rating : Three Phase 4-Wtre (1201200 Volts), 100A, 27 total circuits 1-pole circuit Breaker(s), 1 - 20A 2-Pole Circuit Unit ID## 5 Bolt -On Branch Breakers : 13 - 20A Qty :1 LPAN -Lighting Panel, Maln Clrculi greaker(s), 12-Filler Plates Engineered Spec(s)/Modlfication(s) : Modifications (Quantity/Mods): Breaker, with T-handle Door (1) SHEET E11/PNL-L1 Latches (1) WIPANEL TO TRANSFORMER MAIN BREAKER TO 50AMPS (1) MODIFY Unit ID##6 Qty :1 FCBX - Empty Unit insert with Circuit Breaker Customer. STONEGATE LiFT STATION Prepared by, 126 Job Name: MCC proposal #: 0154405010001 DaleTme: OS/26/10 -16:32 Trip current: 30A Circuit Breaker: inverse Time, 65kA at 480V (16C Frame) Space Factor: 3.0 Options: Unit Ground Stab: Tin plated solid copper unit ground stab Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws Engineered Spec(s)/Modificalion(s) : Modifications (Quantity/Mods): (1) REF SHEET E131SEC i0.16920.2.03.A/G1H/K (1) ADD 160KA/PHASE TVSS OF APT MODEL XTE14XHP/G (1) FORM C DRY CONTACT (DC) (1) REMOTE MONITOR (RM) Page 2 of 7 150A Plug-in Unit, 20A Trip, 65k at 480V 06C Frame) inum Wire, #1A-1/0 AWG Unit It74A 7 Lugs Supplied : Slandard Type Load Lugs for Copper/Alum Qty : i Slze Wire, 1 Cables Per Phase FCB - Feeder 3-Pole Circuit Breaker options: Unit Ground Stab: Tin plated sold copper unit ground slab Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws tions (Quantity/Mods): Engineered Spec(s)IModificatlon(s) Modifica (1) REF SHEET E3 (1) ADD PHASE MONITOR RELAY BY DIVERSIFIED MODEL SLU-A STONEGATE LIFT STATION Customer. Prepared by: 126 Job Name: Proposal#: MCC 0 544000 101 01 Date�me: Page 3 of 7 Rockwell Automa6onlAllen-Bradley CENTERONE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER LINE-UP A 01 N1LL'G C9 DOOR 08 DOOR 08 DOOR B C 08 DOOR 08 DOOR 05 LPAN D pl rcu E -, rc:" p2 SMC 02 SNIC F 90.00 (22961 G 11 04 XBIR 1 tc Lio3FCB NI t 2 3 4 t ' --- 10 (10161 }�— 10110161 sog 2015091 20 15091 zo 2ofsosl-0150HI i ] NOTE : Dimensions W e subject 10 clmnge oRcr design review. ENCLOSURE: I - GE MI Purpose CUSTOMER : STONL-GA'1•E LIFT STATION SECTION CODE LEGEND SALESPERSON : 126 6 " 60p omp rcrtiesl hus N section N Ncutal enMeclian pole in scaien MCC : MCC 9 a 9-inch w'ueway scclion P e Pull box mounted on lop of sccticn e sccticn V 9•crch wi,way has Vertical Neulml Bus PROPOSAL /f 1544050/ 1 C e Cam a it ,mcr n7 Neutral Bus W Implicit 9-imh wimwoy in scclien DATE✓TIME : 08f26/10 / 16:31:55 f [ncnming lint in sccticn pnpc 1 of I Page 4 of 7 12 [305i >I A B C D E g0.00 F 12281310 Understandinq Rockwell Automation Layouts Oy7� ryr �1 yy ref ` a700 "'�25� C 031�Utilf�, 11 0Fi 3 UM1l".�..., F R t± 1a. �' W B[ir 3�11IL • OB '2Rh F3�2 [)GFDS'i � ��lf.���r�. �~ -uv � �t�� ,usr s � 02rFUMOT� �•... s„-. f`arr0 !�2 i FUP(' f101 L'E 94- U R t:tC* ct t -n �7k�� �� e-7•-r''I:' r�4!(i4fjr����yG','i: �Alk �rti'.a y *"'l�a VIM1 4 pptt C �J L55��Sr r�r ��- s,, cat t3 1is r rt? 41L} I,P,H TII,H H 1.4 H H H �� BO f16291--+I+-- t30 f'16241-� T_ 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 (3Q1] [50ej [50131 [5081 1508] [6081 [50e] ENCLOSURE : 1 - General Purpose SECTION CODE LEGEND B = t300 amp vertical bus in section N = Neutral connection plate in section 9 = g-Inch vulrewaysection P = Pull box mounted on top ofsection C = Corner section V = 9-inch uulreway has Vertical neutral Bus H - Horizontal Neutral Bus W = Implicit 9-Inch wirevvay in seclion I = Incoming line in section SPACE FACTOR (SF): A space factor is 13.0 inches (330 mm) of vertical height. Unit ID to correspond with Unit List page Unit Abbreviation (see Unit Legend below) Shipping Split Indicator Unit Legend FVLC — Full Voltage Lighting Conlactor FVR — Full Voltage Reversing Starter FVNR — Full Voltage Non -Reversing Starter TS2W — Two Speed 24finding Starter TS1 W — Two Speed 1-Winding Starter TSR2W — Two Speed Reversing 2-Winding TSR1 W — Two Speed Reversing 1-Winding RVAT — Reduced Voltage Autoiranstormer MLUG — main Incomer Lug Compariment FLUG — Feeder Lug Compartment M ETR — Melering Compartments MFDS — main Incomer Fused Disconnect Switch FDS — Feeder Fused Disconnect Switch MCB — Main Incomer Ckcult Breaker FCB — Feeder Circuit Breaker LPAN — Frame Mounted Lighting Panel XFMR — Control & Lighting Transformer Unk SMC —Combination Solid -Slate Motor Controller VFD — Variable Frequency Drive Unit DOOR — Spare Space Covered with Blank Door Page 5 of 7 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATION SECTION: 10.17 PROM, CT: OWNER: GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: STONE GATE LIFT STA. REPLACEMENT CITY OF RENTON SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION ADVANCED POWER LLC PO BOX 3705 MILL CREEK WA 98082 425-481-8260 PH 425-486-3162 FAX IVV rwcr%cT• Item �D�— _ Soec. Ref. t]t V t --- Project Date Action By No Excepbons Taken 4mend and ReeAW Rejected RewbffA Not Reviewed COOsulwts TO FOLLOW f? I Allolk MWashington State AP Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 2/16/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wolf Industries, Inc For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example For WSDOT Use Only RAM # 27 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference PE Appr'I Code Hdqt Appr'l Code File No. 45 Steel Door & Frames Baxter Flaming Industries 10.08110 45 Finish Hardware Baxter Flaming Industries 10.08700 Prajec4 n eer Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: j ,,y,gr,� AT E Zxny.1 STAJ,4r.lE&5 .Sriec FEZ 10,057DO 2 oZ 13, Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ Region Materials ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ State Materials Lab ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Contractor WOLF INDUSTRIES Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 1 of 30 The Pemko 354 astragal seal called for in the hardware specifications will not work with metal doors as it is recessed. I have included a pair of Pemko 351 seals which are surface mounted. these seals will need to be mounted on the inside of the opening due to the steel astragal. Page 2 of 30 Anchor Type A25 - Wire Masonry Door Core POLYU - Polyurethane Foam Door Finish PG - Prime Painted Door Mat'I A60 - A60 Galvanneal Steel Door Series IU - Imperial, Handed Door Top STC - Steel Cap (Screws applied) Door Type F - Flush Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Index of Abbreviations Frame Construction V2 - Full Face Weld Frame Finish PG - Prime Painted Frame Mat'[ A60 - A60 Galvanneal Steel Frame Profile SU - Unequal Rabbet Frame Series S - Masonry Frames STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 3 of 30 Opening Schedule opening to ln.l Noml n.I Fr.me Fr• Fr. Fr. Fr. Jamb Fr. Anchor Fr. Door Door Door Door Doo Door Door Doo Doo Doo I!,dE .re 1 ROUGHOPENING REOURED 801W X 102 114" E-1 3'2",3'2" 81" Pw RHRA Gca 8 A80 yl 14 ✓ I SU ! 7314" PG A29 i V2 Ceco I IU :AGO ✓1 18 ✓ 1 314" F STC POLVU 314" PG hwdi Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 4 of 30 A'A" E-1 Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 5 of 30 i 1 Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. STONEGATE LIFT STATION 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Page 6 of 30 Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 7 of 30 Hardware Schedule Heading #1 (Group: HW-01) Item #1 1 Pair of doors 1 32", 3'2" x 8'4" x 1 3/4" - HM DR x HM FIR RHRA 8 Standard Hinge r Hager BB1191 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" US32D NRP US32D (Pg 20) 1 Flush Bolt Ives FB31 P-12-MD US32D US32D (Pgs 23-24) 1 Lockset ✓ Dorma ML9953T LRB 630 RHR 1 3/4" 630 (Pgs 9-19) 1 Astragal Pemko 351C 100" (Pg 29) 1 Astragal Pemko 351CS 100" (Pg 29) 1 Astragal Pemko 357SP 100" SP (Pg 28) 2 Kick Plate Hager 194S - US32D - 12" x 37" US32D (Pg 21) 2 Floor Door Holder ✓ Ives FS446 US26D US26D (Pgs 25-26) 1 Threshold L-- Pemko 272A76" A (Pg 27) 1 Weatherstripping ✓ Pemko 2815CM-76" x 100" C 2 Miscellaneous Item ✓ Pemko 420APKL38" (Pg 30) 1 Miscellaneous Hardware ' Hager 280X x US26D US26D (Pg 22) Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 8 of 30 DORMA L 9 1`0 V� � �00 i i I i 1 I � I I i { ( Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. STONEGATE LIFT STATION 3717 NVV St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Page 9 of 30 DORMA .. ML90001MK9000.Series•■ • • - •;}::r�;�ii �,: -- - � (t)ri•' 1. - . 'a Will F r - i I, Features .................................. . ... 3 Elects ,ed Fail Secure — ML9080EU, MK9080EU ....... 12 Technical Details and Specifications .................. 4 Electrified Fail Safe with Req. to Exit Switch — How to Orccr................................... 5 ML9080ELRX, MK9080ELRX ................... 13 Electrified Fail Secure with Req. to Exit Switch — Trim Designs ML9080EURX, MK9080EURX...................13 ML9nn0 LR Levnr.............................. • 6 Electrified Fall Safe with Double Locking— ML9082EL.... 13 NIL9000 LC Lever ............................... 6 Electr.f ed Fail Secure with Duuble Lucking— ML9082EU.. 13 ML9000 LT Lever .............................. • 7 Institutlor — ML9082, MKO082 .................... 13 ML9000 LG Lever . . ............................. 7 Privacy with Dead Bolt— ML9940, MK9940 ........... 13 MK9000 KR Knob ............................... 8 Entry with Dead Bolt —ML9953, MK9953............. 13 MK9000 KO Knob .............................. • 8 Corridor with Dead Bolt— ML99S6, MK9956........... 14 Trim Options Dormitory with Dead Bolt (F11) — ML9957. MK9957 ..... 14 LR Lever Trim Options ............................ 9 Storeroom with Dead Bolt (F35) — ML9958, MK9958..... 14 LC Lever Trim Options ............................ 9 Cylinder x Turn Dead Bolt (only) — M99960............ 14 LT Lever Trim options .................. I . , ...... 1 9 Cylinder x Blank Dead Bolt (only) — MB9961........... 14 LG Lever Trim Op` -ions ........................... 10 Cylinder x Cylinder Dead Bolt (only) — MB9962 ......... 14 KR Lever Trim Options ...................... . .. . . 10 Classroom Dead Bolt (only) — M09963 ............... 14 KB Lever Trim Options ........................... 10 Storeroom with Dead Bolt (1`14) — ML9966. MK9966..... 15 Intruder Dead Bcli (F34) — ML9967, MK9967.......... 15 Functions Intruder Dead Belt (F33) — ML9968, MK9968.......... 15 Dummy Trim One Side— ML9001, MK9001 ........... 11 Dormitory with Dead Bolt (F21) — ML9973. MK9973 ..... 15 Gummy Trim One Side with I ockcase — Storeroom with Dead Bolt — ML9980................. 15 ML9003, MK9003 ........................... 11 Hotel with Dead bolt (F15) — ML9985, MK9985, ML9986 .. 15 Dummy Trim Two Sides — ML9002, MK9002........... 11 Dummy Trim Twn Sides with Lockcase — ML9004,MK9004 ...........................11 Passage— ML9010,MK9010......................11 Exit — ML9025, MK9025......................... 11 Privacy — M L9040, MK9040 ...................... 11 Office — ML9050, MK9050 ....................... 11 Apartment— ML9060,MK9060....................11 Classroom — ML9070. MK9070 .................... 12 Intruder Latch Bolt— ML9071 ..................... 12 Hnldhark—ML9076, MK9076..................... 12 Holdback Double Cylinder —ML9077 ................ 12 Storeroom — ML9080, MK9080 .............. . ......12 Electrified Fail Safe— ML9080EL, MK9080EL ......... 12 Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Lock Options 4-7/8' Strike with Dead Bolt ....................... 16 4-718" Strike .................................. 16 4-7/8' Strike with Dead Bolt and Auxiliary Latch ........ 16 eltl 0M1 The quality management systems at the Reamstown, PA 's KRIM and Steeleville. IL facilities areAw• certified to ISO-9001:2000.' *DORMA Door Controls Inc., dba: DORMA Architectural Hardware STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 10 of 30 ML9000fMK9000 Series ■ DORMA's ML9000 and MK9000 Series Grade 1 heavy-duty mortise locksets provide exceptional security, enhanced aesthetics, and rugged dependability. These oremium performance locksets are built with a heavy-duty mortise chassis for all applications where ANSI A156.13 Grade 1 products are required. To meet the aesthetic needs of your project, these versatile locks are available n a range of lever and kncn trim designs—Chnnce W. wreen the LR, LC, LT, or LG lever designs or select either the KR and KB knob designs. Made in the USA. Features • All DORMA 9000 Series mortise locks feature advanced design concepts for extreme reliability and are manufactured with the firest materials for exceptional cu•ability. • DORMA 9000 Series mortise locks provide a wide variety of functions and the most popular finishes. • All DORMA 90n0 Series Incks include special, high - strength springs and a positive stop to elim.nate unsightly sagging levers. Vibration -Resistant Through -Bolts Stainless Steel Latch, 3/4' Throw Special Hardened Steel Hub Design Prevents Damage to Lock when Lever Handles are Abused Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Recommended Applications • Schools and Universities • Hotels • Apartments • Hospitals and Nursing Homes • Churches • Municipal Buildings • Airports • Retail Complexes • Offices • Warehouses • Trims utilize 5/16' high -strength alloy steel spindles for extra durability, • Select components in the 9000 Series locks are manufac- `ured with Ingh-sere rs'h steel or stainless steel, providing an extremely strong, highly durable lock. • Levers, knobs, roses, and escutcheons are manufactured from brass. bronLe, ar stainless steel. • Made n U.S.A. �I I Mortise Locks j Made In the U.S.A ! 1 `I I i I al tt 1 I MBE IrJ USA O 5116" High r// Strength Allo, steel Spindle Independent ExterW)Interior Lever Support Springs Choice of Escutcheon or Sectional Trim Choice or 4 Lever or 2 Knob Trims choice of Patented or Non -patented DORMA Keyway STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 11 of 30 Ili;'.,',ML9000/MK9000 Series ■ vac Technical Details: ANSUBI IN.A A156.13 Grade 1 Operational Yes Highest grade level standard for durability Grade 1 Security Yes Highest grade level standard for strength and security J.L. listed for UL U.L. and C.U.L. listed for .,se on IDBt10C and UBC 7.2 Yes 3-hour fire+alee doors and for (1997) all pos live pressure apbl cations Warrant' 10-year Exceptional mecnanieal wzrrany Stainless steel latch bblt Yes Provides strength and durability Stainless steel deac bolt Yes Provides saw resistance, strength, and durability Hardened steel milers in Yes Addihinnal prnte .tinn against dead bolt sawing Security spacer between Protects lock from unaulhcriced inside and outside lever Yes envy and vandal sm nubs in loc<case Steel lock case and Yes j Provides physical strenotn arc Irternal Components _arability Allover lock case to properly fit Ad ustable face plate Yes to:h flat face. standard Level. and reverse bavel door appllcaticns Provides support for both tie latch Full length face plate Yes and cud oaks against forced entry Lock chassis ran be handed in Lcek Chassis can be yes the field to redace nventenes or hanced it the field accenhmodate last minute door Changes All trim through -bolted Yes Yes Provides pus Lac alignmeht IF.mugh if,, Lrk cane n thr Imk case anr, the -rim Accepts standard anc A113%s tlexib hty of usi-g most interchangeable core Yes cu•-ertly available standard and cyknders interchangeable crre cyLnders Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Certification: The DORMA ML9000 and MK9000 are U.L. and C,U,L listed, three hour fire rated. Locks are listed for A label and lesser class doors, 4'0' x 8'0' maximum per leaf. Locks also listed for 1-L2 hour rated or lesser doors, 4'0' x 9'0' maximum per leaf. The DORMA ML9000 and MK9000 are certified to the operational and security requirements at ANSI A156.13 Series 1000 Grade 1. The ML9000 meets A117.1 and ADA require- ments for hamer-free accessihility. Manufactured in the USA. California State Fire MSrshall (CSFM) approved, California State Reference code, 1989 (formerly title 19). Other Listings: M EA Cylinders and Keying: • Unless otherwise specified, cylinders will be provided in DORMA standard keyway with two (2) nickel silver keys. • Optional patented key system available. • Refer to separate DORMA Price List for full details and options such as master keying, retrofit cylinders and key- ways, and small format interchangeable cores. Warranty: Ten (10) year limited warranty. Finishes: Brass: 603 (Bright) or 606' (Satin). Bronce: 612 (Satin) or 613 (Dark Oxidised Satin). Chrome: 625' (Bright) or 626• (Satin). Stainless: 629 (Bright) or 630 (Satin). 'Available on lever handle locksets only. STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 12 of 30 DORMA,1;i±jkr ;. INL'90170/MK9000;5edest■ How to Order 1,1119000/MK9000,Series . L DORM A Function' Hotel SvlDB & Indicate,— 986 Hotel VDB IF151— 985 Storeroom MOB Single Cylinder— 980 Dormitory wNb(F211— 973 Intruder Deal Batt (F33)— 968 Intruder Deal Balt (F34)— 967 Storeroom wrDB IF: 41— 966 classroom (DO a- l— 963 Cyl. %CVL (DB ortvl— 962 C.yl.. Black (DB nr 10— 961 Cyl. z Tun, (UB orly)— 960 Sl:remom w/DB (1`15)— 958 Dormitory wIDR IF: I)— 957 Corricor wrUb— 956 E-trr, wiDB — 953 1. First digit denotes the dad bolt funct.w, Privacy 5wi)R — 940 i.e.: 9 = dea.ibolt (OB). 0 = no dead ooIL FJet:ril ttl Fail $etu2 G82 — Irlitution 2. &le snows cefault values. Refer to — SvNwYlc L.rktng 082EU Loch OP liens section In fall coeds 082EL —Elect'fied Fail Sete L,.k, Eleci.t J Fail Se-.v, Swt:h — oBoiARX w/tn nhle ng 3. Refer:c DORMA Rice List far full details. w/Re4 to &-: O,Y� t — WRecried Fail Site. 4, =ors lit ` nishes ors Id trims, corsuft facto wIReO, to Est switch p P ry• Ele_t• tied Fad$eCLre — OaOEU rlrrrritivl rail s * — OB(,EL Storeroom— 080 Heloback Douole Cyliucv— 077 Finish'' HALack— 076 630 —Satin Stainless In:ruder Latch Bolt it'32)— 071 Classroom— 070 629— BriggS:ainless Aca-mert— 060 Cylinder Type 626 — Satin Chrome(VL9COO onkyl Of ce— 050 625 — Bright Chrome.(kiL9000 Orly) Door Door Thickness P. vacv— 040 Come�lional -. D Brcze Cylinder 613 —Oil Rubbed Exit— t'acc,gr— 625 010 L —Less Cylinder 612—SatinBrcnze Strike Options' normy -rimT nSir.'n_s wr r,74c as,.— 004 �' C —Interchangeable 2 Core 611— BnotBronze / Lip Length dummy Trim 0•e Side waocscase — 003 j — Less I. Core 606 —Satin brass (11,41.90DO only) i Dummy Trim Twn Sides — Dummy Trim One Sice— 002 001 T —Temporary I. Core 605 —Bright Brass JR&I 9 1953 D LR A 1626 1 RH 11341.5005 118 XXXX Lever T•im— ML Lever— LR A—2.•4'Die. RH —Righ: Paid I Rose Knob Trim— MK Lever— LC g—2R-9116'Dna. RHR — Right land Reverse Keying Options Field' Morise Deac — Mg Lever — LT H — 2' x a-12' LH — Leh Hand Boll (only) Fscut[',eon Lever— LG M 2-12' x B' LHR —Left Hand Reverse — Etch Product Type Knob— KR scueon Door Hand Product Family Knob— )(g Rose/Escutcheon Design Grade 1 Mortise Lockset Lever/Knob Design` 5 Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. STONEGATE LIFT STATION 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Page 13 Ot 3U r r r Trim Designs The ML9000 Series ANSI Grade 1 Heavy -Duty Mortise Locks are available in four lever trim designs. • ADA compliant levers feature solid, cast handles Available Finishes': L. with return to within 1/2' (12 mm) of the door face. Brass: 605 (Bright) or 606 (Satin) Bronze: 612 (Satin) or 613 (Dark Oxidized) Chrome: 626 (Satin) 'NOTE: Trim des-igns are available in brass, bronze, and stainless steel. Consult the fac:ory for cetads. q r i Shown ivith d rese and M escutcheon y ( , . _5 112 2-1/4 (114) 2-1/2 t SFIC core available. (64) �-/ S awn with A rose f - �— s z-i/a aia 1 r' (57) ��._. 2-3/4 - (70) FyF- t SFIC core available. NOTE: Lever projection varies with escutcheon or rose selection. Refer to pages 9-1C for our full seleecon of trim options. 6 Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. STONEGATE LIFT STATION 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Page 14 of 30 1--" DORMA All ML9000 and MK9000 Series Locks are available with a choice of sectional or escutcheon trim. See below chart for details. Trim Description Designation Dimension In (mm) Rose A Diameter 2-1/4 (57) B Diameter 2-9/16 (65) Escutcheon H Width 2 (51) Height 8-1/2 (216) M Width 2-1/2(64) Height 8 (203) LEVER:DESIG111Tc�,'�K.ti'S�iF� 2-1/4 4-5/8 (57) (117) 2.1/2 (64) r-t 11 SFIC core available. .71 3 r� Snowr, wlilni A r-E I i / 4-3/8 2-ll4 (57) (117) 6 (64) U' SFIC core available, NOTE: Lever projection varies with escutcheon or rose selection. Refer to pages 9-1C for our full selecton of trim options. Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. STONEGATE LIFT STATION 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Page 15 of 30 DORMA ML9000 Series.►t■ 6 I s-1n 2-1/4 (114) (57) 2-in (64) �' In 2-9/16 (114) (65) 11 )/ 2-1/2 ' (64) (71) . 1 � 2.9116 I /- 6) 2.1/4 ' �.� (114) (6S) (114) Mai , ! ; 2-3l4 �•2.3�/4 70) (70) 2.13116 (71) C 2.5/8 (67) 2.1/2 (64) 2.1/2 (64) 2-1/4 4-5/8 2-9/16 t•. 4-5/8 8-1112;; (57) (117) (65) /. 1117) (216) I 8 y (203) 2-1/2 2-1/2 (64) (64) j5 45/8 (lin 2-13/1 TOT (71) Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 - `rl DORMA 9 STONEGATE LIFT STATION II Page 16 of 30 !►�i .;` MK90001Senes �"■ • +�` •�i �%:'::=ir`�v:��•�'rt'. ..sib 2-1/4 (iin (57 2-ln (641 2.1/4 I ti i (sn •. 2.1/4 �2.518 (57) (67)� 22-9n6k" 165) (117) 2-1/2 (64) 2-9/16I1 (65) / L 2•w (Sn 2.5/8 (67) IILGtI : �'? ��ScERIr (.LGMW_ 2-1 x-lM2A 6-In2 2.518 2.3116 (651 ( � 2.3116 (216) I �y (70) Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 G MUMMOM 2_1/2 y (641 8J, (203) 2-114 i (M 1-2_9/16 (651l1 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 17 of 30 lt-� DORMA Outside trim locked when power is on. Electrified Fail ML9080ELRX Safe with Req. to MK9080ELRX ,7 Outside trim unlocked when power is interrupted. Exit Switch :` Latch by key outside. ® Inside trim always unlocked. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch bolt. • Operating inside trim cycles SPDT switch to signal use of the 8 ELRX door, Electrified Fail ML9080EURX • Outside trim unlocked when power is on. Secure with Req. MK9080EURX T Outside trim locked when power is interrupted. to Exit Switch Latch by key outside. Inside trim always unlocked. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch boll. • Operating inside trim cycles SPDT switch to signal use of the S EURX door. Electrified Fail ML9082EL Outside and insice trim locked when power is on. Safe with Double Outside and insice trim unlocked when power is interrupted. Locking .� • Latch by key either side. B • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch bolt. j� EL Electrified Fail ML9082EU Outside and insice trim unlocked when power is on. Secure with Outside and insice trim locked when power is interrupted. Double Locking • Latch by key either side. • Auxiliary latch deadlo:ks latch halt. � EU Institution ML9082 Latch bolt operated by key either side. MK9082 Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch bolt. • Trim both sides always rigid. F30 Privacy ML9940 • Latch bolt operated by trim either side, except when with Dead Bolt MK9940 projected dead bolt locks outside trim and deadlocks latch, • Dead bolt operated by turn inside. ® • Dead bolt operated by emergency release outside. • Inside trim operates both bolts simultaneously and unlocks outside trim. F19 Entry ML9953 • Latch bolt operated by trim either side, except when with Dead Bolt MK9953 outside locked by stopworks. Dead bolt operated by key outside or turn inside, B Key operates both dead bolt and latch bolt, 8 Inside lever operates both bolts; outside trim remains locked. • Latch bolt deadlocked when outside lever locked, or dead bolt projected. 8 F2o • When dead bol- retracted, outside trim unlocked by stopworks. 8 Indicates SFIC Core available. r4 Indicates rigid lever. Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 18 of 30 �} DORM!! !'r M. <+. , ML9000/MK9000 Series ■ • 5002 — ANSI 1-1/4' x 4-7/8' curved lip strike. 1-1/8' lip length. Default strike for all 9000 Series locks with dead bolls except MUMK9953. 9967, 9980, 9985, and 9986 locks (use strike 5005). Includes dust box. DORMA Group North America ww v,.dorma-usa.com Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 5003 — ANSI 1-1/4' x 4-7/8' curved lip strike. 1-1/8' lip length. Handed RH and LH default strike for 9000 Series locks without dead bolts. Includes dust box. DORMA Architectural Hardware DORMA Drive, Drawer AC Reamstown. PA 17567-0411 Telephone: (800) 523-8483 Facsimile: (800) 274-9724 E-mail: archdw®dorma-usa.com 5005 — ANSI 1-1/4' x 4- 7/8' curved lip strike. 1-1/8' lip length. Handed RH and LH Jefault strike for DORMA Canada 1680 Courtney Park Drive, Unit 13 Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1R4 Telephone: (800) 387-4938 Facsimile: (905) 670-5850 E-mail: sales@dormacanada.com Subjrst to chary, without notict 7.0eCT SM USA 07000329 1_"' "4 DORMA MUMK9953, 9967, 9980, 9985, and 9986 Series locks. Includes dust box. DORMA Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. Astr6nomos 28, Col. Escand6n Mexico. D.F. 11800 Del. Miguel Hidalgo Telephone: (52+55) 5272-6937 Facsimile: (52+55) 5272-6918 E-mail: operation®dorma.com.mx STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 19 of W Architectural Hinges FILL r, I i ;- - Ball Bearing - Standard Weight { + For use on medium weight doors or doors requiring - medium frequency service + I + *BB1191 Brass with Stainless Steel pin .+ * ANSIA2112 - Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel pin - ANSI A5112' BB1279 steel with steal pin - ANSIA8112 Two ball bearings • Non -rising removable pin with button tip and plug Hinge Size Gauge of Metal Hale Screw Size Inches mm Count i Machine Wood 3' /z x 31/2 89 x 89 0.119 6 V2 z 10-24 1 x 9 4 x 4 102.102 0.129 8 1h x 12-24 11h z 12 41n x d 114 x 102 1 0.134 8 1h x 12-24 11/4 x 12 4"/2 x 41/2 114 x 114 0.134 8 1h x 12-24 PA x 12 5 x 4 127 x 102 0.145 8 1:2 x 12-24 11/4 x 12 5 k 41 7 127 % 114 0.145 8 17 x 12-24 11/4 Y 12 5 % 5 127 % 127 I 0.145 8 1'2 X 12-24 11/+ X 12 6x41,2 1S2xi14 �� 0.160 10 '-2x11-20 11/2x14 6x5 152x127 I 0.160 10 '.2x1/r-20 11hx14 6X6 152x152 1 0.160 10 '2x1/4-20 11/tzt4 • - Ball Bearing - Standard Weight Wide Throw For use on medium weight doors or doors requiring medium Irequency service BB1191 Wide Throw Brass with Stainless Steel pin - ANSI A2112 Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel pin - ANSI A5112 BB1279 Wide Throw Steel vnth Steel pin - ANSI AM 12 • Two :all bearings • Nun -rising •emovable pin with button tip and plug Hinge Size Gauge of Metal Hole Count Screw Size Inches mm Machine Wood 31/zx5 89x127 0.119 6 'zx10.24 ix9 31h%6 89x152 0.119 6 1'2x10-24 1x9 4 x 5 102 x 127 0.129 8 1/2 x 12.24 1 11/4 x 12 4x6 102x152 0.129 8 1hx12-24 1 11/4x12 4 x 7 102 x 178 0.129 8 1h x 12-24 1 lV4 x 12 41h x 5 114 x 127 0.134 8 1 1/2 x 12-24 11/4 x 12 4"i2 x 6 114 x 152 0.134 8 1h x 12-24 V/4 x 12 41!2 x 7 114 x 178 0.134 8 112 v 12-24 1 1114 x 12 4'!2 x 8 114 x 203 0.134 8 1/2 x 12-24 11/4 x 12 5x6 127x152 0.145 8 1hY12-24 11/tx12 5x7 127x178 0.145 8 1/2xi2-24 11/4x12 5x8 127x 203 0.145 8 1hx 12-24 11/4X12 T... 800-325-9995 mmliagerco.com Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 -4� Ball Bearing • Heavy Weight For use on heavy weight doors or doors requiring S. high frequency service + e B B1168 Steel with Steel pin L ( ANSI A8111 B B1199 Brass with Stainless Steel pin - ANSI A2111 Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel pin - ANSI A5111 • Four ball bearings • Non -rising removable pin with button ttp and plug Hinge Size Gauge of Metal Hole Count Screw Size Inches mm Machine Wood 41/2 x 4 114 x 102 0.180 8 1/2 x 12-24 11/4 x 12 4'2 x 4'/2 114 x 114 0.180 8 1h x 12-24 ! V14 x 12 5x41 127x102 0.1.90 8 'hx12-24 174x12 5x41't I 127x114 0.190 8 1 1hx12-24 1'/4x12 5x5 127x127 0.190 8 'hx12-24 1 11!4x12 6 x 41/2 ,52 x 114 0.233 10 1/2 x 1:4-20 11'z it 6 x S 152 x 114 0.203 10 z x 1/4-20 1'h x 14 6 x 6 152 x 152 0.233 10 2 x 1/4-20 1'/2 x 14 8 x 6 203 x 152 0.203 i6 1;x x 1/4-20 1"12 x 14 8 x 8 203 x 203 1 0.203 1 16 1":'2 X 1 /4-20 11 h x 14 t + + Ball Bearing - Heavy Weight. Wide Throw i. y For use on heavy weight doors or doors requiring -- high frequency service BB1168 Wide Throw Steel with Steel pin - ANSI A8111 B81199 Wide Throw Brass with Stainless Steel pin - ANSI A2111 Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel pin - ANSI A5111 • Four ball bearings Non -rising removable pin with buton 03 and plug Hinge Size Gauge of Metal Hole Counl Screw Size Inches m111 Machine Wood 41hx5 1t4x127 0.180 8 1hx12-24 11/4x12 41hx6 114x152 Q180 8 1/2x12.24 1,T4x12 41h x 7 114 it 178 0.180 8 1/2 x 12-24 1'/4 x 12 41h x 8 114 x 203 0.180 8 1/2 x 12-24 I 11/4 x 12 S X 6 127 x 152 0.190 8 1/2 x 12-24 1'/4 112 50 7 127 x 178 0.190 8 1/t x 12-24 11/4 x 12 5 x 8 1 127 x 203 1 0.190 1 8 1 1/2 x 12-24 11/4 x 12 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 20 of 30 Trim 6 Auxiliary O 0 0 Mop Plate Kick Plate Stretcher Plate Armor Plate Meets ANSI A156.6 J101 Metal Armor Plate; Meets ANSI A156.6 J101 Metal Armor Plate; J102 Metal Kickplate; J103 Metal Mop Plate J102 Metal Kickplate; J103 Metal Mop Plate All plates are supplied standard with t6 x S/, Truss Read Screws. 190S Gauge: 0.050(1.3 mm) 220S Gauge: 0.062' (1.6 mm) Materials: Aluminum, Brass. Bronze, Stainless Steel Materials: Aluminum. Brass, Bronze, Stainless Steel Finishes: US3, US4. US10, US108. US26, US261), US28, US32, US32D Finishes: US3, USA, US10, US108. US26. US26D, US28, US32. US32D Bevel: None Bevel: None 193S Gauge: 0.050' (1.3 mm) 223S Gauge: 0.052' (1.6 mm) Materials: Aluminum, Brass, Bronze, Stainless Steel Materials. Aluminum, Brass, Bronze, Stainless Steel Finishes: US3 US4, US10, US70B. US26, US26D, US28, U532, US32D Finishes: US3, USA, US10, US10B, US26, US260, US28, US32, US32D Beial: 3 edges Bevel: 3 edges 194 S Gauge: 0.050' (1.3 mm) 224S Gauge: 0.062' (1.6 mm) Materials: Aluminum, Brass, Bronze. Stainless Steel Materials: Aluminum, Brass. Bronze, Stainless Steel Finishes: JS3. US4, US1D. US10B, US26, US26D, US28, US32, US32D Finishes: US3, USA, US10, US1CB. US26, U5260, US28, US32. US32D Bevel 4 edges Bevel: 4 edges 198S Gauge: 0.038' (0.8 mm) i. =.£ Material: Stainless Steel Finish: US32D only Meets ANSI A156.6 J105 Plastic Armor Plate; J106 Plastic Kickplate; J107 Plastic Mop Plate 199B Gauge: 0.038' (0.8 mm) y Material: Aluminum Finish: Bright Gold Anodized 204 S Gauge: 0.125' (3.2 mm) Material: Clear Plastic Bevel: 4 edges Options: • Countersunk holes • UL. armor plate stamped 214 S Gauge: 0.125' (3.2 mm) • Self-adhesive tape available on Al plates Material: Plastic Laminate • Spanner head screws Bevel: 4 edges • Torx head screws Colors: Black. Brown. Gray • Round Corners Note: Other colors are available and will be subject to minimum • Wrap around side and bottom return order quantities, priced on application • 0.125'matenal 225S Material: Kydex-• Gauge: 0.06T (1.9 mm) Colors: CBO - Calcutta Black; KGO - Beige; KHO - Chocolate Note: Other colors are available and will be subject to minimum order quantities, priced on application °m 800-325-9995 vmvw.hagerco.com Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. STONEGATE LIFT STATION 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Page 21 of 30 Dust Proof Strike r j Meets ANSI A156.16 for L04021 t..:4 288X Face Plate: 11yal x 2%; (35 mm x 73 mm) Diameter Barret 1' (25 mm) Depth: 2'%' (56 mm) Material: Brass Finishes: US3, US4. US9. US10. US10B, US15, USiSA, US19, US26, US26D Fasteners: #B x 1' Flat head wood screw Notes: • Packed unassembled with plate, strike, fasteners, and spanner wrench • May be used with rarpet or threshold application by omitting face plate Slide Flush Bolt Meats ANSI A156.16 lef L04201 281 D Face Plate: '/+' x 6 (19 mm x 152 mml Bolt Head: 'ii (12.5 mm) Strike: '/i x is/4, (22 mm x 45 mm) Materials: Brass, Bronze Finishes: US3, US4. US5, US10, US10B, US15, US15A, US19, - US26, US26D Fasteners: 08 combination screws i. t 800-325-9995 www.hagerco.com Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 Manual Flush Bolt t Y %L Fits ANSI All door and frame prep Meets ANSI A155.16 for L14251 282 D Face Plate: 1- x 63/4' (25 mm x 172 mm) Flattened Round r Bolt Head: /i (12.5 mm) Bolt Throw: 3/1(19 mm) Standard Rod Length: 12' (305 MM) (center of face to comer of door) Rod Backset b% (19 mm) �m Guide: 1'x2"(25mmx51 mm) Strike: me x 2 r/t (24 mm x 57 mm) Material Brass Finishes: US3, US4, US5. US9, US10, US1 OB. US15, US15A, US19, US26, US26D Fasteners: f8 combination screws Notes: • Optional Rod Lengths available: Sperih/ 282R 18' (457 mm): 25' (636 mm); 30' (762 mm) • For use on hollow metal/fire rated doors • May be used on doors 4 tL wide and 10 ft. wide Manual Flush Bolt Meets ANSI A156.16 for L14261 283 D Face Plate: 1 x 63/; (25 mm x 172 mm) ;? Flattened Round i; Bch Head: r/:" (12.5 mm) Bolt Throw: 3W (19 mm) Rod Backset: W (19 mm) Strike: 1W x 2Yi (24 mm x 57 mm) c Material: Brass Finishes: US3, US4, US5, US9, US10, uS= US10B, US15, US15A, US19, US26. US26D Fasteners: 48 combination screws Notes • For use on wood composite/ fire rated doors • May be used on doors 4 tt. wide and 10 fL wide STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 22 of 30 _ n Bouts and Co�lirdin2tors I V E S,, Table Of Contents Flush Bolts page F531, FB32, FB33 Automatic Flush Bolt .........................C2 FB41, FB42 Automatic Flush Bolt ............................ .C3 FB51, FB52, FB53 Automatic Flush Bolt .........................C4 FB61, FB62 Constant Latching Flush Bolt ........................C5 261 Manual Flush Bolt ........ ... ..........................C6 262 Manual Flush Bolt .......................................C6 265 Manual Flush Bolt ........... _ .........................C7 FB358 Manual Flush Bolt .....................................C8 FB457 Manual Flush Bolt .......... ...................... C9 FB4S8 Manual Flush Bolt ................................... C10 DPI, DP2 Dust Proof Strike..................................C11 Coordinators CDR Series Bar Coordinator..................................C12 FL Series Filler bar.........................................C12 MBI, MB2 Mounting Brackets................................C13 MB1F, MB2F, MB3F Mounting Brackets ........................C13 MB1V, MB2V, MB3V Mounting Brackets ........................C13 COR7G, CORG Gravity Coordinator ............................C14 CB1 Carry Bar ........... ...... ..........................C14 How to order.............................................C15 Special factory prep........................................C16 USA 1.877.613.8766 I Canada 1.905.403.1800 I www.ives.ingersoirand.com Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 C1 STONEGATE LIFT STATION y IV E S, Auron, atiz F3Lash Bo!-ts — a,I L-ta9 Deers _ FB31 P Top and Bottom Bolts (Pair) rs -° Fully Automatic —inactive door is latched, bolts are extended when bolts retract when active door --r active door closes, door is unlatched, ! is opened. Low Actuation Forces —Top Bolt Has No Spring Tension. i Fits standard ANSI Al l SA Door Frame Preparations. Non -handed - Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment. t Bolt backset is 3/4" Standard Rod Length is 12", which is measured from the center I of the flush bolt body to the bolt tip. Optional rod lengths available for top bolt only on non -fire rated openings —IS", 24", 36" and 48. = DP7 or DP2 optional dust proof strike available, see page C71Top _rt Bolt F631T Top Bolt Only ° Bottom FB31 B Bottom Bolt Only Bolt t Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 25. f _ UL Listed 3 Hour Fire Doors 8'0' x 10'C' f FB32 Top Bolt with Auxiliary Fire Latch FB32 Model with Auxiliary Fire Latch eliminates the bottom bolt and is UL Listed for Fire Doors. FB33 Top Bolt with Auxiliary Fire Latch and Retrofit Plate FB33 Model with Auxillary Fire Latch eliminates the bottom bolt and includes a retrofit plate to cover existing bottom bolt prep. UL Listed for Fire Doors. Dimensions 1" Wide x 6-3/4" Long x 2' Deep Body Size: Guide Size: 1' Wide x 1-27/32" Long x 27/32" High x 3/32" Thick h Strike Size: 15/16" Wide x 2-1/4" Long x 1/16' Thick Rub Plate Size: 1-1 /4' Wide x 1-11 /16" Long x 3/64' Thick Auxiliary Auxiliary Fire Latch Size: 1" Wide x 1-3/4" Long x 3-1/4" Deep Top Bolt Fire Latch Retrofit Plate Size: 1" Wide x 6-3/4" Long x 3/32' Thick - Meets ANSI Al 56.3 type 25. UL Listed 3 Hour Fire Doors 8'0' x 10'0' Finishes Ives Number US3 US4 U510 US10B US32 U532D BHMA 60S 606 612 613 629 630 C2 USA 1.877.613.8766 I Canada 1.90S.403.1B00 I www.ives.ingersollrand.com Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 24 of 30 IVES,, Door Slcr� Table Of Contents ' Floor Stops page a e FS13 Floor Stop ............................................ R14Riser.................................................E2 FS17 Floor Stop .........................................E2 FS1 8, FS1 8L Floor Stop ......................................E3 FS436Floor Stop...........................................E4 FS438Floor Stop .................................. ........E4 R435 Riser .......... .............E4 -, R437Riser................................................E4 430 Floor Stop..............................................E4 FS441, FS441WS Floor Stop..................................ES FS444,FS448 Floor Stop.....................................ES Floor Stop & Holder FS9 Floor Stop & Semi -automatic Holder ........................E6 FS40, FS41, FS42, FS43 Floor Stop & Automatic Holder .............E6 FS446, FS450 Floor Stop & Manual Holder .......................E7 _ FS495, FS496, FS497 Floor Stop & Automatic Holder ...............ES Wall Bumpers/Stops W511, WS11X Wall Stop.....................................E9 WS20, W520X Manual Wall Holder ........................... E9 WS33, WS33X Wall Stop....................................E10 WS65.Wall Stop ........................................ .E10 WS401, WS402'Wall Bumper.................................El I WS404 Wall Bumper........................................Ell WS406, WS407 Wall Bumper ... .........E12 411 R Wall Bumper.........................................E13 WS443, WS447 Wall Stop....................................E14 WS445, WS449 Manual Wall Holder ...........................E14 Wall Holders WS40 Automatic Wall Holder.................................E15 WS45, WS4SX Automatic Wall Holder ..........................El S Kick Down Holder F5452 Kick Down Holder....................................E16 FS455 Kick Down Holder .............. ..E16 !_ FS544, FS5S5 Kick Down Holder..............................E17 ' Plunger Door Holders FS1153............................. ..................E18 FS11S4..................................................E18 Roller Bumpers RB470, RB471, RB472 Roller Bumper ..........................E19 Residential Door stops 060, 061 Flexible Door Stop .........E20 60, 61 Door Base Stop ................................... 63 Flexible Door Stop .................................. . . . .E20 --. r-" 64 Base Door Stop.........................................E21 Hinge Pin Stops - 69......................................................E21 70 ......................................................E22 72Z Residential Door Saver..................................E22 i 73Z Commercial Door Saver.....................:............E22 Silencers SR64, SR65, SR66 Door Silencer..............................E23 Ei USA 1.877.613.8766 I Canada 1.905.403.1800 I www.ives.ingersollrand.com Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. STONEGATE LIFT STATION 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 rS446 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11371 for brass and L31371 for aluminum. FS450 Mects ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11361 for brass and L31371 for aluminum. Noon Stops IVES. FS446 Floor Stop & Manual Door Holder FS4S0 Floor Stop & Manual Door Holder Manual type floor holder ideal for interior or exterior use. Cast brass or aluminum construction. Accommodates door undercut up to 2-1/2". Replaceable non -marring rubber tip. Unit functions as a stop but serves as a Hold -Open device when hook is manually engaged in strike. Unit requires manual disengagement to release Hold -Open. FS446 packed with expansion shield and lead shield, for masonry type mounting F5450 packed with 3 wood screws, for drywall mounting. Dimensions Overall Height: 3-3/4 Height from Floor to Stop Center Line: 2-5/8" = Stop Diameter. 1-1/16' Base Diameter, 2-1/12" Finishes brass Ives Number US3 US4 US10 US10B US15 US26 US26D BHMA 605 606 612 613 619 625 626 Finishes aluminum Ives Number US28 BHMA 628 USA 1-877.613.8766 I Canada 1.905.403.1800 I ..ives.ingersollrand.com Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 E7 STONEGATE LIFT STATION I Page 26 of 30 D Saddle Thresholds 7 To use a saddle threshold in an offset condition, use an 8101t7hr (see page 15). 2'/4"��a/6' AMW i4 3^ ya" 173A 1733 (572) � 173_ 1737, (,.el 151— 151 151s 151�3 (762) (6.A) u�nw °uueciui`R`E'7 t POSITIVE PRESSURE 270.a 270%• 2703 270G (10t.6) t6,q uutalYeoR>a.r,nl POSITIVE PRESSUE —!I ® ®® ■ 271 , 271 271 L POSfTNE PRESSURE 271 2715N 1 " AVOW 6" 272 272 272. 272 - 272 IIHM A ©®� ®t�l •F w.>..s. y` ui+a i ascciai.n I POSITIVE PRESSURE 276.:. 276 . 276.: 276.: (177.3) +,> n..�.+.•M� (6.4) 6n NA © ®—, ®t�1e JSiiu" l+t YL1Janl K �"L'.tN POSITIVE PRESSURE 2748.'. 2748. 2748. 2032) onueA_.. POSITIVE PRESSURE is �a-� nJcae� - Welded on bottom. $" �1�q" 274X4-; :2032) Is.,) �+ u.ociYai,nl POSITIVE PRESSURE 1 1/41I ti 2749 - 2749. 2749 " (22e.6) , (6.4) •M u'uoc i uec>s.'r,nl POSITIVE PRESSURE .: ln:Ues two support 4s (o* one shown due to break in drawing.) r 10" (6,l 2750A 2750L) 2750 - (2stA) MMMA POSITIVE PRESSURE Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 27 of 30 D Offset security Bar M For use on single oulswing woad or metal doors. m Covers gap between the door and jamb for the ful door height, preventing prying and manipulation. 0. Excellent for classroom doors opening onto exterior walkways (specified and approved by major school districts). 2 Available in 80', 84' and 96' lengths. w 3572SP supplied drilled 12" on center with 1/4' holes. Va 3572SFND ('no drill' supplied undriled. L, Thru-bolls are included with or without drilling. D "T" and Overlapping Astragals 3/16" (4.8) 21/2' � 3/16" (4.e) - dew1- 1 --itst-7�r� l 71 r8 r (s] 2) 3572� 3572--j ND "i 355 S bronze 1 381, " me 1/4I . exuLdetl 355 S S (pass). l34•91 (6A) 355.5 355 . S sikcone (5) FL N /" (2EA) 355 S NEWS abin Nickel 3�4 1/4 355-- .S q'lmsnedDroduct(1911 (6A)suDDkdwM 1�2se yA ALKir G avatSac, (+ n nick RAV�Wok - upon RouesL door face I 4 door farms vinyl (V) ceo�nge o 355 V 355 P 355' V 355 P 355 V355 P m e I aaaaa� as; 355 V ®:©� = 1 355 P ®Vec won nrck� 355 V ab i►) 355 P 356 V 356 V 352 _ R FAD,- �(yN,Sa: ) 355 V 355 P 356 V 356�V 352.-R 355 V 355.'P 356 V 356? V 352: R For revere be hors. 1l4'-20 machine screws and thnl-bops must be ordered separately at additional cost. Standard fastener is #10 x V Truss Head SMS. ND' denotes *no drir (unless specified 'NO' astragals are drilled). Countersink drilling with countersunk flathead screws also available upon request at no extra charge. r,2i.at I � LB" (3.21 door face I -- 1�R 15 — (12.7) m..3i 7/16a d—face ---- r � soo�ga nil finis, -- 375' R Z I I mupronn (R) amused 375. R I ®K ®® Dmrze (s-ass). 375 : R 375 R 357' 357: 357s?ND 357 357'" 357S CND ®`�.15- ." 357 Finish: $4 (Slanlms Steel ody) If specifications state that an astragal is required to satisfy a fire and / or smoke rated opening, then a thru-bolted 357 or • in coniuncWn with S68 seal is the only configuration that can be used. V 1/4'- 20 machine screws and lhnl-bolts must be ordered separately at additional cost. TT. Standard fastener is h10 x 1' Truss Head SMS. 2 Still (see Edge Sealing Products section) must be ordered separately at an additional cost, if required. {� 1" I 2" 1 / n (215.41 (3.2) door face der fa e 4 o I 11A 6" ► Fw kghl residential 359 737, ;^ d W:; Ir18ta1atbn5. 359:`.D.3 (+7.5) ► Includes 916 x 7)8' 359qN o S88 ®O "-- -" ®� Aalhead zinc naJs. 359 " I .: Fnsh 04(5 'Ness Steel arty) Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 28 of 30 D Adjustable Astragals 3 When used as spit astragals on double doors, two lengths must be ordered: one for each door Available in 84', 96' and 120' lengths. In 351 is surface applied; 354 is full -mortise applied. NOTE. If you require split astragals in a metall to gasket configuration, you roust order each leaf separately with your chance of Insert In the tables be&— 1" 3',8 \ 351 CS (25.4, fTes> 351 CS 351 E S 9/16" 351 aS I " It4a9/16 ) 354:5 I Ii1! door race 354 S (14.3) o I limns IE) 354 S L•. II I. 354 -S 21/32-� 3ien � ----J man �---- -- s 3517!P 351 TV Aiia 351-P ® 3517V a 351P tie 351=V VU P'k (P) 351 LP " ^vi (v) 351 =V ®` " Pts (p vIwl (V) P.m Prso (PK) 354, P 354-.V 354 PK i 354L11" 354 -V 354 PK 351? 351 PK 1354:'P 354..V 354 PK 351: 351.PK 354:'P 35t 4-VJ 354 PK 351: ®a 351 .PK ® '""�- 351 t YY Punkoprere^'(Prt, 351 _PK `ma's I 351 :� (25.4) 1179) ; 351 351 r'-----' 9 351 "''' aQCCI� { e g u I g/ / 16rr /1 6 _... :.� �. 354" I t S (14.3) � doo'.ao i 354: ` ----_J—� 354: — — i i • $ I 354 , 21�32"'Si16e7 n I i (+6.7) (n.e) ma.. D Security Astragal Automatic security astragal for outswirg pairs of wood and metal doors. OIL'v�Y �YV�Y Discourages manipulation of panic -type hardware. 0 Astragal is held flush against other door by 12' thick cam jcam and mounting screws included).�r Anodized aluminum with vinyl seal and stainless steel operating spring. (1s.9) Either door may be active without requiring a — — — — coordinator. eaa rac" aaarraw rr� Only available in 86" and 96" lengths. Parts can 378 ' I Ruzul be trimmed 12" maximum from each end. 37$ I QI I Should be mounted prior to attaching panic 3787, I QI hardware to eliminate the problem of interference. I ; ) CMust be installed on the Inside of a pair of outswing doors, YA III rill "% III Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 29 of 30 D Automatic Door Bottoms — Non -Handed Full -Mortise Models 29�321—1 1 (20.0) ¢, 17 1 1121�32" IIYIX 434^.NBL "Lot-'. C � r, And Plates for 1434 and 411 Models) Aluminum end plates are provided with all 434 and 4i1 models to protect the mechanism and to give a dean aesthetic appearance. 434 End Plate S=- induded j C �MMA 411 End Plate 29/32 (2a.o) (2.) 1 ^� 121�32" I (4z1) ®®® ep�nse I ®" \neoprene (R) 1 K•• 434-RL , Nab included. ®� Finish Designations: ;pages;&g71 mill rmish alum nim :.: cladded brass (412 only) ®L " bright -dip gold anodized aluminum " clear anodized aluminum dark bronze anodized aluminum gold anodized aluminum 411 - NBL cladded stainless steel (412 only) °sass Tk•to Re c3rgssroer ea<n pwo a Ix gatedinsi" See ags 7 fir: rmyMe Rsl orMreatp gotea,�i,co-:5c;=l fmwas coruuare'.�ip'ror aep�,nd.oartaayd roa.eM:4ed `rs:sx sponge necprene (R) silicone(E) �® U ®L " 1 Ahemata insert for 411 Baxter & Flaming Ind., Inc. 3717 NW St. Helens Road Portland, Oregon, 97210 ■MMA i 13/8N I 411.= RL PemkoPre -(PK) moo* POSITIVE PRESSURE 411::PKL _ R"A_ Mamie ihsert for 411 PamkoPreris J Altemle insert for 434 111,1101 A ®� 141M ® e F neiw.na 14. uiioi ua,ii°%P.nr POSITIVE PRESSURE 420 .PKL . FwMW maul doom. M.—Lm drop a IQ'. j 113,t" WA) I nybn MUM (Ixt) 11 II N 1' 1Ij13 I Laid PemkoPrene^ (PK) anyl 420�VL AlMmale msart for 420 M(sqU � ®�® 420t,SL sMMA ® .•ni "- -" POSITIVE PRESSURE L Anemaie insert fur 421 STONEGATE LIFT STATION Page 30 of 30 Adft Washington State wo Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Stonegate Lift Station Date 2/25/11 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wolf Industries, Inc This form shall be completed prior to submittal. If this form is not complete at time of submittal it may be returned for information that was omitted. For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example For WSDOT Use Only RAM # 28 Bid Material or Item No. Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference PE/QPL Code Hdqtr./QPL Code 45 Trusses Tacoma Truss 10.06178-2 Q, Prott er Date State Materials Engineer - / Date Acceptance Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory . Acceptance Criteria: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Acceptance Criteria: Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Acceptance' prior to use of material. 3. Acceptance Criteria: Catalog Cuts for'Acceptance' prior to use of material. Catalog Cut Approved ❑ Yes ❑ No 4. Acceptance Criteria: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Acceptance Criteria: Only'Approved for Shipment', 'WSDOT Inspected' or'Fabrication Approved Decal' material shall be used. 6. Acceptance Criteria: Submit Certificate of Materials Origin to Project Engineer Office. 7. Acceptance Criteria: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Miscellaneous Acceptance Criteria. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Fabrication Inspection DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 12/2008 ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab M/S 47365 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other V J ►, STONEGATE LIFT STATION 20-00-00 d- � 0 LOADING; 25-15-10 SPACING; 24" OC 'Ofo SLOPE; 6/12 TYP OVERHANGS; 24" TYP WIND; 85 MPH EXP C 0 m 3 2 1 2 3 ri DATE: 02/24/11 (15:21:46) PAGE 1 i Tam Truss Swims G '?"Il L*10 +N..tr li1xv "F "F? TAC: (253) 847 2204 SEA:(206) 622-7199 FAX: (253) 847-2207 DATE ENTERED 09/23/10 REQ. QUOTE DATE / / ORDER DATE / / DELIVERY DATE DATE OF INVOICE ORDERED BY SUPERINTENDENT PHONE # s o L D T O WOLF INDUSTRIES, INC JOB NAME:STONEGATE LIFT STATION MODEL: DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS: x STONEGATE LIFT STATION L SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: P o RENTON, WA BUILDING DEPARTMENI ORDER # QUOTE # 101365TC CUSTOMER ACCT # 000000001 CUSTOMER PO # INVOICE # TERMS COD SALES REP Tony Campain SALES AREA C LOT # SUBDIV: SITE PHONE: BY OVERHANG INFO STANDARD HEEL 12x4 REQ. LAYOUTS REQ. ENGINEERING QUOTE END CUT RETURN I NONE NONE I LAYOUT ll PLUMB I GABLE STUDS 0 IN, OC FmTTING I I ROOF TRUSSES LOADING TOLL-TCOL-BOLL-BCDL sTREss iNCR. ROOF TRUSS SPACING:24.0 IN. O.C. (TYP.) INFORMATION 1-?rn,s n n n inn I�.S PROFILE QTY PITCH TYPE LCOMMON BASE O/A OVERHANG CANTILEVER STUB HEEL HT PLY TOP BOT �LUMBER BOT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT ID SPAN SPAN j 5 6.00 0.00 Al 12-00-00 12-00-00 2 X 4' 2 X 4 02-00-00 02-00-00 00-04-03 00 04-0 California Truss 2 6.00 0.00 A2 12-00-00 12-00-00 2 X 412 X 4 02-00-00 02-00-00 00-04-03 00-04-0 Jack -Open ' 2 6.00 0.00 A 04-00-00 1 04-00-00 2 X 4 2 X 4 02-00-00 01-10-03 00-04-03 00-04-11 Jack -Open ' 4 6.00 0.00 J2 03-10-15 03-10-15 2 X 4 2 X 4 02-00-00 00-01-01 00-04-03 00-03-0 Jack -Open 1 4 6.00 0.00 J3 01-10-15 01-10-15 2 X 4 2 X 4 02-00-00 02-01-01 00-04-03 00-03-0 Jack -Open 4 6.00 0.00 J4 01-10-15 01-10-15 2 X 4 2 X 4 02-00-00 00-01-01 00-04-03 00-03-0 Rafter Truss l 1 ' 4 4.24 0.00 P1 05-06-06 05-06-06 2 X 4 02-09-15 02-09-15 00-04-03 00-04-0 ITEMS QTY ITEM TYPE SIZE LENGTH PART NUMBER NOTES FT-IN-16 32 Blocks - Special 2.6 Beveled Solid 32 I Clips I A34 Clip(s) I I I FOR BLOCKS ONLY 56 Clips H10 Cli s 10 Hangers LUS24 Hanger(s) ONLY IF JACK TRUSSES ARE SUPPLIED ACCEPTED BY SELLER BY: ACCEPTED BY BUYER PURCHASER: BY: TITLE: ADDRESS: PHONE: DATE: SUB -TOTAL $0.00 TITLE: TAX NOT INCLUDE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE: GRAND TOTAL $0.0 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING ARE INCLUDED. DELIVERED F.O.B. JOBSITE W/CRANE TO THE REACH OF OUR EQUIPMENT IN BUNDLES ONLY. H BID EXPIRES IN 30 DAYS. REPORT` ER-a922 Reissued Navember 1, 21701 ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. a 5360 Workman Mill Road, Whillier, California 90601 • vnvw.icboes.org Filing Category: FASTENERS -Steel Gusset Plates MITEK TRUSS CONNECTOR PLATES MITEK INDUSTRIES, INC. POST OFFICE BOX 7359 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63177 1.0 SUBJECT MiTek Truss Connector Plates. 2.0 DESCRIPTION 2.1 General: Models M-2n, M II 20. M-18, M II 1 R, M-16, M II 16. M-20 HS and M 1120 HS are metal connector plates Jar wood Inisses. The plates are manufactured to various lenglhs, widths, and thicknesses or gages, and have integral tooth that are de. signed to laterally transmit load between truss wood main. bets. Plans and calculations most be submitted to the building Official for the trusses using metal connector plates described in this report. 7-2 Materials: 2.2.1 Models M-20 and M 1120 Connector Plates: Model M-20 and Model M 1120 plates are manufactured from mini- mum No. 20 gage 10.036 inch (0.91 mm)jASTM A 653 Grade 40, structural -quality steel with a minimum yield strength of 41 ksi (283 MPa) and a G 60 galvanization coaling. The plates have repealing 1-inch-square (25 mm) modules of teeth stamped out and formed at right angles to the face of the par- ent metal. Each module has four slots, 0.45 Inch (11.4 mm) long and 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) wide, fabricated by punching two teeth out of each slot and resulting in each module having eight teeth. The transverse center lines of adjacent slols are staggered 0.15 inch (3.8 mm) In a longitudinal direction. Lon- gitudinal center lines of slots are spaced 0.25 inch (6.4 mm). Each slot has a 0.33-Inch-long (8.4 mm) tooth at each end. Each tooth is formed with a symmetrical V-shaped cross sec- tion at its base, and twists approximately 22 degrees to its point. See Figure 4 for details. 2.2.2 Models M-18 and M 1118 Connector Plates: Model M-18 and Model M 11 18 plates are manufactured Irom mini- mum No. 18 gage thick [0.0478 inch (1.21 mm)j ASTM A 653 Grade 40. structural -quality steel with a minimum yield strength of 41 ksi (283 MPa) and a G 60 galvanization coal- Ing. The plates are available in widths of 1 to 12 inches (25.4 to 305 mm) and lengths of 2 to 20 inches (51 to 508 mm), in 1-inch (25.4 mm) Increments. The teeth are formed by punch- ing slots 0.43 inch (10.9 mm) long and 0.125 Inch (3.2 mail wide, creating two teeth from each slot. Each module has eight teeth per square inch (0.0124 teeth per square millime- ter). Each tooth is formed with a symmetrical V-shaped cross section at its base, and twists approximately 22 degrees to its point. The teeth are approximately 318 inch (9.5 mm) long. See Figure 4 for details. 22.3 Models M-16 and M II 16 Connector Plates: Model M-16 and Model M 11 16 plates are manufactured from mini- mum No. 16-gaga-Ihlck (0.058 Inch (1.47 mm)] ASTM A 653 Grade 40, structural -quality steel with a G 60 galvanization coating. Slots 0.54 inch (13.7 mm) fit length are punched eking Ilia perpendicular axis of the plater. The metal dis- placed by the slot Is lanced and formed into two opposing teeth, protrudinq at right angles from the 11.11 plate. Each loolh is diagonally cut, thereby lormmg a shufp point. The teeth are additionally shaped Into a twisted roncove form, lasing the slot cndoul area. Teeth are 0.16 inch (4.1 min) wide and 0.37 inch (9.4 mm) long, and there are 4.8 teeth per square inch (0.017174 teeth per square millimeter) of plate area. Plates are available in 1-inrh (25.4 rem) width inrronlools, up to 12 inch. ns(305nun),andlongilmseh, I'i.h inrin;:11.7 unn)auillinles. Sue Figure 4 for details. 2.2.4 Models M-20 HIS and M 11211 115 Connector Plates: Model M-20 HS and M.AH M II [3 HS plate: are manufactured from mininxun No. 2U gage 10.03f 0 indi (0.911 mm1l, ASTM A 653 Type II Grade till, high sivenglh low. alloy (HSLA) steel with a G NJ naivanwillon coming. Re- pealing 3/44nrh-by-1-11101 (19 mm by 75.4 In mo, hulas of tooth are stamped unl and formed at riryt angles to the lice of the parent metal. Each mcdulo has three stele, 0.45 inch (11.4 min) long and 0.125 inch (3.2 inn•) wide, fabricated by punching Iwo teeth out of each slut area and resulting in each module having six teeth. Each module is separated by a 0.254nch-wide (6.4 mm) strip of unpuochud :.feel. The Trans- verse center lines of adjacent slots era sla!)gered 0.15 inch (3.8 mm) in the longitudinal direction. Longitudinal canter lines of slols are spaced 0.25 inch (6.4 mm). Cacti slot has a 0.33-inch-long (8.4 mm) tooth at each end. Each tooth is addi- tionally shaped, twisting an apprnxiniale 22 degrees to its point. See Figure 4 for details. Modal M 1120 f IS plates are Identical to M-20 HS plates. 2.3 Allowable Loads: Tables 1 through 3 provide allowable lateral loads, leniinn loads, shear loads, and reduction ladurs fur the mn." plate connectors. These values are based on the liclional Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wnr,d Tni^.5 Conslmr- lion, ANSIfrPI 1-1995. A copy of the AN:; t 1111 1 1995 aland- ard mist be supplied to the building dgparlrnmt when Ihis is requested by the building official. 2.3.1 Lateral Resistance: Each owlet ronneclrr ldaM mull he designed to transfer the required load without exceeding the allowable loud per square inch of plalo cnnlacl area, based on species; the onenlalinn of the lialh ntalive to the load; and the direction of load relative bit grain. I ie.::ign for lel- eral resistanre must be in accordance wi!h T.-tion 11.2.1 or ANSOTPI 1-1995. Table 1 shows allowable lateral loads for the metal connector plates. 2.3.2 Tension Resistance: Each metal connector plate must be designed for tension capacity, based an the crienla- lion of Ilia metal connector plate relative to the direction of load. Design for tension most be accordance with Section 11.2.2 of ANSIrrPI 1-1905. Table 2 shows allowable tension loads fin the metal connector plates. Additionally, two net sec- tion of the metal connector plates for tension joints must be designed using the allowable tensile stress of the metal, ad- REPORTS- err nor re he cne.nn,ed air r,prerrndng nr.uhrdcr n. nap n,h...... here nor vt-ir He nit beard, nor err ,he,• m hr nnnrund air an rnrinnnnem nl rite xxhfrcr nl,hr npnn nr a rcrnnmanda,inn ( sir u1r. Then ,x nn u•ar a hr ICBO F.valuuur,n Srn.rr. Inc., rrpreu nr in, pried. ax ,s anv/indirte nr other -ref in d,ir rrpnn, nr r.1 �n nap pn d-, rn• d hr rhr ny,urr. Page 2 of 6 lusted by the metal connector plate tensile effectiveness ra- tios shown in Table 2 2.3.3 Shear Resistance: Each metal conneclorplate must he designed for shear capacity, based on the orientation of Ilia plate relative to all possible lines of shear. Design far shoar must be in accordance wilh Section 11.1.3 of ANSI/TPI 1.1995. Table 3 shows allowable shear loads fnr Ilia metal cnnneclur plates. Additionally, the net section of the metal connector plates for heel joints and other joints involving shear mlisl be designed using the allowable shear values for the metal connaclor plates, adjusted by the shear resistance effectiveness ratios shown in Table 3. 2.3.4 Metal Plate Reductions: Several allowable load re- duction factors for the metal plates, when they are applicable, must be considered cumulatively in the design of metal con- nector plates used in fabricated wood trusses: 1. Ailowa[Ao lateral resistance values for Ilia metal connec- lur plates must be reduced 15 percent when the plates are installed on the narrow face of Imus lumber members. 2. Allowable lateral resistance values must be reduced by 20 pnu:unl whon the metal connector plates are installed in lumbar having a moisture content greater than 19 per - Carl at the time of [was fabrication. 3. Allowable lateral resistance values for metal connector plates installed at the heel joint of fabricated wood trusses intisl be reduced by the heel -loin) reduction factor, Hp, as lolluws: ER-4922 4. Truss chord and web lumbersize, species, and grade. 5. Required bearing widths at truss supports. G. Top and bottom chord live and dead foods, concentrated loads and their locations, and controlling wind or earth- quake loads. 7. Design calculations conforming to ANSIrrPI 1-1995 and any adjustments to lumber and metal connector plate al- lowable values for conditions of use. 2.5 Truss Fabrication: Plate connectors shall be installed by on approved muss fabri- cator who has an approved quality assurance program cover- ing the wood truss manufacturing and inspection process, in accordance with Sections 2321.1 and 2321.3 of the code and Section 4 of ANSIrrPI 1-1995, National Standard for Melaf. Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. The allowable loads recognized in this report are for plates that are pressed info wood truss members using hydraulic-pialen embedment presses, multiple roller presses that use partial embedment followed by full embedment rollers, or combinations of partial embedment roller presses and hydraulic -platen presses that teed trusses into a stationary finish rater press. 2.6 Identification: The MiTek connectors are Identified by a blue stripe allernal- ing with the name -MiTek' and an imprint of the plate name embosser! Into the surface or the plate. (For example, the M-16 plate is embossed *M-16.') Hit - 0.85 - 0.05(12 Ian 11 - 2.0) - 3.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED where: 0.655HR 50.85 0 = Angle between lines of acllon of the top and bottom chords shown in Figure 3. This heel -joint reduction factor does not apply to conditions with lop chord slopes greater than 12:12. 2.3.5 Combined Shear and Tension: Each metal connec- Iw plate must be designed for combined shear and tension capacity, based on the orientation of the metal connector plate. retolive to the directions of loading. Design fur combined shear and tension must be in accordance with Section 11.2.4 of ANSIt IN 1.1995. 2.3.6 Combined Flexure and Axial Loading: Metal con- naclor plates ditsigraA fur axial luicen only are permitted as slArces in the lop and bottom chord when the splices are In- nlod within 12 inches (305 mm) of the calculated point of zero moment. Design of metal connector plates located at splices in the lop and bottom chord that are not located within 12 meshes (305 mm) of the calculated point of zero moment 6hust inrludo combined flexure and axial stresses. 2.4 Truss Design: Plans and calculations must be submitted in the building offi- cial hx the Inisses using metal connector plates described In this report. the truss design must show compliance with the code and accepted engineering principles. Allowable loads for Iha nitiul connector plates may be maeenrid for duration of load in accordance with Section 2316.2 of the code. Col. culations must specify the deflection ratio or the maxtmurn de9erlim for live and total load. For each miss design draw- ing, the fnllnwing minimum information should be specifiedby the design engineer: 1. TfU:a span, spacing, and slope or depth. 2. Dimensioned location of truss joints. 3. Model, size and dimensioned location of metal connector plates at each joint. Test data In accordance with National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction, ANSIrrPI 1-1995. 4.0 FINDINGS That the MiTek truss connector plates for wood trusses described in this report comply with the 1997 Uniform Building CodeT", subject to the following conditions: 4.1 Plans and calculations are submitted to the build- , Ing official for the trusses using metal connector plates described in this report. 4.2 The metal connector plates are designed to trans- fer the required loads using the design formulae In ANSIrrPI 1.1995. A copy of fit. ANSIlTPI 1-1995 standard must be supplied to the building depart - men 1 when this is requested by the building official. 4.3 The allowable loads for the metal connector plates comply with this evaluation report. 4.4 Metal connector plates are not permitted to be lo- cated where knots occur in connected wood truss members. 4.5 Metal connector plates are Installed in pairs on op- poslle faces of truss members. 4.6 Trusses using metal connector plates described In this report must be fabricated by a truss fabricator approved by the building official, in accordance with Sections 2321.1 and 2321.3 of the code. 4.7 Allowable loads shown in the tables in this report may be increased for duration of load in accord- ance with Section 2316.2 of the code. 4.8 Allowable loads shown in the tables in [his report are not applicable for metal connector plates em- bedded in lumbertreated with fire -resistive chemi- cals. This report Is subject to re-examination in two years. Page 3 of 6 ER-4922 Page 4 or 6 TABLE I -ALLOWABLE LATERAL RESISTANCE VALUES PLATE YODEL LUMBER SPECIES SPECINC6RAVrTT "'IT" OF GMIN AND LOAO "ITN RESPECT TO LENGTH OF P_.- AA EA AE EE AII-I to I.- Per Pb,e3 M,M, M, puen en M'un. ceMaQ a,wel M-20 End M 1120 Southern yellow pine 0.55 249 190 184 21AI Douglas fir-hsrah 0.50 220 193 18(1 190 Hem -fir 0.43 185 143 129 143 145 137 Spruce -pine -fir 0,42 197 144 M-11 End M 11 18 SOULhcrn yellow pine us 195 188 159 151 Douglas r,,Iu.h 0.50 170 148 157 147 Hem -fir 0.43 151 1 147 149 141 Spruce -pint -fir 0.42 140 1 133 IU 108 M-16 and M R 16 SDmham yellow pine 0.55 174 176 147 123 Dnugins lir-Inrch 030 176 121 137 126 Hem -fir DAI 119 64 102 98 spruce -pint -fir 0.42 127 82 73 In7 M-2011S end M 1120 ITS Snulhem yellow pine 0.55 187 143 IJB 150 41 Douglas nr-larch 0.50 165 146 IT, Hcm-fir 0.43 139 111 97- -- 1119 Spruce -pine -fir 0.42 148 108 HIT 111. J For Sr: I Ihffinchs - 6.89 kPe. IS- Figure 1 far • dncr I.. of plate nrienruian. 3Me.[ mnncclor plums Ere ins.11ed in p.in on oppnsise f ces of tuns members. TABLE 2-ALLOWABLE TENSION VALUES AND TENSION EFFICIENCY RATIOS' PLATE YODEL a DIRECTION OFLOAD MnTH RESPECr __�_-f0__ TO LENGTH OF PUTT- 1 a--__-�_-ea• TM,elw IaM Ran-, Raltr Albw... Tenslen Loetl' I'- Per Inch Prr MN rl Peter) M-20 and Id If 20 1,126 Bin 0.7? OA7 M-18 End M li IS 440E 1,120 n39 0.47 M-16 and M 11 16 1,"5 802 0-69 0.28 M-20 HS End M If 20 HS 1,661 IX3 0.64 0.41 For SI: 1 Ibf/inch - 0. 173 N/tutu. ISee Figure 2 far Isdescription orpinle nri-I.Lion. 'The length of plain ref- to the dimension of the longitudinal air Of,h. area of Lhe plow from which the plate leerh were sheared during plain 51 rintian. 3Tha allawahle IemlDn Inods are based on bare most Ihicknnus of O.0368, 0.0493 and n.060 inch for the No. 20, 18 and 16 gage sled pimes, rrcpso Ncly. TABLE 3-ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES AND SHEAR EFFICIENCY RATIOS DIRECTION OF LOTH WITH REEPECT TO LENGTH a PLATE - C ]a• La• er 12a• I.- E. N• tar Ea• 1W 16E• FIATE YODEL Al', -3--d' IM�v'tla z Yah IN,, p.I, al Wetal , EMa, IaA Weeleney R.I. M-20 and M It 20 574 739 936 645 4911 54i DA9 0.61 0.79 0,53 0.4E U.46 M-IS EndM 1118 748 991 I, 174 i15 626 Stl'1 0.47 8.63 0.74 U.32 0AU U.J7 M-16 and M 0 16 1,041 I, 17] 1,4D2 I,DSS 914 672 0.54 0.61 0.11 D.SS 0.4t U.3S M-20 fI5 and 1120 [IS 761 1,085 1,184 792 6M 517 0.0 0.61 0.67 0.45 034_ _ DJn For Sl: 1 IbPnch -0.17S N/mm. 'The sllowahle rheas leads Ere based an base metal thicknesses of 0,03611, 0.0491 End n,ndn Inch far the Nn. 20, 18 and 16 pg. Ireel pint.,, rnpeuively. ER-4922 AR Orientation Liao-d-I it ii I I qq LoW I �1111II11111111IA�11II III III II111� EA Odenle0on Load Load EE Orientation FIGURE I -PLATE ORIENTATIONS FOR LATERAL RESISTANCE VALUES wm gl IIIIIIIIIIIIIII 1111111111111111 { 1 II I II I 11 IIIII (a) Oa Plate Orientation (b) 900 Plate Orientation FIGURE 2-PLAI E LENGTH AND WIDTH FOR ALLOWABLE TENSION VALUES 8 � O FIGURE 3-HEEL JOINTS TO WHICH THE REDUCTION FACTOR, HR. APPLIES Page 5 of 6 MiTek Connector P12tes r—,.l C= cm C= = = C= LL7J L= o C= r= C= o C= C= 0.15(r 0.45W CM C= —C= C= L-D C=? r= C= C=, Z= C—.) C= C= C=3 C=- = == r—) C= C= r= C=3 C= = 1= r= L= C= C= C= C= f= C= cm C= C= C= C= — C= C= cl C= Cm C= cm t= C= r= o 0 0 o v L-M CE a., [ ... t -1 r— r= D u =I I=) 01100' F i 0.840' 0.540* a uff 4 M-20 / Mil 20 M-18 / Mil 18 M-16 / mil 16 ER-4922 C= C= C= C= C-- M-20 HS/ Mll 20 HS C= C= C=3 C= .-3 C= C=? C= C= C;..) FIGURE 4—METAL CONNECTOR PLATE DIMENSIONS Page 6 of 6 M20 M1120 Ml 8 / MI 118 It% M20HS / MH20HS fur si: 1 in,h - 25.4 mm. FIGURE 4 METAL CONNECTOR PLATE DIMENSIONS —)Continued) ER-4922 1 MT+eY.. qVp � :IGi7{�yl]f[t StN[� } POWER TO PERFORM. - Re: 101365TC STONEGATE LIFT STATION MiTek Industries, Inc. 7777 Greenback Lane Suite 109 Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Telephone 916/676-1900 Fax 916/676-1909 The truss drawing(s) referenced below have been prepared by MiTek Industries, Inc. under my direct supervision based on the parameters provided by Tacoma Truss Systems, Inc.. Pages or sheets covered by this seal: R32753775 thru R32753781 My license renewal date for the state of Washington is August 1, 2012. Important Notice: If visually graded lumber is used for the trusses covered by these designs, see "SPIB Important Notice, Dated July 28, 2010" (reprinted at www.mii.com) before use. MiTek does not warrant third -party lumber design values. February 17,2011 Tingey, Palmer The seal on these drawings indicate acceptance of professional engineering responsibility solely for the truss components shown. The suitability and use of this component for any particular building is the responsibility of the building designer, per ANSI/TPI-2002 Chapter 2. lob Truss Truss Type Qty Ply I.STONEGATE LIFT STATION R32753771 101365TC Al COMMON TRUSS 5 1 Job Refemao T—ma Truss Svstems. Inc.. Spanaway, WA 98387-8179 7.250 s Jan 28 2011 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Feb 17 10:20:53 2011 Page .,in-n �n.r,..wrvvrve7nvFi5z97Z?DDiRzRKG5rRLBHzkER as = TRUSSES TRUSSES IN THIS JOB 1 Arrroce I nnn mnT CDNRIDFRFD o I s t2.o-o 6-0-0 S.I. - I VA Ii Plate ff el X 0-0-0 0-0 a 0-0-4 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP MT20 185/148 TCLL 25.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.41 Vert(LL) 0.03 2-6 >999 240 (Roof SnowLumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.17 Vert(TL) -0.05 4-6 >999 180 TCDL 15.0 i Rep Stress Incr YES i WS 0.12 0.0 Horz(TL) 0.01 4 n/a n/a Weight:441b FT=20% BCLL Code IBC2006/TPI2002 (Matrix) BCDt 1 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0-0 oc purlins. TOP CHORD 2 X 4 DF 240OF 2.0E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0 0 oc bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 DF 240OF 2.0E MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing WEBS 2 X 4 HF Stud/Std be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=755/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8), 4=75510-5-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Uplift2=273(LC 5), 4=-273(LC 5) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -Ail forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-7=-760/114, 3-7=-655/135, 3-8=655/135. 4-8=760/114 BOT CHORD 2-6=01581, 4-6=0/581 WEBS 3-6=0/260 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 85mph; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=6.Opsf, h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; C-C Exlerior(2); cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) TCLL: ASCE 7-05: Pf=25.0 psf (flat roof snow); Category II; Exp C; Fully Exp.; Ct= 1 3) Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4) This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 18.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 25.0 psf on overhangs non -concurrent with other live loads. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 273 lb uplift at joint 2 and 273 lb uplift at joint 4. 7) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2006 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard - r' �SS�U.N,1Lbe., February 17,2011 10 VS BEFORE USE. ®WARNING V_fy design parmnders and READ NOrFS ON THIS AND INCLUDED DIITSRREFERP.NCE PAGEMI 7473 reo. ����} Design valid for use only with MTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown. and is for an indviduai bolding component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component Is responsibifty, of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown iTk• is for lateral support of individual web members onN. Additional temporary bracing to insure stobility Me during construction is the responsibillity of the ,owr iT e- erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is tghe responsibility, of the buildng designer. For general guidance regarding fabric Ins or elion available from Truss delivPlaery, eerection an br Lee Sire consult 312.NAleXalnd^a. VA 2 314� D56-89 and SCSI Building Component Citrus Hreights CA, 9561eenback Lane, 0lte 109 Job Truss TrussType Qty Ply STONEGATE LIFT STATION R32753776 101365TC A2 California Truss 2 1 Reference (optional) .. oa OM 1 \AiTn6 In.in.Mne Inc Thu Feh 17 10,20,55 2011 Pace ' Tacoma Truss Systems, Inc., Spanaway, vvn eaoor-ai 1 y I D:6MCccdSg2gOthB2Lbx393958yaIG0-vcry1X0_R WsDSsMI L88REOflCE00nRLIZY9wSFAzkERs 1 14-0.0 2-0-0 3-6-12 6-43 4-2-2 -3 3.6-12 2)-0 Sole -1:2sQ 41,8 \\ .5 Plate Offsets LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 25.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.48 Vert(LL) -0.03 7-8 >999 240 MT20 185/148 (Roof Snow-25.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.24 Vert(TL) -0.08 7-8 >999 180 TCDL 15.0 I Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.09 Horz(TL) 0.02 5 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 Code IBC2006/TPI2002 I (Matrix) Weight: 50 lb FT = 20% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 DF 2400E 2.0E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0 0 oc purtins, except. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 DF 240OF 2 OE 2-0-0 oc pudins (6-0-0 ni 3-4. WEBS 2 X 4 HIP Stud/Std BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. 71 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=958/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8), 5=958/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8) Max Uplif12=351(LC 5), 5=351(LC 5) Max Grav 2=1174(LC 12), 5=1174(LC 12) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3=-1534/327, 3-1 0=1 353/328, 10-11 =-I 353/328, 4-11 =-1 353/328, 4-5=1534/325 BOT CHORD 2-8=180/1360, 7-8=-188/1353, 5-7=178/1361 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 85mph; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=6.Opsf; Ili Cat. 11; Exp C; enclosed; C-C Exterior(2); cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) TCLL: ASCE 7-05: Pf=25.0 psi (flat roof snow); Category II; Exp C; Fully Exp.; Ct= 1, Lu=50-0-0 3) Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4) This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 18.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 25.0 psf on overhangs non -concurrent with other live loads. 5) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 6) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 351 lb uplift at joint 2 and 351 lb uplift at joint 5. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2006 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TP1 1. 9) Girder carries hip end with 3-8-8 end setback. 10) Design assumes 4x2 (flat orientation) purtins at oc spacing indicated, fastened to truss TC w/ 2-10d nails. 11) Hanger(s) or other connection device(s) shall be provided sufficient to support concentrated load(s) 109 lb down and 67 lb up at TfN F' 8-3-8, and 109 lb down and 67 lb up at 3-8-8 on top chord. The design/selection of such connection device(s) is the responsibility of others. G j 12) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). 1; '1 LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Snow: Lumber Increase=1.15, Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads (plf) r 4 Vert: 1-3=-80, 34=-105(F=25), 4-6=80, 2-5=-26(F=-6) it 3 6 .� Q Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 3=109(F) 4=-109(F) SSfONAL February 17,2011 ® WARNING V m fg d gn p—s tms and READ NO IFS ON THIS AND INCD UDED bII TEK REFERENCE PAGE MI1 7473 lee. 10 '08 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This designis based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual bsnlding component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not tens designer. Bracing shown Is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability, during construction is the responsibillity of the .o MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building n ng designer. For general guidance regarding wr, —11 fabrication. quality control. staage, delivery. erection and bracing consult ANSI/TPII Qualfty Criteria, DSB-89 and SCSI 6u9ding Component 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 281 N. Lee Sheet, Suite 312. Alexandria, VA 22314. Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job Truss cuss Type Qty Ply STONEGATE LIFT STATION R32753777 101365TC J1 J.rks en Truss 2 1 Job E Tacoma Truss Systems, Inc., Spanaway, 1NA sn3tst-airo r-u ,,,=r .,.,-. ...-. __ .. . __... _ _ . ID:6MCccdSg2gOthB2Lbx3958yal GO-vczy 1 XO_R WSD5sMIL88R EOtLtOQERMJZY9wSFAzkE Rs 2 o r 40.0 I slog 2-0-0 S=N-127.a LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 25.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.41 Vert(LL) -0.01 2-5 -999 240 MT20 220/195 (Roof Snow=25.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.08 Vert(TL) -0.02 2-5 >999 180 TCDL 15.0 Rep Stress Incr YES VJB 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 4 n/a n/a BCLL 0.0 Code IBC2006/rP12002 (Matrix) Weight 18 lb FT = 20% BCDL 10.0 LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 OF 240OF 2.0E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-0-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 OF 240OF 2.0E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide REACTIONS All bearings Mechanical except (jt=length) 2=0-5-8, 3=0-1-8. (lb) - Max Horz 2=227(LC 5) Max Uplift All uplift 100 Ito or less at joint(s) 4 except 2=176(LC 5), 3=156(LC 5) Max Grav All reactions 250 lb or less at joint(s) 4, 5 except 2=487(LC 6), 3=252(LC 2) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp./Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05: 85mph; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=6.Opsf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; C-C Exterior(2); cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) TCLL: ASCE 7-05; Pf=25.0 psf (flat roof snow); Category II; Exp C; Fully Exp.; Ct= 1 3) Unbaianced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4) This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 18.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 25.0 psf on overhangs non -concurrent with other live loads. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate at joint(s) 3. 8) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) 4 except at --lb) 2=176,3=156. 9) Beveled plate or shim required to provide full bearing surface with truss chord at joint(s) 3. 10) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2006 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard February 17,2011 ® WARNING V--iN design pa otec s and RFA NOTES ON TMIS AND INCLUDED Al7T£F. REFFRFNCF PAGE M 7473 rru 10 'O8 BFFORB USE. Design valid for use only with MiTek connectors. This design's based only upon parameters shown. and is for an individual budding component.��' Applicabiliy, of design paromenters and proper incorporafm of component is responsibility of building designer- not tans designer. Bracing shown is far lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibilliy of the MiTek, erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding - -_- fabrication. quality control. storage, delivery, erection and bracing, consult ANSI/TPII Quafity Cr9erla, DSB-89 and BCSI BuAding Component 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute, 281 N. Lee Street, Suite 312. Alexandria. VA 22314. Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply STONEGATE LIFT STATION R32753776 101365TC J2 Jack -Open Truss 4 1 Job F racoma Truss Systems, Inc, Spanaway, WA 98387-8179 7.250 s Jan 28 2011 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Feb 17 10:20:55 2011 Page 1 I D:6MCccdSg2gOthB2Lbx3958yalGO-OoX KEtPcCq_3jOxUvsfgncB W2QmTApzinpgOnczkERr 31au I "..'s Soil. • 1:20.e LOADING (psf) SPACING 21 -O CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 25.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.41 Vert(LL) -0.01 2-4 >999 240 MT20 220/195 (Roof Snow=25.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.08 Vert(TL) -0.02 2 4 >999 180 TCDL 15.0 Rep Stress Incr YES I WB 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a BCLL �0.0 Code IBC2006/rP12002 I (Matrix) Weight: 15lb FT=20% LUMBER TOP CHORD 2 X 4 DF 240OF 2.0E BOT CHORD 2 X 4 DF 240OF 2.0E REACTIONS (lb/size) 3=90/Mechanical, 2=415/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8), 4=37/Mechanical Max Horz 2=173(LC 5) Max Uplift3=68(LC 5), 2=208(1_C 5) Max Gray 3=112(LC 2), 2=470(LC 6), 4=74(LC 4) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-10-15 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 85mph; TCDL=4.2psf, BCDL=6.Opsf; h=25ft; Cat. ll: Exp C; enclosed; C-C Exterior(2); cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) TCLL: ASCE 7-05; Pf=25.0 psf (flat roof snow); Category 11; Exp' C; Fully Exp.; Ct= 1 3) Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4) This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 18.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 25.0 psf on overhangs non -concurrent with other live loads. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) 3 except at --lb) 2=208. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2006 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard February 17,2011 ® WARHING Verify d ,segrt paramc — and RFAD NOTES ON THIS AND INCi,iIDED FII7Eli REFF.RENCE PAGE MII 7473 m I0 '08 BEFORE USE. i - Design valid for use only with MTek connectors. This deign is based only upon parameters shown. and B far an individual building component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer - not tnnss designer. Bracing shown B for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction B the responsibility of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding - fabrication, quality control, storage, delivery, erection and brocing� consult ANSI/TPII quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Bundling Component 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 281 N. Lee Sheet, Suite 312, Alexandria. VA 22314. Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply LIFT STATION �STONEGATE R32753779 101365TC J3 Jack -Open Truss 4 1Job racoma Truss Systems, Inc., Spanaway, WA 98387-8179 7.250 s Jan 28 2011 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Feb 17 10:20:57 2011 Page 1 ID:6MCccdSg2gOthB2Lbx3958yaIGO-s?5jRCPEz76wKA WhTZAvJpkh_g6RvGDrOTPZK2zkE Rq -2-ao 1.1a1s 2-0-0 1-70.15 Sine:1.147 LOADING (psf) TOLL 25.0 SPACING 2-0-0 CS] DEFL in (too) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP (Roof Snow=25.0) Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.40 Vert(LL) -0.01 2-4 >999 240 MT20 220/195 BCDL 1 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0,10 Vert(TL) -0.02 2-4 >999 180 0.0 BCLL Rep Stress Incr NO WB 0.00 Horz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a .0 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2006/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight:121b FT=20°k LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 DF 240OF 2.0E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 1-10-15 oc puffins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 DF 240OF 2.0E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=367/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8), 4=39/Mechanical, 3=16/Mechanical Max Horz 2=118(LC 5) Max Uplift2=203(LC 5). 3=-119(LC 6) Max Grav 2=479(LC 6), 4=78(LC 4), 3=22(LC 5) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05: 85mph; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=6.Opsf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C: enclosed; C-C Exterior(2); cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed: Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) TCLL: ASCE 7-05. Pf=25.0 psf (flat roof snow); Category II: Exp C; Fully Exp.; Ct= 1 3) Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4) This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 18.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 25.0 psf on overhangs non -concurrent with other live loads. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 7) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 8) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) except (jt=lb) 2=203, 3=119. 9) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2006 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. LOAD CASE(S) Standard �A 4S//i. El" ,c G/STL•� February 17,2011 ® WARh4NG Ve Yfy d-igr parmnctcr_ and READ NOT£S ON THIS AND INCLUDED AJ7TEKREFERENCE PAGE MI 7473 rep. 10 98 BEFORE USE. Design valid for use only with Mffek connectors. This design Is based only upon parameters shown, and Is for an individual budding component. Applicability of design paromenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility, of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing drown 5 for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction isthe responsibilfity, of the _ GreMiTek• erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control, storage, derrvery, erection and bracing consult ANSI/TPII quality CtNerle, DSB-89 and BCSI BuBding Component 7777 enback Lane, Suite 109 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 281 N. Lee Sheet, Suite 312 Alexandria. VA 22314. Carus Heights, CA, 95810 Job Truss Truss Type Dty Ply STONEGATE LIFT STATION R32753780 101365TC J4 Jack -Open Truss 4 1 Job I acoma Truss Systems, Inc., Spanaway, WA 98387.8179 7.250 s Jan 28 2011 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Feb 17 10:20:57 2011 Page 1 ID:6MCccdSg2gOthB2Lbx3958yalGO-s?5jRCPEz76wKA WhTZAvJpking7dvGDrOTPZK2zkERq -2-ao 1-1a1s 2-0-o I 1-tails awN • t:1 /.7 LOADING (ps{) TOLL 25.0 SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/defl L/d PLATES GRIP (Roof Snow=215 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 0.34 Vert(LL) -0.00 2 >999 240 MT20 220/195 BCDL 1 Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 0.02 Vert(TL) -0.00 24 >999 180 0..0 BCLL Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 HOrz(TL) -0.00 3 n/a n/a .0 BCDL 10.0 Code IBC2006/TPI2002 (Matrix) Weight: 9 lb FT = 20 h LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 OF 2400E 2.0E TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 1-10-15 oc pudins. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 OF 240OF 2.0E BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. I MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing ibe,nstalled during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 2=348/0-5-8 (min. 0-1-8), 4=19/Mechanical, 3=-16/Mechanical Max Horz 2=118(LC 5) Max Uplift2=-215(LC 5), 3=-119(LC 6) Max Grav 2=460(LC 6), 4=39(LC 4), 3=22(LC 5) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (to) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05, 85mph; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=6.Opsf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; C-C Extedor(2); cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) TCLL: ASCE 7-05; Pf=25.0 psf (flat roof snow); Category ill; Exp C; Fully Exp.; Ct= 1 3) Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4) This truss has been designed for greater of min roof live load of 18.0 psf or 2.00 times flat roof load of 25.0 psf on overhangs non -concurrent with other live loads. 5) This truss has been designed for a 10.0 psf bottom chord live load nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 6) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 lb uplift at joint(s) except Qt=lb) 2=215, 3=119. 8) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2006 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/rP LOAD CASE(S) Standard � Ir f,fs l �`, r� ` SION' ALb�G� February 17,2011 A WARNING Verily dosign palm ate and RFAD NOTES ON rHIS AND INCLUDED bIITEK REFERENCE PAGE DBI 7473 «e. 10 V8 BEFORE ESE. Design valid for use only with MTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicability of design pammenters and proper incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown is for lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction is the responsibility of the MiTek• erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication, quality control. storage. delivery, erection and bracing. consult ANSVTPII Quality Criledo, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Safety Information available from Truss Plate Institute. 281 N. Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314. Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 Job Truss Truss Type Oty Ply STONEGATE LIFT STATION R32753781 101365TC P1 Rafter Truss 4 1 Job Reference o Tonal Tacoma Truss Systems, Inc., Spanaway, WA 98387-8179 7.250 s Nov 19 2010 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Feb 17 10:59:21 2011 Page 1 ID:6MCcodSg2gOthB2Lbx3958yalGO-667 LP W KPKYgtln6_ixFih90gaT7kl b_pwXTB VzkDtq -2-9-15 5-"B-4-5 2-9.15 5-68 42-15-9-f4 2.7-1 Scale = 122.2 a, Plate Offsets (X.Y): f2:0-1-0.0-0-151 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deft L/d PLATES GRIP TCLL 25.0 Plates Increase 1.15 TC 044 Vert(LL) -0.01 2-4 >999 240 MT20 220/195 (Roof Snow=25.0) Lumber Increase 1.15 BC 000 Vert(TL) 0.01 2-4 >999 180 TCDL 15.0 Rep Stress lncr NO WB 000 Horz(TL) -0.00 5 n/a n/a Code IBC2006/TPI2002 I (Matrix) I Weight: 24lb FT=20% BCDL 10.0 I LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 DF 240OF 2.OE TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-6-6 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation ouide REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=77/Mechanical, 2=457/0-7-6 (min. 0-2-5), 4=317/0-2-2 (min. 0-1-8) Max Harz 2=227(LC 5) Max Uplift 5=-46(LC 5), 2=298(1_C 5). 4=247(1_C 5) Max Grav 5=100(LC 2), 2=461(LC 2), 4=378(LC 2) FORCES (lb) - Max. Comp.,Max. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-05; 85mph; TCDL=4.2psf; BCDL=6.Opsf; h=25ft; Cat. II; Exp C; enclosed; C-C Extedor(2); cantilever left and right exposed ; end vertical left and right exposed; Lumber DOL=1.33 plate grip DOL=1.33 2) TCLL: ASCE 7-05; Pf=25.0 psf (flat roof snow); Category II; Exp C; Fully Exp.; Ct= 1 3) Unbalanced snow loads have been considered for this design. 4) Refer to girder(s) for truss to truss connections. 5) Bearing at joint(s) 2 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate at joint(s) 4. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 46 lb uplift at joint 5, 298 lb uplift at joint 2 and 247 lb uplift at joint 4. 8) Beveled plate or shim required to provide full bearing surface with truss chord at joint(s) 4. 9) This truss is designed in accordance with the 2006 International Building Code section 2306.1 and referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1. 10) "Nailed" indicates 3-1 Od or 2-12d common wire toe -nails. For more details refer to MiTek's ST-TOENAIL Detail. 11) In the LOAD CASE(S) section, loads applied to the face of the truss are noted as front (F) or back (B). LOAD CASE(S) Standard 1) Snow: Lumber Increase=1.15, Plate Increase=1.15 Uniform Loads (pit) Vert: 1-5=-80 Concentrated Loads (lb) Vert: 3=32(B) 6=72(F=36, B=36) v �SS7�NAL ��G`r February 17,2011 WARNING F—Vy d-ign p—otcra and READ NOTES ON THIS AND INCLUDED AHTEK REFERENCE PAGE MI 7473 rev. 10 '08 BEFOREUSE. Design valid for use oNy with MiTek connectors. This design is based only upon parameters shown, and is for an individual building component. Applicabirity of design paromenters and proper Incorporation of component is responsibility of building designer- not truss designer. Bracing shown �����• B far lateral support of individual web members only. Additional temporary bracing to insure stability during construction u the responsibillity of the MiTek' erector. Additional permanent bracing of the overall structure is the responsibility of the building designer. For general guidance regarding fabrication. quality control. storage, delivery. erection and bracing. consult ANSI/TPII Quality Criteria, DSB-89 and BCSI Building Component 7777 Greenback Lane, Suite 109 Safety Information available from Tens Plate Institute. 281 N. Lee Street, Suite 312. Alexandria. VA 22314. Citrus Heights, CA, 95610 - Symbols Numbering System General Safety Notes PLATE LOCATION AND ORIENTATION 3/4 Center plate on joint unless x, y offsets are indicated. Dimensions are in ft-in-sixteenths. Apply plates to both sides of truss and fully embed teeth. 0 -'!l d' - -I- For 4 x 2 orientation, locate plates 0-'ni' from outside edge of truss. This symbol indicates the required direction of slots in connector plates. Plate location details available in MiTek 20/20 software or upon request. PLATE SIZE The first dimension is the plate width measured perpendicular 4 x 4 to slots. Second dimension is the length parallel to slots. LATERAL BRACING LOCATION Indicated by symbol shown and/or by text in the bracing section of the output. Use T, I or Eliminator bracing if indicated. BEARING Indicates location where bearings (supports) occur. Icons vary but reaction section indicates joint number where bearings occur. Industry Standards: ANSI/TPII : National Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction. DSB-89: Design Standard for Bracing. BCSI: Building Component Safety Information, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. 6-4-Fi dimensions shown in ft-in-sixteenths (Drawings not to scale) 1 2 3 TOP CHORDS C 1-2 C2-3 o WEBS 3� 4 0 C O U ys° 4 U 0 O o- O C7-8 Co 7 BOTTOM CHORDS 8 7 6 5 JOINTS ARE GENERALLY NUMBERED/LETTERED CLOCKWISE AROUND THE TRUSS STARTING AT THE JOINT FARTHEST TO THE LEFT. CHORDS AND WEBS ARE IDENTIFIED BY END JOINT NUMBERS/LETTERS. PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS ICC-ES Reports: ESR-1311, ESR-1352, ER-5243, 9604B, 95-43, 96-31, 9667A NER-487, NER-561 95110, 84-32, 96-67, ER-3907, 9432A © 2006 MiTek® All Rights Reserved !�""1++ 6�7 •,nt n V � •x mu.,1 fj POWER To PERFORM." MiTek Engineering Reference Sheet: MII-7473 rev. 10-'08 Failure to Follow Could Cause Property Damage or Personal Injury I . Additional stability bracing for truss system, e.g. diagonal or X-bracing, is always required. See BCSI. 2. Truss bracing must be designed by an engineer. For wide truss spacing, individual lateral braces themselves may require bracing, or alternative T, I, or Eliminator bracing should be considered. 3. Never exceed the design loading shown and never stack materials on inadequately braced trusses. 4. Provide copies of this truss design to the building designer, erection supervisor, property owner and all other interested parties. 5. Cut members to bear tightly against each other. 6. Place plates on each face of truss at each joint and embed fully. Knots and wane at joint locations are regulated by ANSI/TPI 1. 7. Design assumes trusses will be suitably protected from the environment in accord with ANSI/TPI 1. 8. Unless otherwise noted, moisture content of lumber shall not exceed 19% at time of fabrication. 9. Unless expressly noted, this design is not applicable for use with fire retardant, preservative treated, or green lumber. 10. Camber is a non-structural consideration and Is the responsibility of truss fabricator. General practice is to camber for dead load deflection. 11. Plate type, size, orientation and location dimensions indicated are minimum plating requirements. 12. Lumber used shall be of the species and size, and in all respects, equal to or better than that specified. 13. Top chords must be sheathed or purlins provided at spacing indicated on design. 14. Bottom chords require lateral bracing at 10 ft. spacing, or less, if no ceiling is installed, unless otherwise noted. 15. Connections not shown are the responsibility of others. 16. Do not cut or alter truss member or plate without prior approval of an engineer. 17. Install and load vertically unless indicated otherwise. 18. Use of green or treated lumber may pose unacceptable environmental, health or performance risks. Consult with project engineer before use. 19. Review all portions of this design (front, back, words and pictures) before use. Reviewing pictures alone is not sufficient. 20. Design assumes manufacture In accordance with ANSI/TPI I Quality Criteria. t .T ANk MAWashington State Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 3/4/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wolf Industries For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example For WSDOT Use Only RAM # 28 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adgr.ppri Code File No 45 Metal Roof Firestone 10.07410. Project ngi r Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory /. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Materials ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other 2' TYF ')4' -- i . .--- . .ram PROFILE GUTTER ROOFING SHOP DRAWING Proj. Name I STONEGATE LIFT STATION Material ROOF PLAN Arch. Ref. Dwg. Scale NTS QTY Date 3/3/2011 Seam Type Sheet 1 of 3 22ga PAN El FIRES UNDE ROOF — E 22ga GUTTE K' G .032' K' C V TRIM ROOFING SHOP DRAWING Proj. Name STONEGATE LIFT STATION Material EAVEISOFFIT DETAIL I Arch. Ref. Dwg. Scale I NTS QTY Date 1 313l2011 Seam Type I I Sheet 2 of 3 Page 13 1 3/4 Inch Snap Seam 1 314 Inch Snap Lock Panel Architectural or structural standing seam parcel. 1 3141nch rib height. Gauges 22, 24. 26 Panel Coverage from 8 to 24.5 inches. Specially designed clip for thermal movement. Applies over open pudln or solid substrate. 344 1^_0 TO ORDER CALL: 770 631-0002 1 .715 i 1.125 1.750 1.620 l —R.1 - I Florida Product Approval Type Test Type VYldth Ga. Material Substrate N, on-HVHZ 1 75' Snap.Lock 12? 22ga St eel Open Framing Non:HVHZ; 05 $no-p Uc c 16' •22ga Steel Open Frerr�ng Non-HVHZ 1 75 $nap Lode :18' • Z2ga Steel • Open Frarriing Non-HVHZ. 176 Snap Cock 1Y 24ga Steel QAen°Fram4cg Non-WHZ 1.75 Snap Lock 16" 24ga Steel Open Framing Noe�HVH2 115.$napUck �B" 24ga Steel OpertFraming Non-HVHZ 1.75 Snap Lock le 24ga Steel kletal Decking Non-HVHZ 1.75 Snap Lock jr :24ga Steel Plywood Substrate **All testing listed above Is per the specific assembly shown. Any variance in said assembly will nullify the results and are not valid— Page 11 1.0 Inch Soffit & Wall Panel 1 5v.0. i� y .500 — 1.38r SoHitt & Wall Panel Concealed direct fastened system for wall, soffit, fascia or linear applications. 8 to 24 inch panel coverage. Gauges: 24ga, 289a and 0,32 aluminum. Applies over open framing or solid substrate Optional stiffening ribs are available. Optional venting is available. 500 650 i TO ORDER CALL: 770 631-0002 090 0 Firestone euaol�c Pl�oouc*s towcnrrr Kynar 500®/HYlar 5000 TM Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel Architectural Sheet & Coil 12'LWA, PTION^ Firestone UNA-CLAD PVDF Coated Galvanized Steel Architectural Sheet & Coil is AISI-G90 extrasmooth, steel that minimum spangle, tension leveled, hot-dippedgalvanized strength primed and coated on one side (contains aNminimum oth UA-CLADlf 70% Hylar Hylar 500011/Kynar 500® /Kynar polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) sins)lpre dry film Fluoropolymer coating system of 1.0 ( 0,1) thickness. For additional prottio the reverse n a wash coatof 0 An 0.4 mil dry film thickness is applied for protection optional strippable protection film is applied during fabrication and installation. Firestone UNA-CLAD PVDF Coated Galvanized Steel Architectural Sheet a & Coil s ands for o be general sheet metal use in buildngavePstops, copings, store i utilized for fascia Panels, soffits , 9 fronts, and roofing such as flat seam, standing seam, batten seam, and mansards. 1' Firestone metal sheet and coil should be stored in a well ventilated, dry place where no moisture can contact the sheet. Moisture (from rain, snow, condensation, trapped between layers of material may cause water stains or white rust, which can affect the service life of the material and will detract from its appearo[ect the sheet 2. If outdoor storage cannot be avoided, p and coil with a ventilated canvas or waterproof paper cover. Do not use plastic, which can cause condensation. Keep the material off the ground in an inclined position with an insulator such as wood. 3. Maximum 2,000 ibs of sheets per pallet. „TTnr.c LMITATIghm 1. Protective film may degrade or become brittle with exposure to direct sunlight. 2. The performance of this material hn the field paint film and depends the substantially on the integrity of underlying coating of zinc being intact. Therefore, this UNA-CLAD product should not be used in areas of high abrasion or where it is subject to mechanical damage. 3. Product is pre -finished material; care must be exercised during fabrication and erection to avoid surface da e. 4. Attention should be paid to good house -keeping practices 5. Tools must be clean and properly dressed. 6. Avoid dragging sheets over surfaces which may scratch or mar the finish. applications, 7. For general sheet metal use In building 8, Do not cut with power saws or abrasive blades. y rrsALL& ION: 1. Install in accordance with recognized sheet metal practices. 2. UNA-CLAD can be cut, formed, and fastened using conventional hand or power tools. 3. For st be Prodres suit cutting dtanldedges should be kept sharp, c Ba 4, Fabrication and erection can be accomplished with strippable plastic film In place. Film should be removed from areas of concealed or joined pieces. 31 Standard Colors; See current Color: UNA-CLAD Color Chart Extra Smooth Matte - Low to Medium Finish: Gloss optional Finish: Extra Low Gloss* High Gloss* Stucco Embossed (Mechanical Finish)* Wash Coat: Polyester Dimensions: ahS 26 ' Slit C�OiI' 96" , 120", & 144"* 2C. 48" x 96" 3.7 m) 22 4.0" - 48.0"* 48" x 96" , 120", & 144"* (1.2mx2.4,3.1,&3.7m) (0,1m-1.2m) Properties of Fluoropolymer Coating: Physical PL4Rerty Toer Met od ASTM D 968, UM-5; I Coefficient of sand Abrasion Method A abrasion 65±10 Resistance Liters Accelerated ASTM D 4587 Chalk- Rating of 8 or better per ASTM D Weathering Condition B or ASTM G 23 4214 Method 1 or 2, Color; 52AE color type EH change per ASTM D apparatus, 2244 Hours: 5000 ASTM D 4587 L_hAjL Rating of 8 or Condition B or better per ASTM D ASTM G 53, 4214 <_2AE color Method 1 or 2, type EH apparatus olor: change per ASTM D or ASTM G154, 2244 Hours: 5000 ASTM D 4587 chalk; Rating of 8 or Condition B or better per ASTM D ASTM G 23 4214 Color: 52AE color Method 1 or 2, type EH apparatus change per ASTM D or ASTM G151, 2244 Hours: 2000 *May not be available in all colors, gauges, or widths. Additional lead times may apply. Contact Roof Solutions for additional information. iFtrestone euti.&NG PRODUCTS a:lmm NY Kynar 500®/Hylar 50001m Pre -Finished Galvanized Steel Architectural Sheet & Coil 1 i ► Accelerated ASTM D 3361 Acceptable - No Weathering Hours: LOCO cracking, peeling, (Cont.) blistering, loss of adhesion of the protective coating, or corrosion of the base metal Chalk. Rating of 8 or better per ASTM D 4214, Method A (ASTM D 659) Color: <5AE Hunter Units per ASTM D 2244 No loss of adhesion Adhesion ASTM D 3359, Method B Chalk ASTM D 659 Resistance Chemical/Acid ASTM D 1308, Pollution Procedure 7.2 Resistance Cyclic Salt Fog ASTM D 5894 Hours: 3000 Formability Gloss Hardness Humidity Resistance ASTM D 522 ASTM D 523 ASTM D 3363 ASTM D 2247 Hours: 2000 ASTM D 2735 Hours:1000 No Chalk; Rating 9-10 Pass; No color change -ri : Ratirg of 8, 1/32" creepage from scribe per ASTM D 1654, procedure A Field: Rating of 10, no blistering per ASTM D 1654, Procedure B No cracking, no loss of adhesion to the point of metal rupture 25-35 at 60 degrees HBto2H Rating of 10; No blistering No blistering, no loss of adhesion illlmlllllllllilu,•�� Impact ASTM Cl 2794 Reverse & Direct Resistance Impact: No cracking & no loss of adhesion Salt Spray ASTM B 117, Scribe: Rating of 7, Resistance Hours: 2000 1/16- creepage Field; Rating of 10 Tunnel Test ASTM E84 Class A Coating UV Exposure ASTM G 154 Chalk: Rating of 8 or Hours: 2016 better per ASTM D 4214, Method A (ASTM D 659) Color: <5AE Hunter Units per ASTM D 2244 Wet Adhesion Water Immersion No loss of adhesion Hours: 1500 Physical Properties of Base Metal: Base Metal: AIS,- G9C - Hot dipped galvanized steel sheet, commercial weight, meeting ASTM A653/A653M-02 C Type B for Zinc coated (galvanized) steel sheets & coil Minimum Yield: 33 to 45 KSI (227 to 310 MPa) Coefficient of Thermal 06,7 x 10-6 in/in/FO Exparson: (13.9 m/m.K x 10"a) Modules of Elasticity: 29.0 x 101 x KSI (200 GPa) Specification; ASTM E111-04 Locationz Anoka, MN Aurora, CO College Park, GA Jackson, MS Morrisville, PA Miramar, FL Reno, NV Salt Lake City, UT Warren, MI LEED INFORMATION: Steel Post Consumer Recycled Content %; 22 Post Industrial Recycle Contert %: 5 Recycle Content %: 27 31 This sheet is metro[ only to highlight Ffmstant's products and apedftcati— L*rmet14n Is bub}aa to lunge weD t nod -A. Firestone talms r,,pomjbalty for furnishing quality Firestone Building Products Company, LLC natertats, whldi meet Fiestone's published product spedfkaoon. As neither Flrestore hself nor Its repntseMattvts practloe archtacwro, Flresmne offers no optbon on, and txPnt" f 250 West 96th Street • Indianapolis, IN 46260 dndaims any rosponsiCsllty for the soundness of any structure on which Iry products may be Sates (800) 428-4442 a Technical (800) 428-4511 app4ad. R queshens arise as to the sounness dof a strucwm, or Its ability to support i plenntd nstylauon property, the Owner should ootalm opinions aoompetant struCuiral ,, engineers besere proQeding. Ftr tone a-epts no Itebdry for any structural tAOure or F0, http:i/w,ww.tirestoncbpc o.com. rewltant daneges, and no Fim=ne Rep—tative is authorized to vary thls dlsdaamar. re BUILDING �tOD Cis CLAD-GARDTM SA Firestone Item Number: N W681ORCGNR CLAD -CARD SA— W6810RCGST CLAD-GARD SA — S DESCRIPTION: Firestone CLAD -GASES) SA c ., modified self f adhesive Butadiene-Styrene asphalt blend with a woven li traction the film on the top surface and an opaque release film bottom surface. Firestone CLAD-GARD SA is designed it for used fine assemblies.nt with Firestone UNA-CLADTw CLA� GARD is also suitable metal 9 for use under mechanically -attached the and shingles, CLAD-GARD re -seals around nails in accordance with ASTM D 1970.• qp °F (4.4 °C) Temperature range for the north (N): to 230 °F (110 °C) S 50 °F (10 °C) • Temperature range for the south ( ): to 250 °F (121.1 °C)' to 90 days. Both can remain exposed up APPLICATION METHOD: CLAD-GARD SA can be installed over Firestone ISO M 95+Tm GL, HailGard Composite ISOGARD`m HD Cover Board, Resista7M insulation, OSB, and plywood. CLAD-GARD SA must be fully supported. Contact Firestone Roof Solutions for details. 1. Start at the lowest part of the roof deck and lace install the valleys first. Lay the membrane flat in p ith the print side up. 2. Cut the CLAD-GARD SA to a length that can easily be managed. the seams a 3. Along the side of the sheet, overlap minimum of 3" (76 mm). 4. At the ends of the sheet, overlap a minimum of 6" (152 mm). 5. Peel half of the release liner off d pressure r sisurenally or and apply with heavy, even hand brooming from the center of the sheet to the outer ner from th edges. Remove the remaining rleasel n the sam other half of the roil and apply pressure manner. Use of a hand roller at the laps is recommended. e a lications, back nailing may 6_ In very steep slop pPtha be recommended. When back nailing, bersur eet all nails are covered by the next overlapping ,TORAGE: All material should be stored out of the weather aIminimum of dry area in its original unopened packaging °C) so that it 50 °F (10 °C) and a maximum of 140 time ( application. will be a 50 °F (10 °C) or above at the time of If material must be stored temporarily on the roof before • application, it must be elevated from the roof surface on a pallet, and covered from the weather with a light colored opaque la p in a neat, safe of the manner eharea. oes not exceed the all PACKAGING: Roll Width: Roll Length: Gross Coverage: Roll Weight: Rolls Per Pallet: Weight Per Pallet: Pallets Per Truckload: 3 ft (0.91 m) 67 ft (20.4 m) 201 sq. ft (18.66 sq. m) 46.7 lb (21.2 kg) 25 1,168 lb (529.8 2 ) PRECAUTIONS: 1. Review Material Safety Data and hSheetandling Firestone CLAD- 2, Take care when transportls 9 tures and other types of GARD SA rolls to avoid p physical damage. 3. Isolate waste products, petroleum products, grease, oil (mineral and vegetable) and animal fats from all Firestone CLAD-GARD SA Rolls. tions Department for specific 4. Contact Firestone Roof Solu recommendations. LEED INFORMATION:0%Content: 0% Post Consumer. Recycled Content: 0% Post Industrial Recycled Quebec, Canada Manufacturing Location: Caton and .is subOdl 10 >tiitftOtA nWce. Frgslone taKe7 respon3011V for lumianin9 quallry ffMtMls Ka This sheet Is meant to hlghlignt Flrestons s Drodudts and � nor ,t,n Fireetone's publshed pr�ct �edRdatio s. NdNw F� vtucn meet l erctitectv.. FirealMe olhrs " °°Inion st ne accepts reprerwntadves prod a ness of any eeucAae. Firestone wuctufal disd Wrrb any responsibility for Ine sound consult a congeten4 Yability for spuctyal fa. ar resultant darnages• sb4ty to propeny engneer poor W inslalgdon if gte si,u al soundness a s�'t Is audho *d to support a Dlanned tallation is In question_ No Firestone top resanuCiw vary this d'sdainw. Flreo wn 8 StBui(reet,I dians0is. NdiProducts o 6260 y . Tectmlcel (800) 428--6i 1 Sales: (800) 428-4442 www'.flfestone b pco. c om Air CLAD-GARD SA BUILDING PRC3DUCTS PERFORMANCE PROPERTIES TEST METHOD NOMINAL VALUES PROPERTIES 40 mil (1.0 mm) Thickness, Nominal _ 67 ft x 3 ft (20.4 m x 0.91 m) Dimension _ 45.5 lb (20.6 kg) Roll Weight _ Woven Polyethylene Top Face Silicone Release Film Underface ASTM D 1970 64 / 88 lb/in (11.3 MD / 15.4 XD kN/m) Maximum Load 52 MD) 24 XD (%) Elongation at Break ASTM D 1970 90 lb (400 N) Static Puncture (N) ASTM D 5602 17.5 Ib/in (3050 N!m) ASTM D 903 Peel Strength 84190 lb (375 MD / 400 XD) ASTM D 5601 Tear Resistance ASTM D 1970 _22 OF (-30 °C) Cold Bending ASTM D 1970 < 0.90 ng/Pa.s.m` ( < 0,016 perm) Water Vapor Permeance No WetnessWater ASTM E 96 Transmission 1. , I Warranty No.: RFD SHIELD ROOFING SYSTEM LIMITED WARRANTY Building Owner. Building Identification: Building Address: PCO#: Footage: SAMPLE Warranty Period Of: Years, Beginning On: Roofing Contractor, S.f. For the warranty period indicated above, Firestone Building Products Company ("Firestone"), a division of BFS Diversified Products, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, warrants to the Building Owner ("Owner") named above that Firestone will, subject to the Terms, Conditions and Limitations set forth below, repair any leak in the Firestone Roofing System ("System"). TERMS, CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS 1, Products Covered. The System shall mean only the Firestone brand roofing membranes, Firestone brand roofing insulations, Firestone brand roofing metal, and other Firestone brand roofing accessories when installed in accordance with Firestone technical specifications by a Firestone -licensed applicator. z. Notice. In the event any leak should occur in the System, the Owner must give notice in writing or by telephone to Firestone within thirty (30) days of any occurrence of a leak. Written notice maybe sent to Firestone at the street address or fax number shown on the reverse side of this Limited Warranty, Evidence of this notice shall be the receipt by Owner of a Firestone Leak Notification Acknowledgement, By so notifying Firestone, the Owner author- izes Firestone or its designee to investigate the cause of the leak. 3. Investigation. If upon investigation, Firestone determines that the leak is not excluded under the Terms, Conditions and Limitations set forth in this Red Shield Roofing System Limited Warranty (the "Limited Warranty"), the Owner's sole and exclusive remedy and Firestone's total liability shall be limited to the repair of the leak. Should the investigation reveal that the leak is excluded under the Terms, Conditions and Limitations, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the investigation costs. Failure by Owner to pay for these costs shall render this Limited Warranty null and void. Firestone will advise the Owner of the type and/or extent of repairs required to be made at the Owner's expense that will permit this Limited Warranty to remain in effect for the unexpired portion of its term. Failure by the Owner to property make these repairs in a reasonable manner using a Firestone -licensed applicator and within 60 days shall render this Limited Warranty null and void. 4. Disputes. Any dispute, controversy or claim between the Owner and Firestone concerning this Limited Warranty shall be settled by mediation. In the event that the Owner and Firestone do not resolve the dispute, controversy or claim in mediation, the Owner and Firestone agree that neither parry will commence or prosecute any suit, proceeding, or claim other than in the courts of Hamilton County in the state of Indiana or the United States District Court, Southern District of Indiana, Indianapolis Division. Each party irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the above -identified courts. 5. Payment Required. Firestone shall have no obligation under this Limited Warranty unless and until Firestone and the licensed applicator have been paid in full for all materials, supplies, services, approved written change orders, warranty costs and other costs which are included in, or incidental to, the System. In the event that repairs not covered by this Limited Warranty are necessary in the future, Firestone reserves the right to suspend this Limited Warranty until such repairs have been completed and the licensed applicator and!or Firestone has been paid in full for such repairs. 6. Exclusions. Firestone shall have no obligation under this Limited Warranty, or any other liability, now or in the future if a leak or damage is caused by: (a) Natural forces, disasters, or acts of God including, but not limited to winds in excess of 55 MPH, fires, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, wind-blown debris, lightning, earthquakes, volcanic activity, atomic radiation, insects or animals; (b) Any act(s). conduct or omission(s) by any person, or act(s) of war, ter- rorism or vandalism, which damage the System or which impair the System's ability to resist leaks: (c) Failure by the Owner to use reasonable care in maintaining the System, said maintenance to include, but not limited to those items listed on the reverse side of this Limited Warranty titled "Building Envelope Care and Maintenance Guide"; (d) Deterioration or failure of building components, including, but not limited to, the roof substrate. walls, mor- tar, HVAC units, etc.; (et Condensation or infiltration in, through, or around the walls. copings, rooftop. hardware or equipment, building structure or underlying or surrounding materials; in Any acid, oil, harmful chemical, chemical or physical reaction and the like which comes in contact with the System, which damages the System, or which impairs the System's ability to resist leaks; (g) Alterations or repairs to the System that are not completed in accordance with our published specifications, not completed by licensed contractor, and/or where current notification procedures were not followed; IN The architecture, engineering, construction, or design of the roof, roofing system, or building. Firestone does not undertake any analysis of the archi- tecture or engineering required to evaluate what type of roof system is appropriate; (i) A change in building use or purpose; (j) Deterioration to metal roaring materials and accessories caused by marine salt water atmosphere or by regular spray of either salt or fresh water. or M Failure to give proper notice as set forth in paragraph 2(a) above. 7. Transfer. This Limited Warranty shall be transferable subject to Owner's payment of the current transfer fee set by Firestone. 8. Term. The term of this Limited Warranty shall be for the period set forth above and such term shall not be extended under any circumstances. 9. Roof Access. During the term of this Limited Warranty, Firestone's designated representative or employees shall have free access to the roof during reg- ular business hours. In the event that roof access is limited due to security or other restrictions, Owner shall reimburse Firestone for all reasonable cost incurred during inspection and/or repair of the System that are due to delays associated with said restrictions. Owner shall be responsible for the dam- age caused by, removal and replacement of any overburdens, superstrata or overlays, either permanent or temporary, excluding accepted stone ballast or pavers, as necessary to expose the system for inspection and/or repair. 10. Waiver. Firestone's failure to enforce any of the terms or conditions stated herein shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision or of any other terms and conditions of this Limited Warranty. 11. Governing Law. This Limited Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana without regard to that State's rules on conflict of laws. 12. Severability. If any portion of this Limited Warranty is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining pro- visions shall nevertheless continue in full force. 13. Effective Date. This Limited Warranty shall be effective and apply to Systems sold after April 1, 2006. FIRESTONE DOES NOT WARRANT PRODUCTS INCORPORATED OR UTILIZED IN THIS INSTALLATION THAT WERE NOT FURNISHED BY FIRESTONE. FIRE- STONE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY UNDER ANY THEORY OF LAW ARISING OUT OF THE INSTALLATION OF, PERFORMANCE OF, OR DAMAGES SUSTAINED BY OR CAUSED BY, PRODUCTS NOT FURNISHED BY FIRESTONE. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SUPERSEDES AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUR- POSE, AND FIRESTONE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE THE OWNER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REM- EDY AGAINST FIRESTONE, AND FIRESTONE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL. SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR OTHER DAMAGES INCLUD- ING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS OR DAMAGES TO THE BUILDING OR ITS CONTENTS OR THE ROOF DECK. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY CAN- NOT BE AMENDED, ALTERED OR MODIFIED IN ANY WAY EXCEPT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF FIRESTONE. NO OTHER PERSON HAS ANY AUTHORITY TO BIND FIRESTONE WITH ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN. FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS COMPANY . By: Authorized Signature: SAMPLE Title: BUILDING ENVELOPE CARE AND MAINTENANCE GUIDE (For Red Shield Warranted Roofing Systems) Congratulations on your purchase of a Firestone Roofing System! Your roof is a valuable asset that should be properly maintained. All roofs and roofing systems require periodic inspection and maintenance to perform as designed and to keep your Limited Warranty in full force and effect. 1. The roof should be inspected at least twice yearly and after any severe storms. A record of all inspection and main- tenance activities should be maintained, including a listing of the date and time of each activity as well as the identi- fication of the parties performing the activity. 2. Proper maintenance and good roofing practice require that ponded water (defined as water standing on the roof forty-eight hours after it stops raining) not be allowed on the roof. Roofs should have slope to drain, and all drain areas must remain clean. Bag and remove all debris from the roof since such debris can be quickly swept into drains by rain. This will allow for proper water run-off and avoid overloading the roof. 3. The Firestone Roofing System should not be exposed to acids, solvents, greases, oil, fats, chemicals and the like. If the Firestone Roofing System is in contact with any such materials, these contaminants should be removed immedi- ately and any damaged areas should be inspected by a Firestone Licensed Applicator and repaired if necessary. 4. The Firestone Roofing System is designed to be a waterproofing membrane and not a traffic surface. Roof traffic other than periodic traffic to maintain rooftop equipment and conduct periodic inspections should be prohibited. In any areas where periodic roof traffic may be required to service rooftop equipment or to facilitate inspection of the roof, protective walkways should be installed by a Firestone Licensed Applicator as needed to protect the roof sur- face from damage. 5. Some Firestone roofing membranes require maintenance of the surface of the membrane: a. Smooth -surfaced Firestone APP membranes should be coated with an approved liquid coating, such as Firestone Aluminum Roof Coating or Firestone AcryliTop applied in accordance with Firestone specifications, in order to maximize the service life of the membrane. If this coating is not applied as part of the initial roofing installation, it should be applied within the first five years after the roof is installed to help protect the membrane from surface crazing and cracking. In addition, this coating should be maintained as needed to re -coat any areas that have blistered, peeled or worn through. b. Granule -surfaced Firestone APP and SBS membranes do not normally require surface maintenance other than periodic inspection for contaminants, cuts or punctures. If areas of granular loss are discovered during inspec- tion, these areas should be coated with Firestone AcryliTop or other Firestone -approved coating applied in accor- dance with Firestone specifications. c. Gravel -surfaced Firestone BUR membranes do not normally require surface maintenance other than periodic inspection for contaminants or damage. If areas of gravel loss are discovered during inspection, gravel must be reinstalled into hot asphalt to protect the surface of the membrane. Coatings on smooth surface BUR membranes must be maintained as needed to re -coat any areas that have blistered, peeled or worn through. d. Firestone EPDM and TPO roofing membranes do not normally require surface maintenance other than periodic inspection for contaminants, cuts or punctures. Occasionally, approved liquid roof coatings, such as Firestone AcryliTop, are applied to the surface of EPDM membranes in order to provide a lighter surface color. Such coat- ings do not need to be maintained to assure the performance of the underlying EPDM roof membrane, but some maintenance and re -coating may be necessary in order to maintain a uniform surface appearance. e. Firestone Una -Clad metal roofing panels and trim do not normally require surface maintenance other than peri- odic inspection for contaminants or damage. In addition, periodic cleaning of the surface may be required to remove dirt and maintain the aesthetic appearance of the coated metal. Simple washing with plain water using hoses or pressure spray equipment is usually adequate. If cleaning with agents other than water is contemplated, several precautions should be observed: (1) do not use wire brushes, abrasives, or similar cleaning tools which will mechanically abrade the coating surface, and (2) cleaning agents should be tested in an inconspicuous area before use on a large scale. 6. All metal work, including counter-flashings, drains, skylights, equipment curbs and supports, and other Firestone brand rooftop accessories must be properly maintained at all times. Particular attention should be paid to sealants at joints in metal work and (lashings. If cracking or shrinkage is observed, the joint sealant should be removed and replaced with new sealant. 7. Any alterations to the roof, including but not limited to roof curbs, pipe penetrations, roof -mounted accessories, and tie-ins to building additions must be performed by a licensed Firestone Licensed Applicator and reported to Firestone. Additional information and reporting forms for roof alterations are available at www.firestonebpco.com. 8. Should you experience a leak: a) Check for the obvious: clogged roof drains, loose counterflashings, broken skylights, open grills or vents, broken water pipes. b) Note conditions resulting in leakage. Heavy or light rain, wind direction, temperature and time of day that the leak occurs are all-important clues to tracing roof leaks. Note whether the leak stops shortly after each rain or continues to drip until the roof is dry. If you are prepared with the facts, the diagnosis and repair of the leak can proceed more rapidly. c) Contact Firestone Warranty Claims at 1-800-830-5612 as soon as possible... but please don't call until you are rea- sonably sure that the Firestone Roofing System is the cause of the leak. Firestone feels that the preceding requirements will assist you, the building owner, in maintaining a watertight roof for many years. Your roof is an investment, and maintenance is essential to maximize your return on this important investment. 'FiCeStO940 NOBODY COVERS YOU BETTER'" 310 East 96th St., Indianapolis, IN 46240 1-800-428-4442 • 1-317-575-7000 • Fax 1-317-575-7100 www.firestonebpco.com 10/06 — Item #815 (Replaces 03/06)-01 METAL PAINT FINISH LIMITED WARRANTY Warranty No. SAMPLE FBPCO#: SAMPLE Sq Ft: SAMPLE Purchaser. SAMPLE Building Identification: SAMPLE Building Address: SAMPLE Warranty Period Of: THIRTY-FIVE (35) Years Beginning on: SAMPLE Roofing Contractor: SAMPLE For the warranty period indicated above, Firestone Building Products Company ('Firestone"), a division of BFS Diversified Products, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company, warrants')supp supplied the Purchaser that, subject to the Terms, Conditions and Limitations set forth below, the exterior paint finish ('Finish') on the UNA-CLAD brand coil -coated the v metal ('UNA low b Metal') supplied by Firestone t part subject the Firestone Protect (FBPCO) Number listed above. will not exhibit the following exterior surface conditions, measured at the values listed below by Group: a Peeling, checking a cracking, except for crazing or cracking that may occur o formed edges or bends of the metal roofing panels and trim, 2) Chalking in excess of a numerical rating, Vertical and Non -Vertical, listed below, when measured in accordance with ASTM D 4214 'Standard Methods of Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paints,' for a term not to exceed thirty (30) years, or 3) Fade or change in color in excess of the Vertical rating listed below in color difference units, as measured on exposed surfaces which have been cleaned of external deposits and chalk and the corresponding values measured on the original or unexposed panted surfaces when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2244 3.7.1 and 3.8.4, "Standard Practice for Calculation -, r„[. Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates," for a term not to exceed thirty (30) years. TERMS, CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS ray, Stone White, Terra Cotta, Tropical Patina, Champagne Metallic, Classic Copper, Silver Bronze, Patina Green, Regal Blue, Sandstone, Sherwood Green, Sierra Tan, Sky Blue, Slate G Group 1: Adhesion - 35 years, Chalk - 30 years at 8, Fade - JO years at 5: Almond, Bone White, Cityscape, Colonial Red, Hartford Green, Hemlock Green, Mansard Brown, Medium Metallic Chalk - 30 ears at 8, Fade - 30 years at 7: Charcoal Gray, Dark Bronze, Dark Ivy, Extra Dark Bronze, Teal Group 2: Adhesion 35 years, Y Electric Blue, Award Blue Group 3: Adhesion - 35 years, Chalk - 20 years at 8, Fade - 20 years at 9: Brandywine, Matte Black, Regal Red, 1, product Usa°e. This Metal Paint Finish Limited Warranty (the "Limited Warranty') is limited exclusively to metal roofing panels and trim fabricated from UNA-CLAD Metal and installed in accordance with Firestone technical speclfications. 2 Notice. In the event any peeling, checking, cracking• chalking, fading or excessive color change are observed by the Purchaser, the Purchaser must give notice in writing or y telephone to onotifyingFirestone Firestone,l00) Puroof ha ny such authorizes vattion. or enits designee notice y bnves6gate the surface wnt to Firestone at end tion ostreet f thesUNA-CLAD Metals or fax nurnber hown on the reverse sided this Llrrted Warranty. Byn investigation, Firestone determines that the surface condition of the UNA-CLAD Metal is not excluded under the Terms. Coditions and Limitations 3. Investi°ation and Remedy If upon to set f orth7nrefinishing. hiLiiAny and all the Purchaser'ishing wc solperfortned by Firestone nncomplianceFtvdthtthis warranty (shall Ibetperforned by using any standard finisUNA-CLADhin9tPradi r al as and materials. If the investigation coon s reveals that the by surPurface condition aser to paytfor these costs shaetae de isexcluded Warranty null nd voithe Terms. d In and Limitations, the Owner shall be responsive for payment of the nd ll investigation i uses Any dispute, controversy or y for between the Purchaser and Firestone concerning this Umted Warranty shall be settled by mediation.4. In the event that the Purchaser a ree at Firestone to the courts of resolve the odispunty�tne state of claim or di Indiana or the U.S. District Circuit Southern District of IIndina, Ind er anapolisarty lDivis on. Each party irrevocably conur commence or prosecute any suit, proceeding, ents t 9he Jurisdiction t than literature at the date of issuance of this United Warm or as and venue of the above- clentified courts. 5 Paint Finish Colors . This warranty shall extend only to standard colors identified as such in Firestoe punished 9a approved written approved m writing by Firestone. Colors identified as'metallic by Firestone are not warranted against fade til Firestone charge in color. ee change Paymentorders costsandFirestone shcostshave n o are included in, this Urnited incidental to the fabrication adrranty unless and ninslallatilo d the ULNA -CLAD Meltarr all Aerials, supplies, services, appr eeling, checking, 7. Exclusions. Firestone shall have no obligation under this United Warradisasters, or ainty, or any other ds of God nduding.'bul rility ot limited to windor in the , ehumcanes tornadoes cracking, wind-blown debris lightning sine color change of the UNA-CLAD Metal is caused by ( ) earthquakes, volcanic activity, atomic radiation. insects or arumals; (b) Any ant h UNA- or D Metal said by any person, or act(s) of war, terrorism o vanditems listed in alism, which damage the UNA- ry building components, includin but not listed to, the roof CLAD Metal (c) Failure by the Purchaser to use reasonable care in maintaining the UNA-CLAD Metal. said maintenance to include. banrdwa limited od eq hPment building structure the for underlying CLAD Paint Finish Cleaning and Maintenance e Condensation ore reverse side eure inf this infiltration Limited t d Warh, or around )De the walls, copings, �ooftop. hardware b substrate, walls, mortar, HVAC units, etc., ( ) or surrounding materials. (f) Any add, oil, harmful chemical, chemical or physical reactio and the like which comes in contact with the UNA-CLAD Metal, including but not limited to chennca fumes, salt water spray or any installation a thin 1500 feet of a saltwater environment, surface temperatures that exceed 200 degrees Fahrenheit airborne sand cause by metal shavings, handling during fabrication and installation, including but not limited to, improper equipment standing water water the continuous spray of water (h) Alterations or repairs to the metal roofing panels and trim not approved in writing by Firestone; t Any failure caused improper the equipment or mounting of any item or device to or near the metal roofing panels and trim, or ly improperB B ng Q) fabrication, storage, transportation, erection, placement or failure to immediately remove strippable protective film coatings; Failure to give proper notice as set forth in paragraph 1(a above; (k) any punched or vented steel. g. Term. The tens of'th s Limited Warranty transferable alll be for the period settforth above andhsuch tens shall approval, and extendeo Purchasers payment of d under any circumstances. current transfer tee set by Firestone. Ig. Access During the tens of this Limited Warranty, Frestone's designated representative or employees shall have free access to the UNA-CLAD Metal during regular business NA -Went In the event that access h limited due to severity or other restrictions. Purchaser shall reimburse Firestone for all reasonable cost incurred during inspection and/or refinishing of the UNA- CLAD Metal that are due to delays due to security iated with said restrictions. Owner shall be responsible for the removal and replacement of ay overburdens, superstrata or overlays, either penny or temporary, as necessary to expose the UNA-CLAD Metal for inspect on and/or refinishing 11, Waiver. Firestone's failure to enforce any of the terms or conditions stated herein shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision or of any other lertn5 and coditios this Limited Warranty. i Coveminb Law. This United Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana without regard to that State's rules on conflict of laws. 13, Severability. If any portion of this Limited Warranty is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force. FIRESTONE DOES TION OF, PERFORMANCE OF, OR DAMAGES SUSTAINED BY OR CAUSED D N NOT WARRANT PRODUCTS INCORPORATED OR UTILIZED IN THIS INSTALLATION THAT WERE NOT FURNISHED BY FIRESTONE. RE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY UNDER ANY THEORY OF LAW ARISING OUT OF THE INSTALLA BY, PRODUCTS NOT FURNISHED BY FIRESTONE -Y AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR HEREBY ISLIMITED IMIT DISCLAIMDWAI AMAGESALL SSUPERSEDES AND UCH WARRANTIES. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL WARRANTIES HE OWNER'S SOLE IA D EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST FIRESTONE ANDDF FIRESTONE BUILDING OR BE LIABLE CONTENTS OR CONSE ROOF DECK THIS IL LIMITED WARRANTY CANNOT BE AMENDED, ADENTAL OR OTHERDLTERED ORING. BUT OMODIF ED IN ANY WAT LIMITED TO. LOSS OY EXCEPT NOWRIT G SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF FIRESTONE. NO OTHER PERSON HAS ANY AUTHORITY TO BIND FIRESTONE WITH ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN. Firestone Building Products Company, LLC By: Phil LaDuke SAMPLE — NOT A VALID Authorized Signature:: WARRANTY Title: Director, Quality Assurance FIRESTONE / UNA-CLAD PAINT FINISH CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE GUIDE Although UNA-CLAD factory -applied finishes are extremely durable, a periodic cleaning to remove build-ups of resins and other residue is a good idea to extend coating life. A variety of methods for removal of surface deposits are available. Simple washing with plain water using hoses or pressure spray equipment is usually adequate. When heavy deposits of dirt or other contaminants dull surfaces, stronger methods may be needed. Two precautions should be observed: (1) do not use wire brushes, abrasives, or similar cleaning tools which will mechanically abrade the coatings surface, and (2) certain cleaning agents listed below should be tested in an inconspicuous area before use on a large scale. GROUP A: HOT OR COLD DETERGENT SOLUTIONS A 5 % solution in water of commonly used commercial and industrial detergents will not have any deleterious effect on a fluoropolymer surface. These solutions should be followed by an adequate rinse of water. Use a cloth or sponge for application. GROUP B: SOLVENTS Most organic solvents are flammable and/or toxic, and must be handled accordingly. Read the manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). Keep away from open flames, sparks and electrical motors. Use adequate ventilation, protective clothing, and goggles. Solvent that may be used to remove non -water soluble deposits such as tar, grease, oil, paint, and graffiti from fluoropolymer surfaces include: • Ethanol(denatured alcohol) • Isopropyl alcohol (rubbing alcohol) Methanol (wood alcohol) Note: methanol is toxic The above alcohols have no permanent effect on fluoropolymer surfaces. GROUP C: PETROLEUM SOLVENTS AND TURPENTINE • VM&P naphtha • Mineral spirits • Kerosene • Turpentine (wood or gum spirits) The above solvents have no permanent effect on fluoropolymer surfaces. GROUP D: AROMATIC AND CHLORINATED SOLVENTS • Xylol (Xylene) Toluol (Toluene) • Perchlorethylene (Perclene) • Tricholorethylene (Triclene) Note. Perch lorethylene and Trichlorethylene are toxic. The above solvents should be used with caution on a fluoropolymer surface Limit contact with solvent to five minutes maximum and test before using. GROUP E: KETONES, ESTERS, LACQUER THINNER AND PAINT REMOVER • Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) • Ethyl acetate (nail polish remover) • Butyl acetate • Lacquer thinner • Paint remover (non-flammable) The above solvents should be used cautiously on a fluoropolymer surface Limit contact to fluoropolymer surface and test before using. Note: There are many formulations of paint remover on the market. It is possible that some will remove the fluoropolymer surface. Proceed very cautiously in use of paint remover. Metal supplier and coating manufacturer are not responsible for damage from unrestricted use. GRAFFITI Graffiti presents a special problem because of the many possible agents used, especially aerosol paint. It is best to try soap and water first. If needed, try the less active solvents from Groups B, C, and D. Next, try the stronger solvents in Group E If none of these are satisfactory, it may be necessary to resort to touchup, repaint or replacement. MILDEW In areas subject to high humidity levels, dirt and spore deposits can permit mildew growth to occur. The following solution is recommended to remove mildew when necessary: • 113 cup dry powdered laundry detergent (such as Tide®) • 1 quart sodium hypochlorite 5 % solution (such as Clorox®) • 3 quarts water RUST STAINS Hydrochloric, citric acid, or muriatic acid, diluted with ten volumes of water, may assist in removing rust stains from fluoropolymer surfaces. Limit contact to five minutes. Oxalic acid solutions or acetic acid (vinegar) may be used for the same purpose Flush with water Caution: Acid solutions are corrosive and toxic. Flush all surfaces with copious amounts of water after use. NOTE: Misuse or abuse of any of the cleaning agents listed above may result in the voiding of the Firestone Metal Paint Finish Limited Warranty. For more information contact Firestone Roofing Solutions ay 1-800-428-4511. 'F1rxew-stone BUILDING PRODUCTS NOBODY COVERS YOU BETTER: 250 West 96ih Street —Indianapolis, IN 46260 1-800-428-4442 * 1-317-575-7000 * FAX 1-317-575-7100 www.firestonebp.com MAWashington State Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 3/4/2011 Section County Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For WSDOT Use Only For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 29 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference AP �I Code Adgr9 Code File No. 48 Post Hydrant Z1385 Zurn 10.15400 Project En i er Date State Materials Engineer I Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: _ �%-- Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ Region Materials ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ State Materials Lab ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 ZURN, Z1385 SPECIFICATION SHEET POST HYDRANT TAG Exposed Head, Non -Freeze Dimensional Data (inches and [ mm ]) are Subject to Manufacturing Tolerances and Change Without Notice a [19] OR 1 [25] AMERICAN NATIONAL STRAIGHT THREAD HOSE CONNECTION Depth of Bury Feet B+ Dim. Feet Approx. Wt. [kgj [ 9] 2 [610] 4-1/2 [1372] 25 [11] 3 [914] 5-1/2 [1676] 29 (13] 4 [1219] 6-1/2 [1981] 33 [15] 5 (1524] 7-1/2 (2286] 37 [17] 6 [1829] 8-1/2 (2591] 41 [19] 7 [2134] 9-1/212896] 45 [20] 8 (24381 10-1/2 [3200] 49 [22] 9 [27431 11-1/2 [3505] 54 [24] 10 [3048] 12-1 /2 [3810] 58 [26] GRAVEL GUARD RECOMMENDED CONCRETE PROTECTIVE BASE (BY OTHERS) GROUND LINE a [19] OR 1 [25] FEMALE I.P.S. INTERNAL PARTS ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION: ZURN Z1 385 Exposed, non -freeze post hydrant. Com- pletewith galvanized steel casing and castaluminum casing guard, all bronze interiorparts, bronze seatand replaceable seatwasher, and non -turning operating rod with free-floating compression closure valve with 3/4 [19] or 1 [25] connection. Operating key included. Hydrant is equipped with a tapped 1 /4 [6] drain port in valve housing. Note: 1. 'B' dim. based on outlet connection 30 [762] above ground. 2. IMPORTANT Hydrant must be opened one turn minimum to seal drain port during use. 3. ** Non -Freeze feature will not automatically function when (-VB suffix) vacuum breaker is specified. The vacuum breaker must be manually tripped to facilitate drainage of hydrant. OPTIONS (Check/specify appropriate options) CONNECTIONTYPE: 3/4 [19] Hose Connection ✓ 1 [25] Hose Connection SUFFIXES -BC Bronze Casing -RK Hydrant Parts Repair Kit -VB 3/4 [19] Adapter Vacuum Breaker** -WH Wheel Handle PARTS LIST 1_1- u ►FTiir Q Operating Screw 1 O-Ring 1 Z Operating Coupling 1 .d Operating Rod 1 9 Washer Guide 1 1Q Washer(neoprene) 1 11 Screw 1 13 O-Ring2 17 Removable Seat 1 REV. J DATE: 3/2/11 C.N. NO. 120961 `WHEN ORDERING REPLACEMENT PARTS SPECIFY Y DIM. I DWG. NO. 58882 PRODUCT NO. Z1385 ZURN INDUSTRIES, LLC. ♦ SPECIFICATION DRAINAGE OPERATION ♦ 1801 Pittsburgh Ave. ♦ Erie, PA 16514 Phone: 8141455-0921 ♦ Fax: 8141454-7929 ♦ World Wide Web: www.zum.com In Canada: ZURN INDUSTRIES LIMITED ♦ 3544 Nashua Drive ♦ Mississauga, Ontario L4V1L2 ♦ Phone: 9051405-8272 Fax: 905/405-1292 AMI. w7Washington State % Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 3 8,2011 Section County -- King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Advanced Power, LLC For WSDOT Use Only For assistance In completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 30 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification APE Hdgttr. File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No. 52 Instrumentation i System Interface Inc 1.17010 , v Project Engineer Date State Materials Engineer Date -Z2--/ Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8, Source Approved: 9 Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10 Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: A-r i C-Ci �_ A�-Ft� i`.a_ti�r`1,..i "IM�T it-7 Ktt.1t-lt-UY'�S Project Engineer Distribution State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Materials ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ State Materials Lab ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other DOT Forth 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 Response to Contractor Submittal No.:30 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Response Date: Specification Section: Page: Item 2 3 4, 4.1 5 i 6 7 K/J Action NET NET NET MCN NET NET NET 16 March 2011 10.17010 1 of 1 Refer to Comment N/A Siemens N/A Maxrad Times Microwave S KPSI Anchor Scientific Gems Sensors Gentex 1 N/A N/A N/A K/J Job No.: 0897003 Project Name: Stonegate Lift Station Replacement Manufacturer or Supplier 1 Title of Submittal / Drawing Macnetic Flowmeter Antenna ems Coax cable Submersible Level Transducer Roto-Float Switch LS-3 Level Switch Smoke/Heat Detector A. The action(s) noted above have been taken on the enclosed document(s). NET = No Exceptions Taken A&R = Amend and Resubmit NR = Not Reviewed MCN = Make Corrections Noted MCN(R) = Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit RR = Rejected, Resubmit L.ommengsy 1. Include sensor range. From top of wet well to bottom of probe is approximately 18 ft as shown on the Drawings. Provide range that is approximately 20 ft. B. Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating its work with that of all other trades, and performing its work in a safe and satisfactory manner. David oracek, P.E. Distribution Submittal Encl. Response Owner Engineer Contractor File 0897003 © Kennedy/Jenks Consultants 2011 Systems Interface Inc. City of Renton Stonegate Lift Station Field Instruments Submittal To Advanced Power LLC Bothell, Washington 3/1 /11 Project S11 B21 (425) 481-1225 T (425) 481-2115 F www.systems-interface.com 22125 17" Avenue SE - Suite 111 Bothell, WA 96021-7406 USA Systems Interface Inc. proposes to furnish only the equipment included in our quotation and/or as described and modified in this submittal data. Approval of this submittal data constitutes acceptance of the equipment in the configuration described herein. KEY ID RMIVA%Crjm PARTNUI®1 OBOCI►IION OTV AEAOLY OVI rD COMMENM 1 SIEMENS ENERGY k AUTOMATION, INC. 7ME6910-1AAIN-IAAO FL11W RIANSMITTO, MAO 5000 DCRAY FOR COMPACT OR MALL M TING. NOMA 4K, 115/230 VAC 1 1.1 SIEMENS ENERGY k AUTOMATION, INC. 7ME6590-4PJI 4-2AA2 now v1EMR1. MAG sw Mt r. — — 1a, — — —. HARmiOr —.— 1/r HVT 1 1.2 SIEMENS ENERGY k AUTOMATION, INC. FDK:001SPCA8 MAGFLO SPECIAL ELECTRODE CABLE FOR EMPTY PIPE DETECTION, SPECIFY LENGTH 1 199 FEET 2 MA%RAD MYA45012N AN1EWy .rq 1LmR, 4ef4r0 wx, 3r Won, N-roKE mrwiEcla. M1Rx MaN1wO wAo¢T NaLDFD 1 3 TIMES MICROWAVE SYSTEMS LMR-400-75 oO4Rw cAaE. Ru TrvE 1MR-w. » rtEr, N.ux-. H a ww rat. 4dDNC RAPUE (Mx/r0 1 CONNECTOR AS REWIRED 4 KPSI 720-140-00005.000 SUBNERSOAE lF1hl TRANWCER. W. VINTED CAGE, 4-20 MA OHEN FACE NOSE CAP, 0-SP9 1 59 FEET OF CABLE 4.1 KPSI IIS-000-000 SERIES 1115. ANEROID BELLOWS 1 5 ANCHOR SCIENTIFIC S30NO ROT0-FLOAT SWITCH, NO, 39 CABLE, POLYPROPYLENE, SUSPENSION (WEIGHTED) 4 6 ICEMS SENSORS INC. 142545 ILEWL SWITCH. LS-3, ALL POLYPROPYLENE, SLOSH SHIELD, 159 PS MAN, 20VA, N.C./N.O. DRY I 7 GENTEX 71003E SMOKE/HEAT DETECTOR, 120V, 1 SPST k 1 SPOT, INTEGRAL 135E THERMAL 1 KEY ID #'S ON PRODUCT DATA SHEETS CORRESPOND TO BILL OF MATERIAL DWG A2401 3,v _scow BY DATE BY DATE D1Gd�lt: NAS -IHtI Systems Interface Inc. """°" ADVANCED POWER LLC LAST " -11 BOTHELL WASHiNCTON REVIStoN s RENTON STOW GA LIFT STATION "will: FIELD INSTRUMENTS DRAWING NUMBER: _ BOTH WA., U.S.A. 96021-7N4 = (425) 401-1225 1 FAX (425) 401-2I15 APPROWD BILL OF MATERIAL - - •n1im--� •• -_• _•� Sl l B21- A2491 SITRANS F flowmeters SITRANS F M 13 Overview Transmitler MAG 5=6000 compact version (left) and 19' Insert version (r'ght) The MAG 5000 and 6000 are microprocessor -based transmitters engineered for high per`ormance, easy installation, commission- ing and maintenance. The transmitters evaluate the signals from the &TRANS F M MAGFLO sensors type MAG 1100, MAG 11^0 F, MAG 3100 and MAG 5100 W. Transmitter types: • MAG 5000: Max. measuring error 0.5% of rate (incl sensor) • MAG 6000: Max. measuring error 0.25% of rate (incl. sensor, see also sensor specifications) and with additional features such as: Plug & Play insert bus modules; integrated batch functions. 13 Benefits • Superior signal resolution for op!imum turn down ratio • Digital signal processing with many possibilities • Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commis- sioning • User configurable operation menu with password protection. • 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages. • Flow rate in various units • Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as additional information available • Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum con- figuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output (status, flow direction, limits) • Comprehensive self -diagnostic for error indication and error logging (see under SITRANS F M MAGFLO diagnostics) • Batch control • Custody transfer approval: PTB, OIML R75, R117, R49 • MAG 6000 with add -on bus modules for HART, MODBUS RTU/RS485, PROFIBUS PA and OP VJ Application The MAG flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow of al- most all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries. The main applications can be found in: • Water and wastewater • Chemical and pharmaceutical industries • Food & beverage industries • Power generation and utility Th ransmitter id 4X,6 for base to be used in: • 19' rack systems • Panel mounting IP65/NEMA 4 • Back of panel mounting IP20/NEMA 2 • Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4 Several options on 19" versions are available such as: • Transmitters for EEx ATEX approved flow sensors (incl. barri- ers) • Transmitters with electrode cleaning unit Function The MAG 5000/6000 are microprocessor -based transmitters with a build -in alphanumeric display in several languages. The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated electro- magnetic sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current. Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal- lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors. Displays and co;.frols Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using: • Controi and display unit • HART communica!or • PCAaptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica- tion • PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS com- munication , i I Cperaung and top dY HVIRT' C-010 Go-nr%n,m:or module PS-232 HART ccmmunicaucn PROFiBUS DP PROFiBUS PA T Bus Master terminator Coupler wi:h P�� Mu Transmitter with PROFIBUS PA Inte face PROFIBUS PA com municatiw 0 Siemens A 01 • 2007 Technical specifications Mode of operation and design Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed con- stant field Empty pipe Detection of empty pipe (special cable required in remote mounted installation) Excitation frequency Sensor size depending pulsating DC current E.ectrode input impedance > 1 x 1014 n Input D'gitai input 11 ... 30 V DC, Ri = 4.4 KQ • Activation time 50 ms • Current IDS 1 t v = 2.5 mA, IDc 30 v = 7 mA Output Current output • Signal range 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA • Load < awn • Time constant 0.1 30 s, adjustable Digital output • Frequency 0 ... 10 kHz. 50% duty cycle (uni/bidirectional) • Time constant 0.1..30s, adjustable • Pulse (active) DC 24 V, 30 mA, 1 K0 5 R; 5 10 KU short -circuit -protected (power supplied from flowmeter) • Pulse (passive) DC 3. .30 V. max. 110 mA, 200 A 5 RI <_ 10 KD (powered from con- nected equipment) • Time constant 0.1 . 30 s, adjustable Relay output • Time constant Changeover relay, same as cur- rent output • Load 42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A Low flow cut off 0 ... 9.9% of maximum flow Galvanic isolation All inputs and outputs are galvan- ically isolated Max. measuring error (incl. sen- sor) • MAG 5000 0.5% of rate • MAG 6000 0.25% of rate Rated operation conditions Ambient temperature • Operation • Display version: -20... +50 •C (-4... +122 •F) • Blind version: -20... +60 •C H ... +140 •F) • Storage -40 ... +70 •C (-40 ... +158 *9 Mechanical load • Compact version 18 ... 1000 Hz, 3,17 G rms, sinu- soidal in all directions to IEC 68-2-36 • 19" insert 1 ... 800 Hz, 1 G, sinusoidal in all directions to IEC 68-2-36 SITRANS F flowmeters SITRANS F M Degree of protection Key ID: 1 • Compact version IP67/NEMA 016 to IEC 529 and DIN 40050 (1 mH2030 min.) • 19" insert IP20/NEMA 2 to IEC 529 and DIN 40050 EMC performance • Emitted interference To EN 50081-1 (Light industry) • Noise immunity To EN 50082-1 (Industry) Display and keypad Totalizer Two eight -digit counters for for- ward, net or reverse flow Display Background illumination with alphanumeric text, 3 x 20 charac- ters to indicate flow rate, totalized values, settings and faults; Reverse flow indicated by nega- tive sign • Time constant Time constant as current output time constant Design Enclosure material • Compact version Fiber glass reinforced polyamide; optional (IP67 only): AISI 316 stainless steel • 19'-insert Standard 19' insert of alumin- ium/steel (DIN 41494), width: 21 TE, height: 3 HE • Back of panel IP20/NEMA 2; Aluminium • Panel mounting IP65/NEMA 4; ABS plastic • Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4; ABS plastic Dimensional drawings • Compact version See dimensional drawings • 19" insert See dimensional drawings Weight • Compact version 0.75 kg (2 lb) • 19" insert See dimensional drawings Power supply • 115 230 V AC +10% 15%, 50 ... 60 Hz, 17 VA • 11 ... 30 V DC or 11 ... 24 VAC Power consumption • 230 V AC: 17 VA •24VAC: 9W,IN-380mA, IST=8A(30MS) • 12 V DC ' 11 W. IN = 920 MA, IST = 4 A (250 MS) Certificates and approvals CE, ULc general purpose, C-tick; FM Class 1, div 2 Custody transfer approval • PTS OIML R49 (cold water) (MAG 5000/60W CT) • PTB and DANAK OIML R75 (hot water) • PTB and DANAK OIML R117 (cold water/milk, beer etc.) Communication Standard • MAG 5000 Without serial communication or HART as option • MAG 6000 Prepared for client mounted add - on modules Optional (MAG 6000 only) HART, MODBUS RTU/RS485, PROFIBUS PA, PRON BUS DP as add -on modules Siemens Ft 01 •2007 W SITRANS F flowmeters SITRANS F M Key ID: 1 Safety barrier (iaAb) ON < 300 / 12" Application As combined unit with MAG 6000 only and MAG 1100 Ex / MAG 3100 Ex In the size range DN 2 to 300 / 1/12" to 12" Ex approval Cable parameter [EEx iafib) IIB• ATEX for MAG 3100 Ex and 1100 Ex Group Capacity in µF Inductance in mH I f� ) • Electrode IIB 531 S 80 •Coil IS 50.5 58 t' 1 Ambient temperature •C •F) • During operation -20 to +50 (4 to +122 o • During storage -20 to +70 •C (-4 to +158 •F) Enclosure • Material Standard 19" insert in aluminiun/steel (DIN 41494) • Width 21 TE (4.75-) • Height 3 HE (5.25") • Rating IP 20 / NEMA 2 to EN 60529 and DIN 40050 • Mechanical load 1 g, 1 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36 EMC performance • Emission EN 50081-1 (Light industry) • Immunity EN 50082-2 (Industry) Safety barrier (eAa) ON ? 350 / 14" Application Ex approval Cable parameter • Electrode For use with MAG 5000/6000 19" and MAG 3100 Ex In the size range DN 350 to 2000 / 14" to 78" [EEx a ia] IIC ATEX Group Capacity in µF Inductance +n mH lIC 54.1 5,80 116 5 45 587 I IA S 45 5 87 Ambient temperature • During operation -20 to +50 °C (-4 to +122 •F) • During storage -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 IF) Enclosure • Material Standard 19' insert in aluminiurn/steel (DIN 41494) • Width 21 TE (4.75') • Height 3 HE (5.25-) • Rating IP20 / NEMA 2 to EN 60529 and DIN 40050 • Mechanical load 1 g• 1 .. 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36 EMC performance • Emission EN 50081-1 (Light industry) • Immunity EN 50082-2 (Industry) Siemens Fl 01 2007 SITRANS F flowmeters SITRANS F M Electrode cleaning unit Key ID: 1 Application For use with transmitters MAG 5000 and 60M 19" to dean the electrodes on sen- sors MAG 1100, MAG 3100 or MAG 5100 W NB: Must not be used with intrinsically safe ATEX sensors W. t> ` , ✓R {+ Cleaning voltage AC cleaning DC cleaning Cleaning period 60 V AC 30 V DC 60 s + 60 s pause period Relay i • Load 42 V / 2 A e Operation • Automatic Switch relay activated when cleaning is in progress Yes • Manual No Indicator lamps LEDs: 'ON' and `CLEANING' Supply voltage and power 115 230 V AC, +10% -15%, 50 60 Hz, 7 VA cleaning, 5 VA stand by consumption 11 . 30 V DC 111 .24 V AC, 50 60 Hz, 7 VA cleaning, 5 VA stand by Ambient temperature • During operation • During storage -20 to +50 •C (-4 to +122 •F) -20 to +70 •C (4 to +158 •F) Enclosure • Material Standard 19' insert in aluminium/steel (DIN 41494) • Width 21 TE (4.75) • Height 3 HE (5.25") • Rating IP20 / NEMA 2 to EN 60529 and DIN 40050 • Mechanical load 1 g, 1 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36 Cleaning unit The Siemens cleaning unit can be used with MAG 50DO or 6000 in 19" insert version. The cleaning unit can be used in applications where the liner and subsequently the electrodes may be coated with deposits. If the coating is electrically insulating, the electrode signal will be reduced. If the coating is electrically inductive, the electrode sig- nal will be partly short-circuited and in both cases the accuracy of the meter will decrease (dependent on coating type and thick- ness). Note: The cleaning unit cannot be used for inflammable or explosive media! Empty pipe detection and cleaning facility cannot be used at the same time. Mode of operation The cleaning unit cleans the electrodes electro-chemically by applying a voltage to the electrodes for approx. 60 seconds. While cleaning, the transmitter stores and holds the latest mea- sured flow reading on the display and also the signal outputs. Af- ter an additional pausing period of 60 seconds the flowmeter re- sumes normal measurement and the cleaning is now completed. The relay in the transmitter activates the cleaning cycle. In the re- lay output menu (under cleaning) the cleaning interval can be set between 1 hour and 24 hours. Cleaning should only take place with liquid in the pipe.This can be detected via the empty pipe function. It is therefore recom- mended to select "empty pipe detection' ON when using the cleaning. The cleaning sequence can also be controlled manually through the electrical input of the transmitter. Before this is done, ensure that the measuring pipe is full. Siemens A 01 •2007 0 SITRANS F flowmeters SITRANS F M AC cleaning L�J • • oaa ©M�2 1 S 80 MA AC -cleaning is used to remove fatty deposits on the electrodes. These fatty deposits are seen in waste water applications, in ab- attoirs and water applications with oil residuals. During the cleaning process, the surface of the electrodes get warmer, which tends to soften grease particles and the gas bubbles gen- erated mechanically lift deposits away from the surface of the electrodes. DC cleaning © t J DC -cleaning is used to Orninate electrically conductive depos- its in the measuring pipe influencing the measuring accuracy. Particularly in district heating applications an electrically con- ductive deposit (magnetite) may occur and short-circuit the electrode signal. In this case the accuracy of the meter de- creases and the signal/noise conditions of the meter become in- ferior. The problem only arises if the conductivity of the water is less than approx. 250 µS/cm. During DC -cleaning electrolysis takes place where the flow of electrons removes the particle deposits from the electrode area. Note: Do not use DC -cleaning on sensors with tantalum electrodes. Key ID: 1 MEM 413Q 01 • • SITRANS F flowmeters SITRANS F M _i.v ( X.. �y{,�� Sid.; ~�;Y� c i4 A� °aI Selection and Ordering Data Rion Byrnboi Key ID: 1 Transmitter MAG 5000 Transmitter MAG 6000 CT �1 Description Order No. Symbol 3F eusiedy NensieF: a8 V B6V 7#4Eb9�9 •� 1— 3B"96� 7ME6940- 11 24 V A6 QAA39 IABB .,o I 24 W 9A.1A 1 15R39 VAG, 59r60 1 lz MAE(i 7 AEo91& 4A 110 1A68 i AAII O GAAG Transmitter MAG 5000 Dis- play for compact and wallis. Be 6, appliee mounting; item 1A 4�} IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre -glass reinforced polyamide •:1:1 89 V A 9--29 V-B6 / 7�4E8826 1 24 V "G 9 11 24 V A6 4,4830 1AA6 • 115/230 V AC, 50;60 Hz ► TME691G- 116:1289 7ME6928 t AA 1 a 1 AA0 4-AB40 1 AA9 • 4 i SQ29 v n 3; t;_ -7 '»r TFeAsFn'i!eF MAG 6000 --� ift 11 24 V A.G 26riaE 1 AAG lFEA9Fe/! ' 7'irA_ 25 A 1a-1-AA9 —met 11 ... 24 V•AG 4AAaO !ASS E5 a II [EEX 1AA18 , 6X 0 1A69 . 1 89 V-G)s AEsa�9 6 i3 B :--9H3 11— 4 VAG•11--�9 GG-4 AG ze__ -E;�o q 7� r;A 26#8 1 A.4 Transmitter MAG 6000 9N s 25.11Uesor4)41— GFdeF NO Symbol 11-2-4 4'-r:^v 2&3384-AAA 7A4E6929 26BI6 1AA-91 AIAG 6990 wilh �A4Ebe2� , 2EA404AAG li 11 ... 24 AG 1AA30 GAA8 7ME69i8- 4AA40-9AA9 —� e ir,91 i FrOUnted-Wdh C Cne{69tlF8 . 11fi19y BG4 ► 7ME6920 - " 3G 11, 9Gi 7MES920 11 _ 24V AG 1AA3G #AA9 11 _ 24 `+ AG 2�P1Ap�3G-4AcAB 116,1239 eG, _ .7 i59�69 7414Esess9taiRlegs glee! i 1... aB v BG / ?ME6M 11 ... 24 V-AG 38A39 4 AA9 7ME6929- 48A18 1 AA9 Siemens A 01 2307 0 SITRANS F flovimneters SITRANS F M Dimensional drawings Transmitter 1P67INEMA 4XI6 compact polyamide 6 (0.24) 155 (6.10) 13t (VO) m TransmIler integral mounted Zransmltter, 19" 1P201 NEIVA 2 star. ra,d unit CI �,' � 1%,1 Ui O rr Transmitter, wall mounting t-66;;NEVA 1, W a -I W. 1 eslo.�tt-�; Transmitter wall mounted Key ID: 1 print 0.8 kg 11.8 lbs Siemens FI 01 2007 SITRANS F flowmeters SITRANS F M Schematics Key ID: 1 Electrical connection Grounding PE must be connected due to safety class 1 power supply. Mechanical counters When mounting a mechanical counter to terminals 57 and 58 (active output), a 1000 pF capacitor must be connected to the terminals 56 and 58. Capacitor + is connected to terminal 56 and capacitor - to terminal 58. Output cables If the output cable length is long in noisy environment. we recommend to use screened cable. Power supply T®renun(ltt�er •.1y,�pVu � _I N•Yvat (41t Vat SPE —PE 0, E'—PE output wnn.•ou 9uW w/p IFirmY V�•Mp/ dyW wrou S7 I unu.n•a -L-u- -I-fL- 56 R� L_2-l. Relay output Ifi I ,K Fr. `way-•• 4B Ca.,.... Dlgltal Input •'Jo v.ae �.a 78 Sena cannecdw 1 % 1 1 t 0 i 8 1 0 1 83 .. a_ 1 8364 . 1 _-_O®as • 1 Shleld i .., m Q L--- - - - - -� 1) Note Special cable with Individual wire shleids (shown as dotted Ines) are onty required when using empty pipe (unction or long cables Siemens FI 01 2007 in SITRANS F fiowmeters SITRANS F M Overview I} t •ttfa4 C Siemens AG 2009 f". The SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W is an electromagnetic flow sen- sor designed to meet ground water, drinking water, waste water, sewage or sludge applications. Benefits • DN 25 to DN 1200 / 2000 (1" to 48' / 78") • Stock program of MAG 5100 W secures short delivery time • Connection flanges EN 1092-1 (D!N 2501), ANSI, AWWA, AS and JIS. • NBR Hard Rubber and Ebonite Hard Rubber liner for all water applications • Drinking water EPDM liner with approvals • Hastelloy integrated grounding and measuring electrodes • Increased low flow accuracy for water leak detection, due to coned liner design (Order No. 7ME6520, DN 50 to 300 mm (2' to 12')). • Drinking water approvals • Suitable for direct burial and constant flooding • Custody transfer approvals • Build -in length according to ISO 13359 • Easy commissioning, SENSORPROM unit automatically up- loads calibration values and settings. • Designed so patented in -situ verification can be conducted. Using SENSORPROM fingerprint. • Custody Transfer option for water billing, with type approval af- ter OIML R49 and verified according to MI-001 for DN 50 (2') to DN 300 (12') Pattern approval OIML R 49 (Denmark, Germany) - conforms to ISO 4064 and EN 14154 - MI-001 Custody Transfer approval for billing (EU) • Meets EEC directives: PED, 97/23/EC pressure directive for EN1092-1 flanges • Simple onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a stan- dard sensor. Key ID: 1.1 Application The main applications of the SITRANS F M electromagnetic flow sensors can be found in the following fields: • Water abstraction • Water treatment • Water distribution network (leak detection management) • Custody transfer water meters • Irrigation • Waste water treatment • Filtration plant (e.g. reverse osmosis and ultra filtration) • Industrial water applications Mode of operation The flow measuring principle is based on Faradays law of elec- tromagnetic induction were the sensor converts the flow into an electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of the flow. Integration The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an asso- ciateo transmitter SITRANS F M MAG 5000, MAG 6000 or MAG 6000 I. The flexible communication concept USN. 11 simplif;es integra- tion and update to a variety of fieidbus systems, e.g. HART, De- viceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, MODBUS RTU/RS485. EM Siemens FI 012010 Technical specifications Product characteristic Design and nominal size Measuring principle Excitation frequency (Mains supply: 50160 Hz) Process connection Flanges • EN 1092-1 • ANSI 816.5 • AW WA C-207 • AS4087 • JIS B 2220:2004 Rated Operation Ambient temperature • Sensor • With compact transmitter MAG 5000/6000 • With compact transmitter MAG 6000 I Operating pressure (Abs) [abs. bar] (Maximum operating pressure depending on flange standard, decreases with increasing operating temperature) Enclosure rating • Standard • Option Pressure drop at 3 Ms (10 f 1s) Test pressure Mechanical load m Siemens AG 2009 SITRANS F flowmeters Key ID: 1.1 SITRANS F M Targeted towards the EU water markets and low -How applications EPOM or NBR lining (Order No. 7ME6520) Full bore sensor: ON 25... 40 (1"... 1'h") Coned sensor: DN 50 ... 300 (2' ... 12") Full bore sensor: ON 350 ... 1200 (14" ... 48"} ON 25 ... 65 (1-... 2'h"): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz ON 80... 150 (3-... 6"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz ON 200 ... 300 (8" ... 12"): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz DIN 350 .. 1200 (14'... 48"): 1.5625 Hz/1.875 Nz PN 10 (145 psi) : ON 200 ... 300 (8" ... 12") Flat face flanges PN 10 (145 psi): ON 350 ... 1200 (14" . 48") Raisea fazi flanges PN 15 f2:;2 ; ,): DIN 50... 300 (2" ... 12") P"; '6 _22 ::,): DIN ... 1200 (14' - 48") ?a SE^ ta�a'i�ngeS ON25...40i1'...1Yz') Rasa: ';�c' ..!nges Class D: 23" ... 48', flat face PN 16 (ON 50... 1200). (2'... 48') 16 bar (232 psi) -40 --- .. '40 ... +158 °F) -20 . +60 •C (4... +140 •F) -20... +6C 'C (-4 ... +140 •F) ON 25 ... 40 (1- ... 1'h"): 0.01 ... 40 bar (0.15 ... 580 psi) ON 50 ... 300 (2'... 12"): 0.03 ... 20 bar (0.44 ... 290 psi) ON 350... 1200 (14" ... 48"): 0.01 ... 16 bar (0.15 ... 232 psi) I P67 to EN 60529 / NEMA 4X/6 (1 mH2O for 30 min) IP68 to EN 605291 NEMA 6P (10 mH2O continuously) ON 25 ... 40 (1" ... 1''A"): As straight pipe ON 50 ... 300 (2" .,.12"): Max. 25 mbar (0.36 psi) ON 350 ... 1200 (14" ... 48"): As straight pipe 1.5 x PN (where applicable) 18... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours according to EN 60068-2-36 Sensor: 3.17 firms Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted transmitter: 3.17 grins Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I mounted transmitter: 1.14 grms Targeted towards the Non-EU water markets Ebonfts lining (Order No. 7ME6560) Full bore sensor: ON 25 ... 2000 (1" ... 78") Electromagnetic induction ON 25_ 65 (1" ... 2h"): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz ON 80 ... 150 (3" ... 6"): 6.25 Hz(7 5 Hz ON 200. . 1200 (B-... 46'): 3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz ON 1400 .., 2000 (54' ... 78'): 1.5625 Hz/1-875 Hz Raised face (EN 1092-1, DIN 2501 and BS 4504 have the same mating dimensions) PN 6 (87 psi): ON 1400 ... 2000 (54" ... 78") PN 10 (145 psi): DIN 200 ... 2000 (B" ... 78") PN 16 (232 psi): DN 65 ... 600 (2'h" ... 24") PN 40 (580 psi): ON 25 ... 50 (1" ... 2") Class 150 Ib: 1 ' . 2.1' Class 0: 28' ... 72", flat face PN 16 (ON 50 ... 1200), (2'... 48-) 16 bar (232 psi) K10 (1- ... 24') -20... +70'C ; <...-158'F) -20... +60'C 1-4 ... +140'F) -20... +6C'C (4 ... +140 •F) DN 25 .. 5C 0 ... 2"): 0.01 ... 40 bar (.0.15 .. 580 psi) ON 65 ... 1200 (2'h" .- 48"): 0.01 ... 16 bar (0.15 ... 232 psi) ON 1400 ... 2000 (54" ... 78"): 0.01 ... 10 bar (0.15 ... 145 psi) IP67 to EN 60529,1 NEMA 4X/6 (1 mH20 for 30 min) IP68 to EN 60529 / NEMA 6P (10 mH2O continuously) As straight pipe 1.5 x PN (where applicable) 18 ... 1000 Hz random in x, y, z, directions for 2 hours according to EN 60068-2-36 Sensor: 3.17 firms Sensor with compact MAG 5000/6000 mounted transmitter: 3.17 grms Sensor with compact MAG 6000 I mounted transmitter: 1.14 grms Siemens A 01 •2010 0 Siemens AG 2009 SITRANS F ffowmeters SITRANS F M Key ID: 1.1 Product characteristic Targeted towards the EU water markets and Targeted towards the Non-EU water markets low -flow applications EPDM or NBR lining (Order No. 7ME6520) Ebonite lining (Order No. 7ME8580) Medium conditions Temperature of medium • NBR -10 ... +70 •C (14 ... 158 •F) • EPDM -10... +70 •C (14 ... 158 •F) • EPDM (MI-001) 0.1 ... 30 °C (32... 76 •F) • Ebonite - -10 ... +70 •C (14 ... 158 •F) EMC 89/336 EEC 89(336 EEC Design Material • Housing and flanges Carbon steel, with corrosion- Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with corrosion - resistant two -Component epoxy coating resistant two -component epoxy coating (min. 150 µin) (min. 150 ) Corrosivity category C4, according to ISO Corrosivit category C4, according to ISO 12944.2 12944-2 • Measur'ng pipe AISI 304 (1.4301) (DN 50... 300 (2' ... 12-) AISI 304 (1.4301) Carton seep • Electrode Hasa icy Hastelloy • Grounding electrode ras:e::oy Hastalloy • Termina, box F bre glass reinforced po!yamide Fibre glass re-nforeed poiyamide Certificates and approvals Custody Transfer (only together with CIML a 49 pattern approval cold water (Den- MAG 6000 CT) mark arc Germany): DN 50 ... 300 (2'... 12') MI X1 cold water (EU): ON 50 ... 300 (2' ... 12') Drinking water approvals EPDM NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (Cold water, US) (pend- NSFiANS: Standard 6' (CDId water, US) ing) WRAS (WRc, B36920 cold water, GB) ACS listed (F), WRAS (WRc, 1396920 cold water, GB) CVGW 'N270 (D) Ee gacua (9) i MCcn's N-;7.'ANSi Standard 61 (Cold water, US, only ! �tiS: z .E.5 flanges) Pressure approvals : FED con`orming: All EN. 092-1 flanges and PED (Ail EN1092-1 flanges conforms to PED) ANSI Class 150 (< DN 300 (<12')) - 97/23 EC'f - 97/23 EC') (only 5 ON 600 (5 24')) CRN FM Class 1, Div 2 (pending) FM Class 1, Div 2 For sizes larger than 600 mm (24') in PN 16 PED conformity is available as a cost -added option. The basic unit will carry the LVD (Low Voltage Directive) and EMC approval. All products sold outside of EU and EFTA are excluded from the directive, also products sold into certain market sectors are excluded. These include 1) Meters used in networks for the supply, distribution and discharge of water. 2) Meters used in pipelines for the conveyance of any fluid from offshore to onshore. 3) Meters used in the extraction of petroleum or gas, including Christmas tree and manifold equipment. 4) Any meter mounted on a ship or mobile offshore platform. MAG 5100 W with MAG 6000 CT (Revenue program) MI-001 MAG 5100 W CT program is type approved according to inter- national water meter standard OIML R 49. Since the first No- vember 2006 the MI-001 water meter directive is in force, which means that all water meters can be sold across the EU borders if the water meters contain a MI-001 label. The MAG 5100 W MI-001 verified and labeled products are a Class II aproval according to Directive 2004/22/EC of the European Parliament and Council of March 31, 2004 on measur- ing instruments (MID), Annex MI-001 in the sizes from DN 50 to DN 300 (Order No. 7ME6520). The MID certification is obtained as a modul B + D module ap- proval according to the above mentioned directive. Module B : Type approval according to OIML R 49 Module D : Quality insurance approval of production tE% MI DOI Verification tolerances Cl. If = 5% CL II = 2% Q1 Q2 Q3 04 Siemens FI 01 • 2010 0 Siemens AG 2009 SITRANS F flowmeters Key ID: 1.1 SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W MI-001 verified and labeled products at a given 03 and 03/04 = 1.25 and 02/01 = 1.6 measuring ranges see table below: ON 50 (2'1 65 (2%") 80 (3") 100 (4") 125 (5") 150 (6'1 200 (8'j 250 (10'j 300 (12") .R" 03101 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 04 [m3/h] 20 31.25 50 78,75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 03 [m /h] 18 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 830 02 [m3th] 1.02 1.6 2.6 4.03 6.4 10.24 16 25.6 40.32 Q1 [m31h] 0.64 1.00 1.60 2.52 4.0 6.4 10.0 16.0 25.2 ON 50 (2'1 65 (21h") 80 (3") 100 (4") 125 (5'j 150 (6") 200 (8") 1250 (10'j 300 (12") B" 03101 63 163 63 63 i63 `63 63 I63 63 04 (M3/h] 20 31.25 50 78.75 125 200 312.5 1500 787.5 03[m /h] i18 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 02 (m /h] 0.41 0.63 1.02 1.6 2.54 4.06 6.35 10.2 I6.35 16.0 Q 1 [math] I0.25 0.40 0.63 1.00 1.59 ' 2.54 3.97 10.0 ON 50 (2") 65 (2'h") 80 (3") 100 (4'1 ,R" Q3/01 180 80 180 80 04 [m3th) 120 31.25 150 78.75 ' 18 25 140 163 C2 (m3/h] 10.32 0.50 0.80 11.20 01 (m3/h] 10.20 0.31 0.50 10.75 C4 50 (2") 85 (2%") 80 (3") 100 (4") .P," Q3/Q1 160 160 160 160 Q4 [m3/11] 50 :78.75 1125 200 03 03 [m2/hJ 140 63 100 160 02 [m3th] 10.40 0.63 i 1.00 11.60 01 [math) ;0.25 0.39 0.63 I1.00 1125 (5") 1150 (6") 200 (8") 250 (10") 1 300 (12") !80 180 180 ISO 125 1200 180 ;312.5 1500 787.5 100 y 180 i250 i4OO 1630 2.00 13.20 i5.0 :6.0 112.6 11.25 12.00 3.13 5.0 7.90 125 (5") - 150 (( r00 (8") 25� 10 )`-300 (12") 1160 160 -.160 --'160 160 1312.5 r 1500 �787.5 1250 2000 !250 1400 830 i1000 1600 2.50 14.00 � 6.3 � 10.0 16.0 156 2.50 3.94 6.3 I10.0 C14 50 (2") 65 (21h") 130 (3") 100 (4") 125 (5") 150 (6") 200 (8") 250 (10'1 1300 (12") .F"' 03/C1 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 04[m3/h] 50 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 1250 2000 C3[m /h] 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 02 [m3th] 0.32 0.50 0.80 1.28 2.00 3.20 5.0 8.0 12.8 01 [m3/h] 0.20 0.32 0.50 0.80 1.25 2.00 3.15 5.0 8.0 ON 50 (2'1 65 (2%") 80 (3") 100 (4") 125 (5') 150 (6") 200 (8") 250 (10") 300 (12") .R" Q3/01 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 04 (m3/h] 50 78.75 125 200 312.5 500 787.5 1250 2000 03[m /h] 40 63 100 180 250 400 630 1000 1600 02 [m3/h] 0.26 0.40 0.64 1.02 1.60 2.56 4.0 6.4 10.24 Q1 [m31h] 0.16 0.25 0.40 0.64 1.00 1.60 2.52 4.0 6.4 The Label is placed on the side of the encapsulation. An exam- ple of the product label is shown below: SIEMENS SITRANS F M MAG600015100►V CT 7K&W021t11.1AM S�RlM nt 7f.6i9712WW1)I Cr Mio Jon" 01G0200M2)01.W1 OMSp a, 1M.1 /N76" Aowrxq CUts2 MAL A40 M.Mr.tYnweMn Hvb o.nl(70 V.. 2W E"Nq.n.naidati R. MI 0.t "Wh rww. matt Mt• Rmp,m XK 9241 So Incl."Obn )tn QW AMe. T. .2516.We rr ,�1n� O��O IV1V SuOplyc 11111"VAL SWIft 17YA l..0 S4 m nt Now NYr Wr►r. r IVf W,. N DOM * Siemens FI 01 • 2010 0 ® Siemens AG 2009 SITRANS F flowmefers Key ID: 1.1 SITRANS F M Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No. MEW Sensor SITRANS F M MAG 5100 W 7 M E 8 6 6 0- Sensor SffRANS F M MAG 51 Go W 7 M E 6 5 8 0- Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges, mv9m11111- Hasteiloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges, ❑13=013 - ■ 02 Non EU water markets Non EU water markets Diameter Transmitter with display DN 25 (1") • 20 ) Sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter ♦ A DN 40 (11h') • 2 R separately) DN 50 (2-) • 2 Y MAG 6000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24V AC ♦ H DN 65 (21/2') e 3 F MAG 6000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC ♦ J DN 80 (W) 0 3 M MAG 5000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24V AC • K DN 100 (4-) o 3 T MAG 5000, Polyamid, 115 ... 230 V AC ♦ L DN 125 (5-) 4 B Communication DN 150 (6-) DN 200 (8-) a 4 H 0 4 P - -- ;7 communication, add on possible HART DN 250 (10-) 0 4 V PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (only MAG 6000/ DN 300 (12-) • 5 0 MAG 6000 1) DN 350 (14') • 5 K PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (only MAG 6000/ DN 400 (16-) e 5 R MAG 60001) DN 450 (18') e 5 y MODBUS RTU/RS 485 (only MAG 6000/ DN 500 .(20-) 6 F MAG 6000 i) FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (only MAG 60001 DN 600 (24-) 8 P MAG 6000 i) DN 700 (28-) 6 Y Cable glandafterminat box DN 750 (30-) 7 D Metric DN 800 (32-) 7 H _; ' _ "• ' z' NPT DN 900 (36-) 714 DN 1000 (40-) 7 R (42-) 7 U (44-) 7 V DN 1200 (48-) 8 B DN 1400 (54-) 8 F DN 1500 (60-) 8 K DN 1600 (66-) 6 P DN 1800 (72-) 8 T DN 2000 (78-) 8 Y Flange norm and pressure rating to EN 1092-1 PN 6 (DN 1400 ... 2000 (54- ... 78-)) PN 10 (DN 200 ... 2000 (8- ... 7B-)) PN 16 (DN 65...600 (2'h' ... 24-) PN 16, non PED (DN 700 ... 120028' (pending) PN 40 (DN 25 ... 50 (1' ... 2')) to ANSI 816.5 class 150 (1' ... 24') to AWWA C-207 Class D (2W ... 78') to AS 4087 PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200 (2'... 48')) to.11S B 2220:2004 K10 (1' ... 24') Flange material Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105 Liner material Ebonite Hard Rubber Electrode material Hastelloy A < g o C 48-) 0 • F ♦ A ♦ 8 ♦ F ♦ G E,,.: ' ♦ J ♦ Shortlead time (detar.s in PMD) Selection and Ordering data Order code Additional information Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order codes) and plain text. Customer -spec is converter setup • Factory cert`cate according to EN 10204-2.2 C14 • Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.1 C15 Tag name plate, stainless steel fixed with SS wire Y17 Tag name plate, p;astic (self-adhesive) Y18 Customer -specific converter setup Y2G Sensor cables wired (specify cable order no.) Y40 Sensor for remote transmitter's junction box potted to Y41 IP68 with wired cable (specify cable order no.) Other postproduction requirements (add desired text) Y99 Description L Potting kit for terminal box of SITRANS F M sensors for IP68/NEMA 6P (Not for H ATEX) Order No. ♦ FDK-MU0220 R ♦ Short lead time (details in PMD) 4 2 This device is shipped with a Quick Start guide and the SITRANS F man- ual CD containing the complete manual library. Printed Operating Instructions are available for purchase via PMD MAG 5000/6000 transmitters and sensors are packed in separate boxes, the final assembly takes place during installation at the customer's place. MAG 6000 I/MAG 60001 ATEX 2G D transmit- ters and sensors are delivered compact mounted from factory. Communication module will not be pre -mounted in the transmitter. Please use online Product selector to get latest updates. Product selector link: wWw.p.a-selectorautomation slemens.com Please also see www.siemens.com/SITRANSForder:n for practical examples of ordering Siemens FI 01 -2010 r SITRANS F fiowmeters SITRANS F M Dlmenslonal drawings o I Sa ,L � 11 I Order No. 7ME6520 EPDM or NER lining ON25.,.40(1-...1; ) ON 350 ... 1200 (14' ... 48-) Order No. 7ME6580 Ebonite lining ON 25... 2000 (1- ... 78') ® Siemens AG 2009 d20 (1V NPT) Key ID: 1.1 WO (%i NPT) Drder Nc. TME8520 =PDM or NER lining �N 50... 300 2-... 12') L i G,�or t.c. ( a1.c5520 N4a or EPD, .M liner Grdar .'tc. 7M1 t:;;ZO Ebcnite liner ?N 6,J, PN I P?: 18 10 + FN 1 o ! Phil 40 Iron PE D C18681501 A1NWA iJiS 10K AS [ nnj [inch] l (mm-j 'incr j l tmm? ''Inch] ;;romj ti tch {^, rt) {lnchj ! (mmj (inch] ! rmmj (inch) imm) [;rtc`] {mrn] i [Inch] (mm] [inch] 2=G I *'-8 26v ;-9 I;L : I c}e o-3 7� Z-G, I299 79 48a = I- - I- 2V9 i 2--a260 98 426 ,6 24;: 1 6:e 266 4" 1- %0A 9$ 269 194 269 9$ 469 6 2a2 Q— 4 P76 4" - aCC-9 44-8 - - a99 44-8 a99 4.1-8 869 +1-8 200 8 267 494 304 12.0 350 113.8 1350 13.8 - 350 13.8 350 13.8 350 13.8 269 48 P84 44r2 aa2 484 469 4Z7 14AG 474 - 489 474 469 � 469 4 � a68 42 340 42 2 267 444 I E99 :Feb 444 - 699 49; SW 494 699 494 26a 44 2-62 46t) 1862 44-3 1 F69 a+4 669 244 - - 669 P4.7 me e44 569 24-6 498 46 4c= 40-$ I a87 4— 638 -2--6 C 9 28-6 16W e^a-6 E-W 24.6 699 2a-6 46a 48 428 47-2 A48 4" 6W 22-e ! r9 2a.6 - - - 669 2a3 698 E" 699 2a-.6 669 29 4oa 44-2 443 4.7-4 666 i:44 :, bu8 2af - - 699 2a-6 699 2" 609 2a-6 669 24 644 29-2 494 49.4 SW 2e-6 e,,G Pa-6 - - - 699 2a3 699 2a:& 699 23-6 799 28 664 22-2 644 24-4 799 27-8 ;99 273 -;W 27 6 - 799 27,6 - 769 P7 6 769 20 694 2a-2 674 223 - - - - - 769 2" - 769 899 a2 646 24-8 696 23-9 899 a4-6 899 44-6 899 a4-6 - 8% a43 - 899 a4-5 999 a6 668 26.4 669 264 999 96-4 999 35-4 999 86-4 - 999 a&4 - 999 a5.4 4%9 49 ; 44 2&4 794 27.7 4999 89-4 4999 89-4 4999 29-4 - - 4999 a94 - 49% a94 42 744 28:4• 794 27r7 - - - - - 49W 14.4 - - 44 76b 89: # 766 294 - - - - 44% 4a-8 - 4299 46 829 a23 SQ a4 9 4269 47-2 4299 47Q 4299 47-2 - 4299 47-2 - 4292 47-2 44W 64 926 a6-4 44M 66+ - - 4499 %.4 - 44W 664 - - 4699 69 - 972 a" 46N 694 - 4699 1694 - 46W 694 - - 4699 66 4926 4" 4699 6a.8 - 4699 6" 4699 6" - 4899 72 41PS 44 2 14M 79r9 - - 4899 7G-9 - - 4899 79.3 - - 2999 78 - 4223 48r4 2M 78-7 - - 2999 %.4 - - 2999 78r7 - - - not available ngSiemens F101 • 2010 " PN 6 only In size ON 1400 ... ON 2000 (54' ... 78') MAG 5100 W / 60001 Compact -0, 0 Siemens AG 2009 SITRANS F flowmeterg Key ID: 1.1 SITRANS F M t 208 (8.19) 208(8.19) 155 ((3.10) F 155 (6.10) 1 _ ----- IIxh125 -- xM25 y ITTT I I I �j I I A� I Q_I 1 1�JRJ I I M20 (',oV N") { `� I,: x'I M20 ('/i NPr) 1 r---1 O'rer No. 7ME9520 i E?7M a NUR inkq C^N 350... 120C i'+'... W) . Cr.•.er Nc.7MES:.E3`� . Esn le :nr,2 ON25...2COG(1'._.7e-) •-�----- - _ — Or:er No. 7MEG52n E?7M or N2R ." ON so ... 300 W-1Y) Nominal 1A IA, IL ei a OO N Order No. Order No. Order No.: PN 10 I PN 16 PN 18 PN 4^ Clews 150 �JIS 10K AS 17ME5520 7k! 7ME8580 iEc5^^<0 �7ME6580 ! i nonPED NBRor IEborifte 'NBRor Ebonite EPDt.1 :liner EPDM 11ner I I ]]rzr ; Il^er ih 1�1 ' t�,����►ci��f,,�pp1y.yy,,���ai.:�a'�(i3a'a���a�a�rta�a���ra��aa�.a UM A, . wQMM r 19 ra r/ L : c , LUJ Le= 1 1 �1 Yiif� �.'h 1'1 ���rRY�i��YW���t�py�����r���.�p■��:�r���1�yr�;� Yil�1��,�}�.��1�'(:�'1y,��Y,mil{��%pr�rl�f��i-}Y;x���{Yy�Yi•�iYr�.W�iY;����r;pW��yi��� p��:� 'o :v1 ��ili� / : YI : �'1 lt�. :1'1 �r1���ip�-yYr'i�i�YYi��elY�fir�lPp�xci*�■■ ��p.1�icrY�;���Y7�i�ppY,�eiY:��i���p�c�p�rr��ie . 1'1 :11 C��1 dIT � :1'/ � :eY 1'1 p��p),��`yyyyyyyy''�{.j�{rj,,..���.le.l-yy''�{.��{.�,,��{.y�'■��.(/�1+'�1��p)���;y� IeY���i7�Y��YiiiYii�YiilriY� ITI �.���yy iiY i1 �ry��/;;��� IiY����� 111 :�i4 �iir\rYg�;;r����''{.1�`1��■■�pYyY�ii-� rYl1�Yf�{i�i;Y`i- :IV J/'1 TI.1 ��i�yYi��� �1-1 .e1.1 ��iili��Y`,7`�-��I��'��,�y(.,r��-�(Y`y�. ' 11 �Y��Yi� Yfr �•1.1 ri���� Wr � 11 •r11 ri�i��Y����41Y� Y��� ' 11 l • (Ik�r{{�Y-�'��■�� Y�F-ij� rl• 11WY�����p�� 1,1 �W�����iiY�[i,7iit��'YL1Y�iC�'W;j�Y���������� /'/ �.� ii �� 11 ��� �I • •'•' �,��WI��CYCyy��Y.�i�fe!�q'yy■■��Y'�f(W't/,Yrl!.;���rp'■ \r��Y����'Y'pW,(�[.' • 11 "'r' 'rr'Lti�.�� �,1�����i r������ 1,�=■�� 1'1 ���f r� ���� :11 .1/ :1'1 .r/�1 �I :11 �y/�i�1■�� .11 `j,�L'�� III �:/k�L1��� �� �•/��������� �/������� `,�`.�� not available Siemens FI 01 • 2010 IN ® Siemens AG 2009 SITRANS F flowmeters SITRANS F M Key ID: 1.1 Weight ©+ E� - Order No. 7ME6580 Ebonite I l ne r Nominal size PN 10 :PN 16 PN 40 Ciasa i50/AWWA AS PN 16 [mm] [Inch] [k9] [Iba] [k9] Ilbs] [k9] Pbs] [k9] Pbal [k0] [Ibs] [k91 [lbs] 26 4 4 9 4 19 4 19 6 44 49 414 - 46 6 48 7- 46 8 47 69 12 19 29 8 29 19 129 9 20 66 j2% - 149.4 24 - 44 24 i+04 24 44 24 69 a , 44c6 26 48 28 44-6 26 42 26 44@9 : 4 46-2 as 49 44 46 2 as 428 ' e !- - 29-4 46 - 24 62 129.4 46 49 142 4b9 6 26 b� �- 29 64 26 b� 24 6B 200 8 48 496 48 406 66 424 48 406 40 188 259 49 64 444 69 14N 79 474 69 462 60 1482 a90 42 76 46;< 86 14N - �+40 24a 86 489 !89 #6 asa 44 494 229 I426 ;24 4a9 a9; 44b 264 1440 .2 22 499 _ �:44 46 _ 1449 1268 144a 344 1 - I- 469 a64 426 P74 1426 1276 46e !4a6 299 147$ 584 - 1462 .409 i4+4 a44 144 IG86 669 ' 4 % 1869 tea i 4c 4 - 1226 i 496 44B I 296 ! 449 6C-G = 4 � c�i6 649 , ao8 r44 a29 I 764 �eCrti 1664 2P ; 6c2 ;GG c5 .278 b96 a�•4 692 - - -� 0& 692 a� I �3a na0 J26 ;60 Be - i- - a29 ;26 i- a69 ;r94 800 �a2 a46 !,76a ja96 '87e3 8% 894 1428 19" 469 j992 900 lab 4a2 964 4;4 ;494a 4% 4889 1649 4862 16M 144" +aG-G 149 t64a J 4439 16M 14824 - - 68a 4282 636 4a99 16W 44" ;46aO - 444S i26 4260 1-34G 3 16Q 14448 j886 14948 - !%4 148% W 4+z$9 4489 i 26C4 4400 54— 4692 i8648 { 1- 12469 1642a 4669 i66 2440 4662 _ (_ - r- 1- I- - 2626 16666 2660 164 1- 1- 2980 6468 2999 A a649 I802b ( 1a666 B98B - not available With transmitter MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 compact, weight is increased by approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 Ibs), with MAG 6000 I, weight is increased by 5.5 kg (12.1 lb). RE Siemens FI 01 2010 Key ID: 1.2 Magflo common spare parts list May 2009 Part Number Sensors: FBi�:88�r:1a-85� FEW08561 AA�003 �YO i FDKc 088F4�-0i I � F 1 i `( F9KiM F4447 1 i ! F4is f FPKQQ1SFERB FDK:001SPCAB t FDK:n 3123 I! ;ZMES933 TB29 Process Instrumentation wwwsea.siemens.com/flaw Tefminal Description �. bex W 1'AR-F ,.. t T VGenneEtien ^^^^ �000 112711 19" RaEk Ffleunt EenFieaffien beaFd 11 74 Vil 15 230 \JAG Special electrode cable for empty pipe detection SIEMENS NON CELLULAR DIRECTIONAL BASE STATION ANTENNAS Yagi Base Station Antennas Key ID: 2 Aluminum Yagi Antennas The MYA UHF yagis are unsurpassed in their price to performance ratio. All models feature rugged 6061-T6 seamless aluminum construction, stainless steel hardware, and through boom mounting of all elements for years of reliable service. Elements are DC grounded to the boom. Select models are available in black finish. These antennas are UPS shippable. MYA1506 Fi=atures Stainless steel hardware Available field tunable (add suffix "K") or factory tuned Field tunable (FT) version has telescoping elements with stainless steel lock clamps for easy adjustment - Stacking harness available for phasing two or more antennas Black finish ----�—t 1 available on select models 3 element yagi boom available with 7/8" double wall (add suffix "HD") 6 element yagi boom is a 2 piece assembly - Heavy-duty, double -walled aluminum boom MYA1503 - Black finish available on select models Technical Data Maximum Power: 300 watts (UHF series) MYK1 250 watts (VHF series) 500 watts (MYA1403 only) 1000 watts (lowband series) r,t+ Nominal Impedance: 50 ohms r Radiator Material: 3/8" solid 6061-T6 alumriu'n �p Lightning Protection: DC grounded Wind Survival: 100 mph, 125 mph (MYA43012 only) Termination: 50239 standard, N female 1s optional MYK2 For detailed specifications, visit http://antenna.pctel.com. MYK9 coon Ken k't�.3 si'6 2ar'" ks CCtYfio;►f .zt; r- PCTEL, Inc. WEB: www.antenna.pctel.com NON CELLULAR DIRECTIONAL BASE STATION ANTENNAS Yagi Base Station Antennas Key ID: 2 Antenna Electrical Specifications Frequency Factory Tuned Model Gain Bandwidth @ Horizontal Vertical Front -to -Back Beamwidth Beamwidth Range Frequency 1.5:1 VSWR Ratio 1/2 Power ®1/2 Power MWZ314 66-88 Sped 7.1 dB -,- . 4.7 MHz 9:2-L -W 45 dB MyA4483K , ��-459 fFequenwhen 7 1-d8 eFdeAMYA! 9 �F�� M= §� 4,z AB 49301. 132 159 MHe add suffi* 7.1 dB 0. 7 Mid giLL 9-71 17 dB €eF field of MUI503a4(4) 450 474 MHz faE{eFy W%d 7. i dB G.7 MHz ;az- §l- 17 d8 option. MYA1 59514(1�4 450 174 MHt 9.2 dB Add tFP 4-3 MH 3- 48- 29 dB 5ui fix MYA4596W 459 174T'T1�THfOF kr TI .2 EIV T.TTH 4� 40-L 29 dB � I041506K 459 474 AkHe eSementl�i 10.2 dB 1..5 MHz 42-L40-L20 Q MYA4963 486-428-M42 443-�+� �-� d8 E —+ gy7 dB 435-M�H) ,� G6 ATOP 420 " 443-A;Hg 9.2 dB 4dB TTMHE V4p— - 29 W 7" MYA4205# 429-449 M#+a 438 MHz 9.2 d8 2o MKI W 48- 20 dB W4k4393 430 45G MHz 448 MCI 7.4-d8 20 MHz J2-L W7L 47 dB 4. MYA45012(N) 450-470 MHz 460 MHz 12.2 dB 20 MHz 36' 34' 25 dB ewP MYA4593(N) 438-479-MHE 469 MH 7.1 dB 29 MH 72-- W-L i7dB MYA4595(w) 450 470 MHz 460 MH 9.2-d,�B 20 MH� W 4829 d8 T59 WIP MY t'a59 "6{W) 4TJO9 MH L 4VCT MH 49.2 dB LMHz� 40-L- 29 dS A4 kQQ6 476 49r, W4z 490W4a 49.2 d8 204A14e 42- 49- 29 dB 7-40 7-4§-MK.- 7 R A4HH�; 36�-MHz 4i-L 45-:- 15�-d�B 1144749�6 �9�-" R��T��T��AS06�42 866'`RIk He MHz 41 dS 60 TRH '7� 29 dB 8C/O�6 pOT�3 MYA8963 896-866-MH-z 8,� 6-dB C4-:- 69-MH� 72- W- 1-5dB MYA8966 896 866-MHO 813 MHa 9-" 69 MHz 42- 49- 46 dB �AV ArmA82542 924-896 MHz $7CM a-i--dB 73-MH>: ][ ]A 29 dB i4ia 772L 7C \1V� 824 G[1C 11 Lie 47� L .!a O'CTOo�A 77� LL (16 T6 a96 „`P7�RTL 4� 9 0 "YA8256 VLTv� T�Rl 7]� 42-L 40-L dB MdB ICIYAf't�=VC.fO 896 940 MHz e+� eC� 40-L 42-L 1/V�, Ate3 896 979 MH., 945MH L " 75 M 72-L 57_ is dB MYA94 56 896949"I171'fL 91 9-M 45MHz 45— 76- ;Q dB ' M����T��)//'��C1��7��jjG!�2 896 970 MHz9300 T�1 dB '[l'�Tf�t�ilH'I�L 40-t Z!- 29 dB HRH WV MYA9303 896979-1, 939-We 6-" So MHz 72- 67-L 4i dB ...P MYA93066 E 938��MHy� 755 MINI 48-L 364- 2&dB �9--" 8-A////�� �A� MYA9.3434 996970 MRL 930 MHz 49 dB 7 5 MHo §LL 43- 20-a The Quik Ship icon indicates that the product is available for immediate delivery from select distributors. • Must specify frequency when ordering; add $3.00 for "N" connector. suffix "N" indicates "N" connector. Prefix "B" indicates black. Add suffix "K" for field or factory tuned option. Add suffix "FT" for telescopic elements option. -- 'i PCTEL, Inc. WEB: www.antenna.pctel.com NON CELLULAR DIRECTIONAL BASE STATION ANTENNAS �t Yagi Base Station Antennas Key ID: 2 Mechanical Specifications Model Weight Elements Bending Moment Lateral Thrust Equivalent Flat Boom Boom Diameter (Mass) at Rated Wind a Rated Wind Plate Area Length �'VI�YAT7 3l� 74bs 3 ,GC7'�5 ft lbs 48.9 lbs 1.26 sq ft r v s9 ' c T� 9-P y1I' "' _ wailed) MYA140314 34bs 3 25.3 ft lb 14.5 lbs 36 sq ft 4lu 7-AP 04YAl483N' 3445 3 25�1 n 14.5 N 36 sq ft 422 7 P MYA4503K(-N) 34bs 3 25_. ib 44 1bs 36 sq ft 422 7-AP 44bs -5 42�=T N 27.6 lbs 71-sq €E ILP 1-1114" MYAl§9614-'- §4bs 6 160.6 €t lbs 37A ibs 96 sq ft 4042 4-W411 MYA159641 -5- s 6 169.6 €t-ibs 37.1 lbs 96 sq €E 44@42 4 3 L4" MYA496C34.5 lbs 3 br, ft 6. 1 ibs A §€ , 2- ;A&U I MYA406-5H L 0 lhq .5 '2rt.6 ft lb5 § 9.T ibs TS#1 35.5 YY-P MYAA� '1�01) 2.0 lbs - �12 6 ft lbs ,5r9 ft n� .'1,� 35 C J2,L 7/p T MYA4383 1-5 lbs 3 ririhq 6.1;bs .'� tT "TP Y-f� Y: MYA45012(N) 5.01bs 12 74.6 ft-lbs 24.91bs .62 ft' 72" 1-1/4" s.+lo MYA4303(tJ) 1.5 ;bs 3 5T; ft ibs 6:1 <bs .i5 sE= 2-;-" MYA45G5jH) 2.9 ibs 6 42.6 Rlba 9.3 lbs .231F, 36-6" MYA4586(N) 2.5 �b5 6 21.4 - -ft � bs 12.2 lbs .29 ft% 42-2 7�p W644706 2.5 inb 6 21A fE-ibs 42.2 ibs ;79 ft, 4272 74-P MYA71 06 2-k315 6 "7n frlbs 49.3 N .17 sq 4 2-P 7 19 0AYA89642 2.5lbs 42 47.8 f lbs 28. ib€ .27 ft1 4&u 7-f.82± MY48063 4-6kbs 3 1-.6 ft �bs 6.5 lbs .19 sq ft 4-7" 748" MY BG66 2445 6 ',n ft lbs 49.7lbs €t 2P J4.8" ♦lY-A8c�-rr'!C 17 2.5 lbs 4-2 17 Orr-8 frec�_{V•s _2; sq f_29 Sq ft z 48-! 74-9 MYA8263 4 5lbs 3 4.6 €t-ibs 6.9 ib Sgft 4-7= 774- „A6 2lbs 6, t.5 t lbs 4&71b's .1-7 5q fFt 2 L 7 44vi MYA94 r}f2 2.5 ibs 4-2 2 LTfv� Tp. p�� Z2� fS 40- TAT ""�3 4.5 ibs -3 4.2 ft lbs 5.9-lbs .09 sq-fE 4� ;f MYA9436 1.9 lbs 6 49.6 ft lbs 9.1 lbs .46 5q ft 23" 74-F uyA939Q 2ib5 .1..2 23.3 ftc-lb5 46 6-lb5.27 5q f 492 -7 ' s,... AkYA93934.5 llb5 -3 ".''r ft lbs 5.94bs 09 sq ft 4-7" 74-P MYA9306 4.lbs 6 40.6 ft lbs 9.1-lbs .16 sq ft 23" 74&" MYA9309 4.5 ibs 9 ' 7, b 4G.; lbs .18 sq ft 2-P 94,P The Quik Ship icon indicates that the product is available for immediate delivery from select distributors. ' Must specify frequency when ordering; add $3.00 for "N" connector. Suffix "N" indicates "N" connector. Prefix "B" indicates black. Add suffix "K" for field or factory tuned option. Add suffix "FT" for telescopic elements option. PCTEL, Inc. WEB: www.antenna.pctel.com NON CELLULAR DIRECTIONAL BASE STATION ANTENNAS Yag. Base Station Antennas ; x Key ID: 2 Mounting Yagi Series Mounting Method MYK1 standard mast mount included with all models, UHF except 12 element yagis MYK2 standard mast mount included with 12 element models MYK1 mast mounting bracket included with 3 element VHF yagis MYK2 mast mounting bracket included with 5 and 6 element yagis Lowband MYK9 mast mounting bracket (included) 900 MHz MKY10 or MYK1 mast mounting bracket (included) See Mechanical Specifications 800 MHz MKY10 or MYK1 mast mount (included) See Mechanical Specifications PCTEL, Inc. Maximum Mount Pipe Diameter Up to 2" with factory supplied mounts 1.5/8" for 3 element yagis with factory supplied mount 2" for 5 and 6 element yagis with factory supplied mount Other mount options available 2.5" with factory supplied mount Other mount options available 1-5/8" 3.5" (MYG85C6FE only) 2.5" (All other 8C0 MHz models) WEB: www.antenna.pctel.com TIMES MICROWAVE SYSTEMS A Smiths Group plc company LMR®-400 Flexible Low Loss Communications Coax Ideal for... • Drop -in replacement for RG-8/9913 Air -Dielectric type Cable • Jumper Assemblies in Wireless Communications Systems • Short Antenna Feeder runs • Any application (e.g. ) LL, GPS, LMR) requiring an easily routed, low loss RF cable • LMR• standard is a UV Resistant Polyethylene jacketed cable designed for 20-year service outdoor use. The bending and handling characteristics are significantly better than air -dielectric and corrugated hard-line cables. • LMR"- DB is identical to standard LMR plus has the advantage of being watertight. The addition of waterproofing compound in and around the foil braid insures continuous reliable service should the jacket be inadvertently damaged during installation or in the future. • LMR'- FR is a non -halogen (non -toxic), low smoke, fire retardant cable designed for in -building runs that can be routed anywhere except air handling plenums. LNIR- FR has a UL/NEC & CSA rating of `CMR/MPR' and 'FT4' respectively. • LMRm- FP. -PVC is a general-purpose indoor cable and has a UL/NEC & CSA rating of 'CMR NMR' and 'FT4' respectively. It is less expensive than LMR-FR, however it emits toxic fumes (HCL) and greater smoke density when burned. • LMM'- PVC is designed for low loss general-purpose indoor/outdoor applications and is somewhat more flrl— than the standard polyethylene jacketed LMR. • LMR'- PVC-W is a white jacketed version of LMR- PVC for marine and other indoor/outdoor applications where color compatibility is desired. • Flexibility and bendability are hallmarks of the LMR- 400 cable design. The flexible outer conductor enables the tightest bend radius available for any cable of similar size and performance. • Low Loss is another hallmark feature of LMR-400. Size for size LMR has the lowest loss of any flexible cable and comparable loss to semirigid hard-line cables. Key ID: 3 • RF Shielding is 50 dB greater than typical single shielded coax (40 dB). The multi -ply bonded foil outer conductor is rated conser a:i vely at > 90 dB (i.e. > 180 dB between two adjacent cables). • Weatherability: LNIR-400 cables designed for outdoor exposure incorpor -f the best materials for UV resistance and have life expectancy in excess of 20 years. • Connectors: A wide variety of connectors are available for L M-400 cable, including all common interface types, reverse polarity, and a choice of solder or non -solder center pins. Most LNNTR connectors employ crimp outer anachment using standard hex crimp sizes. • Cable Assemblies: All 1-MR-400 cable types are available as pre -terminated cable assemblies. Refer to the section on FlexTech for further details. LMR-400 Outdoor PE Black 54001 1 MR-400 BB edtdeerAare{eF41@ME FE else +e 64991 61r1R 499 FR Indeer- RleeFGMR FRPE—Bleak sa93e FRPWGsteek 64073 6MR 499-PVG 1Adee+/e11161eeF PVG sleek 6a248 6MR 400 P%1G W indeegOuldeer PVG Wile 64294 MIS;,. Inner Conductor Solid BCCAI 0.108 (2.74) Dielectric Foam PE 0.285 (724) Outer Conductor Aluminum Tape 0.291 (7.39) Overall Braid Tinned Copper 0.320 (8.13) Jacket (see table above) 0.405 (10.29) 22 (800) TMS-COAX • www.timesmlcrowave.com 7' Bend Radlus: installatlon in. (mm) 1.00 (25.4) Bend Radius: repeated In. (mm) 4.0 (101.6) Bending Moment ft-lb (N-m) 0.5 (0.68) Weight Ib/ft (kg/m) 0.068 (0.10) Tensile Strength lb (kg) 160 (72.6) Flat Plate Crush Win. (kg/mm) 40 (0.71) InstallationTemperatureRange -40/+185-40/+85 Storage Temperature Range -94/+185-70/+85 Operating Temperature Range -40/+185-40/+85 i C= Key ID: 3 TIMES MICROWAVE SYSTEMS A Smiths Group plc company Cutoff Frequency GHz 16.2 Velocity of Propagation % 85 Dielectric Constant NA 1.38 Time Delay nSM (nS/m) 1.20 (3.92) Impedance ohms 50 Capacitance pF/ft (pF/m) 23.9 (78.4) Inductance uH/ft (uH/m) 0.060 (0.20) Shielding Effectiveness dB >90 DC Resistance Inner Conductor ohms/1000ft (/km) 1.39 (4.6) Outer Conductor ohms/1000ft (/km) 1.65 (5.4) Voltage Withstand Volts DC 2500 Jacket Spark Volts RMS 8000 Peak Power kW 16 100 1,000 10,000 Frequency (MHz) Irk Attenuation dB/100 ft 0.7 0.9 1.5 1.9 2.7 3.9 5.1 5.7 6.0 6.8 10.8 Attenuation dB/100 rrt 2.2 2.9 5.0 6.1 8.9 12.8 16.8 18.6 19.6 22.2 35.5 Avg. Power kW . 3.33 2.57 1.47 1.20 0.83 0.58 0.44 0.40 0.37 0.33 0.21 Calculate Attenuation = (0.122290) • FMHz + (0.000260) • FMHz (interactive calculator available at httpJ/www.timesmicrowave/telecom) Attenuation: VSWR=1.0 ; Ambient =+25°C (77•F) Power. VSWR=1.0; Ambient = +40°C; Inner Conductor = 100°C (2121F); Sea Level; dry air; atmospheric pressure; no solar loading (800) TMS-COAX • www.ttmesmlcrowave.com 23 N Key ID: 3 TIMES MICROWAVE SYSTEMS A Smiths Group plc company LMRO-400 Flexible Low Loss Communications Coax _ SC-400-NM TC-400-NM " - TC-400-NMC EZ-400-NMH TC-400-NMH „3 TC-400-NMH-RA ; TC-400-NMC-RA (A) EZ-400-NMH-RA . ++ EZ-400-NM K y TC-400-VO-R? TC-400-NFC EZ-400-NF EZ-400-NF-BH 12 7.18 DlN Female Straight Jac, TC-40G� 716-FC 3190.376 <1.25.1 (2.5) NA Solder Clamp 7.16 DIN Mais Straight Plug TC-400-716-MC 3190.279 0,25:1 (2.5) Hex Scider Clamp 7.15 DiN Male Right Angla TO-400-716MC-RA 3190-1671 <1.25:1 (<3) Hex Solder Clamp BNC Male S:ra',^: P'.c TC-400-SM 3190.318 <1,25:1 ;2.5) Knurd Solder Cnmp hN Mae Strzg^.I Plus TC-400-HNM 3190-923 <1.25: (<1) Knurl Solder Clap ODS Male S,raignt Plug TC-400-ODSM 3190-e20 <1.25: (<3) Knurl Solder Clamp Minl-UHF Straight Plug TC-400-MUHF 3190.520 <1.25:1 (2.5) Knuri Solder Crimp N Female Straight Jack TC-400-NFC 3190-299 <1.25:1 (2.5) NA Solder Clamp Straight Jack EZ-400-NF 3190-956 <1.25:1 (2.5) NA Spring FingerChmp Bulkhead Jack EZ400-NF-BH 3190-518 <1.25:1 (2.5) NA Spring FlngerComp Bulkhead JeckTC-iW-NFC-BH (A) 3190.872 <1.25:1 (2.5) W1 Solder Clamp N Male Straight Plug SC-400-NM 3190.1454 <1.25:1 (2.5) Knurl Solder Crimp Straight Plug TC-400-NM 3190.188 <1.25:1 (2.5) Knurl Solder _ Crimp Straight Plug TC-400-NMC 3190.277 <1.25:1 (2.5) Knurl Solder Clamp Straight Plug EZ-400-NMH 3190-400 <1.25:1 (10) Hex Spring FingerComp Straight Plug TC-400-NMH 3190-552 <1.25:1 (10) Hex Solder Crimp Straight Plug EZ-400-NMK 3190.661 <1.25:1 (10) Knurl Spring FingerComp Right Angle TC400-NMH-RA 3190-422 <11.35:1 (6) Hex Solder Crimp Right Angle TC-400-NMC-RA (A) 3190-670 <1.35:1 (2.5) Hex Solder Clamp Right Angle EZ-400-NMH-RA 3190.761 <1.35:1 (2.5) Hex Spring FingerCrimp Reverse PolarttyTC-4004VM-RP 3190-960 <1.25:1 (2.5) Knurl Solder Crimp SMA Male Straight Plug TC-400-SM 3190-439 <1.25:1 (8) Hex Solder Crimp TNC Female Reverse Polarity EZ-400-TF-RP 3190-795 <1.25:1 (2.5) NA Spring Flngercri p TNC Male Straight Plug TC400-TM 3190-260 <1.25:1 (2.5) Knud Solder CMV Straight Plug EZ-400-TM 3190-650 <1.25:1 (2.5) Knurl Spring FingerCrimp Right Angle TC400-TM-RA 3190.442 <1.35:1 (2.5) Knurl Solder Crimp Reverse Polarity EZ-400-TM-RP 3190.794 <1.25:1 (2,5) Knurl Spring FlngerCrimp UHF Male Straight Plug EZ-400-UM 3190.997 <11.25:1 (2.5) Knurl Spnng FingerCrimp S/S 1.6 t41) 1.13 (28.7)` 0.281 (127.5) S.S 1.4 t55) 1,40 (35.6) 0.268 (121.6) A/S 2.4 (61.51 1.88 (47.8) 0.35 (159) WS 1.7 (43) 0.56 (14.2) C.C63 (28.6) S!G 2.3 ;59.2) 0.88 (22.4) 0.25 (113.4) A/G 1.8 (46.6) 1.00 (25.4) 0.25 (113.4) N!G 1.1 (23; 0.50 (12.7) 0.020 (9.1) N/S 1.6 (41) 0.75 (19.1) 0.119 (54.0) WG 1.8 (45) 0.68 (16.8) 0.105 (47.6) WG 1.8 (46) 0.88 (22.4) 0,102 (46,3) A/G 1.8 (46) 0.88 (22.4) 0.145 (65.8) N/0 1.5 (38) 0.75 (19.1) 0.090 (40.8) N/G 1.5 (38) 0.75 (19.1) 0.090 (40.8) N/G 1.5 (38) 0.75 (19.1) 0.121 (54.9) S/G 1.5 (38) 0.89 (22.6) 0.113 (51.3) S/G 1.5 (38) 0.80 (22.6) 0,113 (51.3) S/G 1.5 (38) 0.89 (22.6) 0.113 (51.3) S/G 1.8 (46) 1.26 (31,8) 0.13 0(59.0) A/0 1.8 ( 46) 1.25 (31.8) 0.150 (68.0) S/G 1.8 (46) 1.25 (31.8) 0.130 (59.0) WG 1.5 (38) 0.75 (19.1) 0.090 (40.8) WG 1.2 (29) 0.50 (12.7) 0.032 (14.5) A/G 1.8 (46) 0.65 (14.0) 0.074 (33.6) WS 1.7 (43) 0.59 (15.0) 0.074 (33.9) WS 1.7 (43) 0.59 (15.0) 0.074 (33.6) WG 1.7 (43) 0.59 (15.0) 0.085 (38.6) A/0 1.7 (43) 0.69 (15.0) 0.074 (33.6) WG 1.9 (48) 0.80 (20.3) 0.090 (40.8) Finish metals: N=Nickel, Silver, G=Gold, SS=StalNess Steel, A-Albalioy "VSWR spec based on 3 toot cable with a connector pair 24 (800) TMS-COAX • www.timesmicroweve.com Key ID: 3 TIMES MICROWAVE SYSTEMS A Smiths Group plc company TC-400-TM-RA INI TC-400-NFC-BH A TC-400-TM EZ-400-TM 1r EZ-400-TM-RP EZ-400-TF-RP u'� - TC-400-SM `` TC-400-BM ? TC-400-MUHF - EZ-400-UM TC-400-716MC TC-400-716FC TC-400-HHM TC-4C0-CCT A GK-S 00T i HG-400T C ound L:t r'K-94,071 GK-S40C7 Standard Grounding Kit !,each) Hoisting Grip HG-400T HG-400T Laced Type (each) - • :'' HX-4 CT 400/300 Y1719 _ CR-400 ST-400C, ST400EZ DST01 ~+kr`(i� IPjS,t--nFa 'FOOLS CCT01 TK-400EZ Crimp Tool HX-4 3190-200 Crimp Handle Crimp Dies Y1719 3190-202 .429' Hex Dies Crimp Tool CT-400/300 3190.666 Crimp tool for LMR 400 connectors Crimp Rings CR-400 3190-830 Crimp rings for TC/EZ-400 connectors (package of 10) Strip Tool ST-400C 3190-228 For Clamp Connectors Strip Tool ST 400EZ 3190-401 For Crimp Connectors Deburr Tool DBT-01 3190-406 Removes center conductor rough edges Cutting Tool CCT-01 3190-1544 Cable end flush cut tool Replacement Blade RB-01 3190.1609 Replacement blade for cutting tool Tool Kit TK-400EZ 3190.1602 Tool kit for LMR-400 Crimp Connectors (includes CCT-01, ST-400EZ, CF400/300, DBT-01, Tool Pouch (800) TMS-COAX • www.tfmasmlcroweve.com 25 SCbt302 ar r'! 4 ^4«Lntl *= ko SFaae. R f. s r"ro�BCt 5 �t/J Actton By LAU1c4` 1 ;. d+�z 9lJRE uo xcr rfis r,:n no P-.M,tmm.*tM 9r k>� xi ctd E tnt CM"ZC,s :c3 ,may.:"3 lRcortocarre -� Submersible rid P—Im 4 ISO-9001:2000 Certified °°'a"�ea ..I Transducer f, ILI' FEATURES • Custom Level Ranges up to 700 ft (210 m) H2O,,- • Accuracy of up to t0.05% FS Available • Analog Outputs of 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC or mV �• • Welded 316 SS or Titanium Construction • Optional Lifetime Lightning Protection r • Optional Temperature Measurement Output • Custom Cable Lengths APPLICATIONS-- • Well Monitoring • Lift Stations G Slug Tests • Level Control • Ground Water Monitoring • Pump Control • Oceanographic Research • Surface Water Monitoring • Soil Remediation The Series 700 family of submersible hydrostatic level transducers is specifically designed to meet the rigorous environments encountered in liquid level measurement and control. They can be configured to perform to specifications under most adverse, reactive conditions. All KPSI Transducers utilize a highly accurate pressure sensor assembly specifically desigred for hostile fluids and gases. The assembly is integrated with supporting electronics in a durable waterproof housing constructed of 316SS or Titanium. The attached electrical cable is custom manufactured to Pressure Systems' specifications and includes Kevlarfl members to prevent errors due to cable elongation as well as a unique water block feature that self -seals in the event of accidental cuts to the cable. Each transducer is shipped with a vent filter that prevents moisture from entering the vent tube. These units are designed for installation in a Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III, Division 1 hazardous location when connected to appropriate apparatus such as those manufactured by R. G. Stahl, Inc., and others. KPSI transducers are type approved by the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) and are UL, FM, and CSA approved. The Series 700 is CE compliant to EN 61000-6-4:2001 and EN 61000-6-2:2001. Pressure Systems, Inc. An Esterline Company 34 Research Drive Hampton, VA 23666 USA Phone: (757) 865-1243 Toll Free: 800-328-3665 Fax: (757) 865-8744 E-mail: sales@PressureSystems.com Order On-line! Web: PressureSystems.com Updates: Pressure.Systems.com/updatethtml E-commerce: LEVELandPRESSURE.com PSI Ltd. 124, Victoria Road Famborough, Hants GU14 7PW United Kingdom Phone: +44 1252 510000 Fax: +44 1252 51D099 E-mail: psi o@WestonAero.00m Key ID: 4 Parameter :no 720 j 720 1 :;" M I Units I Comments LEVEL RANGES 5 thru 700 ft H2O for vented gage reference Full Scale 1.5 thru 210 m H 0 Level Ranges' AUA 3g tgrtr798 10 thru 700 ft H,0 for sealed gage reference " (3 thru 210) (m H20) P4A 35 thru 700 ft H2O for absolute reference 10 thru 210) m H,0 Proof Pressure 1.5 x FS Burst Pressure 2.0 x FS STATIC PERFORMANCE Static Accuracy' t8-GG +0 0 t0.25 1 +0-€9 !0 9 %FSO BFSL method Resolution Infinitesimai i ENVIRONMENTAL Wetted Materials 316 SS or Titanium; Delrine; 1 DelrinO: Mona and Kalrez,& VitonO or Kalrezt are registered trademarks of DuPont. Compensated Temp 0 to 50 QC Ran e Thermal Error' 1 t0.054 %FSO/°C worst case Operatlng Temp Range -20 to 60 I -C ELECTRICAL Excitation 9 - 30 ( VDC for mA. VDC and non-rat.orneric mV output 2 5 - 10 for 'Miometric mV output Input Current 20 mA max for rnA output 3.5 for VDC output Output 4-20 mA 0-5 VDC options available' 0.100' mV non-ratiometric 2.5 - 10 mV / V ratiometric (range dependent) Zero Offset t0.12' rrA for mA output < 0.1 VDC for VDC output t0.6 mV for mV output Output Impedance See Loop Resistance diagram on page 7 for mA output <10 ohm for VDC output 3000 - 5000 for mV output Insulation Resistance 100 mega ohm at 50 VDC Circuit Protection Polarity, surge/shorted output .2- Key ID: 4 Parameter 739 ;W 720 1 -7-9 100 Units Comments PHYSICAL Approximate Weight 0.44 (198) Ibs (g) transducer 0.05 79 Ibs/ft /m cable Cable Tefzelt, Teflon® and Kevlar® Jacket Material Polyurethane (std) are registered trademarks of Tefzet® (opt) DuPont. Pull Strength 200 (90) Ibs (kg) Number of Conductors 4 Conductor Size 22 AWG TEMPERATURE OUTPUT OPTION Temperaturo Range 0 !c 50 °C available for 4-20mA output -20 to 60 versions only Output Signal 4-20 mA Temperature f2 °C Measurement Accuracy Notes: 1 Static accuracy includes the combined errors due to nonlinearity, hysteresis and nonrepeatabiliy on a Best Fit Straight Line (BFSL) basis, at 25°C per ISA S51.1. 2 Thermal error is the maximum allowable deviation from the Best FR Straight Line due to a charge in temperature, per ISA S51.1 3 For ranges < 23 It H20 (7 m H2O), output is 0-50 mV. 4 For ranges < 12 ft H2O (4 in H2O), maximum thermal error Is t0.1 % FSO/°C. 5 For ranges <- 5 M H2O (1 in H2O), zero offset is t0.25 mA. 6 For ranges > 230 P, H,C i70 m H2O), output is 4-20 mA only. 7 Optional VDC outputs can be provided up to 2.5 VDC less than the excitation suppty voltage. 8 Intermediate level ranges are available. -3- E=41 Key ID: 4 Uniquely -Designed Submersible Cable Our level transducers utilize one of two types of custom cable made specifically for submersible applications. The most common is a polyurethane -jacketed cable incorporating Kevlar® strength members to prevent errors due to cable elongation, and a water block liner to prevent water intrusion due to minor cuts to the cable jacket.' This is the cable of choice for most water applications. The other alternative is a Tefzel®-jacketed cable providing superior chemical resistance and toughness yet preserving the other features found in the polyurethane -jacketed cable. Tefzel® is a Teflon® derivative from DuPont and is the better choice for caustic media or when a high degree of abrasion is anticipated. While more expensive and less flexible, it can save money in the long term due to reduced maintenance costs. Both submersible cables have a pull strength of over 200 lbs. In all installations, care should be taken to ensure no damage occurs to the cable as cable damage represents one of the most frequent causes of transducer failure. In the case where the user is not sure which material is best, contact Pressure Systems for assistance. Moisture Protection Our submersible transducers are equipped with custom, vented cable. The vent provides an atmospheric reference for the sensor, which is necessary for ensuring the highest possible accuracy when making a level measurement. It rust be noted that if left unprotected, it provides a pathway for water vapor to enter the level transducer. This vapor will condense into water and could create an offset in the transducer output, or cause permanent damage. For these reasons, a Series 810 desiccant -filled vent filter is provided free of charge with each Series 700 we ship. These filters must be periodically replaced as the desiccant becomes spent, which is apparent by a change in desiccant color from blue to pink. Replacement filters are available from the factory. For those applications where periodic maintenance is not practical, our Series 815 Aneroid Bellows is a direct replacement for the vent fi!,ar. This sensitive bellows responds to and transmits changes in atmosphe: is pressure to the sensor whale remaining a maintenance - free, closed system. It should be noted, however, that the Bellows may not be a suitable replacement for the desiccant cartridge in applications where extremely high accuracy is required, usually 0.25% or better or where the bellows may be exposed to extreme temperature changes. The user is cautioned to evaluate a Bellows in the specific application intended. .4- Installation Tips The Series 700 family of submersible transducers may be suspended directly in the media or in a perforated 1" PVC instrumentation still well. Alternately, the transducer may be attached to a rigid conduit using a %" NPT male conduit fitting. When suspending by the cable, users often utilize our cable hanger (PN# 12-90-0931). This device slides onto the cable from the bare -wire end and is easily positioned anywhere on the cable by pushing the ends together. Once positioned, the cable hanger contracts to provide a snug grip. For applications requiring cable length in excess of 500 feet, consult the factory for proper installation and maintenance. Key ID: 4 yr cm" MTMG Nose Cap CABLE HANGER Several different user -installable nose caps are available for the Series 700, 710, 720, 730, and 735 submersible level transducers. The closed -face port end cap with #8-32UNC-2B threaded hole is best used where weights are required and forthose installations where users may encountersharp, protruding objects. The standard submersible open -face port end cap which allows maximum contact with the liquid media is ideal for wastewater and "greasy" applications where clogging of, the sensor is a concern. The Y." male NPT pressure port end cap is no; only useful for calibration purposes but also allows the device to be used as a submersible or above ground pressure transducer. The piezometer port end cap allows the unit to be buried in the ground without damage to the sensor diaphragm. OPEN FACE l ° p(teeaEEc� I.;�A.� i Unamplified mV Output Signal Versions (Ratiometric vs. Non-ratiometric) In addition to the amplified VDC and mA output signal versions, two unamplified millivolt output versions are offered depending on the available excitation supply voltage and the capabilities of the system to which the transducers are connected. The ratiometric mV output version is used when the excitation is externally regulated or the system interfaced with the transducer is capable of compensating forfluctuations from the excitation supply. Such fluctuations to the supply will cause the output signal to fluctuate, and must therefore be measured and compensated. The benefit of a ratiometric design is that the output signal can also be compensated for temperature changes to the pressure sensor if the voltage sense lines are employed. The non-ratiometric mV output version is used when the excitation voltage cannot be externally regulated or the system is incapable of compensating for changes to the excitation voltage. -5- Key ID: 4 Optional Lifetime Lightning/Surge Protection Lightning/Surge protection is offered for output signal versions of 0-5 VDC (PN# OPTION-012) and 4-20 mA (PN# OPTION-009). The option is ordered separately from the transducer. Protection is achieved through the use of 2 components. One is located in a 6.5 inch long, 1 inch OD 316 SS housing extension to the non -sensing end of the transducer while the other is located at the surface and grounded via DIN -rail or ground wire. This option requires a minimum input voltage of 12 VDC. A unit ordered with this option is warranted for the life of the instrument against damage due to voltage surge. Temperature Measurement Output Option As an option, a precision silicon temperature sensor can be installed within the transducer to provide a separate 4-20 mA temperature measurement output over the range of 0 to 50°C or -20 to 60°C. The accuracy of the temperature measurement is t2°C. Display Meter Pressure Systems offers two types of Display Meters to provide a visual readout of a single KPSI transducer having mA or VDC output. Both varieties utilize a red 0.54" LED display with 4 active characters to indicate a numeric range of -1999 to 9999. The units operate from VAC power and provide a 24 VDC supply for power to the transducer. The Model 3019 Digital Readouts provide a sophisticated display of the transducer output with six 14-segment LED's for display of true alphanumeric characters; the last two used for process descriptors. These readouts offer programmable input configuration, isolated transducer power supply, selectable 2-point scaling or up to 17-point linearization, optional 4- 20 rnA retransmission, and two or four optional 10-amp SPDT alarm contacts for control. The 3019 has a NEMA 4X front panel with a polycarbonate bezel and a VS DIN aluminum housing measuring 1.9375" Hx3.75"Wx6.5"D. The Model 3260 Pump Controllers provide a more rugged package specifically designed to operate external pumps via two 10-amp SPDT alarm contacts. The 3260 provides front panel scaling, operates from -20 to 70°C, and uses 120 or 240 VAC. The NEMA 4X rated enclosure can be surface or panel mounted and measures 3.2" H x 5.5" W x 2.7" D. -6- r �- -- i 0 1.00 [25.4mm] 000 0 0 0 000 0.188 [4.8mm] (4 PLACES) — 4.05 — [102.1 mm] 1/2-14 MNPT *l..77 F [45mmi Conduit Fitting ELECTRICAL TERMINATION 22AWG CONDUCTORS IN A SHIELDED CABLE WITH VENT TUBE 4-20 MA RED + EXCITATION BLACK - EXCITATION 0-5 VDC RED + EXCITATION BLACK - EXCITATION WHITE + SIGNAL mV RED +OUTPUT BLACK + EXCITATION WHITE - EXCITATION GREEN - OUTPUT ALL DRAIN WIRE SHIELD uD <� APPRCMD -7- Key ID: 4 5 5 `A27mmj t 4mm1 Submersible Cable Exit LOOP RESISTANCE vs. LOOP POWER SUPPLY 1750 a 1500 J 1250 ti 1000 �o 'O 750 N cD W 500 a J 250 0 ` 0 10 20 30 Loop Power Supply Voltage,Vpsm et t + Key ID: 4 `� � ` 2 � i�'�->•-� � � �' =n i � �. r � f' r � Tw.� � .,, � � .124.E r ' r-4 :�"' �. .i1 .4._ i Standard shipment is 5 working days after receipt of order. Expedited shipment of 1-4 working days is available. Al orders are shipped FOB from our factory in Hampton, Virginia. Orderina Information Model No. 7 3 5 Submersible Level Transducer, t0.05% FSO Static Accuracy, Stainless Steel 7 3 0 Submersible Level Transducer, t0.10% FSO Static Accuracy, Stainless Steel 7 ` 7 2 1 0 0 Submersible Level Transducer, t0.25% FSO Static Accuracy, Stainless Steel Submersible Level Transducer, t0.509/6 FSO Static Accuracy, Stainless Steel 7 0 0 Submersible Level Transducer, t1.00'/o FSO Static Accuracy, Stainless Steel 7 7 7 7 7 3 5 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 11 T Submersible Level Transducer. t0.05% FSO Static Accuracy, Titanium T Submersible Level Transducer, t0.10% FSO Static Accuracy, Titanium T Submersible Level Transducer, t0.25% FSO Static Accuracy, Titanium T Submersible Level Transducer, t0.50% FSO Static Accuracy, Titanium T Submersible Level Transducer, t1.00% FSO Static Accuracy, Titanium Reference Pressure Format 1 Vented gage 3 Sealed gage (except Model 735) 4 Abso!ute (except Model 735) Output 2 mV. non-ratiomet is 3 VOC (spea6j w tage range) 1 4 4-20 mA 5 mV, ratiometric 7 4-20 mA, temperature measurement option, 0 to 500C G 4-20 mA, temperature measurement option, -20 b 60°C I I Pressure CcnnectJon - _ ` 0 Open -face nose cap 8 Closed -race nose cap E Piezc'meter nose cap 2 Y..' - 18 NPT male fitting 7 M." - 14 NPT male fitting Elect;:cl Connections 0 Submersible cable exit with VitonO K Submersible cable exit with Kalrez® (except level ranges > 230 it (70 m) H2O) 4 V - 14 NPT male conduit f➢ tirg Level See Note e 0 0 0 50 Feet of Cable Note: The part number requires the level range be expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) out to three decimal places. Use the following conversions for water at 4°C to calculate the level range for inclusion in the part number. ft H2O / 2.3067 = psi Examples: 5 ft H2O / 2.3067 = 2.168 psi (enter 002.168 in the part number) m H2O x 1.421 = psi 10m H2O x 1.421 = 14.210 psi (enter 014.210 in the part number) Cable: PN: 26-03-0424ER Polyurethane -jacketed vented cable, 4 conductor PN: 26-03-0324A Tefzelftsi-jacketed vented cable, 4 conductor Warranty: The Series 700 family of products are warranted against defects in material and workmanship for 2 years from date of shipment. Products not subjected to misuse will be repaired or replaced. THE FOREGOING IS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES. We reserve the right to make changes to any product herein and assume no liability arising out of applications or use of any product or circuit described. Products described In this specification are not Intended for life support applications. No. 0204 -8- Key ID: 4.1 NPF Maintenance -Free ISO-9001:2000 Certified Aneroid Bellows FEATURES :. • Replacement for Desiccant Vent Filter • Small Size • Maintenance -Free • Includes Mounting Bracket m ` ,•"'� • Compatible with all KPSI Submersible Transducers - r� For most submersible transducer applications, the Series 815 Aneroid Bellows is a maintenance -free alternative to traditional desiccant cartridges widely used to prevent moisture from entering and condensing in the vent tube of a submersible pressure transducer cable. Constructed of a rugged yet flexible neoprene material, the Aneroid Bellows is a compact 3.25 inches in height and 3 inches in diameter. This field -installable device connects to the cable vent tube via a flexible extension provided with the bellows. This sensitive bellows responds to changes in atmospheric pressur ensuring reliable liquid level measurements. Preferred mounting location is inside a junction box or control panel. The Aneroid Bellows is the preferred replacement for the older technologies of replaceable inline moisture filters and desiccant packs that require strict maintenance schedules for fault -free operation and warranty protection. It should be noted, however, that the Bellows may not be a suitable replacement for the desiccant cartridge in applications with extremely high temperature and where high accuracy is required, usually 0.25% or better. Pressure Systems, Inc. 34 Research Drive Hampton, VA 23666 USA Phone: (757) 865-1243 Toll Free: 800-328-3665 Fax: (757) 865-8744 E-mail: sales@PressureSystems.com Order On-linel Web: PressureSystems.com Updates: PressureVstems.com/updates.html Resource Center: LEVEL an dPRESSURE. com PSI Ltd. 124, Victoria Road Farnborough, Hants GU14 7PW United Kingdom Phone: +44 1252 510000 Fax: +44 1252 510099 E-mail: psi@wesionaero.com Type S - Suspended � Form 2700-8 IILI_ i6/'b!9[�� a$prietfi ttOrfl v4 �mi'U' 3e Spec. Ref. t r ti't �A 1 1,.�r The ROTO-FLOAT is a d.1rert at"In , fiaat s-Mich. Sack R•CTO-FLOAT contains a single pole mercury switch which actuates when 11-,c tuC„al axis of the float is horizontal anCdeactuateswhen:heliq:,id;evalla!!.s cwl��aauaticn2leval(on -he f'.c2t is chemical resistant Vic! propy`er.e -iy bonded electrical cable prciruding. One end of the ca:�ie i5 C2r�•n 1t __ 2i *ed to tine enclosed mercury sw!tchandtheentireassa^ b•.yisenceps,.,a,ec, ac_rnpleteiywstertight and impact resistant unit. Type S — Suspendea nas buili r we±ght ROTO-FLOATS Can be mounted on a sup-crt pipe (type °) or suspended from above (types) Advantages of the ROTO-FLOATarelow cost. simplicity and rel ability. �� Listed • Pilot Duty • Industrial Control Equipment CABLE P.V.C. type STO #18 conductors (41 strand) rated 600 volts o Various lengths available o See table of models Y Non-standard lengths also available on special order. SW11Ch Gaga SusDanCLM sh-P A .., n�nrre�nt �_rn�lrh iy PCEM07CINC :YI Nni many 1^Open 41 211 saowo 2 $2 N prm5lly S90NC a+_f ClossJ al Effective 4/93 Bellows Mounting Details w U , zi O 6, GON Q t, ANEROID ly BELLOWS ur^,� y SHIELD OR VENT FILTER Key ID: 4.1 --3 1 /4" Typical Installation in a Control Panel NOTE: Performance of the 815 Aneroid Bellows can result in zero shifts of attached transducers of 0.003 psi/°C. This equates to 0.15%/°C for 2 psi FS and 0.02%/°C for 15 psi FS. Based on typical configuration.configuration.Warranty: The Aneroid Bellows are warranted against defects in material and workmanship for 2 years from date of shipment. Products not subjected to misuse will be repaired or replaced. THE FOREGOING IS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES. We reserve the right to make changes to any product herein and assume no liability arising out of applications or use of any product or circuit described. Products described in this specification are not intended for life support applications. No. 0602 -2- VENT FILTER Key ID: 4.1 --3 1 /4" Typical Installation in a Control Panel NOTE: Performance of the 815 Aneroid Bellows can result in zero shifts of attached transducers of 0.003 psi/°C. This equates to 0.15%/°C for 2 psi FS and 0.02%/°C for 15 psi FS. Based on typical configuration.configuration.Warranty: The Aneroid Bellows are warranted against defects in material and workmanship for 2 years from date of shipment. Products not subjected to misuse will be repaired or replaced. THE FOREGOING IS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES. We reserve the right to make changes to any product herein and assume no liability arising out of applications or use of any product or circuit described. Products described in this specification are not intended for life support applications. No. 0602 -2- riENl Ral uEacRIPTIDt+ Key ID: 5 THE nOTO-TLUATISADIGECTACTiNOFLOAT' MTCH EACIIROIO F-LOATCONTAINSASINGI.EPU1-ER:ERCt!hYSiVt7CII;YHICHACTUATESWHENTHE - LONGITUDINd.L AXIS Or THE FLOAT IS HORI2ONTAL nNO nEAC7LIMES WIN N TIIE LIUUID PALLS I- RC•:.OW THE ACTUATION ELEVATION. THE FLOA I IS A CHEMICAL RESISTANT POI.PROPYLENE CASING WI IH A FIRMLY BONDED ELECTRICAL CABLE PROTRUDING ONE 011) OF -HE CABLE IS Pt RMANE N T LY'CONN ECTEO TO THE GLASS ENCLOSED MERCURY SWITCH AND THE ENTIRE ASSEMBLY IS ENCAPS;ILATEO TO FORM A CUM;)LETE LY VIATER TIGHT AND IMP.AC'I HESISIAN I UNIT. - ROTO -FLOATS CAN BE MTIUNIED ON A SUPPORT PIPE, 17YPE PI: OR SUSPENDED FROM ABOVE, WvPESI ADVANTAGES OF THE ROTO-•FLOAT Altf. LD'N•COST SIMPLICITY AND RELIABILITY. VARIOUS CIRCUIT CONFIGURATIONS, OTHER TITAN THE ONES LISTF.O 9EL3'-." AIIE AVAILA8I.F. WECI ICAT IONS: /— PVC TYPE STD, 2- .18 A1VG I STHAND GOIIV, WU • JL L STED. INC. C(INT fG. I / CI1f:D6CT0RS 211'. M% AO' LENGTHS :TAROdRp. NLOr DUTY 1 OTHER LENGTHS AVAILABLE I ii A61PS 12U VAG �i UL R CSA LISTED. h 2.25 AMPS 1in VA _ i • • Ir %; CCLCL' ttl 6 LACY r--MLYPROPYLEHE CASING COtdWNS HFRHETMALLY SEALED IdERCURY SNITCH, s _.(:.f 's`19u ZARP , riW-N f 1'*°FP I,!%A0, l,;4TE0dii?DEL!14L•LI:OES I P[iL )'PNGPYLEt.E !,LAMP 1 iUSE: N.O. FOR PUMP OUT `42 N.C. FOR PUMP IN 7YPY:,'tli7'LNOE[IMOM 0111A 41itl.la4{i WE:GIiI' �1CCEL4 ;St' I ch j CALLS r: c i.RItA,11';E1•I!"r!T ` „4'.,, I C I _" ;:Q _`IP 30 71 i,;T0 'A r.ONS 'gOLUNGPt1VPSORPTHFRMtACHIN _ 'NU WASAL114MLEVELS IN1VATK;; aar:i ;ITuf,:. rt,' .. '^.RPLIMP04ORNIMP UTL0H'.H1: Fild_US4Li T, .;i°Cil° DR=0illfiriTpL'•'i:: 1 I p'dR �f 1! 1 ' _R Vl �. i1..Rf[• ^ • •: .'' f r,N )I.Rr F"„/� •13/ `' i -• RILnT '.[�').:T . O. 1.,.[T _ I ` J�.I',.. �'. :. � __ +plpf )Tiar:R .- - --. IKI'L•t,•'Mf:M :p . ara• i _ea) __ .,� _ TT[a .r••r Ir .`nan.e ...� I _ ... ' Sao .. A! s•�) �� ,:°wr I ° SEE 4CCESSORT 9BiE run 1 _ Lc =c.,,•r 19.R_ • NAME ! iit.RDNARE a am DA7 C T f,.a I • ".'- IMPO?iTANTNOTE;U58it,eccOMMO i,. � a •7 : citchor SCie:i ific inn. , wIth local ele[11I1=I oade And outhwily .. .•• .• Box 378, Long Lake, MN 55358 he. mp juntiacacr. Do nm u8o Anu>pioets A 612/473.7115 m gaxneno, vclmnce ar onier eemoaatrolea JA 17u8 >ooucl carrAmins mBmlry D+slwso of ^pS•• •.•3-76 SPECIFICA [ION DATA SUBMIT TAL m accordanco Mlh LOCUI Stato AMC AND INSTHUCI ION SHEET c ' ° Federal FiegulaRona )o Thal mercury Sloes =ROTO- F!.OAT y y net emmminate ina aw,onment. .wmv•. P.D. RID. •R.aR .e. 174 - 4 '11�> Key ID: 6 Gems Senwrs 6 Controls Small Size - Engineered Plastics 3 Series — Offers High Reliability, Compact ize an ow Costs in NPT, Straight and Metric reads Ideal for Ilow tanks or restricted spaces, or for any low-c t, high volume use. LS-3 Series available in FDA compliant materials, con t GEMS for details. Polysulfone Float Polypropylene Fl t Polypropylene FDA ;'.. CE For water based liquids, with limited use in oils and chemical Buna N Float ',! E� .I 4 y:. CE Ideal for oils and fuels, jaw llam—k. submttsatp gp- r Sfi� rJJ AfctIon By—Date3� Bn AnfendOn andttbac�Or9tt IMS oat (Hollow) (Solid) r CE `' CE Features a low s ific gra�: gravity With Polypropylene stem and float offering broad emical float, switch offers broad chemical compatibility. compatibility. ALL-PVDF \ New 3/4' Polypropylene Float .W. FDA wened materials of eonstnrcoor campfy with FDA 1000 comaa regulations. Stem and float of corrosion - resistant PVDF for ultra -pure applications. 1%. CE See next page for details. Common Specifications Approvals: U.L. Recognized — File No. E45168; CSA Listed — File No. 30200. CE Declaration Available Upon Request. NSF materials are Standard 61 compliant. For NSF approved level switches contact Gems. Switch SPST: 20 VA,120-240 VAC. Units are shipped N.O. unless otherwise specified. Selectable, N.O. or N.C., by inverting float on unit stem ions — t" Float Models only Alternate Maurdl t J. r 118- NPT 3/8=1 B 1 1 M12x 17fd2 (13.1mm) 1/2-HEX r L,t 2-3/32- j I (532 mm) (39.7 m) I (251 �) t L,= Level (see cha 1/8 -28 BSP 1.75 Thread REF A75• REF. 315-REF, (12.mm) 1 (9 "j I _ (BAmm) i T 9� � � mm (3.fimm) prom) Termination I Lead Wires I Cable able g Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current Information. Key ID: 6 �ems- �r.. Sernors 8 Cnnrroh Unique Features Make These LS-3 Models Special These small switches feature unique configurations for special applications. 4 ... * Part No. 142545 t No. 46999 Part No. 76707 With Slosh Shield Bo a Leve! For Low Level art � � 3 �T Cut -allay version stawn •""` , Compact, all- For extem ounting For dete g levels as polypropylene switch on tanks o small to low as 5/8 rom tank with slosh shield is ideal acc . odate internally bottom. Use I water, for use with turbulent mo ted switches. some oils and c . ical liquids in small tanks. ( e note below) FDA compliant materials. 1/9' 27 NPSM 1HD r 8.7 1/A-NPr c_ L.__. STEM 1B"NPT 2, /'3.2mm) (10 mm) •/'. HE1f !13.4 "mi_- - i12 7 nun) _ FLaM `, ,1 I. ' '-.2 (1J 3 mm; (53.2 nml ACTWQION I L1d/J' 1::- REF , 1 249' (13 i I tNi i r .t mm) , :. •-1 1-151w- 4 1 i e 1 (3+ 3 mm) 139.7 � � r2c Ah RE 7/J'NPTCEF (31.7ffVN (31.7 miry POLYME (�1 PIACES lAA REf. 72'-TF E%t (6,4 an) 1.66" DLl 147.4 mml Order By Part Number 142545 4' 45999 f 76707 t Materials Stem and Mounting All Polypropylene (Including Shield') Polysuifan All Poly one (Including Collar) Float Polypropylene (Solid) Polysu ne na N Other Wetted — Brass, Aluminum lycarbonate, Vitcn A Ep Min. Liquid Sp. Gr. .90 .75 — Operating Temperature -40°F to +1507 (-40°C to +65.6°C) -40'F 1/1 20*F (-40°C to +48.9°C) -40°F to +180°F (-40°C t)V2.2`C) Pressure, PSI, Max.' 150 50 Switch', SPST 20 VA, N.CJN.O. Drys 20 VA, N.C. Dry Electrical Termination No. 22 AWG, 22' L., PVC Lead Wires o. 22 AWG, 72-L., Polymeric Lead Wires I No. 22 AWG, 72-L., PVC Lead Wires Notes: Note: LS-3 Series Bottle Level Switch Is also available with any of the float materials shown on 1. See 'Electrical Data' on Page X-5 for more Information. opposite page. Contact GEMS for correct part number. 2 Switch operation is selectable. N.O. or N.C., by inverting the float on the unit stem. f _ Stock items. 3. Mabmum pressure at 70°F (21'C). 4. Consult factory for other available materials. t 1,- Switch actuation level, nominal (based on a specific gravity of 1.0). Visit www.GemsSensors.com for most current information. •. ' lt, era `' r Photoelectric Smoke Alarm For 120 VAC and 220 VAC Single Station Tandem and Specialty Applications Applications The 700G/7003 Series of photoelectric smoke alarms is designed for residential and other occupancies defined by NFPA 101, including homes, apartments, hospitals and hotels, in compliance with UL 217 and NFPA 72. Available in many different models, the 7000/7003 Series is engineered to virtually eliminate nuisance alarms and deliver outstanding performance wherever reliable fire protection is required. The Ge-;:�y 7000/7003 Series provides an exclusive pate -.ter tl",ree position test feature that simulates a 0.85 o arc' 3.5°o actual smoke conditicn in ful! compli- ance wt,, NFPA 72 and UL 217 standards. It also prcv:_es a maintenance indicatcr and makes the 100% tes requirement easy. Options include self -restoring 135°F fixed tempera- ture integral or isolated thermals, and Form A/Form C dry contacts for remote annunciation. Tandem inter- connecticr of up to 12 units is available on several models; t�:: dem interconnection of up to 6 units is available cn "F" models, which activate the dry contacts from a remo'.e alarm through the tandem wire or a local alarm. The 7C',`3 Series provides the t3mporal 3 evacua- tion tone as a standard feature. When testing the 7003 Series it may take up to 16 seconds longer to go in or out of alarm. Standard Features • 90dBA Sclid-State Non -Latching Piezo Hom • 1 Year Warranty From Date of Purchase • Nominal 2.5% Sensitivity • 5-to-1 Signal -to -Noise Ratio • Pulsing LED Sensing Chamber • Fully Insect Screened • Functional Test Switch — Patented Three Position Test • Hom Frequency 3100Hz (Nominal) • Solid -State LED Condition Indicator • Quick -Disconnect Wiring Harness • Mounting Hardware Adapts to Standard Junction Boxes • Dust Cover to Prevent Contamination During Installation • On -Site Maintenance Washing Program • Temporal 3 Evacuation Sounding Device (7003 Series) • Complies With UBC/UFC (7003 Series) F SERIES Key ID:7 Approv-; � :4 h:�h;BEp ® nulneatxe Ti s symbol on the product's nameplate means H Is I-sted by UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. • BFP (City of Chicago) NFPA 72 • MSFM Lisjr.c #1929 UL 217 • BS+A/MEA #527-84SA • CSFM #7257-569:104 Also UL listed for Commercial Residential and Commercial Residential Multiple -station Smoke Alarms. >R1 I 2 jcbo SQariato it"M Rat _—�� Project .�� i J �_ Li . VVJ A=1_' _ n i V oats *.I E% Takm arranda s�R�Cat� ►��,:+ i cncctitxta Ncted 11,`� 44. �t�M PMscr^d l:.�ta=rara-ti ;m ' Not R�riewad ist" Roittuht� R I onne4y/Jenks 6onsuttants 7000/7200 Series Key 10:7 Model Number Part Number Voltage OPTIONS Local 90 d8A Piezo Integral 135°F Thermal Isolated 135°F Thermal Tandem Up To 12 Units Tandem Up To 6 Units Form A/C Contacts 7 OG 907-1109-2 129 VAG a a 7191:P 907�-�-1119-2 120 1 A6 ! o a 7100H 9G7�o7 1111-2 12Q VAG o ! a 71QQP 907�, 113 2 IPQ �FAE ! • ! 7100TF 907-1114-2 120 VAC o o • • 7100HP 907�71116-2 1281AAG o 0 0 ! 720@ cn7 1�,-,204n� 2 229WZ a O 7209F ^m 1w T v._17 2 228 72QQT- G07 1206-2 2�100 O O C 7209H 907 4z1']nvV-z 22-0— AG ! ! C 70 J3 Series (T--mporal 3 Model Number i Pa, .:'umber Voltage Local 90 ,'RA Pie,zo Integral 13517 Thermal iso'ated Tandem 135° Up To Thermal 12 Ur" Tande;n 1 o 5 Units m A/C j Contacts 7103 9C7-1116-2 120 VA- 0 0 7103T 907-1117-2 120 VAC o 0 7103H 907-111 8-2 12C VAC o o 7103F 907-112C-2 120 Vim.: o o 0 7103TF l 907-1121-2. 12C VAC, c o c 7103HF 907-1122-2 r`,C e e o 7203 907- 0 220 VAC o 0 7203F -07-1211-2 220 V=,Ci • o 7203T 907--209-2 2210�' C' • o 3H 907-1210-2 1220 VAC I• o 0 Notes: The 7100/7103 Series are round units. Square units as 710/713 also available. GEI!lTEX Wiring Diagrams Tandem Wiring Diagram r—--— ourcK — — — — —- PLUG LIMITATIONS: 220 volts ExCTR" AL so Hj—, 1 SMOKE A Maximum of 12 alarms ALARM tff:7— 2 (7100r7103, 71oon103T, 3 710or7103H, 72oor7203, I7200r7203T, 7200/7203H) may be connected together_ E:t —__ _I Do net exceed 125 feet m ELECTRICAL XcrwCALI between each detector Do not exceed 1125 feet between the I I 1 ALARM first and last detector. NOTE: 2 Gentex smoke alarms can not I 3 be Interconnected to detectors I I from other manufacturers. ELECTRICAL A MAXIMUM OF SIX (6) I Box SMOKE ALARMS WITH A RELAY I 1 ALARM MAY BE TANDEM INTER- 2 CONNECTED. (7100/7103F, t 7 7100/7103TF, 7100r71031-IF, ' 7200r7203F, 7200/7203TF, 7200r7203HF) wrri SMOK QI�ETEC70RS BLK MAX 12 ALARMS ER Sv STEM) Relay Models Isolated thermal with optional Models accessory contacts. 7100r7103F Models 7100/7103H 710017103TF 720317203F 7100/7103HF 7200/7203TF 7203/7203H 720017203HF SMJKE SMCKE DETECTOR DETECTOR vEi 3rbJ ACCESS pR,y SEKSCR _ CCWAC s sou —- —— — — —— — --I m AURu ho C ACT6 ACCESS pRN �IOe K CCNTA � 01 SLU I TANOEAI RF9IVEL =1 AtA1W NC eLx I CO TACTS I �naelK ' r� wrr ----- --tea TANDEM eLK cower0-1 W1(i CAUTION: REDNELLOW wire to be capped RELAY CONTACTS when not in use. This wire is for RATED LOADS RESISTIVE tandem connection only. Do not 0.6 AMP Q 125 VAC MAX connect to any other cirC0. 1 AMP ® 24 VDC MAX 0.3 AMP g 220 VAC MAX 24 units per carton 32 pounds per carton GENTEX CORPORATION Fire Protection Products: www.gentex.com 10985 Chicago Dr., Box 310, Zeeland, MI 49464 616/392-7195 1-800/436-8391 FAX:616/392-4219 Gentax corporation reserves the right to make changes to the product data sheets at their disuation. i SERIES Key ID:7 Electrical Specifications Operating Voltage (710017103) ..............120 VAC, 60Hz (720OR203) ..............220 VAC, 50Hz Operating Current (All Voltages) ....................45 mA Operating Current (Relay Options) ..................70 mA Operating Ambient Temp Range ..............40"F to 100°F Alarm Horn Rating .......... ............... 90dB at 10 ft. Nominal Sensitivity .................... 2.5% Obscuration "F" Auxiliary Relay ...........1 Form A & 1 Form C (0.5 amp) 7 Integral Thermal (Self -Restoring) ...........135"F at 50 ft. "H" Isolated Thermal Form A (Self -Restoring) ....135°F at 50 ft. Size ...............Diameter: 6.5 in. CA (5.75 in. at Ceiling) Depth: 2.625 in. Architect & Engineering Specifications The Photoelectric Smoke Alarm shall be a Gentex Model or approved equal which shall provide at least the following features and functions. 1. Nominal sensitivity shall be 2.5%. 2. The alarm shall utilize an infrared LED sensing circuit which pulses in 4 to 5 second internals; when subjected tc smoke the pulse rate shall increase 8 times. After 2 con- secutive pulses irs smoke, the detacor will alarm. 3. The alarm shall provide minimum 5-t3-1 signal-to-noise ratio in the optics frame to assure stability of operation in envi- ronments of high RF and transient conditions. 4. The sensing chamber shall be fully protected to prevent entrance of small insects, thus reducing the probability of false alarms. 5. A solid state eiezo alarm rated at 90dBA at 1 Oft. 6. A visual LED monitor (condition indicator) will pulse in normal operation and will remain, so!id in alarm. 7. An easily accessih!e tast knob shall be provided. The test knob in the TEST position will simulate an actual smoke condition of approximately 3.4% causing the detector to alarm within 20-36 seconds. It will also have the capability of testing to 0.85% as a required minimum. A magnetic switch closure or other switch closure, or smoke generating equipment which does not scatter the light beam or test sen- sitivity is not sufficient. 8. The alarm shall have a tandem interconnect capability of up to 12 units or 6 units with relay. 9. The manufacturer shall provide other compatible alarm mod- els with the following optional features: a) 135"F fixed tem- perature isolated thermal with normally opened contact for remote connection to local alarm or annunciator, b) 1357 fixed temperature integral thermal; c) auxiliary Form A/Form C relay contacts for initiating remote functions and annunci- ation, d) relay option that is capable of activation by tandem interconnect wire. Thermal sensor shall be self -restoring. 10. Unit must be UL 217 listed for both wall and ceiling mount. 11. Unit shall also meet all requirements of the State of California Fire Marshal. All equipment shall be completely factory assembled, wired and tested, and the contractor shall be prepared to submit a certified letter testifying to this condition. Alarms which do not meet all of the requirements of this specification will not be considered. iPrinted or Recycled Papa GX0601-1 Washington State MA Washington of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 3/8/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Advanced Power, LLC For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example For WSDOT Use Only RAM # 30 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APE I Code Adgr�l Code File No. 52 Instrumentation System Interface Inc 1.17010 I Project Engineer Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Materials ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8104 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other Systems Interface Inc. City of Renton Stonegate Lift Station Field Instruments Submittal To Advanced Power LLC Bothell, Washington 3/1 /11 Project S11 B21 (425) 481-1225 T (425) 481-2115 F www.systems-interface.com 22125 17`" Avenue SE - Suite 111 Bothell, WA 98021-7406 USA Systems Interface Inc. proposes to furnish only the equipment included in our quotation and/or as described and modified in this submittal data. Approval of this submittal data constitutes acceptance of the equipment in the configuration described herein. MID, MAMJFACMBI PART MA.O" DESCRIPTION OIY ABLBLY DEVICE D COMMENTS 1 SIEMENS ENERGY k AUTOMATION, INC. 7ME6910-IAA10—lAA0 ROW TRAIISMITIER, MAG SM/ DISPLAY FOR -ACT OR WALL MOUNTNC. NEMA 4X. 115/230 VAC 1 1.1 SIEMENS ENERGY k AUTOMATION, INC. 7ME6580-4PJ14-2AA2 ROw SLBSOR. MAG 51M V. W. ANSI cuss 154E NARO RUBBER LNER, .A UUOY ELECTRODE, 1/2- NPT 1 1.2 SIEMENS ENERGY ! AUTOMATION, INC. FDK: 001SPCAB MAGFLO SPECIAL ELECTRODE CABLE FOR EMPTY PIPE DETECTION, SPECIFY LENGTH 1 100 FEET 2 MAXRAD MYA45012N AunwA YAM 12.M, —470 M.M, 3N w.n, N-fEM4M C CM, MTKE MOUNTP.D s1A.xn walroEo / 3 TIMES MICROWAVE SYSTEMS LMR-400-75 COAKML CANE. RGA TIFF. LMR-40. TS REI, E6Bw12-4.04 M MM FEET. 1' SEN°NC RAGAS (NAM/IT) 1 CONNECTOR AS REWIRED 4 KPSI 720-140-00005.000 SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL MANDUCER, SS. VENTED CAGE, 4-20 MA, OPEN FACE NOSE CAP, 1-5PSI SERIES 815, ANEROID BELLOWS 1 50 FEET OF CABLE 4.1 KPSI 815-000- 000 1 5 ANCHOR SCIENTIFIC S30Nr/ ROTS-ICIOAT SNITCH, NO, 30' CABLE, POIYPPOPYLENE. SUSPENSION WFiGHTED) 4 8 GEMS SENSORS INC. 142545 LEVEL SYgTGt LS-3, ML POLYPROPYLENE...- S.W. I10 PSI MAX, 21VA, H.C./N.O. DRY 1 7 CENTEX 1710OTF ISMOKE IIEAIDETECTOR, 120V. 1 SPST 8 1 SPOT, INTEGNAL 135f THERMAL i KEY ID #'S ON PRODUCT DATA SHEETS CORRESPOND TO BILL OF MATERIAL DWG A2401 R ORICNAL KAS -/3-11 DRAWN BY: —w-D Systems interface Inc. E NED: �f CHECKED: /` APPROVED: BOTICM, WA, U.S.A. 91021-7406 . (425) 481-1225. FAX (425) 481-2ADvrtOVE°: 115 w.•Y.1w,n. -in1w. Foe..RCW. Ks 03- °A 1-11 ADVANCED POWER LLC TON ST WASIFT TA R NTON STONEGATE LIFT STATION LAST REVISION °" /3-/1-Il KAS 4-it 3YMea FIELD INSTRUMENTS BILL OF MATERIAL DRAWING NUMBER: S11 B21- A2401 El SM A 7,-,! ie]iyGav ti. �SITRANS F M , 7 ti . 77 Overview __..1 i f. r • e ' Transmitter MAG 5000/6000 compact version (left) and 19" insert version (right) The MAG 5000 and 6000 are rnicrcorocessor-based transmitters engineered for high perfcrmance, easy installation, commission- ing and maintenance. The transm otters evaluate the signals from the SITRANS F M MAGFLO serscrs type MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, MAG 3100 and Mr,G 5100 W. Transmitter types: • MAG 5000: Max. measuring error 0.5% of rate (incl. sensor) • MAG 6000: Max. measuring error 0.25% of rate (incl. sensor, see also sensor specifications) and with additional features such as: Plug & Play insert bus modules; integrated batch functions. Benefits • Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio • Digital signal processing with many possibilities • Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commis- sioning • User configurable operation menu with password protection. • 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages. • Flow rate in various units • Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as additional information available • Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum con- figuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output (status, flow direction, limits) • 'Comprehensive self -diagnostic for error indication and error logging (see under SITRANS F M MAGFLO diagnostics) • Batch control • Custody transfer approval: PTB, OIML R75, R117, R49 • MAG 6000 with add -on bus modules for HART, MODBUS RTU/RS485, PROFIBUS PA and DP Application The MAG flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow of al- most all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries. The main applications can be found in: • Water and wastewater • Chemical and pharmaceutical industries • Food & beverage industries • Power generation and utility Key ID: 1 Design The transmitter is designed as either IP67 NEMA 4X/6 enclosure for compact or wall mounting or 19' version as a 19" insert as a base to be used in: • 19' rack systems • Panel mounting IP65/NEMA 4 • Back of panel mounting IP20/NEMA 2 • Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4 Several options on 19" versions are available such as: • Transmitters for EEx ATEX approved flow sensors (incl. barri- ers) • Transmitters with electrode cleaning unit Function The MAG 5000/6000 are microprocessor -based transmitters with a build -in alphanumeric display in several languages. The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated electro- magnetic sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current. Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal- lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors. Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using: • Control and display unit • HART communicator • PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica- tion • PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS com- munication Transmitter MI0 0 Min. 230 CIR PC/ Lap - ' and � top display panel �,o HART- Coupling Communicator module RS-232 HART communication / PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS DP T <, _t Bus Master =/ terminator Coupler with power supply Transmitter with PROFIBUS PA interface PROFIBUS PA communication r :1,y :r Siemens FI 01 -2007 Technical specifications Mode of operation and design Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed con- stant field Empty pipe Detection of empty pipe (special cable required in remote mounted installation) Excitation frequency Sensor size depending pulsating DC current Electrode input impedance > 1 x 1014 O Input Digital input 11 ... 30 V DC, R; = 4.4 K_Q • Activation time 50 ms • Current IDC 11 v = 2.5 mA, IDC 30 v = 7 mA Output Current output • Signal range 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA • Load < 800 4 • Time constant 0.1 ... 30 s, adjustable Digital output • Frequency 0 ... 10 kHz. 50% duty cycle (uni/bidirectional) • Time constant 0.1...30s. adjustable • Pulse (active) DC 24 V. 30 mA, 1 KSl 5 R; <_ 10 KQ short -circuit -protected (power supplied from flowmeter) • Pulse (passive) DC 3...30 V, max. 110 mA, 200 Q <_ Ri <_ 10 KQ (powered from con- nected equipment) • Time constant 0.1 ... 30 s. adjustable Relay output • Time constant Changeover relay, same as cur- rent output • Load 42 V AC12 A, 24 V DC/ 1 A Low flow cut or: 0 ... 9.9% of maximum flow Galvanic isolatior All inputs and outputs are galvan- ically isolated Max. measuring error (incl. sen- sor) • MAG 5000 0.5% of rate • MAG 6000 0.25% of rate Rated operation conditions Ambient temperature • Operation • Display version: -20... +50 •C (-4... +122 °F) • Blind version: -20... +60 •C (-4... +140 °F) • Storage -40 ... +70 •C (40... +158 °F) Mechanical load • Compact version 18 ... 1000 Hz, 3,17 G rms, sinu- soidal in all directions to IEC 68-2-36 • 19" insert 1 ... 800 Hz, 1 G, sinusoidal in all directions to IEC 68-2-36 S,1 d i 'd A, N S, F f I'd,,.,!' ill `S+ 3 S, SITRANS F M Degree of protection Key ID: 1 • Compact version IP67/NEMA 4X/6 to IEC 529 and DIN 40050 (1 mHZO 30 min.) • 19" insert IP20/NEMA 2 to IEC 529 and DIN 40050 EMC performance • Emitted interference To EN 50081-1 (Light industry) • Noise immunity To EN 50082-1 (Industry) Display and keypad Totalizer Two eight -digit counters for for- ward, net or reverse flow Display Background illumination with alphanumeric text, 3 x 20 charac- ters to indicate flow rate, totalized values, settings and faults; Reverse flow indicated by nega- tive sign • Time constant Time constant as current output time constant Design Enclosure material • Compact version Fiber glass reinforced polyamide; optional (IP67 only): AISI 316 stainless steel • 19"-insert Standard 19" insert of alumin- ium/steel (DIN 41494), width: 21 TE, height: 3 HE • Back of panel IP20/NEMA 2; Aiurninium • Panel mounting IP65/NEMA 4; ABS plastic • Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4; ABS plastic Dimensional drawings • Compact version See dimensional drawings • 19" insert See dimensional drawings Weight • Compact version 0.75 kg (2 lb) • 19" insert See dimensional drawings Power supply • 115 ... 230 V AC +10% -15%, 50 ... 60 Hz, 17 VA • 11 ... 30 V DC or 11 ... 24 VAC Power consumption • 230 V AC: 17 VA • 24 VAC: 9 W, IN = 380 mA, IST = 8 A (30 ms) •12VDC:11 W,IN=920mA, IST = 4 A (250 ms) Certificates and approvals CE, ULc general purpose, C-tick; FM Class 1, div 2 Custody transfer approval • PTB OIML R49 (cold water) (MAG 5000/6000 CT) • PTB and DANAK OIML R75 (hot water) • PTB and DANAK OIML R117 (cold water/milk, beer etc.) Communication Standard • MAG 5000 Without serial communication or HART as option • MAG 6000 Prepared for client mounted add - on modules Optional (MAG 6000 only) HART, MODBUS RTU/RS485, PROFIBUS PA, PROFIBUS DP as add -on modules Siemens FI 01 - 2007 N SITRANS F M A tl--! t, I + Lt. T1 I M, qi�" 1 Safety barrier (ialib) DN 300 12 Key ID: 1 Application As combined unit with MAG 6000 only and MAG 1100 Ex / MAG 3100 Ex in the size range DN 2 to 300 / 1112" to 12" Ex approval [EEx ia/ib] 1113, ATEX for MAG 3100 Ex and 1100 Ex Cable parameter Group Capacity in gF Inductance in mH • 116 531 5 80 - Electrode - Coil 11131 50.5 58 Ambient temperature - During operation -20 to +50 'C (-4 to + 122 *F) a - During storage -20 to +70 T (4 to + 158 *F) Enclosure • Material Standard 19" insert in aluminium/steel (DIN 41494) • Width 21 TE (4.75-) • Height 3 HE (5.25") • Rating IP 20 / NEMA 2 to EN 60529 and DIN 40050 • Mechanical load 1 g, 1.... 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36 EMC performance • Emission EN 50081 -1 (Light industry) • Immunity EN 50082-2 (Industry) "Ta I D.-�4 SSf 4 Application For use with MAG 5000/6000 19" and MAG 3100 Ex in the size range DN 350 to 2000 / 14" to 78" Ex approval [EEx e ia] IIC ATEX Cable parameter Group Capacity in gF Inductance in mH Electrode 11C :5 4.1 :5 80 15 45 87 IIB IIA 45 15 87 Ambient temperature - During operation -20 to + 50 T to + 122 'F) - During storage -20 to +70 'C (-4 to +158 T) Enclosure • Material Standard 19" insert in aluminium/steel (DIN 41494) • Width 21 TE i • Height 3 HE (5.25") • Rating IP20 / NEMA 2 to EN 60529 and DIN 40050 • Mechanical load 1 g. 1 ... 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36 EMC performance • Emission EN 50081 -1 (Light industry) • Immunity EN 50082-2 (Industry) Elm Siemens A 01 - 2007 gg S 9 q SITRANSFM� Electrode cleaning unit Key ID: 1 Application For use with transmitters MAG 5000 and 6000 19" to clean the electrodes on sen- sors MAG 1100, MAG 3100 or MAG 5100 W NB: Must not be used with intrinsically safe ATEX sensors Cleaning voltage AC cleaning 60 V AC DC cleaning 30 V DC �I Cleaning period 60 s + 60 s pause period Relay i •Load 42V/2A a Operation Switch relay activated when cleaning is in progress �! • Automatic Yes • Manual No Indicator lamps LEDs: "ON" and "CLEANING" Supply voltage and power 115 ... 230 V AC, +10% ... -15%, 50... 60 Hz, 7 VA cleaning, 5 VA stand by consumption 11 ... 30 V DC / 11 ... 24 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz, 7 VA cleaning, 5 VA stand by Ambient temperature • During operation -20 to +50 °C (-4 to +122 •F) • During storage -20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F) Enclosure • Ma;er:al Standard 19" insert in aluminium,lsteel (DIN 41494) • Widih 21 TE (4.75") • Height 3 HE (5.25") • Rating IP20 / NEMA 2 to EN 60529 and DIN 40050 • Mechanical load 1 g, 1 ... 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36 l ,J. The Siemens cleaning unit can be used with MAG 5000 or 6000 in 19" insert version. The cleaning unit can be used in applications where the liner and subsequently the electrodes may be coated with deposits. If the coating is electrically insulating, the electrode signal will be reduced. If the coating is electrically inductive, the electrode sig- nal will be partly short-circuited and in both cases the accuracy of the meter will decrease (dependent on coating type and thick- ness). Note: The cleaning unit cannot be used for inflammable or explosive media! Empty pipe detection and cleaning facility cannot be used at the same time. The cleaning u^it cleans the electrodes electro-chemically by applying a voltage to the electrodes for approx. 60 seconcs. While cleaning, the transr-Aer =,es and holds the latest mea- sured flow reading on the display and also the signa! outputs. Af- ter an additional pausing period of 60 seconds the flowmeter re- sumes norma' measurement and the cleaning is now completed. The relay in the transmitter activates the cleaning cycle. In the re- lay output menu (under cleaning) the cleaning interval can be set between 1 hour and 24 hours. Cleaning should only take place with liquid in the pipe.This can be detected via the empty pipe function. It is therefore recom- mended to select "empty pipe detection" ON when using the cleaning. The cleaning sequence can also be controlled manually through the electrical input of the transmitter. Before this is done, ensure that the measuring pipe is full. 4 Siemens FI 01 - 2007 V7,Vr SITRANS F M J�5'�'i`���ii�( �. f`ih x�t �+ IiTk�C'•y iT-�SP13t! � ??�'�+ts� 1�y1r`' AC cleaning • NAM ©®0E i 5 80 mA AC -cleaning is used to remove fatty deposits on the electrodes. These fatty deposits are seen in waste water applications, in ab- attoirs and water applications with oil residuals. During the cleaning process, the surface of the electrodes get warmer, which tends to soften grease particles and the gas bubbles gen- erated mechanically lift deposits away from the surface of the electrodes. V JiS� ooa •— oM 541 DC -cleaning is used to eliminate electrically conductive depos- its in the measuring pipe influencing the measuring accuracy. Particularly in district heating applications an electrically con- ductive deposit (magnetite) may occur and short-circuit the eiectrode signal. In this case the accuracy of the meter de- creases and the signal/noise conditions of the meter become in- ferior. The problem only arises if the conductivity of the water is less than approx. 250 VS/cm. During DC -cleaning electrolysis takes place where the flow of electrons removes the particle deposits from the electrode area. Note: Do not use DC -cleaning on sensors with tantalum electrodes. Key ID: 1 Ei mll Siemens FI 01 • 2007 SITRANS F M XK Lj Selection and Ordering Data Description Order No. Symbol Key ID: 1 Transmitter MAG 5000 Transmitter MAG 6000 CT Mri for compact and wall mount- Description Order No. Symbol ing, approved for custody Transmitter MAG 5000 Blind transfer; for compact and wall mount- P6forced 4X, fibre -glass r ing; IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre- glass reinforced polyamide • 11 ... 30 V DC / 7ME6920- ell ... 30 V DC / 7ME6910- 11 ... 24 V AC 1AA30-1AB0 11 ... 24 V AC 1 AA30-OAAO • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7M E6920- • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910- 1AA10-1AB0 1AA10-OAAO Transmitter MAG 6000 SV Transmitter MAG 5000 Dis for compact and wall mount- / f play for compact and wall ing: special excitation 44 Hz i settings .or Batch applica- P671NEMr/A 4X, fibre -glass % tion DN _<25/1" la _ reinforced polyamide IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre -glass f reinforced polyamide • 11 ... 30 V DC / 7ME6910- 11 ... 30 V DC / 7ME6920- 11 ... 24 V AC 1AA30-tAA0 11... 24VAC 1AB30-1AA0 �. • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz y- 7ME6910- 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- 1 AA10-1 AAO 1 AB10-1 AAO • 115/230 V AC, 50!60 Hz, 7ME6910- Transmitter MAG 6000 with. HART 1AA10-iBAO for 19" rack and wail mount- B Transmitter MAG 5000 CT ing 0 I or compact and wa!! mount- . 11 ... 30 V DC / 7ME6920- ing. approved for custody 11 ... 24 V AC 2CA30-1 AAO transfer; IP67:NEMA 4X, fibre -glass • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- reinfcrced polyamide I 2CA10-1AA0 • 11 ... 30 V DC / 7h1E6910- Transmitter MAG 6000 19" 11... 24VAC 1AA30-1ABO (DN5300/12-) B 8 • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910 Insert with safety barrier 1AA10-1AB0 [EEx ib] IIB ATEX p�❑❑ OD❑ • 11 ... 30 V DC I 71AE6920- Transmitter MAG 5000 11 ... 24 V AC 2NA31-1AA0 for 19" rack and wail mount- B ing • 1151230 V AC, 50i60 Hz 7ME6920- -11 .. 30 V DC / 7ME6910- 2NA11-1AA0 11 ... 24 VAC 2CA30-1AAO Transmitter MAG 6000 SV • 115i230 V AC, 50,160 Hz 7ME6910_ for 19" rack. and wall mount- B 2NIE691CAl ing; special excitation 44 Hz settings. Batch application ❑Q❑ DN <_ 25/1' ❑ ❑❑ tion Order No. Symbol • 11 ... 30 V DC / 7ME6920- Description Y 11 ... 24 V AC 2CB30-1AA0 Transmitter MAG 6000 Blind • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- for compact and wall mount- 2CB10-1AA0 ing; IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre -glass MAG 6000 with 7ME6920- reinforced polyamide IP66/NEMA 4X enclosure; 2EA10-1 AAO e • 11 ... 30 V DC / 7ME6920- 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 9 11 ... 24 V AC 1AA30-OAAO • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- 1 AA10-0AA0 Transmitter MAG 6000 MAG 6000 with electrode for compact and wall mount- cleaning unit, complete e e ing; ! mounted with o = IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre -glass IP66/NEMA 4X mounting reinforced polyamide enclosure • 11 ... 30 V DC / ► 7ME6920- • 11 ... 30 V DC / 7ME6920- 11 ... 24 V AC 1 AA30-1 AAO 11 ... 24 V AC 2PA30-1 AAO • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz ► 7ME6920- • 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- 1 AA10-1 AAO 2PA10-1 AAO IP67/NEMA 4X, AISI 316 ► Available ex stock stainless steel (without S/S terminal box) • 11 ... 30 V DC / 7ME6920- 11 ... 24 V AC 1 OA30-1 AAO • 1151230 VAC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- 1 QA10-1 AAO Siemens FI 01 • 2007 G�fKi>Lii l . '�10 Ro ' 1 R l'.✓;1'1 J i) t ;a I s SITRANS F M 1t°"�•i'L:e`tfa aMr��,r.,9 ,+fit {fi``�1 + 7 (. 1 i 1�r�. Dimensional drawings Transmitter IP67INEMA 4XI6 compact polyamide 6(0.24) 131 (5.16) Transmitter integral mounted -106 (4.17) -91 (3.58)-- 0 .... N m N N E2ao m NO_ N Key ID: 1 71(2.90) I 1 \� l O O a;OE1 J 0e(0.31)m12(0.47)O6(0.31) s 154(6.01 Transmitter wall mounted 193 (7.60)-- --175 (6.89) -168 (6.61) Weight ind. back print 0.8 kg / 1.8 Ibs vvc,yn, cxta. uC11WIMMI. c.0 My t,).v wa) Siemens FI 01 • 2007 � Washington State wI/ Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date 13/11/2011 Section County Stonegate Lift Station King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Commercial Fence Corp For assistance In como/etina. see Instructions and Fxamole I RAM # _j Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification APE Hd AppelFile Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No. 31 & 32 6' high, l I gage core/ 8 gage Security Contractor Services 9-16.1(1)B finish, 2" mesh Chain Link Fabric Seattle,WA U 31 2 7/8" O.D. Grade 2 Powder Western Tube 9-16.1(1)A Coated BlackTerminal Post Long Beach, CA 31 2 3/8" O.D. Grade 2 Powder Western Tube 9-16.1(1)A Coated BlackLine Post Long Beach, CA 31 'Top & Bottom Tension Wire- Wireman Fence Products 9-16.1(1)C _ Coated Black Rancho Cordova, CA' 31 & 32 Power Coated Black Fittings and Hearne Steel Co. 9-16.1(1)D , Accessories Hearne, TX 31 & 32 Coated Black Tension Bars and Southwestern Wire 9-16.1(I)D Truss Rods Norman, OK 32 4" O.D. Grade 2 Powder Coated Western Tube 9-16.1(1)A Black Gate post ong Beach, CA 32 1 7/8" O. . Grade 2 Powder estern Tube 9-16.1(1)A fCVated)4Jack Gate Frame Long Beach CA Project Eng a Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. /Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer ❑ Region Materials ❑ State Materials Lab DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 3/2002 State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ General File ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ Other t WESTERn lruBE E conDUIT CORPORRTion 2001 East Dominguez Street • R4, Box 2720 • Long Beach, Calitornio 90801-2720 (310) 537-6300 • (714) 952-3188 . FAX (310) 604-9785' Date: January 17, 2011 COMPANY: Security Contractors Services, Inc..- Seattle, WA Job # F'.0. # L . Size Len th Dcscri tion Shi Date Heat # Wash 50 55 427 1-5/8 21' 1-5 8" 840 21' 01-03 11 22489A Wash 50885 61 1-78 24' 1-T 8" S40 24' R1-03-11 17947p Wash 50885 37 2-3 8 24' 2-3 8" S40 24' 01-03,11 1151443 Wash 50865 222 2-3 8 6' 2-3 8" 340 6' 01-03-11 US1443 Wash 50885 296 2-3 S 9' 2-3 8" 540 9' 01-fl3-11 US1443 Nash 50885 95 2-7 $ I 9 2-7 8" S40 9' 01 03-11. 20597C Nash 50885 19 4 9' 4"S40 9' 01-03-111 US1445 This is to coz•tify that the Super 40 Fencepost or Fence rail that is described by the listed Purchase Order(s) is in corxformance to its requirements. That material was rnariufactured and verified by Western Tubc & Conduit Corporation to =et the requirements of the following specifications: • WSDOT 9-16.1(1) A, Fence -Chain Link Fence -Round Post Material, Grade 2, AASHTO M 181-05, standard Specification ;for Chair, -Link Fence. • ASTM-F-1043, - Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chairs Link Fence PYarnework, • U.S. Federal Specification RR-F-191J217, 3I7, and Gen,, Class 1, Grade B, Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain-Mnk Fencc Posts, Top Rails and Braces), • Califbinia Dept. of TranspoTtation (CaMaLas) Specification See. 80-4, Chain Link Fence. We further certify that the material used in the production of this shipment is domestic to the United States, and it was processed and assembled in the US. i2.Finn Vice President, Sales steel industries140 00 San 3amadro Ave, Fontana, Calftrnia 02335 CERTIFIED "BEST REPORT c1,*1cN EA OAtlER i'P,XV11am I cmiI wq MTa Tlt1.YRM" i'042745 02.0950.01 11/1811p pQ 2b0B85p59 1/ e JFE SHOJI TRADE AMERICA INC. H JFE SHOJI. TRADE AMERICA INC, L a C!0 WAL' $40 GOLDEN $HORE, SUITE 450 T WAL o LONG BEACH CA 90802 WAL CA 00000 SHOW WESTERN'S PO # 114449.1. PART #303 (6.9-HRPO-09A) FENCE POST TUBINQ H-R, COILS - F & 0 - PRIME SPEC ASTM-A1011.10-CS-TYrE B/SAE�1006-MX,09C va 1 poropoa MILL ccscupnuw � �arnur� losrt{lythat hamelrlotdoscrltrad herein has been rranureclured and .1350 X 44,0000 x COI( 1 US1443 teslad In ainnordanos Wth tha NOM MEr0qutramaMs 0 the riforenced epooliloailon, and !ha teat results MNWM 10 the apecfeatson requlrsmants, LITE OIL Chlef -- Lahoraioty Scsv(p as MECwN1cALPR°?ERltEs CucAL�ugl�srg 0 :55:21 11118/10 M xenrca aus 0 ry ymp S a % wo '� R+alx `�' tw s r TEV C F>n p S Si Cu Ni Cr bio Al V Cb Ti B R BS1a43 } i 03 .28 007'009 012 103 01 02 90 044 00� 0001 001 0000 Do$ I Mann actor i tha I.S. from stee thn is i6led ai d poired n th4 0,5 Et I Hall 1 is RaRS comp iantf 1 { 1 I t III U.S. Steel Corporation G74NTa City wr jo s Gra�@a G`i:y, it, 620',Q OitDHAt c852697-01 LOAD. CM9293 PO XMZt 112303-0. SOLD 70, MetallurgIcal Test Report PART: 31g INVOICE, Ski-000040 VEX ,LD SHIP T0, SHIP DATE ' 07/16/13 00aN TUBE A CQZQDVIT CORP 21 a �0s+zt�ouaz aT , C/o CALIFOR2N;A METAL DI8TRIB:17ORS oa LONG 8XACH, CA so810-1058 222 $, MmvILLk ST TRACK #745 tMjcrq PAC77IC COM270n, CA 90220 K4TL XAo 07/08/10-14 13EATi 29597C TEST OR p=CR I-A>E=ST'Xl H8t4 00220611 GAUGE; .1620 Ik OVT81D3 PROCESSOR IDS 07/06/1,0-14 NIDTHc 52.87 IN LZNO H: COIL i PC aAUGE� 4.175 tad WTDTR, 1343 faj WHIGHT: 31370 Lao Lt"TH: COIL 1 PC WEIGHTi 14229 KOS SPACt HOT ROLL CARBON CS TYPE B C .02/.06 MM .45 MAX v ,02 %k% 8 .oZS 54AX "X-T�$R ROLLED DNE%POSED OIL LztO?T lO PICKED WBLDB SI .04 MAX PICKLE Ir,SP l 01 t3Il,L T93PECTI" RA/SN ALSO RA/LT CSRTZSy THAT ALL Y-Bt,TING AuD MANgpjLuTu �� T00FC PLACE THE USA. , NGAT 20597C Msr,7ED AtM tS =?AC"LtLrp ZN Titq UgA, Ca.04 99r0.28 P�.007 a.,048 C17-.04 $z.,OGB ALo,040 N.,0047 V..Doo CA,-.000 .Tc)w,00 CR.,03 NT" 01 9Nt.00 C5a.002 xI..001 8=,0001 Ch=inal anslysin in wcigkt b. *""No PhYaical and McQhanical Test Results for Hateria7, 07/08/10-14 td YALU13 I$ NOT AILA ACCREDZ:'RD. TRRT REMFICATT5 ifiERs CoanUCxsa AND RECORnED 12; ACCOnDXgCC nTH TS3T HSTHo;58 ACCREpITRi� sX A2LA CsR1ITICATg MTM3ERS' 0228.03. An 0228.02. • TnESs TEATS WE" COT7DOCTHD = ACCORDXNC$ WITH A84-M F,3noD$ THIS Rt'415 AND A370, t;pORT SHALL tiOT as xD,pROpdCED OR ALTERED WTTHOtU TNH PRIOR 47RT^a18N APFRrJvAL DP IIN2T3D STATES STS-BL, RSSVIII3 SHdfiN PWLATi ONLY TO TH8 119"iS MSTDD, ROCrCS4ELL HARD:i$f38 VALi7Hq FOR IdAT$RIAL LF393 W .030 Ci71Ui0S 1.A7 BE GO:;VEIL'kD PROM OTgBR eCALHS. THIS PRODUCT WAS NAIMACTU"j) 2S ACCORDANCE MITI; TH$ gtALITy MANAGEMM'T Syg R&OTBT$RKD TO 190 9001, z80/T5 16349 AND PARAOAAPFI 4.3. P"'"VRH,.RQVIP + DIR$CTIVB (PZD) 97/23/3C 7/2, JNlmx X, IN A SS xo C�iTZPY xs1Ar k RRpzracT D&BCRZBED gARgtx WAS, HA?MFACTUREp, TE&T$D AND/OR �IBpECTBD IN ACCORbANCE WITR M SPsCIr_TC•ATION A,ND MPILLs RESiVIRst 2rr8 IN &UC13 RESPECT, D/OR 1;D 9Y THE OFZICS OF ROBERT aT, MMSR, PROC,TECH M()R. By, X ��k ...r . • DATES 07/16/iC *D607 x F 0 0 0 2842308D03z 1 A.7i 0 0 1 PAGE I OF i Callromia eet ndustries CERTIFIED TEST REPORT 1400068f!DernaMinoAve. Fontana, Callfomla 62338 OU9ToxEROHD�A P002614 1 0 9789.01 c 012511p0 UUYADk4tR PO 250881736 1/ o JFE SHOJI TRADE AMERICA INC. 1 JFE SHOJI TRADE AMERICA INC. 4 L r 340 GOLDEN SHORE, SUITE 450 WAILWAL o LONG BEACH CA 80802 0 WAL CA 00000 SHOW wESTERN'S PO # 113787.1. PART #315 (5-1-HRPO-08A) USE FENCE POST TUBING �t°0D H,R, COILS - P & 0 - PRIMB ASTM-A1011-10-CS-TYPE MAE-1006-Mx.06C rrA 1 tNsNI nov MILL 066CKPn0.V 1+61TM156rR I Carti(y that the matadal descrtbee harafn has been rwLgacbx*d and 1620 x 44,2500 x COIL 1 U31445 teased In aacordanoe NTlh thv 1v�OM P(E rtquimnnntaortharetemmud swikD(lon, and the teat mvp, conform to the apeclleetlon ragllirarnente, LITE OIL, Chler — Laboratory Services tactu�lCA��O rrtrs CMWICALANALYSts 11.21, 10/25/10 SD N LO A G nEID srarlr6TN % smo Kos tuners c sa r r TssT C Mu P S'Si CU Hi Cr K4 Al V Cb F1 ti US1446 : t 04 .27t 006�all 007 02 10i 02 t 00 11 03 001 000i 00110000 0041 Hanuractur tiE the ,S, fray steel I tha is el ed a d o red n th U,S� I t t t i FAt 1.1 is ROHS comp Sant t ! r LL (206) 767-7383 SECURITY CONTRACTOR $ERVICESp INC. 9619.81h AVENUE SOUTH • $EATU, WASHINGTON 98148 CERTNICATE OF COMPLIANCE March 11,.2011 Commercial Pence Corporation 6000 West Marginal Way SW Building C-3 Seattle, Wa. 98106 Re: Coated Chain Link Certification Project: Stonegate Lift Station This letter is to certify that the Coated Chain Link Type III produced for installation on the above referenced project was manufactured in accordance with the following specifications: AASHTO M-181 Group 4 ASTM F-668 Class 2a WSDOT Section 9-1.6 Mesh Opening: 2" Height: 72" Core Wire Diameter: 11 ga Zinc Content on Core Wire; .80 ounce min — Class III Color: Black Coating: Extruded — Bonded Class 2a Strand wire used in the chain link production manufactured by the Davis Wire Corporation and coated prior to weaving by Swan fence. All materials and manufacturing of Domestic Origin. 1. 4. v -, Jeff Novitsky Plant Manager SCS Inc. N CUSTbM�Rr IAATERWi DR3GRIpTJON; SF��CiFiCATION HF.,A7� C 1arslo 0,77 Davis Wire or Irwi tdals Division 0 MANFENCli"INC, GAM MED-1200 71GA 1,2t?Z A417 Va p 5 s� - 0.68 nnnit .... ration OAT2 11711:12ml CUSTOMER MER N0; 12mo DAVIS WRII ORm Na g89,m HN-28-2011 LIED 11;17 AIl-DAMIS WIRE IRW . . M NO. 6283244780 P. 03 Swart rence 600 w. Manville St, Comptnn, CA 90220 United States of America DAMS VU?RE CORPORATION p,0, Box 2145 Irwtndele, C,21nomia 9170E-9a97 PN.ON@ (621)9E9.7651 • PAX 1625)334-d7B0 CERTIFICATE OF O MGTN PQ�'T OF t]k2TG E�LAR.4TIOTV k'or the purpose of positively ld"T*ing zll oomFnents hav4 been rnarufacture'4 in tre United fittttas. Material Desorlptien; Swan Fence ardor # 12360 laga 1,2oz Gilivsnixed lVe,lving Wire from MVC Red used will be a vomestic source. Davie W rr Corperetion wam.fits and represents tlu�t l SwanOUS'a content o£the material supplied to l7cnoc and described above are of U.S. on;ln leaving been mantlfoot ued within tbo united _,Authorized Signatur�~ Sales Mana e (Title) . Move nber23 2010 1/1 VVIremarl Fence produrts 3644 Rmy4c Road Rancho Cordova, Ca. 95742 800-54S.1700 Fax 916-635-5397 02/08/2011 ,wiramann�ttae,aoan Certificate ©f Conollance This is to certify that the 7 gauge (.177) core 6 gauge ftsh (7 mil coating) 80 lb roll (8801) fused horded Coil spx;ing that we manufacture at our plant meets or exceeds ASTNI F1664, Class 2B. With minimum .80 oz zinc eoatiog per k5TM A 817 'TYPE 111, CLASS 64, Since , i Ron Claufn =:aq5�� rqn HEARNE STEEL CO., INC. HEARNE, TEXAS Leading Manufacturers Of Chain Llu6 Fence F ttings www,hearnesteehcom JC AMOS, (1921-M) OFFICE ADDRESS: R.W. A]MOS, Presldew P.O. DRAWER 1239 COiNIE RICKS, Se cretAry REARM% TFXAS 77859 C.R, AMOS, CPA-Tremrer PHONE: 979/279-3464 97W279.6343 FAX: 979n79.6529 FEBRUARY 14, 2011 LETTER OF CERTIFICATION DEAR SIR OR MADAM: THIS LETTER IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE FENCE FITTINGS WE PROVIDED FOR (SECURITY CONTRACTOR SERVICES), COVERED BY THEIR PURCHASE ORDER# (51080), ARE OF DOMESTIC ORIGIN, AND HAVE BEEN MANUFACTURED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. STATE OF TEXAS )( COUNTY OF ROBERTSON )( Subscribe�dlaand sworn to before me, as Notary Public t y -_- This day of lj� , �AA.� Llot 1J Notary Public (Signature) d 101DI, ACEY LYNN GHaTin= P ELL Nvbry Rao; 6trta hm Pf WTr k*bn E#y OCT080i $, 2019 My commlWon expires: 9 1 0'0I DATE; 01 /04/2011 CUSTOMER; Security Contractor Services ADDRESS: 9619-eAvenue South Seattle, WA 98108 RE: ASTM 123-89a certification To Whom it May Concern: This is to certify that all the tension bars and truss rods shipped on so# OOJ51415 are of domestic manufacture (American Made) and comply in all respects with the specifications outlined in the above Designation. �•n Darren News n� Quality Assurance All material listed above produced and manufactured in the United States. SWORN AND SUBSCRIBED TO BEFORE ME THIS DAY -'5"'It, get, Notary Public My commission Expires I-) s-, ► 4- i . j/ / s��t, . + R. h61NBt/RR o4mm�salon * 2utltlgal St (eoa f Oklahoma �kplr�� 07l1�11� ��♦♦ii♦�♦♦♦♦♦♦tit♦♦�♦tt♦ti Ij�♦♦♦�i�♦��i�i�♦�♦fittit♦�i�♦�t�t♦t�♦�ii♦+♦f♦�♦+t�i����l�li 1�� �f : II♦i♦♦♦♦♦t�t♦ii♦♦t♦ih♦t♦♦it♦♦i♦t��►♦♦t♦♦♦it - , �1 ;� ♦♦�i♦i♦ . , II ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦t♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦t♦♦♦♦♦♦♦t♦♦i♦♦it♦�! � ♦♦,�♦ice g . ♦♦♦t♦♦♦♦♦♦1�_: iE�t♦♦♦♦t ♦Q♦♦ ��j��♦,��tl�ii♦♦ ♦ ti♦♦♦t ♦ �9♦i♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦i♦t♦I !I► II ��►� it♦♦t♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦��,I it * II ��♦ ♦��, ♦ ♦♦i♦i♦i♦�ii♦i♦i;i �i� �♦ ♦♦♦M ii ♦♦♦♦�t�i♦♦ii♦�♦� �♦ ♦♦ ♦♦♦ ♦♦♦ ♦♦i�♦� �� i i��ll♦♦ I ���♦� ♦♦ti NOR ♦ .i I i� ,ti♦♦t ♦ ♦i♦i♦i�♦♦♦♦♦i♦i♦♦tit♦♦♦♦♦�� III I 1► �i�♦fit ♦t ♦♦♦♦�♦♦t♦♦♦♦t♦♦i♦♦♦♦♦t♦♦i♦♦�♦♦♦ 11 •• •..i0 i❖:•: i•: Ii:•:':•:'i:�:•i:i: �: ii'.•i i i PPP.iI �:• •••� i:'OOP.. �� ��:••: Oiii P.P.❖.O'P:Oi`� PP. � •❖•ii i:•i •❖•'•❖••:I • • / 4•i:❖:••❖•❖: •••'•••••••%':❖ � i! • •44 • •. P:%:�:i:�:4:•:�:❖i❖:: i i•:! . •i6•::i� .❖:: i•:i{' '-�=::•`.i P.• �:: i i i i❖:•: ir':❖:•i::':•: i•• / / • • / B GF BF PC WSDOT TYKE 3 BRACE TO LINE POST ALL CHAIN LINK MATERIALS ARE COATED BLACK D. r COMMERCIAL FENCE CORP s :"::�:�:�:�:•:�:%'�'�'�'�'�'�'�'�:�.:. a :I �...❖:•,..•....... .❖.;.❖.•;..e SEATTLE, WA to STONEGATE LIFT STATION: ..�� WSDOT-- DOUBLE GATES Pi 4" 1 180 GATE CONCI ALL MATERIALS ARE COATED BLACK ONE HALF OF GATE LEAF SHOWN ABOVE P ROD _• �� �•�•�•�.�•�•�•�•�•�•j•�.�{...i �����•�•�. [: �ii�i'Oi'�•� s: i': i:•:i ii:�:ti4':COMMERCIAL FENCE CORP �i ii':•i i i i������.•�•��� •�� • • • • ••� • •. • •:O ��•�� �� � �i i i i i�4 •A•J�O:E ••• • •O•J••.'••: • i i i'iii':•. •I l i •i is it li i ♦ • • y�•�•. •. • • •.• •I • BOX S ii❖i'.'i•� i ii0�•• • • • •"'• • • • i i ii:'.' � •'i•�•Oi'i Oi i0� •. i Oi.'i O••i •i 206-767-7433 FAX: 206-767-9051 STONEGATE LIFT STATION i DRAWN BY: IZ 04/21/09 "y mm 201 OPENING WSDOT STYLE DOUBLE GATE i i�i i%O�iS������ O•�O••ii i i'i • i •pSji4•i • �O':'i0 Washington State MPAft Washington of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 3/29/201 1 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wolf Industries For WSDOT Use Only For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 32 Bid Material or Name and Location of Fabricator, Specification APE I Appri File Item No. Manufacturer's Product/Type Manufacturer or Pit Number Reference Code Code No. 45 Protectosil Evonik 10.04220-3.08 45 Cover Stain Zinsser 10.09900-3.06 Ale.Blb.Clb 45 1710 Kel Guard Kelly Moore 10.09900-3.06 Ala 45 1680 Dura-Poxy Kelly Moore 10.09900-3.06 Ala �1 45 95-100 Pre Cote Kelly Moore 10.09900-3.06 Bla. Cla 45 1050 KM Pro Kelly Moore 10.09900-3.06 132 45 950 Flo -Cote Kelly Moore 10.09900-3.06 Cie 45 1010 KM Pro Kelly Moore 10.09900 -3.06 C Project g e r Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1 . Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only 'Approved for Shipment' or 'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ Region Materials ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ State Materials Lab ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 Protectosil® CHEM-TRETE® PB VOC WATER REPELLENT Product Data and Test Information PRODUCT NAME Protectosil@ CHEM-TRETE® PB VOC High-performance, penetrating water repellent for porous substrates. MANUFACTURER Evonik Degussa Corporation 379 Interpace Parkway, P.O. Box 677 Parsippany, M 07054-0677 1(800) 828-0919 in fo.protectosil@evonik.com www.protectosil.com PROTECTOSIL PRODUCTS ARE MANUFACTURED AT THE. F.VONIK DEGUSSA CORPORATION THEODORF., +ALABAMA, PLANT UNDER A QUALITY SYSTEM CERTIFIED TO ISO-9001 AND ISO-14001 REQUIREMENTS. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A clear, penetrating, breathable water repellent for use on concrete, brick, concrete masonry units and some natural stones. Prevents water and waterborne contaminants from entering the substrate and causing premature deterioration. Penetrates into the substrate and chemically bonds with silica to form a permanent attachment of the water repellent molecule. Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC is especially suited for making porous substrates such as split -face block water repellent. This water repellent effect stands up against wind -driven rain. By preventing water and waterborne contaminants from entering the substrate, Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC reduces problems such as efflorescence, leaching, acid rain deterioration, scaling, dirt buildup, staining, corrosion of reinforcing steel and mildew. Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC will not cause adverse surface appearance of the substrate. Treated surfaces are fully breathable because the natural moisture vapor transmission is not affected. This will eliminate problems caused by entrapped moisture, including blushing of the sealer and freeze -thaw damage to the masonry. APPROPRIATE APPLICATIONS Materials such as concrete masonry units (split -face, fluted or ground -faced blocks) can be protected from the ingress of wind -driven rain. Brick masonry, especially single-wythe wall construction, can be treated to prevent moisture from entering and damaging interior walls. EVoniv, I N D U S T R I ES Provides resistance against water and waterborne contaminants to reduce staining. Other substrates that can be protected include sandstone, terra-cotta, hand -molded bricks and natural stones. ADVANTAGES Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC is a proprietary mixture of allWItrialkoxysilanes in a special carrier system. The Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC is designed to provide a high level of surface beading with penetration, to protect against wind -driven rain. The silane components are unique because they chemically bond to the silica in the substrate and set up a hydrophobic layer of protection. Because of the silane's unique chemistry, a long service life is possible. By incorporating Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC into your integrated design, you can earn vital Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) credits for both new and existing construction projects. The main benefits of the product are: • Excellent resistance to wind -driven rain - Excellent resistance to chloride ion ingress • Reduced efflorescence • Breathable system - Penetration into the substrate • Long service life • No blushing, peeling or yellowing • Resistance to alkali attack • Keeps substrate cleaner LIMITATIONS Not intended for below -grade waterproofing. Will leave a residue on nonporous materials such as glass, metal and painted surfaces. Asphalt -based materials such as roofing materials and plastic products, shrubbery, and plant life should be protected from overspray. Should not be applied if the surface temperature is below 20•F (-7•C) or above 100-F (40•C), if rain is expected within 4 hours following application, or if high winds or other conditions prevent proper application. If rain has preceded the application, the surface should be allowed to dry for at least 24 hours. (Continued) TECHNICAL DATA Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC is a clear, colorless liquid composed of alkyltrialkoxysilanes with activator in denatured alcohol. Color Active Substance Active Content Solvent Flash Point Density VOC TEST DATA water white alkyltrialkoxysilane >40% denatured ethyl alcohol 54"F 6.7 lb/gal 580 g/1 ASTM C 140 'Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units, Absorption' 24-hour submersion test — 99.4% effective in reducing water intrusion ASTM C 67 "Sampling and Testing Brick and Stnictural Clay Tile, Part 7 Absorption' 24-hour submersion test — 99.8% effective in reducing moisture intrusion ASTM C 642 'Specific Gravity, Absorption and Voids in Hardened Concrete' 24-hour immersion — 97.5% effective ASTM D 1653 'Moisture Vapor Permeability of Organic Coatings' 68 g/ft'/24hours — 97%breathability ASTM E 514 'Water Permeance of Masonry' Concrete Block Wall Untreated leakage 6.47 1/hr Treated leakage 0 1/hr Reduction in leakage 100% Brick Wall Untreated leakage 1.00 1/hr Treated leakage 0 1/hr Reduction in leakage 100% INSTALLATION Concrete must be allowed to cure for a minimum of 28 days. All repointing must be completed and allowed to cure for at least 3 days. Concrete repair and replacement must be completed prior to application of Protectosil C111EM-TRETE PB VOC. Patching materials, caulking, sealing materials and traffic paint must be fully cured before applying Protectosil CHEM-TRE M PB VOC. All surfaces must be cleaned to remove all traces of dirt, dust, efflorescence, mold, salt, grease, oil, asphalt, laitance, curing compounds, paint, coatings and other foreign materials. Acceptable surface cleaning methods include shotblasting, sandblasting, waterblasting and using chemical cleaners. Check with your Protectosil representative to verify that surface preparation is adequate. Protectosil CE EM-TRETE PB VOC should be applied using low-pressure (15 to 25 psi) pumping equipment with a wet fan type spray nozzle. Alternate methods include using either a power roller with a 1" nap or a brush. Do not alter or dilute the material. Do not apply to a wet or damp substrate. A test patch should be applied to the. substrate to verify coverage rate, application conditions and desired results. On vertical surfaces, apply the Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC in a flooding application from the bottom up, so the material nms down 6 to 8 inches below the spray pattern. On horizontal surfaces, the liquid material should pond on the surface for at least 5 seconds before being absorbed. Coverage rates on vertical surfaces depend on the type of material to be treated. Typical application rates are from 50 to125 ft2/gal. Your Protectosil representative can give an exact coverage rate for your particular project. Protect glass, metal, plastic, asphalt materials and nonporous substrates from overspray. Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC will not etch glass but will leave a residue on nonporous surfaces. Check that pump equipment is clean and has no water in lines, nozzles or pump. Please refer to the 'Protectosil CHEM-TRETEPB VOC Application Instructions" for more detailed information. Precautions: Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC is a flammable liquid and should be kept away from heat, sparks, open flame and other sources of ignition. Protectosil CHEM-TRETE PB VOC containers should be kept closed when not in use and should be stored at temperatures between 0"F (-18'C) and 120"F (50'C), away from rain and standing water. When working in an enclosed area, an air respirator should be used. Please refer to material safety data sheet for more detailed information. AVAILABILITY Protectosil CBEM-TRETE PB VOC is available in 5- and 55-gallon drums through authorized distributors throughout the United States and Canada. Contact Evonik Degussa Corporation at 1(800) 828-0919 for the sales representative in your area to get specific cost information. TECHNICAL SERVICE Technical service engineers and chemists are available to answer questions about product performance, application methods and compatibility with other building materials. For more information, MSDS and the most updated product information, and to find your local representative, go to wu w.protectosil.com. Protectosil®, CHEM-TRETEO= registered trademarks of Evonik Industries. This information and all technical and other advice are based on Evonik Degussa Corp's ("Evonik') present knowledge and experience. However, Evonik assumes no liability for such information or advice, including the extent to which such information or advice may relate to third party intellectual property rights. Evonik reserves the right to make any changes to information or advice at any time, without prior or subsequent notice. EVONIK DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR, MERCHANTABILITY OF THE PRODUCT OR ITS FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE (EVEN IF EVONIK IS AWARE OF SUCH PURPOSE), OR OTHERWISE. EVONIK SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS) OF ANY KIND. It is the customer's sole responsibility and obligation to arrange for inspection and testing of all products by qualified experts. Reference to trade names used by other companies is neithera recommendation nor an endorsement of the corresponding product, and does not imply that similar products could not be used. ZIA(549ER 0 Technical Data SulleNn OVAL/IY S/NCf "I49 ZINSSER Co. Inc. Somerset, NJ 08875 ar. FPMc�-, OIL -BASED PRIMER -SEALER STAIN-n1 LLER • A multi -purpose primer -sealer for all interior and exterior applications h' • Seals new wood, other porous surfaces for great enamel holdout ~ =y_ "' ' • Dries fast, recoat in 1 hour �• orEus«,, • Seals in stains, adheres to non -porous surfaces • Cleans up in mineral spirits (paint thinner) Description Cover -Stain is a fast -drying, white pigmented oil -base stain -killing primer -sealer for interior and exterior surfaces— previously painted or new work. Any latex or oil -base paint or any wallcovering can be applied over Cover -Stain. This economical primer combines universal application, fast recoat time and conventional paint thinner clean-up, making it ideal for new construction or repainting. Color Available in flat white only. Tinting Cover -Stain can be tinted with most "universal colorants" up to 4 oz. per gallon. Tinting helps top coat hide in one coat. Uses On new wood, Cover -Stain helps seal off knots and sappy streaks and penetrates and binds wood fibers for excellent "enamel holdout" - i.e., uniform gloss with no "high" or "low" spots. Unlike other fast -dry oil primers, it is suitable for all exterior surfaces -new trim, cedar and redwood shakes and shingles, pine and fir siding, masonry, previously painted surfaces- even gloss paint without sanding - gutters, downspouts, vents. Interior uses are similarly broad - new woodwork, sheetrock, cured plaster, ceiling tiles, ductwork, PVC pipe, previously painted and stained surfaces. On previously painted surfaces, Cover -Stain will block out stains from water, graffiti, smoke, grease and crayon, etc., preventing bleed - through into the finish paint. One coat will seal in most stains including patterns and colors in old wallpaper, readying the surface for paint or new walicovering. Severe stains may require a second coat. Excessive fire, smoke and water stains should be primed with Zrisser's B-I-N Primer -Sealer. B-I-N is also preferred for "oily" stains and graffiti which are soluble in mineral spirits. FOR SPECIFIC USE DETAILS, SEE BELOW Thinning Cover -Stain is designed to be used as is. Thinning may reduce stain -killing properties. If thinning is necessary, use paint thinner or, for faster dry, VMP naphtha but no more than one pint per gallon. Do not use toluene or xylene. Surface Preparation Surface must be dry, dean and free of scaling paint, loose wallpaper or wallpaper paste. Remove any wax with mineral spirits. Wash grease stains and heavily soiled areas with heavy-duty detergent, rinse clean and allow to dry. Remove mildew with solution of 1 part household bleach and 3 parts water. Allow to dry completely. Test all old painted or varnished surfaces for adhesion by making an "X" with a razor or knife and placing a piece of Scotch® tape over, pressing down with thumb. Quickly remove the tape (do not pull, but quickly remove the tape). If the old paint or varnish comes off on the tape, the paint must be removed. Never paint over any painted surface that fails this test. Filt cracks and nail holes with patching compound; sand smooth when dry. Sand all new wood with fine sandpaper and remove dust with tack cloth. Rusty surfaces should be wire brushed lightly to remove any scaly matter. Application Methods Cover -Stain may be applied by brush, roller or sprayer. When brushing, use a good bristle brush, flow product on and brush out. For rolling, use a short nap roller. If spraying, thin about 10% with paint thinner. Use between 25 and 35 pounds of pressure for conventional air sprayer; 0.015 tip for airless at medium PSI (1500-2000). Cannot be applied over damp surface. Do not apply if temperature is below 40°F. Drying Time Under normal conditions, dry to handle in 30-45 minutes; top coat in 60 minutes. Temperature, humidity, film thickness and ventilation affect drying time, which has an effect on stain -killing. Oil -base primers like Cover -Stain dry more slowly with lower temperatures, high humidity, thicker film and inadequate ventilation. For proper drying the solvent vapors must be removed— not merely recirculated. If drying is slowed, stains may not be sealed off in one coat because there is more chance for the stain to migrate. Coverage On porous surfaces, about 400 sq. ft. per gallon. On non -porous surfaces„ about 500 sq. R per gallon. Cleaning Equipment Brushes and rollers should be cleaned immediately after use with paint thinner. Wipe up splatters before they dry with paint thinner. Specific Exterior Uses New Wood. On new work, it seals and binds wood fibers and helps block out knots, sappy streaks, and most stains. Two coats may be needed on some stains. On green pine with excessive knots, it is best to test sealing effectiveness before top coating. Where bleed - through occurs, Bulls Eye Amber Shellac should be used. Grain raising will be experienced on some raw wood surfaces. In these cases light sanding will be possible in approximately 45 minutes. Cedar and Redwood. Cover -Stain seals cedar and redwood shakes and siding, eliminating worry over bleeding tannin stains ruining the appearance of the finish coat. Be sure not to over -spread the primer or the film will not be thick enough to stop the stains. Even with a stain -sealing primer, tannin stains often appear on the painted surface. This may not be bleed -through, but the result of tannin from the back of shingles or clapboards running down the painted front surface of those directly below. On new construction, this can be prevented by priming the backs of boards and shingles -and board ends and shingle sides -before installation. Sign Painters find Cover -Stain ideal for raw or painted surfaces because it blocks out lettering and stains, providing a smooth white surface. Gutters, Downspouts, Vents. Cover -Stain is ideal for priming new or previously painted gutters, downspouts and other metal surfaces. It adheres tenaciously and prevents flash rusting before the top coat is applied. Nailheads. With Cover -Stain, the painter can cover nailheads at the same time he primes siding and trim. Cover -Stain primes the metal and prevents Flash rusting before the top coat goes on. Galvanized Metal. Cover -Stain assures good adhesion to old or new metal. New galvanized should be washed with mineral spirits to remove oily film left from the manufacturing process. Door or Window Trim. Excellent adhesion to gloss paint without sanding or use of deglossing agents makes it ideal for repainting doors, windows sash and trim. Iron Railings, Decorative Metalwork. Cover -Stain is an ideal primer for ironwork of all kinds. Scaly matter should first be removed by light wire brushing. Masonry. Cover -Stain seals the pores in cinder block and concrete, preventing suction of finish coat into the surface and affording uniform holdout. Less finish paint will be needed on a properly sealed surface. Mortar and concrete must be fully cured. Specific Interior Uses Drywall. Cover -Stain seals off gypsum wallboard (sheetrock) effectively, insuring uniform holdout of the finish coat of paint on the paper facing as well as on the taped joint areas. New Wood and Plywood. On these surfaces. Cover -Stain performs three functions: (1) Seals the wood for uniform holdout of fnish coat of paint. (2) Kills stains from knots or sappy streaks. (3) Seals off spackled or puttied nailheads. New Plaster. Cover -Stain seals porous plaster walls, permitting in many cases the use of only one finish coat. Tinting to the approximate shade of finish coat is recommended. Apply over new plaster only after it is thoroughly cured and dry. Industry practice is to wait at least 90 days before painting. Even then, it is wise to have the plasterer confirm that the surface is ready for paint. Metal, Glass, Ceramic and Plastic Tile. Cover -Stain adheres well to metal pipes, ductwork and ornamental pieces; glass windows and mirrors; ceramic tile, tile board, plastic tile and baked enamel; all present hard non -porous surfaces to which ordinary primers often won't adhere. Cover -Stain forms a firm bond between the base surface and top coat of paint. Paint can't be chipped or scraped off easily. Wallcoverings. Cover -Stain is excellent for walls to be papered. It seals the surface so paste dries evenly and adheres properly. Sizing is recommended, prior to hanging. Cover -Stain hides colors and pattems in old wallcoverings and seals off old wallpaper so there is no show -through. Textured Ceilings. Cover -Stain is an ideal primer for this type finish. It seals porous tape joints, spackled areas and raw sheetrock, creating a good base for textured paint or 'popcorn' ceilings. If a water or nicotine stain is present, Cover -Stain will block it out so the top coat cannot 'reactivate' the stain - i.e., cause it to reappear. Aerosol for Spot -Priming, Small Jobs Cover -Stain in a spray can is convenient for spotting stains, spackled areas, knots, etc., and for priming small objects prior to painting. Full use directions and safety precautions are on the label. In spot -priming porous wall and ceilings, be sure to prime the entire surface with conventional liquid Cover -Stain to prevent flashing of spot - primed areas through the finish paint. This is especially important when the top coat has little hiding power- e.g., many ceiling paints. Applications for the aerosol include wicker furniture, pine shutters, graffiti and fingerprints. Packaging Case Case Dimensions Cu. Cu. Size Pack Wt. H x D x W in. Ft. 5 gal (191) 1 51 14' x 12" x 12" 2016 1.17 1 gal (3.8 I) 4 42 7-ti2" x 13-3/8" x 13-3/8" 342 0.78 Qt (0.951) 6 16 4-7/8" x 8-1/2' x 12-314' 528 0.31 13 oz Aerosol 6 7 383 0.22 Weight per gallon: 9.5 Ibs Flash point (Tag closed Cup): 66`1` Product contains less than 0.001 % lead; contains no asbestos. Warning: Product is flammable and is harmful or fatal if swallowed. Use with adequate ventilation. Vapor is harmful. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor or prolonged contact with skin. If swallowed. do not induce vomiting. Call physician immediately. Keep out of reach of children. ZINSSER Co., Inc. 173 Belmont Drive Somerset, N3 08875 (732) 469-8100 www.zinsser.com CAUTION: Read and carefully follow all information on this technical data bulletin, on the product label, and on the material safety data sheet for this product. To the best of our knowledge the data contained herein is true and accurate at the date of issuance and is subject to change without prior notice. User must contact Wm. Zinsser & Co. to verify correctness before specifying or ordering. No guarantee of accuracy is given or implied. We guarantee our products to conform to Zinsser quality control and assume no responsibility for coverage, performance, or injuries from use. 35TDB Z5346 2M 9/02 KELLymrMOORE 1710 KEL-GUARD Alkyd Rust -Preventative Primer Product Description A premium quality alkyd red oxide rust preventative primer for metal surfaces. Formulated with superior wetting properties to provide excellent performance on hand -cleaned ferrous metal surfaces. Provides excellent adhesion and corrosion resistance, and will withstand moderate weathering until finish coats are applied. Not recommended on non-ferrous metals. MPI Approved Product Category: #79 Performance Features • Rust Preventative • Excellent Adhesion • Corrosion Resistant • Good Flow and Leveling Excellent Wetting Properties Product Specifications Resin Type Alkyd Color Range Red Drying Time (75° F. & 50% R.H.) To touch: 2-4 hours To recoat: overnight. Practical Coverage Approx. 450-550 sq ft/gallon Recommended Dry Film Thickness 1 5-2.0 mils per coat Weight Per Gallon 12.3 lbs. Solids By Weight 77% Solids By Volume 59% Shelf Life 2 years (unopened containers) Sizes Five gallon, one gallon & quarts V.O.C. <340 Grams per liter Clean Up Mineral spirits Product Analysis (by weight) PIGMENT COMPOSITION 55% Red Oxide: 8% Silicates: 27% Calcium Carbonate: 14% Rust Inhibitive Pigment: 6% VEHICLE COMPOSITION 45% Alkyd: 22% Solvent, Surfactants, Driers: 23% Surface Preparation WARNING! If you scrape, sand or remove old paint from any surface, you may release lead dust. LEAD IS TOXIC. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST CAN CAUSE SERIOUS ILLNESS, SUCH AS BRAIN DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN. PREGNANT WOMEN SHOULD ALSO AVOID EXPOSURE. Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator to control lead exposure. Carefully clean up with a wet mop or HEPA vacuum. Before you start, find out how to protect yourself and your family by contacting the U.S. EPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424- LEAD (5323) or log on to www.epa.gov/lead. General: All surfaces must be cured, firm, dry and cleaned free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, wax, chalky or loose paint, rust, loose mill scale, bond breakers and curing compounds, efflorescence, asphalt stains, mildew or any other contamination or condition that would adversely affect the performance of the coating. Sand glossy, glazed or dense surfaces. Fill holes and surfaces irregularities with a suitable patching compound to match the surface profile. New Ferrous Metal: Follow general surface preparation guidelines. Remove all loose rust, mill scale, or deteriorated previously applied coatings by Hand Tooling (SSPC- SP-2) or Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP-3). Prime with specified primer immediately after cleaning. System Recommendations Ferrous Metal: PRIMER: 1710 Kel-Guard Alkyd Rust -Preventative Primer FINISH: Appropriate Kelly -Moore Enamel Application Brush, roll, or spray. Maintain a wet edge to avoid lap marks. Do not apply when material, air, and/or surface temperature is below 40°F. Extremely high or low temperature may adversely affect dry time. Stir thoroughly before and during use. Thinning This product has been formulated to comply with current regulations. DO NOT THIN. Continued Next Page KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC.. 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 1.04 1710 KEL-GUARD (cont.) Precautions WARNING! COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID AND VAPOR Contains Mineral Spirits. Vapor harmful. May affect the brain or nervous system causing dizziness, headache or nausea. Causes eye, skin, nose and throat irritation. NOTICE: Reports have associated repeated and prolonged occupational overexposure to solvents with permanent brain and nervous system damage. Intentional misuse by deliberately concentrating and inhaling contents may be harmful or fatal. Keep away from heat and flame. Do not smoke. Prevent build-up of vapors in enclosed areas by opening all windows and doors to achieve cross - ventilation during application and drying. If you experience eye watering, headaches, or dizziness, increase fresh air or wear respiratory protection (NIOSH/MSHA TC 23C or equivalent) or leave area. Always wear respiratory protection during spray application. Close container after each use. Avoid contact with eyes and skin. FIRST AID: If you experience difficulty in breathing, leave the area to obtain fresh air. If continued difficulty is experienced, get medical assistance immediately. In case of eye contact, flush immediately with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and get medical attention. For skin contact, wash thoroughly with soap and water. If swallowed, get medical attention immediately. For additional safety information, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Proper Disposal For proper disposal of excess material, please contact your local city or county waste management agency. Limited Warranty: The statements made on this bulletin, product labels or by any of our agents concerning this material are given for information only. They are believed to be true and accurate and are intended to provide a guide to approved construction practices and materials. As workmanship, weather, construction equipment, quality of other materials and other variables affecting results are all beyond our control, Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc., does not make nor does it authorize any agent or representative to make any warranty of MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS for any purpose or any other warranty, guarantee or representation, expressed or implied, concerning this material except that it conforms to Kelly-Moore's quality control standards. Any liability whatsoever of Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc. to the buyer or user of this product is limited to the purchaser's cost of the product itself. KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 1.04 Page 2 KELLYmMOORE PA/NTS'" Product Description A high performance, interior/exterior, 100% acrylic gloss enamel formulated to produce a durable epoxy - like finish with excellent adhesion. Excellent stain resistant film that can stand up to repeated scrubbing and washing that occurs in high traffic areas. Ideal for hospitals, assisted living and health care facilities. Anti -Microbial properties are built in to this product to protect dried paint film. Excellent for commercial and residential application. Also available in semigloss (1685) satin (1687) & eggshell (1686) finish. MPI Approved Product Category: #114 & #119 Conforms to Green Seal Paints GS-11 Criteria Performance Features • Excellent Durability • Scrubbable • Excellent Adhesion to Aged Alkyds • Superior Flow & Leveling • This product contains an Anti -Microbial agent to control odors • Resists film attack by mildew • USDA Acceptable Product Specifications Resin Type 100% Acrylic Color Range White & custom tinted colors Finish Gloss 85+ on 600 gloss meter MPI Gloss Level 7 Drying Time 75° F. & 50% R.H. To touch: 2 hours To recoat: overnight. Practical Coverage Approx. 250-350 sq ft/ allon Recommended Dry Film Thickness 1.7-2.2 mils per coat Weight Per Gallon 10.6 lbs. Solids By Weight 50% Solids By Volume 37% Shelf Life 2 years (unopened containers Sizes Five gallon, one gallon & quarts V.O.C. <150 Grams per liter Clean Up Water Product Analysis (by weight) PIGMENT COMPOSITION 23% Titanium Dioxide: 23% VEHICLE COMPOSITION 77% Acrylic Resin: 27% ,Water, Surfactants, Defoamers: 50% 1680 DURA-PDXY + 100% Acrylic Gloss Enamel Surface Preparation WARNING! If you scrape, sand or remove old paint from any surface, you may release lead dust. LEAD IS TOXIC. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST CAN CAUSE SERIOUS ILLNESS, SUCH AS BRAIN DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN. PREGNANT WOMEN SHOULD ALSO AVOID EXPOSURE. Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator to control lead exposure. Carefully clean up with a wet mop or HEPA vacuum. Before you start, find out how to protect yourself and your family by contacting the U.S. EPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424- LEAD (5323) or log on to www.epa.gov/lead. General: All surfaces must be cured, firm, dry and cleaned free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, wax, chalk, mildew or any other contamination or condition that would adversely affect the performance of the coating. Sand glossy, glazed or dense surfaces. Fill holes and surfaces irregularities with a suitable patching compound to match the surface profile. Previously Painted Surfaces: Spot prime bare or patched areas or prime entire surface, as required. Prime lightly -chalked painted surfaces with a suitable Kelly -Moore Surface Conditioner. Loose paint and medium to heavy chalk must be removed. System Recommendations Plaster, Masonry, Concrete: PRIMER: 247 Acry-Shield 100% Acrylic Masonry Primer Wallboard: PRIMER: 971 Acry-Plex Interior PVA Primer/Sealer OR: 972 Acry-Plex High Hide PVA Primer/Sealer Interior Wood and Hardboard PRIMER: 975 Acry-Plex Int. Latex Enamel Undercoat OR: 295 Uni-Prime All Purpose Primer Exterior Wood and Hardboard: PRIMER: 255 Acry-Plex 100% Acrylic Primer .Ferrous Metal: PRIMER: 5725 DTM Acrylic Metal Primer OR: 1725 Acry-Shield 100% Acrylic Metal Primer Continued Next Page KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 7.08 Page 1 1680 DURA-PDXY + (cont.) Aluminum & Galvanized Metal: PRIMER: 1725 Acry-Shield 100% Acrylic Metal Primer OR: Self -Priming FINISH: 1680 Dura- Poxy + 100% Acrylic Gloss Enamel Application Do not apply when material, air, and/or surface temperature is below 50°F or if rain is imminent. Extremely high or low temperature or periods of high relative humidity may adversely affect dry time. Stir thoroughly before and during use. Maintain a wet edge to avoid lap marks. Thinning Apply at can consistency. If thinning is necessary to maintain workability, do not exceed one-half pint of water per gallon. Precautions Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Do not take internally. Wash thoroughly after handling. Close container after each use. Protect from freezing. For additional safety information, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Proper Disposal For proper disposal of excess material, please contact your local city or county waste management agency. Limited Warranty: The statements made on this bulletin, product labels or by any of our agents concerning this material are given for information only. They are believed to be true and accurate and are intended to provide a guide to approved construction practices and materials. As workmanship, weather, construction equipment, quality of other materials and other variables affecting results are all beyond our control, Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc., does not make nor does it authorize any agent or representative to make any warranty of MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS for any purpose or any other warranty, guarantee or representation, expressed or implied, concerning this material except that it conforms to Kelly-Moore's quality control standards. Any liability whatsoever of Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc. to the buyer or user of this product is limited to the purchaser's cost of the product itself. Chemical and Stain Resistance The following tests were conducted on preprimed carbon steel panels topcoated with Dura-Poxy + Acrylic Enamel. All panels were cured at ambient conditions for three weeks before testing. The various substances and chemicals listed were allowed to stand on the panels overnight under watch glasses. The panels were then rinsed and washed with liquid spray detergent (Fantastic) and a sponge. FOOD TYPE STAINS EFFECT BBQ Sauce No effect Catsup No effect Coffee No effect Jelly No effect Mustard No effect GRAFFITI TYPE STAINS Pencil No effect Ballpoint pen No effect Water soluble marker No effect Alcohol soluble marker Lightly rubbing with rubbing alcohol (70% IPA) removes stain and dulls paint film. When dry, it can be buffed back to original sheen. REAGENT EFFECT Fantastic No effect Clorox No effect Urine No effect Rubbing Alcohol Softens" Mineral Spirits No effect Methyl Ethyl Ketone Softens' 10% Hydrochloric Acid No effect 2% Sodium Hydroxide — *` Dries back to original sheen. "* May be used for cleaning if contact with paint film is less than one hour. KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 7.08 Page 2 KELLYmMOORE PA/NHS` Product Description An interior latex, primer -sealer which has excellent enamel holdout. Designed for priming interior wallboard and masonry surfaces. Performance Features • Excellent Enamel Holdout • Minimizes Joint Banding • Easy Soap & Water Clean-up • Fast Drying • Low Odor & VOC Product Specifications Resin Type: Vinyl Acrylic Color Range: Off White Drying Time: 751 F. & 50% R.H.: To touch: 1 hour To recoat 4 hours. Practical Covera e: approx. 350 s . ft. per qallon Recommended Dry Film Thickness: 1.4 mils per coat Weight Per Gallon: 11.0 lbs. Solids By Weight: 47% Solids By Volume: 30% Shelf Life: 2 years (unopened containers Sizes: One & Five gallon containers V.O.C. <85 Grams per liter Clean Up: Water Product Analysis (by weight) PIGMENT COMPOSITION 36% Titanium Dioxide: 8% Silicates: 28% VEHICLE COMPOSITION 64% Vinyl Acrylic Resin: 12% Water, Surfactants, Defoamers: 52% 95-100 PRE -COTE Wallboard & Masonry Primer/Sealer Surface Preparation WARNING! If you scrape, sand or remove old paint from any surface, you may release lead dust. LEAD IS TOXIC. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST CAN CAUSE SERIOUS ILLNESS, SUCH AS BRAIN DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN. PREGNANT WOMEN SHOULD ALSO AVOID EXPOSURE. Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator to control lead exposure. Carefully clean up with a wet mop or HEPA vacuum. Before you start, find out how to protect yourself and your family by contacting the U.S. EPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424- LEAD (5323) or log on to www.epa.gov/lead. General: All surfaces must be cured, firm, dry and cleaned free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, wax, chalk, mildew or any other contamination or condition that would adversely affect the performance of the coating. Sand glossy, dense or glazed surfaces. System Recommendations Wallboard and Plaster: PRIMER: 95-100 Pre -Cote Wallboard & Masonry Primer FINISH COATS: Appropriate wall or ceiling paint. Application Brush, roll or spray. Do not apply when material, air, and/or surface temperature is below 50°F. Stir thoroughly before and during use. Maintain a wet edge to avoid lap marks. Thinning Apply at can consistency. If thinning is necessary to maintain workability, do not exceed one-half pint of water per gallon. KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 5.04 95-100 PRE -COTE (cont.) Precautions Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Do not take internally. Wash thoroughly after handling. Close container after each use. Protect from freezing. For additional safety information, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Proper Disposal For proper disposal of excess material, please contact your local city or county waste management agency Limited Warranty: The statements made on this bulletin, product labels or by any of our agents concerning this material are given for information only. They are believed to be true and accurate and are intended to provide a guide to approved construction practices and materials. As workmanship, weather, construction equipment, quality of other materials and other variables affecting results are all beyond our control, Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc., does not make nor does it authorize any agent or representative to make any warranty of MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS for any purpose or any other warranty, guarantee or representation, expressed or implied, concerning this material except that it conforms to Kelly-Moore's quality control standards. Any liability whatsoever of Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc. to the buyer or user of this product is limited to the purchaser's cost of the product itself. KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 5.04 Page 2 KELLY-MOORE PA/AIT�TM a_ Rr k. 1050 KM PROFESSIONAL Product Description A professional quality, interior, acrylic semi -gloss enamel. Designed for use on properly prepared, new or previously painted wall, trim and ceiling surfaces. Provides a durable, washable and decorative finish when applied to gypsum wallboard, plaster, concrete, masonry, wood and hardboard. Good for commercial and residential application. Compliance - Performance - Certification ✓ MPI Approved Product List: #54 ✓ Meets MPI GPS-1 ✓ Meets Green Seal GS-11 VOC Limits ✓ Meets LEED EQ Credit 4.2 VOC Limits ✓ Green Wise Certified ✓ Meets CARB VOC Limits ✓ Meets National AIM VOC Limits Performance Features • Durable • Washable • Easy Application • Low Odor and VOC • USDA Acceptable Product Specifications Resin Type: Acrylic / vinyl acrylic Color Range: White, ready -mix, & custom tints Finish: Semi -Gloss 50-55 @ 601 MPI Gloss Level 5 Drying Time: 75° F. & 50% R.H. To touch: 2 hours To recoat: overnight. Practical coverage: Approx. 300-400 sq ft/ allon Recommended Dry Film Thickness: 1 7-2 2 mils per coat Weight per Gallon: 10.5 lbs. Solids by Weight: 50% Solids by Volume: 36% Shelf Life: 2 years (unopened containers Sizes: One & five gallon containers V.O.C. <100 Grams per liter Clean Up: Water Product Analysis (by weight) PIGMENT COMPOSITION 25% Titanium Dioxide: 20% Silicates: 3% Calcium Carbonate: 2% VEHICLE COMPOSITION 75% Vinyl & Acrylic Resin: 25% Water, Surfactants, Defoamers: 50% Interior Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel Surrace vreparation WARNING! If you scrape, sand or remove old paint from any surface, you may release lead dust. LEAD IS TOXIC. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST CAN CAUSE SERIOUS ILLNESS, SUCH AS BRAIN DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN. PREGNANT WOMEN SHOULD ALSO AVOID EXPOSURE. Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator to control lead exposure. Carefully clean up with a wet mop or HEPA vacuum. Before you start, find out how to protect yourself and your family by contacting the U.S. EPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424- LEAD (5323) or log on to www.epa.gov/lead. General: All surfaces must be cured, firm, dry and cleaned free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, wax, chalk, mildew or any other contamination or condition that would adversely affect the performance of the coating. Sand glossy, dense or glazed surfaces. System Recommendations Wallboard and Plaster: PRIMER: 971 Acry-Plex Interior PVA Primer/Sealer OR: 972 Acry-Plex Interior High Hide PVA Primer Sealer OR: 973 Acry-Plex Interior Wall Primer & Undercoat Masonry: PRIMER: 247 Acry-Shield 100% Acrylic Masonry Primer Wood and Hardboard: PRIMER: 295 Uni-Prime All Purpose Primer OR: 975 Acry-Plex Latex Enamel Undercoat FINISH: 1050 KM Professional Interior Acrylic Semi -gloss Enamel Application: Brush, Roll or Spray. 11M Rw— Do not apply when material, air, and/or surface temperature is below 50°F. Stir thoroughly before and during use. Maintain a wet edge to avoid lap marks. Thinning Apply at can consistency. If thinning is necessary to maintain workability, do not exceed one-half pint of water per gallon. Continued Next Page KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 5.10 1050 KM PROFESSIONAL (cont.) Precautions Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Do not take internally. Wash thoroughly after handling. Close container after each use. Protect from freezing. For additional safety information, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Proper Disposal For proper disposal of excess material, please contact your local city or county waste management agency. Limited Warranty: The statements made on this bulletin, product labels or by any of our agents concerning this material are given for information only. They are believed to be true and accurate and are intended to provide a guide to approved construction practices and materials. As workmanship, weather, construction equipment, quality of other materials and other variables affecting results are all beyond our control, Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc., does not make nor does it authorize any agent or representative to make any warranty of MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS for any purpose or any other warranty, guarantee or representation, expressed or implied, concerning this material except that it conforms to Kelly-Moore's quality control standards. Any liability whatsoever of Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc. to the buyer or user of this product is limited to the purchaser's cost of the product itself. KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 5.10 Page 2 KELLYmMOORE 985 FLO-COTE �PAINTS M Enamel Undercoat THIS PRODUCT MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN ALL AREAS DUE TO VOC RESTRICTIONS Contact your Kelly -Moore representative for more information Product Description A premium quality, interior alkyd white enamel undercoat. Ideal as a primer for interior wood surfaces. Formulated with smoothness of grind and quality of pigmentation to provide maximum self - leveling qualities to minimize brush marks. Provides a high film build with good enamel holdout. Excellent for commercial and residential application. MPI Approved Product Category: #45 & #46 Performance Features • Excellent Enamel Holdout • Excellent Adhesion • Easy Sanding • Superior Flow & Leveling • High Hide Product Specifications Resin Type: Alkyd Color Range: Off White Drying Time: (75° F. & 50% R.H.) To touch: 5-8 hours To recoat: overnight. Practical Coverage: Approx. 450-550 sq ft/gallon Recommended Dry Film Thickness: 1.5-2.0 mils per coat Weight per Gallon: 12.6 lbs. Solids by Weight: 77% Solids by Volume: 57% Shelf Life: 2 years (unopened containers) Sizes: One & five gallon containers V.O.C. <350 Grams per liter Clean Up: Mineral Spirits Product Analysis (by weight) PIGMENT COMPOSITION 59% Titanium Dioxide: 15% Silicates: 44% VEHICLE COMPOSITION 41% Alkyd Resin: 18% Solvent, Driers : 2 Surface Preparation WARNING! If you scrape, sand or remove old paint from any surface, you may release lead dust. LEAD IS TOXIC. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST CAN CAUSE SERIOUS ILLNESS, SUCH AS BRAIN DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN. PREGNANT WOMEN SHOULD ALSO AVOID EXPOSURE. Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator to control lead exposure. Carefully clean up with a wet mop or HEPA vacuum. Before you start, find out how to protect yourself and your family by contacting the U.S. EPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424- LEAD (5323) or log on to www.epa.gov/lead. General: All surfaces must be cured, firm, dry and cleaned free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, wax, chalky or loose paint, rust, loose mill scale, bond breakers and curing compounds, efflorescence, asphalt stains, mildew or any other contamination or condition that would adversely affect the performance of the coating. Sand glossy, glazed or dense surfaces. Fill holes and surfaces irregularities with a suitable patching compound to match the surface profile. System Recommendations Wallboard, Plaster, Wood, Hardboard: PRIMER. 985 Flo -Cote Enamel Undercoat FINISH: Appropriate wall, trim or ceiling paint. Application Brush, roll, or spray. Maintain a wet edge to avoid lap marks. Do not apply when material, air, and/or surface temperature is below 40°F. Extremely high or low temperature may adversely affect dry time. Stir thoroughly before and during use. Thinning This product has been formulated to comply with current regulations. DO NOT THIN. Continued Next Page KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 1.04 985 FLO-COTE (coat.) Precautions WARNING! COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID AND VAPOR Vapor harmful. May affect the brain or nervous system causing dizziness, headache or nausea. Causes eye, skin, nose and throat irritation. NOTICE: Reports have associated repeated and prolonged occupational overexposure to solvents with permanent brain and nervous system damage. Intentional misuse by deliberately concentrating and inhaling contents may be harmful or fatal. Keep away from heat and flame. Do not smoke. Prevent build-up of vapors in enclosed areas by opening all windows and doors to achieve cross -ventilation during application and drying. If you experience eye watering, headaches, or dizziness, increase fresh air or wear respiratory protection (NIOSH/MSHA TC 23C or equivalent) or leave area. Always wear respiratory protection during spray application. Close container after each use. Avoid contact with eyes and skin. FIRST AID: If you experience difficulty in breathing, leave the area to obtain fresh air. If continued difficulty is experienced, get medical assistance immediately. In case of eye contact, flush immediately with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and get medical attention. For skin contact, wash thoroughly with soap and water. If swallowed, get medical attention immediately. For additional safety information, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Proper Disposal For proper disposal of excess material, please contact your local city or county waste management agency. Limited Warranty: The statements made on this bulletin, product labels or by any of our agents concerning this material are given for information only. They are believed to be true and accurate and are intended to provide a guide to approved construction practices and materials. As workmanship, weather, construction equipment, quality of other materials and other variables affecting results are all beyond our control, Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc., does not make nor does it authorize any agent or representative to make any warranty of MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS for any purpose or any other warranty, guarantee or representation, expressed or implied, concerning this material except that it conforms to Kelly-Moore's quality control standards. Any liability whatsoever of Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc. to the buyer or user of this product is limited to the purchaser's cost of the product itself. KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 1.04 Page 2 KELLYmMOORE 1010 KM PROFESSIONAL PA IN T�TM Interior Acrylic Eggshell Enamel Product Description A professional quality, interior, acrylic eggshell enamel. Designed for use on properly prepared, new or previously painted wall and ceiling surfaces. Provides a durable, washable and decorative finish when applied to gypsum wallboard, plaster, concrete, masonry, wood and hardboard. Good for commercial and residential application. MPI Approved Product Category: #52 Conforms to Green Seal Paints GS-11 Criteria Performance Features • Durable • Washable • Good Uniformity & Touch -Up • Low Odor and VOC • USDA Acceptable Product Specifications Resin Type: Acrylic / vinyl acrylic Color Range: White, ready -mix, & custom tints Finish: Eggshell , 10-15 @ 600 MPI Gloss Level 3 Drying Time: 75° F. & 50% R.H. To touch: 2 hours To recoat: overnight. Practical coverage: Approx. 300-400 sq ft/ allon Recommended Dry Film Thickness: 1 7-2 2 mils per coat Weight per Gallon: 11.2 Ibs. Solids by Weight: 55% Solids by Volume: 38% Shelf Life: 2 years (unopened containers Sizes: One & five gallon containers V.O.C. <100 Grams per liter Clean Up: Water Product Analysis (by weight) PIGMENT COMPOSITION 35% Titanium Dioxide: 20% Silicates: 3% Calcium Carbonate: 12% VEHICLE COMPOSITION 65% Vinyl & Acrylic Resin: 20% Water, Surfactants, Defoamers: 45% Surface Preparation WARNING! If you scrape, sand or remove old paint from any surface, you may release lead dust. LEAD IS TOXIC. EXPOSURE TO LEAD DUST CAN CAUSE SERIOUS ILLNESS, SUCH AS BRAIN DAMAGE, ESPECIALLY IN CHILDREN. PREGNANT WOMEN SHOULD ALSO AVOID EXPOSURE. Wear a NIOSH-approved respirator to control lead exposure. Carefully clean up with a wet mop or HEPA vacuum. Before you start, find out how to protect yourself and your family by contacting the U.S. EPA/Lead Information Hotline at 1-800-424- LEAD (5323) or log on to www.epa.gov/lead. General: All surfaces must be cured, firm, dry and cleaned free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, wax, chalk, mildew or any other contamination or condition that would adversely affect the performance of the coating. Sand glossy, dense or glazed surfaces. System Recommendations Wallboard and Plaster: PRIMER: 971 Acry-Plex Interior PVA Primer/Sealer Masonry: PRIMER: 247 Acry-Shield 100% Acrylic Masonry Primer Wood and Hardboard: PRIMER: 295 Uni-Prime All Purpose Primer OR: 975 Acry-Plex Latex Enamel Undercoat FINISH: 1010 KM Professional Interior Acrylic Eggshell Enamel Application Do not apply when material, air, and/or surface temperature is below 50oF. Stir thoroughly before and during use. Maintain a wet edge to avoid lap marks. Thinning Apply at can consistency. If thinning is necessary to maintain workability, do not exceed one-half pint of water per gallon. Continued Next Page KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 2.09 1010 KM PROFESSIONAL (coat.) Precautions Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Do not take internally. Wash thoroughly after handling. Close container after each use. Protect from freezing. For additional safety information, consult the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. Proper Disposal For proper disposal of excess material, please contact your local city or county waste management agency. Limited Warranty: The statements made on this bulletin, product labels or by any of our agents concerning this material are given for information only. They are believed to be true and accurate and are intended to provide a guide to approved construction practices and materials. As workmanship, weather, construction equipment, quality of other materials and other variables affecting results are all beyond our control, Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc., does not make nor does it authorize any agent or representative to make any warranty of MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS for any purpose or any other warranty, guarantee or representation, expressed or implied, concerning this material except that it conforms to Kelly-Moore's quality control standards. Any liability whatsoever of Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Inc. to the buyer or user of this product is limited to the purchaser's cost of the product itself. KELLY-MOORE PAINT COMPANY INC. • 987 COMMERCIAL ST. • SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 Technical Assistance 1-888-MR-PAINT www.kellymoore.com 2.09 Page 2 Material Safety Data Sheet Section 1 General Information Manufacturer: Zinsser Company, Inc. 173 Belmont Drive Somerset, NJ 08875 (732) 469-8100 Emergency Telephone: Chemtrec (800) 424-9300 Date: August 11, 2006 Product Name: Cover Stain Product Codes: 3500, 3501, 3504 Section 2 Hazardous Ingredients OSHA ACGIH Hazardous Component CAS# PEL TLV Aliphatic Petroleum Distillates 64742-89-8 500 ppm N/E Limestone 1317-65-3 15 mg/m3 * (5 mg/m3 **) 10 mg/m31 (3 mg/m3 **) Magnesium Aluminum Silicate 12174-11-7 15 mg/m3 * (5 mg/m3 **) 10 mg/m3 i (3 mg/m3 **) Mineral Spirits 8052-41-3 500 ppm 100 ppm Quartz 14808-60-7 0.1 mg/m3 ** 0.1 mg/m3 ** Talc 14807-96-6 20 mppcf 2 mg/m3 * Titanium dioxide 13463-67-7 15 Mg/m3 * 10 Mg/m3 VM&P Naphtha 8032-32-4 500 ppm 300 ppm * Total Dust ** Respirable Dust Fraction Section 3 Hazard Identification Emergency Overview: This material is a solvent -based primer -sealer used to coat wood and other surfaces before painting. This material is a white flowable liquid with a flash point of 83' F. Primary Potential Routes of Exposure: Inhalation Skin Contact Eye Contact Potential Acute Health Effects: Eye: May cause eye irritation. Skin: Frequent or prolonged contact may cause irritation or dermatitis. N/A: Not Applicable N/D: Not Determined N/E: Not Established N/R: Not Required Est.: Estimated MSDS Code: Cover Stain MSDS (08-11-06) Page 1 of 6 pages. Ingestion: Although not considered a significant route of exposure, ingestion may cause gastrointestinal irritation if ingested. Inhalation: Inhalation of vapors may cause respiratory tract irritation. Potential Chronic Health Effects: None known. (See also Sections 4, 8, and 1 Ifor related information) Section 4 First Aid Measures Eye contact: Flush eyes with water for 15 minutes. Get medical attention. Skin contact: Wash with soap and water. If irritation persists, get medical attention. Ingestion: If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Call a physician or poison control center immediately. Inhalation: If exposed to excessive levels of vapor, remove person to fresh air. Seek medical attention if cough or other symptoms develop. Section 5 Fire Fighting Measures Flash Point [method]: 831 F (28' C) [Pensky-Martin Closed Cup] Flammable Limits in Air: Lower (LEL): 1.2 (estimated based on the petroleum solvent). Upper (UEL): 9.6 (estimated based on the petroleum solvent). Extinguishing Media: Water, All purpose dry chemical (ABC), COZ, or foam. Protection of Firefighters: As in any fire, wear self-contained breathing apparatus in pressure demand mode and full protective gear. Section 6 Accidental Release Measures Clean Up Methods: Eliminate all ignition sources. Keep unnecessary people away. Dike and contain spill with inert material (sand, earth, etc.). Transfer liquid to containers for recovery or disposal, or absorb with absorbent materials and place into containers for disposal. Keep spill out of sewer and open bodies of water. Floors may be slippery; care should be exercised to avoid falls during clean up operations. (See also Section 8 for information on Exposure Controls and Personal Protective Equipment) N/A: Not Applicable N/D: Not Determined N/E: Not Established N/R: Not Required Est.: Estimated MSDS Code: Cover Stain MSDS (08-11-06) Page 2 of 6 pages. Section 7 Handling and Storage Handling: Avoid contact with eyes, skin, and clothing. Storage: Store in a cool dry place away from excessive heat or open flame. Do not store near oxidizers. Section 8 Exposure Controls / Personal Protection Engineering Controls: Use in well -ventilated areas. If necessary, use mechanical local exhaust ventilation or general room dilution ventilation to reduce vapor concentrations. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): Eye Protection: Prevent eye contact. Wear chemical splash goggles or similar eye protection if the potential exists for eye contact. Skin Protection: Avoid unnecessary skin contact. It is recommended that rubber gloves be worn to prevent skin contact. Depending on conditions of use additional protective equipment may be necessary such as face -shield, apron or coveralls. Respiratory Protection: None required for normally expected use conditions. If exposure limits are exceeded or if irritation is experienced, appropriate NIOSH approved respiratory protection with organic vapor cartridges should be worn. General Hygiene Practices: Wash after handling material. Prevent Eye contact. Avoid prolonged skin and inhalation contact. Wash thoroughly before handling food, cosmetics, or before smoking. Section 9 Physical Data Appearance: White, flowable liquid Physical State: Liquid Boiling Point: -3250 F Vapor Pressure: 10 min Hg @ 100°F Odor Threshold: N/D Solubility in Water: Little to none. VOC Content: < 450 g/1 * Based on solvent. Odor: Petroleum hydrocarbon odor pH: NIA (solvent based system) Melting Point: N/A Vapor Density* (Air =1): 5.14 @ 1 Atm. Viscosity: 2500 cps Specific Gravity (water = 1): 1.3 N/A: Not ADDlicable N/D: Not Determined N/E: Not Established N,'R: Not Required Est.: Estimated MSDS Code: Cover Stain MSDS (08-11-06) Page 3 of 6 pages. Section 10 Stability and Reactivity Stability: This material is stable. Hazardous Polymerization:- Not expected or known to occur. Hazardous Decomposition Products: None known. Conditions to Avoid: Keep away from heat and open flames. Incompatibility: Strong oxidizing agents. Section 11 Toxicological Information Carcinocenicity: This material is not considered a carcinogen by 1ARC or NTP and is not regulated as a carcinogen by OSHA. (See also Section 15 for related information) Section 12 Ecological Information Chemical Fate and Effects: No data available. Section 13 Disposal Considerations RCRA Hazardous Waste: This material, when discarded or disposed of, could be a hazardous waste according to federal regulations (40 CFR 261) due to the characteristic of ignitability (D001). The transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of this waste must be conducted in compliance with 40 CFR 262, 263, 264, 268, and 270. Disposal can only occur in properly permitted facilities. Check state and local regulations for any additional requirements as these may be more restrictive than federal laws and regulations. Chemical additions, processing or otherwise altering this material may make the waste management information presented in this MSDS incomplete, inaccurate, or otherwise inappropriate. Section 14 Transportation Information Regulated by the DOT: Yes DOT Proper Shipping Name: UN / NA Number: UN 1263 Paint N/A: Not Applicable N/D: Not Determined N/E: Not Established N/R: Not Required Est.: Estimated MSDS Code: Cover Stain MSDS (08-11-06) Page 4 of 6 pages. Section 15 Regulatory Information CERCLA: The Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA) requires notification to the National Response Center for releases of quantities of Hazardous Substances equal to or greater than the reportable quantities (RQs) in 40 CFR 302.4 (for CERCLA 162). Components present in this product at a level which could require reporting under the statute are: Chemical Name CAS# Maximum Concentration (Wt. %) None N/A N/A SARA Title III, section 311/312: The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) Title III requires emergency planning based on Threshold Planning Quantities (TPQs) and release reporting based on Reportable Quantities (RQs) in 40 CFR 355 (used for SARA 302, 304, 311 and 312). Components present in this product at a level which could require reporting under the statute are: Chemical Name CAS# Maximum Concentration (Wt. %) None N/A N/A SARA Title III, section 313: The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) Title III requires submission of annual reports of release of toxic chemicals that appear in 40 CFR 372 (for SARA 313). Components present in this product at a level which could require reporting under the statute are: Chemical Name CAS# Maximum Concentration (Wt. %) Xylene 1330-20-7 0.2 % TSCA: The components of this mixture are listed in the Toxic Substance Control Act Inventory of Chemical Substances. This product contains the following chemicals which require export notification under section 12(b) of the TSCA regulation: Chemical Name CAS# TSCA Section Methyl ethyl ketoxime 96-29-7 Sec. 4 N/A: Not Applicable N/D: Not Determined N/E: Not Established N/R: Not Required Est.: Estimated MSDS Code: Cover Stain MSDS (08-11-06) Page 5 of 6 pages. Section 16 Other Information Legend: N/A: Not Applicable N/E: Not Established STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit PPM: Parts Per Million PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit TWA: Time Weighted Average N/D: Not Determined N/R: Not Required C: OSHA Ceiling Value PPB: Parts Per Billion TLV: Threshold Limit Value mg/m3: Milligrams per cubic Meter mppcf: Million particles per cubic foot of air. ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists DOT: United States Department of Transportation OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration (US Dept. of Labor) RCRA: Resource Conservation and recovery Act SARA: Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act TSCA: Toxic Substance Control Act FHSA: Federal Hazardous Substance Act Prepared By: Zinsser Health and Safety Manager, Regulatory Compliance Dept. 173 Belmont Drive Somerset, NJ 08875 (732) 469-8100 Disclaimer: Zinsser Company, Inc. believes, to the best of its knowledge, information and belief, the information contained herein to be accurate and reliable as of the date of this material safety data sheet. However, because the conditions of handling, use, and storage of these materials are beyond our control, we assume no responsibility or liability for personal injury or property damage incurred by the use of these materials and make no warranty, expressed or implied, regarding the accuracy or reliability of the data or results obtained from their use. All materials may present unknown hazards and should be used with caution. The information and recommendations in this material safety data sheet are offered for the users' consideration and examination. It is the responsibility of the user to determine the final suitability of this information and data and to comply with all applicable international, federal, state, and local laws and regulations. N/A: Not Applicable N/D: Not Determined N/E: Not Established N/R: Not Required Est.: Estimated MSDS Code: Cover Stain MSDS (08-11-06) Page 6 of 6 pages. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T KEL-GUARD PRIMER 120 RED OXIDE Page: 1 PRODUCT NAME: KEL-GUARD PRIMER 120 RED OXIDE HMIS CODES: H F R P PRODUCT CODE: 1710-120 2 2 0 I SECTION I - MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER'S NAME: Kelly -Moore Paint Company ADDRESS 987 Commercial Street San Carlos, CA 94070 REVISION DATE: January 13, 2009 EMERGENCY PHONE 1-800-424-9300 DATE PRINTED: 1/13/2009 INFORMATION PHONE 1-800-874-4436 NAME OF PREPARER: S.HISEROTE SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS/SARA III INFORMATION ========= VAPOR PRESSURE WEIGHT REPORTABLE COMPONENTS CAS NUMBER mm Hg @ TEMP PERCENT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * AROMATIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATES 64742-95-6 3 68 DEG F 6 * BARIUM METABORATE MONOHYDRATE 13701-59-2 0 0 6.1 OSHA PEL: 0.5 mg/M3, ACGIH TLV: 10 mg/M3 * ALIPHATIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATE 8052-41-3 2 68 4.0 OSHA PEL: 100 ppm, ACGIH TLV: 100 ppm COBALT AND ALKALINE EARTH SALTS NA 0.1 * Indicates toxic chemical(s) subject to the reporting requirements of section 313 of Title III and of 40 CFR 372. SECTION III - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS BOILING POINT: 308 deg F SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H2O=1): 1.47 VAPOR DENSITY: HEAVIER THAN AIR EVAPORATION RATE: LOWER THAN ETHER COATING V.O.C.: 347 g/l MATERIAL V.O.C.: 347 g/l SOLUBILITY IN WATER: NEGLIGIBLE APPEARANCE AND ODOR: CLEAR AND PIGMENTED COATINGS WITH CHARACTERISTIC ODOR SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT: 105 Deg F METHOD USED: TCC FLAMMABLE LIMITS IN AIR BY VOLUME- LOWER: 1.0 UPPER: 6 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: USE APPROVED CLASS B FIRE EXTINGUISHER OR EXTINGUISHING SPECIAL FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURES: FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS IS RECOMMENDED TO PROTECT FROM COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCTS. COOL CLOSED CONTAINERS WITH WATER FOG TO PREVENT PRESSURE BUILDUP. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: KEEP CONTAINERS TIGHTLY CLOSED. VAPOR IS DENSER THAN AIR AND CAN TRAVEL AND COLLECT IN LOW SPOTS. ISOLATE FROM HEAT, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SPARKS AND OPEN FLAME. CLOSED CONTAINERS MAY EXPLODE WHEN EXPOSED TO EXTREME HEAT. DO NOT APPLY TO HOT SURFACES. CAN CAUSE SPONTANEOUS COMBUSTION. (CONTAMINATED RAGS, ETC.) SECTION V - REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: STABLE CONDITIONS TO AVOID: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INCOMPATIBILITY (MATERIALS TO AVOID): MAY REACT WITH STRONG OXIDIZING MATERIALS HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION OR BYPRODUCTS: OXIDES OF CARBON. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: WILL NOT OCCUR SECTION VI - HEALTH HAZARD DATA INHALATION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: MAY CAUSE NOSE AND THROAT IRRITATION. MAY CAUSE NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION CHARACTERIZED BY THE FOLLOWING STEPS: HEADACHE, DIZZINESS, NAUSEA, STAGGERING GAIT, CONFUSION AND UNCONSCIOUSNESS. SKIN AND EYE CONTACT HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: REPEATED OR PROLONGED LIQUID CONTACT MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION WITH DISCOMFORT AND DERMATITIS. MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING OF THE EYES. SKIN ABSORPTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: REDNESS OF SKIN WITH A BURNING SENSATION. INGESTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: IF INGESTED MAY CAUSE GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISTRESS. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T KEL-GUARD PRIMER 120 RED OXIDE Page: 2 HEALTH HAZARDS (ACUTE AND CHRONIC): OVEREXPOSURE TO SOLVENTS MAY CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION, CARDIOPULMONARY FAILURE, LIVER AND KIDNEY DAMAGE AND BIRTH DEFECTS. CHRONIC:.REPORTS HAVE ASSOCIATED REPEATED AND PROLONGED OVEREXPOSURE TO SOLVENTS WITH PERMANENT BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM DAMAGE. UNDER NORMAL CONSUMER USE CONDITIONS THE LIKELIHOOD OF ANY ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS ARE LOW. OVERSPRAY/MISTS ARE PRIMARILY CONSIDERED NUISANCE DUST. PIGMENTS ARE NOT NORMALLY CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS IN A MIX. CARCINOGENICITY: NTP CARCINOGEN: No IARC MONOGRAPHS: Yes OSHA REGULATED: No NO INFORMATION FOUND. MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: PRE-EXISTING CONDITIONS INVOLVING SKIN, LIVER, KIDNEY, AND PULMONARY DISORDERS. EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: EYE CONTACT: FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN MINUTES. CALL A PHYSICIAN. SKIN CONTACT: REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND WASH EXPOSED AREA WITH SOAP AND WATER. INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION, PREFERABLY MOUTH-TO-MOUTH. IF BREATHING DIFFICULTY PERSISTS OR OCCURS LATER, CONSULT A PHYSICIAN. IN THE UNLIKELY EVENT OF INGESTION DRINK A GLASS OF WATER AND CALL A PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. SECTION VII - PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE ...... STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: VENTILATE AREA. REMOVE ALL SOURCES OF IGNITION. PREVENT SKIN CONTACT AND BREATHING OF VAPORS. CONFINE AND REMOVE WITH INERT ABSORBENT MATERIAL. USE SPARK PROOF TOOLS. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: DO NOT ALLOW MATERIAL TO CONTAMINATE GROUND WATER SYSTEMS. ABSORB LARGE SPILLS WITH INERT ABSORBENT MATERIAL. DISPOSE OF ABSORBED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT INCINERATE IN CLOSE CONTAINERS. PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: OBSERVE LABEL PRECAUTIONS. KEEP AWAY FROM EXCESSIVE HEAT, SPARKS AND OPEN FLAME. KEEP CLOSURES TIGHT WHEN NOT IN USE. STORE IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. GROUND CONTAINERS WHEN POURING. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING AND BEFORE EATING OR SMOKING. DO NOT STORE ABOVE 100 Deg.F. KEEP AND STORE OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: DO NOT SAND, FLAME CUT, BRAZE OR WELD DRY COATING WITHOUT WEARING A NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR OR APPROPRIATE VENTILATION. CONTAINERS OF THIS MATERIAL MAY BE HAZARDOUS WHEN EMPTIED. SINCE EMPTY CONTAINERS RETAIN RESIDUES, ALL HAZARD PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. WHEN SPRAYING THIS MATERIAL KEEP SPRAY BOOTH CLEAN. AVOID BUILDUP OF SPRAY DUST OR OVERSPRAY IN BOOTH OR DUCTS. SECTION VIII - CONTROL MEASURES RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: PROPERLY FITTED VAPOR/PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR APPROVED BY OSHA/MSHA. VENTILATION: SUFFICIENT IN PATTERN AND VOLUME TO KEEP VAPORS BELOW APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS. USE EXPLOSION - PROOF MECHANICAL DEVICE IF REQUIRED. PROTECTIVE GLOVES: SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS GLOVES. EYE PROTECTION: GOGGLES OR SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELD. OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING OR EQUIPMENT: SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE BATH. COVERALLS ARE RECOMMENDED. A SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS APRON IS RECOMMENDED IF BODY CONTACT MAY OCCUR. WORK/HYGIENIC PRACTICES: WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. PERIODIC MONITORING OF EXPOSURE LEVELS/LIMITS IS RECOMMENDED. SECTION IX - OTHER INFORMATION =======•:______________ WARNING: THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A CHEMICAL KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER, BIRTH DEFECTS, OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. THIS KELLY-MOORE PRODUCT CONTAINS DETECTABLE AMOUNTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE CHEMICALS IDENTIFIED ON THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 LIST. THESE CHEMICALS ARE KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND/OR BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. UNLESS THE CHEMICALS ARE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED ON THE PRODUCT LABEL AND OR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET, THEY ARE PRESENT AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS ONLY. AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS, KELLY-MOORE AND IT'S SUPPLIERS BELIEVE THAT THE CHEMICALS DO NOT POSE A SIGNIFICANT HEALTH RISK WHEN THE PAINT PRODUCTS ARE APPLIED OR USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS BASED ON DATA BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE. IT IS TRUE & ACCURATE TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, BUT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE ALL INCLUSIVE. USERS SHOULD CONSIDER THIS INFORMATION AS A SUPPLEMENT TO OTHER INFORMATION GATHERED BY THEM & MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DETERMINATION OF SUITABILITY & COMPLETENESS TO ASSURE PROPER USE & DISPOSAL. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T 1680 DURA-PDXY+ GLOSS 121 WHITE BASE Page: 1 PRODUCT NAME: 1680 DURA-PDXY+ GLOSS 121 WHITE BASE HMIS CODES: H F R P PRODUCT CODE: 1680-121 1 0 0 SECTION I - MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER'S NAME: Kelly -Moore Paint Company ADDRESS 987 Commercial St. San Carlos, CA 94070 REVISION DATE: September 1, 2009 EMERGENCY PHONE 1-800-424-9300 DATE PRINTED: 9/18/2009 INFORMATION PHONE 1-800-874-4436 NAME OF PREPARER: T.WIRDZEK SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS/SARA III INFORMATION ========= VAPOR PRESSURE WEIGHT REPORTABLE COMPONENTS CAS NUMBER mm Hg @ TEMP PERCENT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TITANIUM DIOXIDE 13463-67-7 23.1 PEL(OSHA): 15 mg/m3, total dust, 8 hr. T WA TLV(ACGIH): 10 mg/m3, total dust, 8 hr. TWA, A4 *** No toxic chemical(s) subject to the reporting requirements of section 313 of Title III and of 40 CFR 372 are present. *** SECTION III - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS BOILING POINT: N/A SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H2O=1): 1.27 VAPOR DENSITY: HEAVIER THAN AIR EVAPORATION RATE: LOWER THAN ETHER COATING V.O.C.: 93 g/1 MATERIAL V.O.C.: 41 g/l SOLUBILITY IN WATER: MODERATE IN WATER APPEARANCE AND ODOR: MILKY WHITE TO VARIOUS COLORS WITH A FAINT AMMONIA ODOR SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT: N/A METHOD USED: N/A FLAMMABLE LIMITS IN AIR BY VOLUME- LOWER: N/A UPPER: N/A EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: FOAM, ALCOHOL FOAM, CO2, DRY CHEMICAL, WATER FOG, OTHER SPECIAL FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURES: FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS IS RECOMMENDED TO PROTECT FROM COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCTS. COOL CLOSED CONTAINERS WITH WATER FOG TO PREVENT PRESSURE BUILDUP. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. SECTION V - REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: STABLE CONDITIONS TO AVOID: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INCOMPATIBILITY (MATERIALS TO AVOID): NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE . HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION OR BYPRODUCTS: OXIDES OF CARBON. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: WILL NOT OCCUR SECTION VI - HEALTH HAZARD DATA =---------------------- INHALATION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: NOT NORMALLY A HAZARD UNLESS SPRAYED. OVERSPRAY AND SPRAY MISTS ARE PRIMARILY CONSIDERED NUISANCE DUSTS. PIGMENTS ARE NOT NORMALLY CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS WHEN PRESENT IN A PRODUCT MIXTURE. SKIN AND EYE CONTACT HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: REPEATED OR PROLONGED LIQUID CONTACT MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION WITH DISCOMFORT AND DERMATITIS. MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING OF THE EYES. SKIN -ABSORPTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INGESTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: IF INGESTED MAY CAUSE GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISTRESS. HEALTH HAZARDS (ACUTE AND CHRONIC): CONTAINS SOME SOLVENTS. SOME SOLVENTS MAY CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION, CARDIOPULMONARY FAILURE, LIVER AND KIDNEY DAMAGE AND BIRTH DEFECTS. CHRONIC: REPORTS HAVE ASSOCIATED REPEATED AND PROLONGED OVEREXPOSURE TO SOLVENTS WITH PERMANENT BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM DAMAGE. UNDER NORMAL CONSUMER USE CONDITIONS THE LIKELIHOOD OF ANY ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS ARE LOW. CARCINOGENICITY: NTP CARCINOGEN: No IARC MONOGRAPHS: No OSHA REGULATED: No NO INFORMATION FOUND. MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: NO MEDICAL CONDITIONS ARE KNOWN TO BE AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE TO THIS PRODUCT. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T 1680 DURA-PDXY+ GLOSS 121 WHITE BASE Page: 2 EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: EYE CONTACT: FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN MINUTES. CALL A PHYSICIAN. SKIN CONTACT: REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND WASH EXPOSED AREA WITH SOAP AND WATER. INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION, PREFERABLY MOUTH-TO-MOUTH. IF BREATHING DIFFICULTY PERSISTS OR OCCURS LATER, CONSULT A PHYSICIAN. IN THE UNLIKELY EVENT OF INGESTION DRINK A GLASS OF WATER AND CALL A PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. ---------=- SECTION VII - PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE ===_________ STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: VENTILATE AREA. PREVENT SKIN CONTACT AND BREATHING OF VAPOR. CONFINE AND REMOVE WITH INERT ABSORBENT MATERIALS. DO NOT ALLOW MATERIAL TO CONTAMINATE GROUND WATER. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: DISPOSE OF ABSORBED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT INCINERATE IN CLOSE CONTAINERS. PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: OBSERVE LABEL PRECAUTIONS. KEEP CLOSURES TIGHT WHEN NOT IN USE. STORE IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING AND BEFORE EATING OR SMOKING. DO NOT EXCEED STORAGE BETWEEN 40 Deg.F AND 120 Deg.F KEEP AND STORE OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: DO NOT SAND, FLAME CUT, BRAZE OR WELD DRY COATING WITHOUT WEARING A NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR OR APPROPRIATE VENTILATION. SECTION VIII - CONTROL MEASURES RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: FOR BRUSH AND ROLLER APPLICATION, RESPIRATORY PROTECTION IS NOT NORMALLY REQUIRED. FOR SPRAY APPLICATION, A PROPERLY FITTED VAPOR/PARTICULATE NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR IS RECOMMENDED. VENTILATION: SUFFICIENT IN PATTERN AND VOLUME TO KEEP VAPORS BELOW APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS. PROTECTIVE GLOVES: SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS GLOVES. EYE PROTECTION: GOGGLES OR SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELD. OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING OR EQUIPMENT: SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE BATH. COVERALLS ARE RECOMMENDED. A SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS APRON IS RECOMMENDED IF BODY CONTACT MAY OCCUR. WORK/HYGIENIC PRACTICES: WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. PERIODIC MONITORING OF EXPOSURE LEVELS/LIMITS IS RECOMMENDED. SECTION IX - OTHER INFORMATION =________________________ THIS KELLY-MOORE PRODUCT MAY CONTAIN DETECTABLE AMOUNTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE CHEMICALS IDENTIFIED ON THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 LIST. THESE CHEMICALS ARE KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND/OR BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. UNLESS THE CHEMICALS ARE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED ON THE PRODUCT LABEL AND/OR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET, THEY ARE PRESENT AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS ONLY. AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS, KELLY-MOORE AND ITS SUPPLIERS BELIEVE THAT THE CHEMICALS DO NOT POSE A SIGNIFICANT HEALTH RISK WHEN THE PAINT PRODUCTS ARE APPLIED OR USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS BASED ON DATA BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE. IT IS TRUE AND ACCURATE TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, BUT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE ALL INCLUSIVE. USERS SHOULD CONSIDER THIS INFORMATION AS A SUPPLEMENT TO OTHER INFORMATION GATHERED BY THEM AND MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DETERMINATION OF SUITABILITY AND COMPLETENESS TO ASSURE PROPER USE AND DISPOSAL. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T PRE -COTE LATEX PVA SEALER Page: 1 PRODUCT NAME: PRE -COTE LATEX PVA SEALER HMIS CODES: H F R P PRODUCT CODE: 0095-100 0 0 0 E SECTION I - MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER'S NAME: Kelly -Moore Paint Company ADDRESS 987 Commercial Street San Carlos, CA 94070 REVISION DATE: August 1, 2007 EMERGENCY PHONE 1-800-424-9300 DATE PRINTED: 8/29/2007 INFORMATION PHONE 1-800-874-4436 NAME OF PREPARER: S.HISEROTE SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS/SARA III INFORMATION ========= VAPOR PRESSURE WEIGHT REPORTABLE COMPONENTS CAS NUMBER mm Hg O TEMP PERCENT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TITANIUM DIOXIDE 13463-67-7 7.7 PEL(OSHA): 15 mg/m3, total dust, 8 HR. TWA TLV(ACGIH): 10 mg/m3, total dust, 8 Hr. TWA, A4 *** No toxic chemical(s) subject to the reporting requirements of section 313 of Title III and of 40 CFR 372 are present. *** SECTION III - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS BOILING POINT: N/A SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H20=1): 1.32 VAPOR DENSITY: HEAVIER THAN AIR EVAPORATION RATE: LOWER THAN ETHER COATING V.O.C.: 73 g/l MATERIAL V.O.C.: 27 g/l SOLUBILITY IN WATER: MODERATE IN WATER APPEARANCE AND ODOR: MILKY WHITE TO VARIOUS COLORS WITH A FAINT AMMONIA ODOR SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT: N/A METHOD USED: N/A FLAMMABLE LIMITS IN AIR BY VOLUME- LOWER: N/A UPPER: N/A EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: FOAM, ALCOHOL FOAM, CO2, DRY CHEMICAL, WATER FOG, OTHER SPECIAL FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURES: FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS IS RECOMMENDED TO PROTECT FROM COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCTS. COOL CLOSED CONTAINERS WITH WATER FOG TO PREVENT PRESSURE BUILDUP. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: NONE RESONABLY FORESEEABLE. SECTION V - REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: STABLE CONDITIONS TO AVOID: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INCOMPATIBILITY (MATERIALS TO AVOID): NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE . HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION OR BYPRODUCTS: OXIDES OF CARBON. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: WILL NOT OCCUR SECTION VI - HEALTH HAZARD DATA INHALATION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: NOT NORMALLY A HAZARD UNLESS SPRAYED. OVERSPRAY AND SPRAY MISTS ARE PRIMARILY CONSIDERED NUISANCE DUSTS. PIGMENTS ARE NOT NORMALLY CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS WHEN PRESENT IN A PRODUCT MIXTURE. SKIN AND EYE CONTACT HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: REPEATED OR PROLONGED LIQUID CONTACT MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION WITH DISCOMFORT AND DERMATITIS. MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING OF THE EYES. SKIN ABSORPTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INGESTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: IF INGESTED MAY CAUSE GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISTRESS. HEALTH HAZARDS (ACUTE AND CHRONIC): CONTAINS SOME SOLVENTS. SOME SOLVENTS MAY CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION, CARDIOPULMONARY FAILURE, LIVER AND KIDNEY DAMAGE AND BIRTH DEFECTS. CHRONIC: REPORTS HAVE ASSOCIATED REPEATED AND PROLONGED OVEREXPOSURE TO SOLVENTS WITH PERMANENT BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM DAMAGE. UNDER NORMAL CONSUMER USE CONDITIONS THE LIKELIHOOD OF ANY ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS ARE LOW. CARCINOGENICITY: NTP CARCINOGEN: No IARC MONOGRAPHS: No OSHA REGULATED: No NO INFORMATION FOUND. MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: NO MEDICAL CONDITIONS ARE KNOWN TO BE AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE TO THIS PRODUCT. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T PRE -COTE LATEX PVA SEALER Page: 2 EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: EYE CONTACT: FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN MINUTES. CALL A PHYSICIAN. SKIN CONTACT: REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND WASH EXPOSED AREA WITH SOAP AND WATER. INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION, PREFERABLY MOUTH-TO-MOUTH. IF BREATHING DIFFICULTY PERSISTS OR OCCURS LATER, CONSULT A PHYSICIAN. IN THE UNLIKELY EVENT OF INGESTION DRINK A GLASS OF WATER AND CALL A PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. SECTION VII - PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: VENTILATE AREA. PREVENT SKIN CONTACT AND BREATHING OF VAPOR. CONFINE AND REMOVE WITH INERT ABSORBENT MATERIALS. DO NOT ALLOW MATERIAL TO CONTAMINATE GROUND WATER. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: DISPOSE OF ABSORBED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT INCINERATE IN CLOSE CONTAINERS. PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: OBSERVE LABEL PRECAUTIONS. KEEP CLOSURES TIGHT WHEN NOT IN USE. STORE IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING AND BEFORE EATING OR SMOKING. DO NOT EXCEED STORAGE BETWEEN 40 Deg.F AND 120 Deg.F KEEP AND STORE OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: DO NOT SAND, FLAME CUT, BRAZE OR WELD DRY COATING WITHOUT WEARING A NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR OR APPROPRIATE VENTILATION. SECTION VIII - CONTROL MEASURES RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: FOR BRUSH AND ROLLER APPLICATION, RESPIRATORY PROTECTION IS NOT NORMALLY REQUIRED. FOR SPRAY APPLICATION, A PROPERLY FITTED VAPOR/PARTICULATE NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR IS RECOMMENDED. VENTILATION: SUFFICIENT IN PATTERN AND VOLUME TO KEEP VAPORS BELOW APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS. PROTECTIVE GLOVES: SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS GLOVES. EYE PROTECTION: GOGGLES OR SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELD. OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING OR EQUIPMENT: SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE BATH. COVERALLS ARE RECOMMENDED. A SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS APRON IS RECOMMENDED IF BODY CONTACT MAY OCCUR. WORK/HYGIENIC PRACTICES: WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. PERIODIC MONITORING OF EXPOSURE LEVELS/LIMITS IS RECOMMENDED. SECTION IX - OTHER INFORMATION --- WARNING: THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A CHEMICAL KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER. THIS KELLY-MOORE PRODUCT CONTAINS DETECTABLE AMOUNTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE CHEMICALS IDENTIFIED ON THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 LIST. THESE CHEMICALS ARE KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND/OR BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. UNLESS THE CHEMICALS ARE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED ON THE PRODUCT LABEL AND OR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET, THEY ARE PRESENT AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS ONLY. AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS, KELLY-MOORE AND IT'S SUPPLIERS BELIEVE THAT THE CHEMICALS DO NOT POSE A SIGNIFICANT HEALTH RISK WHEN THE PAINT PRODUCTS ARE APPLIED OR USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS BASED ON DATA BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE. IT IS TRUE & ACCURATE TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, BUT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE ALL INCLUSIVE. USERS SHOULD CONSIDER THIS INFORMATION AS A SUPPLEMENT TO OTHER INFORMATION GATHERED BY THEM & MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DETERMINATION OF SUITABILITY & COMPLETENESS TO ASSURE PROPER USE & DISPOSAL. M A T E R I A L S A F E,T Y D A T A S H E E T 1050 PROFESSIONAL S-G 121 PASTEL BASE Page:. 1 PRODUCT NAME: 1050 PROFESSIONAL S-G 121 PASTEL BASE HMIS CODES: H F R P PRODUCT CODE: 1050-121 CM 1 0 0 SECTION I - MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER'S NAME: Kelly -Moore Paint Company ADDRESS 987 Commercial St. San Carlos, CA 94070 REVISION DATE: August 27, 2008 EMERGENCY PHONE 1-800-424-9300 DATE PRINTED: 4/6/2009 INFORMATION PHONE 1-800-874-4436 NAME OF PREPARER: T.WIRDZEK SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS/SARA III INFORMATION ========= VAPOR PRESSURE WEIGHT REPORTABLE COMPONENTS CAS NUMBER mm Hg Q TEMP PERCENT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TITANIUM DIOXIDE 13463-67-7 22.0 PEL(OSHA): 15 mg/m3, total dust, 8 hr. T WA TLV(ACGIH): 10 mg/m3, total dust, 8 hr. TWA, A4 *** No toxic chemical(s) subject to the reporting requirements of section 313 of Title III and of 40 CFR 372 are present. *** SECTION III - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS BOILING POINT: N/A SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H2O=1): 1.28 VAPOR DENSITY: HEAVIER THAN AIR EVAPORATION RATE: LOWER THAN ETHER COATING V.O.C.: 71 g/1 MATERIAL V.O.C.: 28 g/l SOLUBILITY IN WATER: MODERATE IN WATER APPEARANCE AND ODOR: MILKY WHITE TO VARIOUS COLORS WITH A FAINT AMMONIA ODOR SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT: N/A METHOD USED: N/A FLAMMABLE LIMITS IN AIR BY VOLUME- LOWER: N/A UPPER: N/A EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: FOAM, ALCOHOL FOAM, CO2, DRY CHEMICAL, WATER FOG, OTHER SPECIAL FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURES: FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS IS RECOMMENDED TO PROTECT FROM COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCTS. COOL CLOSED CONTAINERS WITH WATER FOG TO PREVENT PRESSURE BUILDUP. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. SECTION V - REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: STABLE CONDITIONS TO AVOID: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INCOMPATIBILITY (MATERIALS TO AVOID): NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE . HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION OR BYPRODUCTS: OXIDES OF CARBON. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: WILL NOT OCCUR SECTION VI - HEALTH HAZARD DATA INHALATION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: NOT NORMALLY A HAZARD UNLESS SPRAYED. OVERSPRAY AND SPRAY MISTS ARE PRIMARILY CONSIDERED NUISANCE DUSTS. PIGMENTS ARE NOT NORMALLY CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS WHEN PRESENT IN A PRODUCT MIXTURE. SKIN AND EYE CONTACT HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: REPEATED OR PROLONGED LIQUID CONTACT MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION WITH DISCOMFORT AND DERMATITIS. MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING OF THE EYES. SKIN ABSORPTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INGESTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: IF INGESTED MAY CAUSE GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISTRESS. HEALTH HAZARDS (ACUTE AND CHRONIC): CONTAINS SOME SOLVENTS. SOME SOLVENTS MAY CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION, CARDIOPULMONARY FAILURE, LIVER AND KIDNEY DAMAGE AND BIRTH DEFECTS. CHRONIC: REPORTS HAVE ASSOCIATED REPEATED AND PROLONGED OVEREXPOSURE TO SOLVENTS WITH PERMANENT BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM DAMAGE. UNDER NORMAL CONSUMER USE CONDITIONS THE LIKELIHOOD OF ANY ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS ARE LOW. CARCINOGENICITY: NTP CARCINOGEN: No IARC MONOGRAPHS: No OSHA REGULATED: No NO INFORMATION FOUND. MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: NO MEDICAL CONDITIONS ARE KNOWN TO BE AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE TO THIS PRODUCT. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T 1050 PROFESSIONAL S-G 121 PASTEL BASE Page: 2 EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: EYE CONTACT: FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN MINUTES. CALL A PHYSICIAN. SKIN CONTACT: REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND WASH EXPOSED AREA WITH SOAP AND WATER. INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION, PREFERABLY MOUTH-TO-MOUTH. IF BREATHING DIFFICULTY PERSISTS OR OCCURS LATER, CONSULT A PHYSICIAN. IN THE UNLIKELY EVENT OF INGESTION DRINK A GLASS OF WATER AND CALL A PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. = --- ======= SECTION VII - PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: VENTILATE AREA. PREVENT SKIN CONTACT AND BREATHING OF VAPOR. CONFINE AND REMOVE WITH INERT ABSORBENT MATERIALS. DO NOT ALLOW MATERIAL TO CONTAMINATE GROUND WATER. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: DISPOSE OF ABSORBED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT INCINERATE IN CLOSE CONTAINERS. PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: OBSERVE LABEL PRECAUTIONS. KEEP CLOSURES TIGHT WHEN NOT IN USE. STORE IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING AND BEFORE EATING OR SMOKING. DO NOT EXCEED STORAGE BETWEEN 40 Deg.F AND 120 Deg.F KEEP AND STORE OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: DO NOT SAND, FLAME CUT, BRAZE OR WELD DRY COATING WITHOUT WEARING A NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR OR APPROPRIATE VENTILATION. SECTION VIII - CONTROL MEASURES RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: FOR BRUSH AND ROLLER APPLICATION, RESPIRATORY PROTECTION IS NOT NORMALLY REQUIRED. FOR SPRAY APPLICATION, A PROPERLY FITTED VAPOR/PARTICULATE NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR IS RECOMMENDED. VENTILATION: SUFFICIENT IN PATTERN AND VOLUME TO KEEP VAPORS BELOW APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS. PROTECTIVE GLOVES: SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS GLOVES. EYE PROTECTION: GOGGLES OR SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELD. OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING OR EQUIPMENT: SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE BATH. COVERALLS ARE RECOMMENDED. A SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS APRON IS RECOMMENDED IF BODY CONTACT MAY OCCUR. WORK/HYGIENIC PRACTICES: WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. PERIODIC MONITORING OF EXPOSURE LEVELS/LIMITS IS RECOMMENDED. SECTION IX - OTHER INFORMATION THIS KELLY-MOORE PRODUCT MAY CONTAIN DETECTABLE AMOUNTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE CHEMICALS IDENTIFIED ON THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 LIST. THESE CHEMICALS ARE KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND/OR BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. UNLESS THE CHEMICALS ARE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED ON THE PRODUCT LABEL AND/OR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET, THEY ARE PRESENT AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS ONLY. AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS, KELLY-MOORE AND ITS SUPPLIERS BELIEVE THAT THE CHEMICALS DO NOT POSE A SIGNIFICANT HEALTH RISK WHEN THE PAINT PRODUCTS ARE APPLIED OR USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS BASED ON DATA BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE. IT IS TRUE AND ACCURATE TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, BUT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE ALL INCLUSIVE. USERS SHOULD CONSIDER THIS INFORMATION AS A SUPPLEMENT TO OTHER INFORMATION GATHERED BY THEM AND MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DETERMINATION OF SUITABILITY AND COMPLETENESS TO ASSURE PROPER USE AND DISPOSAL. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T 985 UNDERCOATER 100 WHITE Page: 1 PRODUCT NAME: 985 UNDERCOATER 100 WHITE HMIS CODES: H F R P PRODUCT CODE: 0985-100 2 2 0 SECTION I - MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER'S NAME: Kelly -Moore Paint Company ADDRESS 987 Commercial Street San Carlos, CA 94070 REVISION DATE: January 13, 2009 EMERGENCY PHONE 1-800-424-9300 DATE PRINTED: 1/13/2009 INFORMATION PHONE 1-800-874-4436 NAME OF PREPARER: S.HISEROTE SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS/SARA III INFORMATION ========= VAPOR PRESSURE WEIGHT REPORTABLE COMPONENTS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CAS NUMBER mm Hg Q TEMP PERCENT TITANIUM DIOXIDE 13463-67-7 13.5 PEL(OSHA): 15 mg/m3, total dust, 8 HR. TWA TLV(ACGIH): 10 mg/m3, total dust, 8 Hr. TWA, A4 * ALIPHATIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATE 8052-41-3 2 68 12.9 OSHA PEL: 100 ppm, ACGIH TLV: 100 ppm * AROMATIC PETROLEUM DISTILLATE 64742-95-6 5 100 1.2 OSHA PEL: 100 ppm, ACGIH TLV: 100 ppm * Indicates toxic chemical(s) subject to the reporting requirements of section 313 of Title III and of 40 CFR 372. SECTION III - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS BOILING POINT: 334 deg F SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H2O=1): 1.51 VAPOR DENSITY: HEAVIER THAN AIR EVAPORATION RATE: LOWER THAN ETHER COATING V.O.C.: 342 g/l MATERIAL V.O.C.: 342 g/l SOLUBILITY IN WATER: NEGLIGIBLE APPEARANCE AND ODOR: CLEAR AND PIGMENTED COATINGS WITH CHARACTERISTIC ODOR SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT: 105 Deg F METHOD USED: TCC FLAMMABLE LIMITS IN AIR BY VOLUME- LOWER: 1 UPPER: 6 EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: USE APPROVED CLASS B FIRE EXTINGUISHER OR EXTINGUISHING SPECIAL FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURES: FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS IS RECOMMENDED TO PROTECT FROM COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCTS. COOL CLOSED CONTAINERS WITH WATER FOG TO PREVENT PRESSURE BUILDUP. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: KEEP CONTAINERS TIGHTLY CLOSED. VAPOR IS DENSER THAN AIR AND CAN TRAVEL AND COLLECT IN LOW SPOTS. ISOLATE FROM HEAT, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SPARKS AND OPEN FLAME. CLOSED CONTAINERS MAY EXPLODE WHEN EXPOSED TO EXTREME HEAT. DO NOT APPLY TO HOT SURFACES. CAN CAUSE SPONTANEOUS COMBUSTION. (CONTAMINATED RAGS, ETC.) SECTION V - REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: STABLE CONDITIONS TO AVOID: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INCOMPATIBILITY (MATERIALS TO AVOID): MAY REACT WITH STRONG OXIDIZING MATERIALS HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION OR BYPRODUCTS: OXIDES OF CARBON. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: WILL NOT OCCUR SECTION VI - HEALTH HAZARD DATA INHALATION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: MAY CAUSE NOSE AND THROAT IRRITATION. MAY CAUSE NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION CHARACTERIZED BY THE FOLLOWING STEPS: HEADACHE, DIZZINESS, NAUSEA, STAGGERING GAIT, CONFUSION AND UNCONSCIOUSNESS. SKIN AND EYE CONTACT HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: REPEATED OR PROLONGED LIQUID CONTACT MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION WITH DISCOMFORT AND DERMATITIS. MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING OF THE EYES. SKIN ABSORPTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: REDNESS OF SKIN WITH A BURNING SENSATION. INGESTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: IF INGESTED MAY CAUSE GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISTRESS. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T 985 UNDERCOATER 100 WHITE Pave: 2 HEALTH HAZARDS (ACUTE AND CHRONIC): OVEREXPOSURE TO SOLVENTS MAY CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION, CARDIOPULMONARY FAILURE, LIVER AND KIDNEY DAMAGE AND BIRTH DEFECTS. CHRONIC: REPORTS HAVE ASSOCIATED REPEATED AND PROLONGED OVEREXPOSURE TO SOLVENTS WITH PERMANENT BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM DAMAGE. UNDER NORMAL CONSUMER USE CONDITIONS THE LIKELIHOOD OF ANY ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS ARE LOW. OVERSPRAY/MISTS ARE PRIMARILY CONSIDERED NUISANCE DUST. PIGMENTS ARE NOT NORMALLY CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS IN A MIX. CARCINOGENICITY: NTP CARCINOGEN: No IARC MONOGRAPHS: Yes OSHA REGULATED: No NO INFORMATION FOUND. MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: PRE-EXISTING CONDITIONS INVOLVING SKIN, LIVER, KIDNEY, AND PULMONARY DISORDERS. EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: EYE CONTACT: FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN MINUTES. CALL A PHYSICIAN. SKIN CONTACT: REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND WASH EXPOSED AREA WITH SOAP AND WATER. INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION, PREFERABLY MOUTH-TO-MOUTH. IF BREATHING DIFFICULTY PERSISTS OR OCCURS LATER, CONSULT A PHYSICIAN. IN THE UNLIKELY EVENT OF INGESTION DRINK A GLASS OF WATER AND CALL A PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. === ..... === SECTION VII - PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE ____________ STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: VENTILATE AREA. REMOVE ALL SOURCES OF IGNITION. PREVENT SKIN CONTACT AND BREATHING OF VAPORS. CONFINE AND REMOVE WITH INERT ABSORBENT MATERIAL. USE SPARK PROOF TOOLS. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: DO NOT ALLOW MATERIAL TO CONTAMINATE GROUND WATER SYSTEMS. ABSORB LARGE SPILLS WITH INERT ABSORBENT MATERIAL. DISPOSE OF ABSORBED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT INCINERATE IN CLOSE CONTAINERS. PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: OBSERVE LABEL PRECAUTIONS. KEEP AWAY FROM EXCESSIVE HEAT, SPARKS AND OPEN FLAME. KEEP CLOSURES TIGHT WHEN NOT IN USE. STORE IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. GROUND CONTAINERS WHEN POURING. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING AND BEFORE EATING OR SMOKING. DO NOT STORE ABOVE 100 Deg.F. KEEP AND STORE OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: DO NOT SAND, FLAME CUT, BRAZE OR WELD DRY COATING WITHOUT WEARING A NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR OR APPROPRIATE VENTILATION. CONTAINERS OF THIS MATERIAL MAY BE HAZARDOUS WHEN EMPTIED. SINCE EMPTY CONTAINERS RETAIN RESIDUES, ALL HAZARD PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. WHEN SPRAYING THIS MATERIAL KEEP SPRAY BOOTH CLEAN. AVOID BUILDUP OF SPRAY DUST OR OVERSPRAY IN BOOTH OR DUCTS. SECTION VIII - CONTROL MEASURES RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: PROPERLY FITTED VAPOR/PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR APPROVED BY OSHA/MSHA. VENTILATION: SUFFICIENT IN PATTERN AND VOLUME TO KEEP VAPORS BELOW APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS. USE EXPLOSION - PROOF MECHANICAL DEVICE IF REQUIRED. PROTECTIVE GLOVES: SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS GLOVES. EYE PROTECTION: GOGGLES OR SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELD. OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING OR EQUIPMENT: SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE BATH. COVERALLS ARE RECOMMENDED. A SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS APRON IS RECOMMENDED IF BODY CONTACT MAY OCCUR. WORK/HYGIENIC PRACTICES: WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. PERIODIC MONITORING OF EXPOSURE LEVELS/LIMITS IS RECOMMENDED. SECTION IX - OTHER INFORMATION WARNING: THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A CHEMICAL KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER, BIRTH DEFECTS, OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. THIS KELLY-MOORE PRODUCT CONTAINS DETECTABLE AMOUNTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE CHEMICALS IDENTIFIED ON THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 LIST. THESE CHEMICALS ARE KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND/OR BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. UNLESS THE CHEMICALS ARE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED ON THE PRODUCT LABEL AND OR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET, THEY ARE PRESENT AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS ONLY. AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS, KELLY-MOORE AND IT'S SUPPLIERS BELIEVE THAT THE CHEMICALS DO NOT POSE A SIGNIFICANT HEALTH RISK WHEN THE PAINT PRODUCTS ARE APPLIED OR USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS BASED ON DATA BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE. IT IS TRUE & ACCURATE TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, BUT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE ALL INCLUSIVE. USERS SHOULD CONSIDER THIS INFORMATION AS A SUPPLEMENT TO OTHER INFORMATION GATHERED BY THEM & MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DETERMINATION OF SUITABILITY & COMPLETENESS TO ASSURE PROPER USE & DISPOSAL. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T 1010 PRO EGGSHELL 121 LIGHT BASE Page: I PRODUCT NAME: 1010 PRO EGGSHELL 121 LIGHT BASE HMIS CODES: H F R P PRODUCT CODE: 1010-121 CM 1 0 0 SECTION I - MANUFACTURER IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER'S NAME: Kelly -Moore Paint Company ADDRESS 987 Commercial St. San Carlos, CA 94070 REVISION DATE: August 27, 2008 EMERGENCY PHONE 1-800-424-9300 DATE PRINTED: 4/6/2009 INFORMATION PHONE 1-800-874-4436 NAME OF PREPARER: T.WIRDZEK SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS/SARA III INFORMATION ========= VAPOR PRESSURE WEIGHT REPORTABLE COMPONENTS CAS NUMBER mm Hg @ TEMP PERCENT ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TITANIUM DIOXIDE 13463-67-7 20.1 PEL(OSHA): 15 mg/m3, total dust, 8 hr. T WA TLV(ACGIH): 10 mg/m3, total dust, 8 hr. TWA, A4 *** No toxic chemical(s) subject to the reporting requirements of section 313 of Title III and of 40 CFR 372 are present. *** SECTION III - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS BOILING POINT: N/A SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H20=1): 1.27 VAPOR DENSITY: HEAVIER THAN AIR EVAPORATION RATE: LOWER THAN ETHER COATING V.O.C.: 89 g/1 MATERIAL V.O.C.: 38 g/l SOLUBILITY IN WATER: MODERATE IN WATER APPEARANCE AND ODOR: MILKY WHITE TO VARIOUS COLORS WITH A FAINT AMMONIA ODOR SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT: N/A METHOD USED: N/A FLAMMABLE LIMITS IN AIR BY VOLUME- LOWER: N/A UPPER: N/A EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: FOAM, ALCOHOL FOAM, CO2, DRY CHEMICAL, WATER FOG, OTHER SPECIAL FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURES: FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS IS RECOMMENDED TO PROTECT FROM COMBUSTION BY-PRODUCTS. COOL CLOSED CONTAINERS WITH WATER FOG TO PREVENT PRESSURE BUILDUP. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. SECTION V - REACTIVITY DATA STABILITY: STABLE CONDITIONS TO AVOID: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE._ INCOMPATIBILITY (MATERIALS TO AVOID): NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE . HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION OR BYPRODUCTS: OXIDES OF CARBON. HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: WILL NOT OCCUR SECTION VI - HEALTH HAZARD DATA INHALATION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: NOT NORMALLY A HAZARD UNLESS SPRAYED. OVERSPRAY AND SPRAY MISTS ARE PRIMARILY CONSIDERED NUISANCE DUSTS. PIGMENTS ARE NOT NORMALLY CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS WHEN PRESENT IN A PRODUCT MIXTURE. SKIN AND EYE CONTACT HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: REPEATED OR PROLONGED LIQUID CONTACT MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION WITH DISCOMFORT AND DERMATITIS. MAY CAUSE IRRITATION OR BURNING OF THE EYES. SKIN ABSORPTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: NONE REASONABLY FORESEEABLE. INGESTION HEALTH RISKS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: IF INGESTED MAY CAUSE GASTRO-INTESTINAL DISTRESS. HEALTH HAZARDS (ACUTE AND CHRONIC): CONTAINS SOME SOLVENTS. SOME SOLVENTS MAY CAUSE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM DEPRESSION, CARDIOPULMONARY FAILURE, LIVER AND KIDNEY DAMAGE AND BIRTH DEFECTS. CHRONIC: REPORTS HAVE ASSOCIATED REPEATED AND PROLONGED OVEREXPOSURE TO SOLVENTS WITH PERMANENT BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM DAMAGE. UNDER NORMAL CONSUMER USE CONDITIONS THE LIKELIHOOD OF ANY ADVERSE HEALTH EFFECTS ARE LOW. CARCINOGENICITY: NTP CARCINOGEN: No IARC MONOGRAPHS: No OSHA REGULATED: No NO INFORMATION FOUND. MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: NO MEDICAL CONDITIONS ARE KNOWN TO BE AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE TO THIS PRODUCT. M A T E R I A L S A F E T Y D A T A S H E E T 1010 PRO EGGSHELL 121 LIGHT BASE Page: 2 EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: EYE CONTACT: FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST FIFTEEN MINUTES. CALL A PHYSICIAN. SKIN CONTACT: REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND WASH EXPOSED AREA WITH SOAP AND WATER. INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION, PREFERABLY MOUTH-TO-MOUTH. IF BREATHING DIFFICULTY PERSISTS OR OCCURS LATER, CONSULT A PHYSICIAN. IN THE UNLIKELY EVENT OF INGESTION DRINK A GLASS OF WATER AND CALL A PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. ===___=___= SECTION VII - PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: VENTILATE AREA. PREVENT SKIN CONTACT AND BREATHING OF VAPOR. CONFINE AND REMOVE WITH INERT ABSORBENT MATERIALS. DO NOT ALLOW MATERIAL TO CONTAMINATE GROUND WATER. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: DISPOSE OF ABSORBED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. DO NOT INCINERATE IN CLOSE CONTAINERS. PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: OBSERVE LABEL PRECAUTIONS. KEEP CLOSURES TIGHT WHEN NOT IN USE. STORE IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION TO PREVENT LEAKAGE. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING AND BEFORE EATING OR SMOKING. DO NOT EXCEED STORAGE BETWEEN 40 Deg.F AND 120 Deg.F KEEP AND STORE OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: DO NOT SAND, FLAME CUT, BRAZE OR WELD DRY COATING WITHOUT WEARING A NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR OR APPROPRIATE VENTILATION. SECTION VIII - CONTROL MEASURES ----==_____•_________. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: FOR BRUSH AND ROLLER APPLICATION, RESPIRATORY PROTECTION IS NOT NORMALLY REQUIRED. FOR SPRAY APPLICATION, A PROPERLY FITTED VAPOR/PARTICULATE NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR IS RECOMMENDED. VENTILATION: SUFFICIENT IN PATTERN AND VOLUME TO KEEP VAPORS BELOW APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS. PROTECTIVE GLOVES: SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS GLOVES. EYE PROTECTION: GOGGLES OR SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELD. OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING OR EQUIPMENT: SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE BATH. COVERALLS ARE RECOMMENDED. A SOLVENT IMPERVIOUS APRON IS RECOMMENDED IF BODY CONTACT MAY OCCUR. WORK/HYGIENIC PRACTICES: WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. PERIODIC MONITORING OF EXPOSURE LEVELS/LIMITS IS RECOMMENDED. .... ______ SECTION IX - OTHER INFORMATION WARNING: THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A CHEMICAL KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER. THIS KELLY-MOORE PRODUCT CONTAINS DETECTABLE AMOUNTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE CHEMICALS IDENTIFIED ON THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 LIST. THESE CHEMICALS ARE KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE CANCER AND/OR BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM. UNLESS THE CHEMICALS ARE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED ON THE PRODUCT LABEL AND/OR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET, THEY ARE PRESENT AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS ONLY. AS TRACE CONTAMINANTS, KELLY-MOORE AND ITS SUPPLIERS BELIEVE THAT THE CHEMICALS DO NOT POSE A SIGNIFICANT HEALTH RISK WHEN THE PAINT PRODUCTS ARE APPLIED OR USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS BASED ON DATA BELIEVED TO BE RELIABLE. IT IS TRUE AND ACCURATE TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, BUT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE ALL INCLUSIVE. USERS SHOULD CONSIDER THIS INFORMATION AS A SUPPLEMENT TO OTHER INFORMATION GATHERED BY THEM AND MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DETERMINATION OF SUITABILITY AND COMPLETENESS TO ASSURE PROPER USE AND DISPOSAL. Washington State Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station 4/16/201 1 Section County Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. Wold Industries For WSDOT Use Only For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 33 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference PE App 'l Code Hdqr. Appr'l Code File No. 45 Grout Miles 10.03300 Project En Date State Materials Engineer Date /, Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory /C 1. onditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. S. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ Region Materials ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ State Materials Lab ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8/04 MILES SAND AND GRAVEL COMPANY P.O. BOX 130 AUBURN, WA 98071 Date Issued: 4/15/2011 Customer: Pikka Masonry Project: Stonegate Lift Station Mix I.D.: 0370030 Specific Absorption Gravitv Material Design Slump at Truck Chute: grout Design fc: 2500 PSI Batch Material weight SSD Volume (lbs) (Cf) 1.15 2.69 7/8" (ASTM 57) - - 1.25 2.68 3/8" (ASTM 8) 870 lbs. 5.20 2.14 2.65 Sand (Class 2) 2,000 lbs. 12.09 3.15 Type 1-II (Cement) 658.00 lbs. 3.35 2.25 Class F (Fly Ash) - - 1.00 Water 375.00 lbs. 6.01 %Air (design) 2.00% lbs. 0.54 W/C Ratio: 0.57 Density: 143.5 Design Volume: 27.19 Notes: ' ASTM C 94 (4.6) "The purchaser shall ensure that the manufacturer is provided copies of all reports of tests performed on concrete samples taken to determine compliance with specification requirements. Reports shall be provided on a timely basis." • Miles Sand & Gravel does not acknowledge test lab data that does not conform to ASTM standards. " Concrete placed that exceeds the maximum design slump is at the risk of the contractor and owner. Remarks: CMU Block Fill Submitted by: Ro6en Thompson STRENGTH TEST EVALUATION Company: Miles S&G Mix: 0370030 Spec'd Str.: 3000 PSI Page 2 ACI 214 Strength Analysis Average Strength, X 5066 PSI Min Strength 2725 PSI No. of Tests, n 74 Avg Strength 5066 PSI _ Max Strength 6760 PSI Average Range, R 219 PSI Min Slump 7.00 IN Standard Deviation, s 829 PSI Avg Slump 9.70 IN Coefficient of Variation, V 16.4 % Max Slump 12.00 IN Within -Test Std Dev 194 PSI Min Air Content 1.8 % Within -Test Coeff. of Var. 3.8 % Avg Air Content 1.8 % Max Air Content 1.8 % Batch -to -Batch Std Dev 805 PSI Batch -to -Batch Coeff. of Var. 15.9 % Min Conc. Temp. 55 F Avg Conc. Temp. 67 F Max Conc. Temp. 80 F ACI 318 Performance Approval VALID, >15 TESTS MODIFICATION FACTOR = 1.000 s = 829 PSI fcr=fc+1.33s= 4102 PSI fcr = fc + 2.33 s - 500 = 4430 PSI est # Date Slump in. Conc. Air Temp. % F 7-Day Str. psi I -Day Str. Cyl.#1 Cyl.#2 psi psi Range Strength psi Moving Avg of Three Moving Avg of Ten ►VG 9.70 1.8 67 3644 5098 5035 219 5066 5089 5211 1 9/18/2009 10.00 74 4090 3730 360 3910 2 6/10/2009 8.00 1.8 80 3580 5390 5230 160 5310 3 6/9/2009 10.00 72 3980 3890 90 3935 4385 4 5/28/2009 9.50 70 4280 4020 260 4150 4465 5 4121 /2009 8.00 75 4180 4000 180 4090 4058 6 3/23/2009 11.00 56 5230 5000 230 5115 4452 7 3/6/2009 8.50 55 5500 5270 230 5385 4863 8 3/3/2009 11.00 64 4900 4930 30 4915 5138 9 2/16/2009 9.00 55 3840 5010 5090 80 5050 5117 10 2/13/2009 9.00 55 4640 5450 5480 30 5465 5143 4733 11 2/12/2009 9.00 55 5000 6730 6400 330 6565 5693 4998 12 8/13/2008 11.00 70 4630 4420 210 4525 5545 5029 13 8/12/2008 10.00 80 3810 5750 5500 250 5625 5075 5331 14 8/7/2008 10.00 72 4350 6160 6490 330 6325 5975 5482 15 8/5/2008 9.00 65 4000 5330 4660 670 4995 5660 5507 16 8/4/2008 9.00 70 4090 5020 5460 440 5240 5118 5534 17 7/28/2008 9.00 76 3830 6010 5660 350 5835 5835 5424 18 7/28/2008 10.00 76 3830 5660 5680 20 5670 5753 5615 19 7/24/2008 10.00 70 4170 5260 4860 400 5060 5522 5536 20 7/23/2008 9.00 72 4600 6620 6900 280 6760 5830 5698 21 7/22/2008 9.00 62 3430 5190 4710 480 4950 5855 5501 22 7121 /2008 9.50 64 3630 4700 4970 270 4835 4893 5518 23 7/16/2008 9.00 70 2260 5180 4510 670 4845 4840 5422 24 7/15/2008 7.50 75 4200 5490 5230 260 5360 5103 5354 25 7/14/2008 11.00 67 2780 5310 5140 170 5225 5293 5329 26 7/10/2008 11.00 70 3610 4700 4490 210 4595 4910 4968 27 7/9/2008 10.00 73 3140 4600 4550 50 4575 4798 4912 28 7/3/2008 8.50 77 5750 5960 210 5855 5008 5041 29 7/3/2008 8.50 77 6510 5750 760 6130 5520 5178 30 6/26/2008 12.00 68 4360 4280 80 4320 5435 5113 31 6/23/2008 9.00 65 5560 5610 50 5585 5345 5166 32 6/20/2008 10.00 70 5350 5550 200 5450 5118 5233 33 6/19/2008 10.50 70 3950 3950 0 3950 4995 5076 34 6/17/2008 10.00 73 5670 5450 220 5560 4987 5125 35 6/13/2008 10.00 72 4190 5820 5730 90 5775 5095 5180 36 6/13/2008 10.50 73 5370 5370 0 5370 5573 5333 37 6/13/2008 10.50 73 5340 5370 30 5355 5363 5277 38 6/12/2008 10.25 70 4960 5020 60 4990 5238 5151 39 6/12/2008 10.25 70 4960 5020 60 4990 5112 5225 40 6/11 /2008 8.75 70 5350 5560 210 5455 5145 5211 41 6/10/2008 9.75 68 4180 5700 6040 340 5870 5870 5401 42 6/9/2008 9.50 67 1830 5470 5530 60 5500 5685 5361 43 6/5/2008 9.25 70 5030 5070 40 5050 5275 5316 44 6/4/2008 8.75 69 5490 5410 80 5450 5333 5329 45 5/16/2008 9.75 74 3510 4640 4670 30 4655 5053 5330 46 5/15/2008 10.50 72 3770 5530 5050 480 5290 4973 5303 47 5/13/2008 10.00 62 3970 5730 5560 170 5645 5197 5351 48 5/7/2008 8.75 67 4370 6200 6090 110 6145 5693 5451 49 5/6/2008 9.50 69 3890 5350 5470 120 5410 5733 5393 50 4/30/2008 8.25 71 4590 5560 5860 300 5710 5755 5428 51 4/28/2008 10.50 68 3520 5970 5310 660 5640 5587 5444 52 4/28/2008 10.00 66 3130 5170 5210 40 5190 5513 5459 53 4/24/2008 10.00 62 3350 5200 4880 320 5040 5290 5414 54 4/23/2008 9.50 64 2880 4430 4460 30 4445 4892 5317 55 4/22/2008 10.00 55 3510 5340 5050 290 5195 4893 5371 56 4/21/2008 8.50 59 3940 5120 4900 220 5010 4883 5343 57 4/17/2008 60 4530 5700 5920 220 5810 5410 5272 58 4/17/2008 9.00 58 3610 5490 5320 170 5405 5608 5272 59 4/17/2008 60 4530 5700 5920 220 5810 5675 5283 60 4/10/2008 9.50 64 3660 4940 5040 100 4990 4990 5238 61 4/8/2008 9.00 61 3440 3740 4690 950 4215 4603 5205 62 3/28/2008 58 3680 6300 6070 230 6185 6185 5130 63 3/27/2008 64 2990 4760 4710 50 4735 5460 5031 64 3/21/2008 9.00 63 4110 6310 6420 110 6365 5550 5762 65 3/20/2008 8.50 62 2190 5450 5280 170 5365 5865 5663 66 3/19/2008 9.00 62 3190 4890 4550 340 4720 5043 5474 67 1/16/2008 10.00 56 3520 3670 4200 530 3935 4328 5218 68 9/29/2009 12.00 67 2750 2700 50 2725 3793 4905 69 11/6/2009 7.00 65 3210 4930 4850 80 4890 3850 4813 70 10/2/2009 12.00 66 2660 3020 360 2840 3485 4598 71 11/19/2009 12.00 59 3590 3460 130 3525 3752 4529 72 1/26/2010 12.00 58 1760 2810 2690 120 2750 3038 4185 73 1/27/2010 12.00 63 3050 3490 3430 60 3460 3245 4058 74 8/12/2010 10.00 74 4820 4850 30 4835 3682 3905 AdMbk � Washington State CIAO Department of Transportation Request for Approval of Material Contract FA Number SR Date Stonegate Lift Station Replacement 8/12/2011 Section County King Contractor Subcontractor Shoreline Construction Co. For WSDOT Use Only For assistance in completing, see Instructions and Example RAM # 34 Bid Item No. Material or Manufacturer's Product/Type Name and Location of Fabricator, Manufacturer or Pit Number Specification Reference APEr'I Code Adq r.r'l Code File No. 29 & 33 Mix Design WA3004 Cadman 8-14.3 30 Mix Design WA4003 Cadman 8-06.3 p G Project e r Date State Materials Engineer Date Approval Action Codes for use by Project Engineer and State Materials Laboratory 1. Conditionally Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' Test Report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Conditionally Approved: Submit Mfg. Cert. of Compliance for'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Conditionally Approved: Submit Catalog Cuts for'Approval' prior to use of material. 4. Conditionally Approved: Submit Shop Drawings for'Approval' prior to fabrication of material. 5. Conditionally Approved: Only'Approved for Shipment' or'WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Conditionally Approved: Submit Materials Certificate of Origin to Project Engineer. 7. Approval Pending: Request Transmitted to State Materials Laboratory for Approval Action. 8. Source Approved: 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. 10. Approval Withheld: 11. Remarks: Project Engineer Distribution ❑ Contractor ❑ Region Operations Engineer State Materials Engineer Distribution ❑ Region Materials ❑ General File ❑ Signing Inspection ❑ State Materials Lab ❑ Fabrication Inspection ❑ Other DOT Form 350-071 EF Revised 8104 August 12, 2011 Doug Suzuki Shoreline Construction Co. PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Project: Stonegate Lift Station —Nile Ave. NE & NE 26`n St., Renton Dear Doug, A Cadmanjnc. Suite 100 7554 185th Avenue NE PO Box 97038 Redmond, WA 98073.9738 425.867.1234 . 425.861.4046 www.cadman.com Cadman, Inc. proposes to deliver the following concrete mix designs for the above referenced prof ect: Mix Design WA30004 WA40003 Description WSDOT Class 3000 Air WSDOT Class 4000 Air Use Curb/Gutter/Sidewalk Driveway Upon approval, kindly return a copy of the approved submittal to Cadman. Also, approval of this submittal carries with it approval for timely copies of all concrete test reports be forwarded to Cadman. Early notification of the testing laboratory responsible for this project to include Cadman on its report distribution mailing list is appreciated. Cadman continually monitors the status of each project, sometimes providing that data for future projects. MSDS' and other technical data are available upon request. For any additional questions regarding this submittal or project, please contact: Mitch San Sebastian Sales Representative (425) 961-7386 Prepared By: Cadman, Inc. Lenka Lockwood Technical Services August 12, 2011 Shoreline Construction Co. Stonegate Lift Station — Nile Ave. NE & NE 26`h St., Renton Page 2 of 4 Mix Design: WA30004 Description: WSDOT Class 3000 Air Plant(s): Issaquah (51) All Plants (see footnote)* Specified Use: Curb/Gutter/Sidewalk S.S.D. Weights per Cubic Yard CAMM Portland Cement, Type I/ll 450 lb Fly Ash 2 114 lb Coarse Aggregate, 3/4" s 7.44 cu. ft.* Coarse Aggregate, %,, 4 3.72 cu. ft.* Fine Aggregate 5 7.44 cu. ft.* Water Reducer, Type A 6 17-27 oz Water Reducer, Type F 7 1-3 oz Air Entrainer 8 1-10 oz Water 9 241 lb Slump 4" ± 1" Entrained Air 6% ± 1.5% Conforms to ASTM C-150 2 Conforms to ASTM C-618 3 WSDOT Approved Pit A189 4 WSDOT Approved Pit A189 5 WSDOT Approved Pit X125 6 Pozzolith 80, BASF Admixtures, Inc. 7 Glenium 7500, BASF Admixtures, Inc. $ MBAE 90, BASF Admixtures, Inc. 9 Potable, Well, and/or Recycled Multiply by the unit weight on the last page to determine the actual batch weight a technical service by Cadman, Inc. August 12, 2011 Shoreline Construction Co. Stonegate Lift Station — Nile Ave_ NE & NE 26"' St., Renton Page 3 of 4 Mix Design: WA40003 Description: WSDOT Class 4000 Air Plant(s): Issaquah (51) All Plants (see footnote)* Specified Use: Driveway S.S.D. Weights per Cubic Yard C DMN Portland Cement, Type 1/II 470 lb Fly Ash z 94 lb Coarse Aggregate, 3/a" 3 7.56 cu. ft.* Coarse Aggregate, %,, 4 3.32 cu. ft,* Fine Aggregate 5 7.56 cu. ft.* Water Reducer, Type A 6 19-29 oz Water Reducer, Type F 7 1-3 oz Air Entrainer 8 1-10 oz Water 9 253 lb Slump 4" ± 1" Entrained Air 6% ± 1.5% Conforms to ASTM C-150 2 Conforms to ASTM C-618 3 WSDOT Approved Pit A189 WSDOT Approved Pit A189 5 WSDOT Approved Pit X125 6 Pozzolith 80, BASF Admixtures, Inc. Glenium 7500, BASF Admixtures, Inc. e MBAE 90, BASF Admixtures, Inc. 9 Potable, Well, and/or Recycled Multiply by the unit weight on the last page to determine the actual batch weight a technical service by Cadman, Inc. August 12, 2011 Shoreline Construction Co. Stonegate Lift Station — Nile Ave. NE & NE 261h St., Renton Page 4 of 4 CAD1MM •r-M33ER C:..-!M_ NTC mow' AGGREGATE UNIT WEIGHTS BY PLANT — POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATE UNIT WEIGHT VARIES AND IS MEASURED AT PLACEMENT. 107 LBS/FT3 MAY BE USED AS AN AVERAGE. Sky River (30) Redmond (50) Seattle (54) Pit: D191ID351 Pit: A460 Pit: X125 and/or CA7 1'/z" 168.48 1'/2" 168.48 1'/2" 172.22 3/4" 168.48 3/4" 168.48 3/" 172.22 %" 167.86 %" 167.86 %" 173.47 B.S. 165.36 B.S. 165.36 B.S. 167.23 Mill Creek (31) Issaquah (51) Bellevue (53) Pit: D191/D351 Pit: Al89 X125 Pit: D191/D351 X125 1'/2" 168.48 1 Y2" 168.48 3/" 168.48 3/" 168.48 172.22 3/4" 168.48 172.22 %" 167.86 %" 167.86 173.47 %11 167.86 173.47 B.S. 165.36 B.S.164.11 167.23 B.S. 165.36 167.23 *Multiply the volume of the specified material on the previous page by the unit weight of that material for the plant of delivery in order to determine the total weight for that material at that plant a technical service by Cadman, Inc. Cadman, Inc. 7554 185th Avenue NE ,Suite 100 PO Box 97038 Redmond, WA 98073-9738 425.867.1234 425.861.4046 fax www.cadman.com ACI Statistical Report WA30004 WSDOT CL 3000 AIR A 3 Number of 28D Tests 9 CoV 28 Day Strength 12.2 % Average 28D Strength 5610 ACI Running Average of 3 Criteria YES Min Rec. 28D Strength 4200 ACI 318 Standard Deviation Criteria YES Specified Strength 3000 Standard Deviation 681.4 Air Percent Max 8.00 Min 4.40 Count 8 Mean 5.55 SD 1.10 CoV% 19.86 Mix: WA30004 WSDOT CL 3000 AIR Period: 07/23/2010 to 12/17/2010 Slump 7D STR 28D STR in psi psi 5.50 4910 6320 3.50 3320 4500 9 9 9 4.50 4380 5610 0.71 460 681.4 15.71 10 12.2 Date Ticket Air Slump 7D STR 28D STR % in psi psi 12/17/2010 970241 4.60 3.50 4910 6320 12/16/2010 970211 5.50 5.00 4370 4750 12/14/2010 969808 4.40 5.25 4710 606D 11/18/2010 968257 5.80 5.50 4590 5990 11/16/2010 968084 5.10 4.25 4390 6200 11 /08/2010 967269 5.50 4.25 4610 6140 10/26/2010 965875 8.00 4.50 4420 5210 10111 /2010 964027 3.50 4100 5290 07/23/2010 954548 5.50 4.75 3320 4500 8/12/2011 1:42:05 PM ACI Statistical Report 1 of 1 Cadman, Inc. 7554 185th Avenue NE ,Suite 100 PO Box 97038 Redmond, WA 98073-9738 425.867.1234 425.861.4046 fax www.cadman.com ACI Statistical Report WA40003 WSDOT CL 4000 AIR € QM Number of 28D Tests 30 CoV 28 Day Strength 10.4 % Average 28D Strength 5510 ACI Running Average of 3 Criteria YES Min Rec. 28D Strength 4830 ACI 318 Standard Deviation Criteria YES Specified Strength 4000 Standard Deviation 571.0 Air Percent Slump 7D STR 28D STR in psi psi Max 8.40 8.00 5590 6810 Min 4.90 3.50 3500 4470 Count 27 30 25 30 Mean 6.25 5.18 4440 5510 SD 1.09 1.19 570 571.0 Cov% 17.43 22.92 10 10A Mix: WA40003 WSDOT CL 4000 AIR Period: 07/08/2010 to 04/14/2011 Date Ticket Air % Slump in 7D STR psi 28D STR psi 04/14/2011 980324 6.90 7.00 4130 5460 03/03/2011 976033 7.00 4.50 4970 6220 -33/02/2011 975952 8.40 6.00 3960 5290 01/18/2011 972137 8.10 6.25 4180 5470 12/02/2010 969038 5.30 4.00 5100 6180 10/20/2010 965331 5.10 4.50 5020 6060 10/12/2010 954311 7.20 6.00 4580 5590 10/11/2010 964123 5.20 4.00 4460 6030 10/07/2010 963725 5.90 5.50 4750 5450 10/06/2010 963338 6.00 5.25 4150 4630 10/05/2010 963195 6.80 4.25 3870 4910 10/04/2010 963068 7.60 5.50 3950 4970 10/01/2010 962941 5.50 4.75 3530 4470 09/22/2010 961588 8.00 8.00 3500 4930 09/16/2010 960997 6.30 4.50 4940 5660 09/03/2010 959700 5.60 3.50 5150 6570 08/31 /2010 959128 6.20 7.75 4020 5150 08/24/2010 958262 5.50 5010 08/18/2010 957370 5.00 4.50 5750 08/18/2010 957372 5.00 4.75 5590 08/18/2010 957391 6.00 6.50 5030 08/18/2010 957451 4.90 5.00 5270 07/30/2010 955315 5.60 3.50 4280 5340 07123/2010 954567 4.00 3610 4740 07/14/2010 953332 5.60 4.00 5380 6290 07/14/2010 953338 4.90 4.00 5590 6810 07/14/2010 953351 6.00 4.75 4380 5690 07/14/2010 953364 6.50 6.50 4130 5340 07/14/2010 953364 8.10 5.00 4860 5910 07/08/2010 952708 6.00 4620 5570 8/12/2011 1:42:32 PM ACI Statistical Report 1 of 1 SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL AND COUNTERMEASURE PLAN Prepared for: CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STONEGATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT Prepared by: SHORELINE CONSTRUCTION CO. PO BOX 358 WOODINVILLE, WASHINGTON 98072-0358 January 4, 2011 SPCC PLAN ELEMENTS Introduction Site Information Site Description Planning and Recognition Spill Prevention and Containment Spill Response Program Management Reporting Subcontractors and Activities Good Housekeeping Do's and Don'ts INTRODUCTION The Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan has been prepared by Shoreline Construction Co. to satisfy Washington Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Specification Section 1-07.15 contract requirements. This is a site - specific SPCC plan that outlines the project scope of work (including equipment, materials, and activities) and presents a comprehensive plan to prevent, respond to, and report spills or releases to the environment. The SPCC plan will be updated as project work progresses or site activities change. An updated copy of this SPCC plan will be maintained at the project site. SITE INFORMATION The project site is located in Renton, Washington. Shoreline Construction Co. was contracted to furnish and install a sanitary sewer lift station. In the area we will be working there are no known contaminates on site. We would not anticipate finding any contaminates in the groundwater or soil. There is a minimal potential to discover an underground storage tank or something else buried in the ground. On the project the "person in charge" shall be Jay Brown and the Spill Control Lead shall be Jay Brown. Jay's certification card is a CESCL it is attached. SITE DESCRIPTION The project is located at the northwest corner of the intersection of Nile Avenue NE and NE 26th Street in Renton, Washington. A 144 inch Wet Well, Overflow Vault, Valve Vault, Manhole, Sanitary System, Storm Drain, Generator Pad with Generator, and a Small CMU Structure will be constructed at this site. PLANNING AND RECOGNITION We will be bringing in track hoes, backhoe, loader, roller, grader and trucks to haul in material and haul out spoils material from the site. Small equipment that may or will be used includes the following; gas powered generators and jumping jacks. The only anticipated spill would be from a hydraulic line rupture, an oil seal leaking, a fuel spill during refueling, or vandalism. Small equipment will be fueled by our trained employees from approved safety containers. We will not be bringing any chemicals to the site other than the petroleum products in the equipment and refueling containers for small equipment. The proper storing of hazardous chemicals in proper facilities and clearly marked containers is a very important aspect of not only employee safety but environmental safety as well. Proper storage and marking of containers lessen the likelihood of an accident, and provides organization on the job site. Oily rags or other sources of possible combustion will be policed and stored in a properly marked container away from any source of heat or ignition. This will minimize the chance of fire that is always a concern when dealing with hazardous materials. We do not anticipate using any fuel storage tanks on this project, however, if any are brought on -site they will be properly bermed and lined according to standard industry practices. All petroleum containers will be in good structural condition and free from damaging rust to prevent leakage of any sort. All containers will be properly identified or marked to prevent misuse. The markings will be inspected to inure that all labels are not obscured, removed or rendered unreadable. All identification or labeling that becomes unreadable will be immediately replaced. SPILL PREVENTION & CONTAINMENT We will as a minimum, take the following measures regarding oil spill prevention, containment and cleanup: Fuel and hydraulic hoses, lubrication equipment, hydraulically operated equipment, oil drums and other equipment and facilities shall be inspected daily for drips, leaks or signs of damage. All containers containing petroleum products will either be stored in a locked facility or as per our plans, offsite. All visible floating oils shall be immediately contained with booms, dikes or other appropriate means and removed from the water prior to discharge into state waters. All visible oils on land shall be immediately contained using dikes, straw bales, or other appropriate means and removed using sand, ground claw, sawdust, or other absorbent material, which shall then be properly disposed of by Shoreline Construction Co. Waste materials shall be temporarily stored in drums or other leak proof containers after cleanup and during transport to disposal. Waste materials shall be disposed off property at an approved site. SPILL RESPONSE In the event of an oil or product discharging into public waters or onto land, that may or may not potentially enter in public waters or in case of an unforeseen discovery of an underground storage tank we will immediately notify the following agencies at the listed 24-Hour response numbers. These procedures will be dealt with by our Spill Control Lead. • WDOE, Northwest Regional Office (425) 649-7000 • National Response for Hazardous Spills (1-800) 424-8802 • Foss Environmental (1-800) 337-7455 will be called for any large spill that we are not able to control We will maintain a spill kit located at the work area, and the following materials on site as needed: ■ Oil -absorbent booms ■ Oil -absorbent pads or bulk material, adequate for coverage of 200 square feet ■ Straw bales ■ Oil dryall ■ Gloves, tyveks and plastic bags ■ Silt fencing All material used to clean up spills will be bagged and tagged. It will then be transported for proper disposal at a landfill that takes hazardous waste as will the contaminated soils or any other items needing disposal. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT Our TESC supervisor will be on site at critical stages during the project. We will have rubber gloves, tyvek suits and/or rain gear, rubber boots and safety glasses for all employees who may be required to work in an oil spill. Further details on employee training programs and training received by our employees are found in our Accident Prevention Program. An important step involved in handling hazardous materials is to recognize when the problem is greater than we can solve. Our Spill Control Lead or designated onsite Lead will notify the proper authority (see emergency telephone list) and obtain outside resources to assist us. Only with adequate training will the job site or work place be a safe environment. REPORTING A written account of the spillage is also a very important response issue. See attachment for form to be used in the event a spill occurs. Documentation must include at a minimum: ✓ Time and date of the spill ✓ Location ✓ Cause of Spill ✓ Type of Material spilled ✓ Quantity of material spilled ✓ Description of any and all response action planned or taken SUBCONTRACTORS AND ACTIVITIES All of Shoreline's subcontractors dealing with the transportation of oils to the construction site will have legal hauling vehicles and be made to understand our commitment to this; our SPCC Plan. Our on site equipment will be fueled by our foreman, in tanks located on their job vehicles. Fueling will be in an area deemed safe for this procedure, efficiently and safely with a very strict compliance to environmental mandates and concerns. GOOD HOUSEKEEPING "Good Housekeeping" occurs on a weekly or bi-weekly basis depending on task. This "Good Housekeeping" consists of but is not limited to: • All containers will be closed after usage • Careful handling of valves during operation • Proper containment facilities • Keeping a clean and organized work zone • The containment area must have adequate volume and be constructed to the proper standards. We will utilize best work practices and specifications on and control any runoff of nutrients and fertilizers from getting into any waterways or sensitive areas. This may include silt fence, straw bales and placing straw on slopes. Wood waste material and general construction debris will be put in dumpsters and hauled off for disposal. Material generated from clearing and grubbing will be ground up and hauled off as necessary, or disposed of as provided in the contract. DO'S & DON'TS The following "Do's and Don'ts apply generally to the management of hazardous waste. These general rules were taken largely from the Department of Ecology publication, How to reduce, identify, store and dispose of hazardous waste. Some of the following are required by law; some are good management practices. All will help us to stay in compliance. 1m ✓ Reduce, reuse and recycle whenever possible. Hazardous waste that is never generated need not be disposed of or managed. ✓ Immediately clean up any spills or releases. Train employees to follow proper handling procedures and make sure they follow them. ✓ If we are inspected, cooperate fully. Be honest and forthright. ✓ Recognize your lack of expertise in handling a particular problem. Locate sources that can offer assistance. Manage hazardous waste on -site in the following manner: • In waste piles • In lined or unlined ponds • By incineration, except for legitimate energy recovery • By land filling • By disposing in a storm drain or septic system or by pouring down the sanitary sewer DON'T • Dispose of solid or hazardous waste anywhere other than a permitted or authorized facility. DO'S AND DON'TS OF CONTAINER STORAGE W • Store hazardous waste on an impermeable surface with secondary containment • Store hazardous waste in a covered area • Keep empty containers closed and store on their sides, keep full containers vertical and closed DON'T • Store hazardous waste on dirt or gravel • Leave containers unlabeled • Mix hazardous wastes with non -hazardous wastes EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN Site: Nile Ave NE & NE 261h St, Renton, Washington Primary_ Contractor: Shoreline Construction Co. Effective Date of Plan: January 4, 2011 EMERGENCY REPORTING DIAL 911 Person in Charge of Reporting Emergencies: Name: Jay Brown Phone: (206) 571-3573 24 Hr #: (206) 571-3573 Hospital Name: Valley Medical Center Address: 400 S 43rd Street Renton, Washington 98055 Phone: (425) 228-3450 Ambulance, Police, Fire Phone: 911 Person in charge of accounting for all personnel after an evacuation: Scott Hoadley Alternate "Person in Charge" Alec Andry Designated meeting place in case of emergency: Job Trailer Escape and evacuation procedures: The evacuation signal will be sounded on the first day at the job site. The specific project site escape and evacuation procedures will be; After the sounding of the horn (evacuation signal) all personnel, as previously instructed, will meet at the pre -specified area. Where the "person in charge" shall account for them. certificate of (Compleff'on 7&v W%udiee da Jason Brown qad com*&d die aece"mV awwe fa6da5� �°'L Certified Erosion &Sediment Control Lead 62 4edolekoW BMP iCO WSDOE SMMEW 9/04 SMMWW 2/05 Instructor Ph Fortunato Date 5/14/2009 1D# ECO-3-5140911 ECO 3 Kent, Washington 253 931-8100 Expires 5/14/2012 www.eco-3.com t Kd 401 Protecto Lined Fittings and Spool - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44, 46, Gravity Sewer Inlet Standard For Lining Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings For Sewer Service QUALIFIED UNDER ASTM E-96 ASTM G-14 ASTM G-95 ASTM D-714 ASTM B-117 ASTM D-1308 All information in this book is available at protecto401.com FIFTH EDITION 401 Protecto Lined Fittings and Spool - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44, 46, Gravity Sewer IN Standard Specification For Lining Ductile Iron Pipe For Sewer Service 1. Condition of Ductile Iron Prior to Surface Preparation All ductile pipe and fittings shall be delivered to the application facility without asphalt, cement lining, or any other lining on the interior surface. Because removal of old linings may not be possible, the intent of this specification is that the entire interior of the ductile iron pipe and fittings shall not have been lined with any substance prior to the application of the speci- fied lining material and no coating shall have been applied to the first six inches of the exterior of the spigot ends. U. Lining Material The standard of quality is Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy. The material shall be an amine cured novalac epoxy containing at least 20% by volume of ceramic quartz pigment. Any request for substitution must be accompanied by a successful history of lining pipe and fittings for sewer service, a test report verifying the following properties, and a certification of the test results. A. A permeability rating of 0.00 when tested according to Method A of ASTM E-96-66, Procedure A with a test duration of 30 days. B. The following test must be run on coupons from factory lined ductile iron pipe: 1. ASTM B-117 Salt Spray (scribed panel) - Results to equal 0.0 undercutting after two years. 2. ASTM G-95 Cathodic Disbondment 1.5 volts @ 77°F. Results to equal no more than 0.5mm undercutting after 30 days. 3. Immersion Testing rated using ASTM D-714-87. a. 20% Sulfuric Acid —No effect after two years. b. 140°F 25% Sodium Hydroxide —No effect after two years. c. 160°F Distilled Water —No effect after two years. d. 120°F Tap Water (scribed panel)--0.0 undercutting after two years with no effect. C. An abrasion resistance of no more than 3 mils (.075mm) loss after one million cycles using European Standard EN 598: 1994 section 7.8 Abrasion resistance. III. APPLICATION A. Applicator The lining shall be applied by a certified firm with a successful history of applying linings to the interior of ductile iron pipe and fittings. B. Surface Preparation Prior to abrasive blasting, the entire area to receive the protective compound shall be inspected for oil, grease, etc. Any areas with oil, grease, or any substance which can be removed by solvent, shall be solvent cleaned to remove those substances. After the surface has been made free of grease, oil or other substances, all areas to receive the protective compounds shall be abrasive blasted using sand or grit abrasive media. The entire surface to be lined shall be struck with the blast media so that all rust, loose oxides, etc., are removed from the surface. Only slight stains and tightly adhering oxide may be left on the surface. Any area where rust reappears before lining must be reblasted. Continued... 7 0_x 401 Protecto Lined Fittings and Spool - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44, 46. Gravity Sewer Inlet - 9-05 Standard Specifications Continued C. Lining After surface preparation, the interior of the pipe shall receive 40 mils nominal dry film thick- ness of Protecto 401. No lining shall take place when the substrate or ambient temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit The surface also must be dry and dust free. If flange pipe or fit tings are included in the project, the lining shall not be used on the face of the flange. D. Coating of Bell Sockets and Spigot Ends Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 6 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils nominal, 10 mils maximum using Protecto Joint Compound. The Joint Compound shall be applied by brush to ensure cover- age. Care should be taken that the Joint Compound is smooth without excess buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. Coating of the gasket seat and spigot ends shall be done after the application of the lining. - E. Number of Coats The number of coats of lining material applied shall be as recommended by the lining man- ufacturer. However, in no case shall this material be applied above the dry thickness per coat recommended by the lining manufacturer in printed literature. The maximum or mini- mum time between coats shall be that time recommended by the lining material manufac- turer. To prevent between coats, no material shall be used for lining .delamination which is not indefinitely recoatable with itself without roughening of the surface. F. Touch -Up & Repair Protecto Joint Compound shall be used for touch-up or repair in accordance with manufactur- er's recommendations. IV. Inspection and Certification A. Inspection 1. All ductile iron pipe and fitting linings shall be checked for thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge. The thickness testing shall be done using the method outlined in; SSPC-PA-2 Film Thickness Rating.: 2. The interior lining of all pipe barrels and fittings shall be tested for pinholes with a non- <. destructive 2,500 volt test. Any defects found shall be repaired prior to shipment. 3. Each pipe joint and fitting shall be marked with the date of application of the lining sys- tem along with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records main- tained by the applicator of his work. B. Certification The pipe or fitting manufacturer must supply a certificate attesting to the fact that the appli- x< cator met the requirements of this specification, and that the material used was as specified. 3_- V. Handling Protecto 401 lined pipe and fittings must be handled only from the outside of the pipe and fit- tings. No forks, chains, straps, hooks, etc. shall be placed inside the pipe and fittings for lift- ing, positioning, or laying. 3 r, ti 1401 Protecto Lined Fittings and Spool - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44, 46, Gravity Sewer Inlet TECHNICAL CONSULTING SERVICES and LABORATORY • COATINGS EVALUATION GEORGE MILLS and TESTING N ASSOCIATES M LU INTERNATIONAL, INC. o HOUSTON • USA • NASHVILLE s � w v P.O. Box 847 3133 Knobview Ddve ., z Humble, TX 77347 Nashville, TN 37214 Tel: (615) 391-4785 z _ Fax: (615) 885-9655 LU W Tel: (713) 852-7600 F Z Fax: (713) 852-8777 m w z D O TEST REPORT N a PROTECTO 401 CERAI`+�IIC EPDXY . z March 2, 1995 0 Q w LU 6 - GM&A has completed a test program on. Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy lined pipe' D D p W coupons. The results of the completed tests are reported'herein. They include the follow- D LU cc ing test procedures: ° V a ASTM G-14: Standard Test Method'for Impact Resistance of n Pipeline Coatings (Falling Weight Test). o Z Coating System: PROTECTO 401 CERAMIC EPDXY (Internal) Lining, Plant applied ° ° to the internal surface of ductile iron with a reported age in excess of ' z eighteen months. 0 The conditions of the test include the following: 48 hour minimum temperature and 5, h°F (23°C). Cons were approximately 3 x 6 umidity equilibration within the lab at 73 Coupons c inch with coating applied at a DFI' of 33 to 48 mils (825.to 1175 microns). The weight of. „ m the falling impactor was 4 pounds. Continuity was determined with a low voltage, wet c sponge holiday detector per ASTM G-62. Four panels were evaluated for the test using a c Gardner Model #5510 Impact Tester. ° N Panel No: 1 2 3 4 Total number of impacts: 6 6 8 8 o z Film Thickness (mils): 37-39 . 39-44 33-36 45-48 0 :13------------------ ° W The impact results using a four (4) pound weight were as follows: r Height of Drop, inches: 16 17 18, 19 20 0 y o Number of Impacts: 5 5 14 2 2 O z Number of Pass: 5 5 9 0 0 5 2 2 v Z M ° w Number. of Fad:' 0 0 m r z oRESULTS: The average impact strength of the coating as tested was determined to be 72CA o inch pounds. a Q w CERTIFIED: Date: 2 March 1995 o z rn 0. Dr. George Mills m o 0 N a • CHEMICAL LABORATORY ANALYSIS • EXPERT WITNESS °u INTERROGATORY PREPARATION ASSISTANCE •EDUCATIONAL SEMINARS Der 401 Protecto Lined Fittings and Spool - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44, 46, Gravity Sewer Inlet - 9-05 Flanged Taint Dimensions AN S I/AWWA C 11 O/A21.10 jTr 0 SiFff QD 6C T H*14 Oi4. Bolt Size No, 504s 2 6.00 4175 62 .75 SAx2-V4 4 2-W 7.00 5.50 .69 .75 %1l x 2-V2 4 3 7.S0 6,00 .75 .76 St x 2-V'2 4 4 9.00 7.50 -94, .75 51M x 3 8 5 10-00 1150 .94 .98 3A x 3 8 11A0 also 1_00 .€ 8 $A x 3- in 9 8 1&W 11.75 1.12 28 U x 3--In 0 10 15M 14.25 1.19 1-00 7)8 x 4 12 -->12 1+9.00 17.00 1-25 1A 7A x 4 12 14 21M WS 1.38 1.112 1 x 4112 12 is 23M 21-25 1.44 1,12 1 x 4=1,2 16 18 2SM 22.76 1.56 1A 1-18 x 5 16 20 27-60 25_00 1.69 1.25 1.tv x 5 -110 24 32M 29.50 1AS 1.27 1-1l4 x S-1* 213 3 _s 3&75 343,00 2-12 1-37 I-W x G-112 28 :; ] a5A0 42,7'5 2-W im 1-1/2 x 7 32 2 53-00 49.50 2.62 1AR 1-1/2 k 7.1/2 36 BASE DIMENSIONS INSTALLATION NOTE Si -le 9 I N Nt}. soles 3 3.88 0.62 4 A 4 7S +0.75 4 6 5.50 &75 4 8 7.50 0.75 4 1;; 7.50 0.76 4 12 9.50 0M 4 14 9.50 0M 4 16 9.50 0-88 4 10 11.76 05-1 4 20 11.75 M 4 24 11.75 0M 4 30 1425 1-00 4 35 17A 1A0 q 42 2125 1.12 4 Drillitag Tomplates arq furnishod in tY u16ples of four, Stsndard fanged rodmem vAth a different number of holes In each fferW, will have only two c ernerlinesB vdkh are common t4 the drilling templates caf tit flanges. ANSLA1 WA C1101A21.10 Dimensions in in[he Wr, ights in piowncls. pg. 2 WA 401 Protecto Lined Fittings and Spool - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44, 46, Gravity Sewer Inlet www.sigmaco.com Weights in Pounds, Less Accessories / Dimensions in inches Ductile Iron per ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 C110 Mechanical Joint Full Body Fittings 3"-48" FULL BODY MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS BASIC SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL: Ductile Iron ASTM A536 PRESSURE: Ductile Iron 3" - 24" 350 PSI Water Working Pressure (CLASS 350) Ductile Iron 30" - 54", 250 PSI Water Working Pressure (CLASS 250) TESTING: In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C110 / A21.10 & UL - FM requirements MJ BELL: In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C111 / A21.11 LAYING LENGTH: In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C110 / A21.10 CEMENT LINING: In accordance with ANSI / AWWA C104 / A21.4 COATING: Tar coated (bituminous) inside and out in accordance with ANSI / AWWA C104 / A21.4 GASKETS: SBR in accordance with ANSI / AWWA C111 / A21.11 T-BOLTS: Low Alloy corrosion resistant high strength steel in accordance with ANSI / AWWA C111 / A21.11 APPROVALS: 3"-16" Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual Approved. STANDARDS: Certified to NSF61 Standard ANSI / AWWA C110 / A21.10 for Full Body Ductile Iron Fittings 3"-48" 0.99 in. (CE See Note �-- Ls 7 OD r Plain End Details Mechanical Joint Details Bolts Size A B C D F J K1 K2 L M N 0 P S X No. Size Length OD Ls 3 3.96 2.50 4.84 4.94 4.06 6.19 7.69 7.69 0.94 0.62 1.37 0.31 0.63 0.52 3/4 4 5/8 3.00 3.96 5.50 4 4.80 2.50 5.92 6.02 4.90 7.50 9.12 9.12 1.00 0.75 1.50 0.31 0.75 0.65 7/8 4 3/4 3.50 4.80 5.50 6 6.90 2.50 8.02 8.12 7.00 9.50 11.12 11.12 1.06 0.88 1.63 0.31 0.75 0.70 7/8 6 3/4 3.50 6.90 5.50 8 9.05 2.50 10.17 10.27 9.15 11.75 13.37 13.37 1.12 1.00 1.75 0.31 0.75 0.75 7/8 6 3/4 4.00 9.05 5.50 10 11.10 2.50 12.22 12.34 11.20 14.00 15.69 15.62 1.19 1.00 1.75 0.31 0.75 0.80 7/8 8 3/4 4.00 11.10 5.50 12 13.20 2.50 14.32 14.44 13.30 16.25 17.94 17.88 1.25 1.00 1.75 0.31 0.75 0.85 7/8 8 3/4 4.00 13.20 5.50 14 15.30 3.50 16.40 16.54 15.44 18.75 20.31 20.25 1.31 1.25 2.00 0.31 0.75 0.89 7/8 10 3/4 4.50 15.30 8.00 16 17.40 3.50 18.50 18.64 17.54 21.00 22.56 22.50 1.38 1.31 2.06 0.31 0.75 0.97 7/8 12 3/4 4.50 17.40 8.00 18 19.50 3.50 20.60 20.74 19.64 23.25 24.83 24.75 1.44 1.38 2.13 0.31 0.75 1.05 7/8 12 3/4 4.50 19.50 8.00 20 21.60 3.50 22.70 22.84 21.74 25.50 27.08 27.00 1.50 1.44 2.19 0.31 0.75 1.12 7/8 14 3/4 4.50 21.60 8.00 24 25.80 3.50 26.90 27.04 25.94 30.00 31.58 31.50 1.62 1.56 2.31 0.31 0.75 1.22 7/8 16 3/4 5.00 25.80 8.00 30 32.00 4.00 33.29 33.46 32.17 36.88 39.12 39.12 1.81 2.00 2.75 0.38 1.00 1.50 11/8 20 1.00 6.00 32.00 8.00 36 38.30 4.00 39.59 39.76 38.47 43.75 46.00 46.00 2.00 2.00 2.75 0.38 1.00 1.80 11/8 24 1.00 6.00 38.30 8.00 42 144.50 14.00 45.79 45.96 44.67 50.62 53.12 53.12 2.00 2.00 2.75 0.38 1.00 1.95 13/8 28 11/4 6.50 44.50 8.00 48 50.80 4.00 52.09 52.26 50.97 57.50 60.00 60.00 2.00 2.00 12.75 0.38 1.00 2.20 13/8 32 11/4 6.50 50.80 8.00 2 ©2007 Sigma Corporation, All Rights Reserved 401 Protecto Lined Fittings and Spool - Bid Item: 23, 25, 44, 46, Gravity Sewer Inlet A H i{ I I E L - FLG. x FLG. V [+P FLG. x M.J. A J i C FLG. xP.E A B C O.D. E G H ;� MIN. MAX. K L M P MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. ;� MAX. MIN. MAX. • 0.31 3.90 4.02 6.00 7.50 0.63 0.87 0.75 6.13 6.25 0.88 0.94 0.75 0.81 2.50 A A 0.32 4.74 4.86 7.50 9.00 0.82 L 6 0.75 7.44 7.56 0.94 1.00 0.875 0.935 2.50 S • S 0.34 0.36 6.84 8.99 6.96 9.11 9.50 11.75 11.00 13.50 0.88 1.00 1.12 0.875 1.24 0.875 9.44 11.69 9.56 11.81 1.00 1.04 1.06 0.875 1.12 0.875 0.935 2.50 0.935 2.50 0.38 11.04 11.16 14.25 16.00 1.07 1.31 1.00 13.94 14.06 1.11 1.19 t 0.875 0.935 2.50 R R 0.40 13.14 32.26 17.00 19.00 1.13 L 7 1.00 16.19 16.31 1.17 1.25 0.875 0.935 2.50 • E E 0.42 15.22 15.35 18.75 21.00 1.19 1.57 1.125 18.69 20.94 18.81 21.06 1.19 1.26 1.31 0 0.875 1.38 0.875 0.935 0.935 3.50 3.50 Q Q 0.43 17.32 17.45 21.25 23.50 1.25 1.63 1.125 U U 0.44 19.42 19.55 22.75 25.00 1.37 1.75 1.25 23.19 23.31 1.32 1.44 0.875 0.935 3.50 1 1 0.45 21.52 21.65 25.00 27.50 1.50 1.88 1 1.25 25.44 25.56 1.38 1.50 0.875 0.935 3.50 • R R 0.47 0.51 25.72 31.94 25.85 32.08 29.50 36.00 32.00 38.75 1.69 1.87 2.0.7 1 1.375 2.37 28 1.375 29.94 36.82 30.06 36.94 1.50 1.69 1.62 0.875 1.125 0.935 1.185 3.50 4.00 E E D D 0.58 38.24 38.38 42.75 46.00 2.13 2.63 1.625 43.69 43.81 1.88 1.125 1.185 4.00 • 0.65 44.44 44.58 49.50 53.00 2.37 2.87 1.625 50.56 50.68 1.88 1.375 INA 1.435 4.00 • 0.72 50.74 50.88 56.00 59.50 2.50 3.00 1.625 57.44 57.56 1.88 1.375 1.435 4.00 • 0.81 57.40 57.64 62.75 62.75 2.75 3.25 4 • 1.875 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1. Tolerance on length of FLG. x FLG. and FLG. x M.J. pipe shall be ± 0.125". 2. Tolerance on length of FLG. x P.E. shall be ± 0.25"/ 3. Above material shall meet all applicable sections of ANSI A21.10, A21.15, A21.51, 132.1, 1316.1/AWWA, C110, C115, C150, C151, and all revisions thereto. 4. Flanged pipe shall be ductile iron pipe with ductile iron flanges threaded on. 5. Linings, if required, shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.4 6. The mechanical joint bell for 30" & 36" sizes of ductile iron pipe have thicknesses different from those shown in ANSI A21.11, which are based on gray iron pipe. These reduced thicknesses provide a lighter -weight bell which is compatible with the wall thickness of ductile iron pipe. 7. Submitted material only. Consult engineer for application. 8. 250 lb. faced and drilled flanges available upon request. I O.D. John D. Hobson From: Doug Suzuki [dsuzuki@sccwa.net] Sent: Friday, March 11, 2011 2:06 PM To: John D. Hobson Subject: RE: COR - Stonegate Lift Sta Good deal, Thanks Doug Suzuki Shoreline Construction Co. PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Office: 425.483.0600 Fax: 360.668.5133 Cell: 206.571.3571 From: John D. Hobson [mailto:JhobsonCabRentonwa.gov] Sent: Friday, March 11, 2011 2:01 PM To: Doug Suzuki Subject: RE: COR - Stonegate Lift Sta We use the WSDOT standards for our bollards. Attached are the links for the removable and fixed bollards. We don't need the SS lids. We should only use the removable bollards near the generator set (5 Bollards). We can add the additional costs into a change order. htto://www.wsdot.wa.eov/publications/fulltext/Standards/en2lish/PDF/h60.10-01 e.pdf http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/publications/fulltext/Standards/english/PDF/h60.20-01 e.pdf From: Doug Suzuki jmailto:dsuzuki(cbsccwa.net] Sent: Friday, March 11, 2011 1:43 PM To: John D. Hobson Subject: COR - Stonegate Lift Sta John — I have been trying to download Renton's standard plans and I have not been successful. Could you send me the detail for the removable type? I believe that the removable have a SS lid that covers the hole when the bollard is out and secures bollard to the ground when they are in place. The complete assembly for the removable style costs $385.00/ea, the fixed bollards are $110.00/ea. I did not have in our bid the cost of the removable style, however I can get a better price if the SS lids are omitted and I will look into that if that is acceptable. The cost for the bollards are as follows: Permanent Bollard $110.00/ea Powder Coating $40.00/ea Removable $385.00 Powder Coating $40.00 Doug Suzuki Shoreline Construction Co. PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Office: 425.483.0600 Fax: 360.668.5133 Cell: 206.571.3571 John D. Hobson From: Doug Suzuki [dsuzuki@sccwa.net] Sent: Thursday, March 10, 2011 2:18 PM To: John D. Hobson Subject: RE: COR - Stonegate Lift Sta. Okay, will do Doug Suzuki Shoreline Construction Co. PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Office: 425.483.0600 Fax: 360.668.5133 Cell: 206.571.3571 From: John D. Hobson [mailto:Jhobson0)Rentonwa.ggA Sent: Thursday, March 10, 2011 2:16 PM To: Doug Suzuki Subject: RE: COR - Stonegate Lift Sta. Go for it. From: Doug Suzuki [mailto:dsuzuki(a)sccwa.net] Sent: Thursday, March 10, 2011 2:03 PM To: John D. Hobson Subject: COR - Stonegate Lift Sta. John — I just spoke to the supplier of the bollards and he can have them Powder Coated for $40.00 per each or $320.00 for the 8. Would you like them powder coated? Doug Suzuki Shoreline Construction Co. PO Box 358 Woodinville, WA 98072 Office: 425.483.0600 Fax: 360.668.5133 Cell: 206.571.3571 John D. Hobson From: Happy Longfellow [HLongfellow@parametrix.com] Sent: Tuesday, June 01, 2010 10:40 AM To: John D. Hobson Subject: RE: Roof Color for Stongate Lift Station Building Our HOA board still agrees with the roof color. From: John D. Hobson [mailto:Jhobson@Rentonwa.gov] Sent: Thursday, May 27, 2010 8:07 AM To: Happy Longfellow Subject: Roof Color for Stongate Lift Station Building Happy, We are finalizing the Plans and Specifications for the Stonegate Lift Station and I wanted to confirm that the dark brown color for the roof (the same that was originally approved by your Homeowners Association) is still the preferred color (see attached pdf). John 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energv Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address NE 26th Street and 148th Ave SE Date 6/18/2010 Renton, WA For Building Department Use Applicant Name: Dave Christensen, City of Renton Applicant Address: City of Renton, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA Applicant Phone: 425-430-7212 Project Description ® New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Change of Use ® Prescriptive ❑ Component Performance ❑ Seattle EnvStd Compliance Option (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) ❑ Systems Analysis Space Heat Type 0 Electric resistance 0 All other (see over for definitions) Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values are automatically taken from ENV-UA-1 Glazing Area Calculation (rough opening) Gross Exterior Note: Below grade walls may be included in (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are insulated to the level required for opaque — 740.0 x 100 = yes Check here if using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Concrete/Masonry Option Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications Enter requirements for each 0 no qualifying assembly below. 0 yes Check here if using semi -heated path and if project meets all requirements for semi -heated Semi -Heated Path • spaces as defined in section 1310. Requires other fuel heating and qualifying thermostat. no Only wall insulation requirement is reduced (2006 change). Only available in prescriptive path. Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable) Minimum Insulation R-values Roofs Over Attic R- 3 8 All Other Roofs NA Opaque Wallst U=0 . 062 Below Grade Walls NA Floors Over Unconditioned Space NA Slabs -on -Grade R-10 Radiant Floors NA Maximum U-factors Opaque Doors U= 0 . 60 Vertical Glazing U=0 . 40 Overhead Glazing U=O. 60 Maximum SHGC (or SC) Vertical/Overhead Glazing 0.400 1. Assemblies with metal framing must comply with overall U-factors Notes: Opaque Concrete/Masonry Wall Requirements Wall Maximum U-factor is 0.15 (R5.7 continuous ins) CMU block walls with insulated cores comply If project qualifies for Concrete/Masonry Option, list walls with HC>: 9.0 Btu/ft'•°F below (other walls must meet Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and values from Table 10-9 in the Code. Wall Description (including insulation R-value & position U-factor 8" CMU with solid grout cores, 0.068 Wood Studs With R-13 Batt insulation 2006 Washinaton State Nonresidential Enerav Code ComDliance Form 2006 Washington Slate Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for the optional Prescriptive Option. for Prescriptive Option If not, either the Component Performance or Systems Analysis Options must be used. 1302 Space Heat Type: For the purpose of determining building envelope -- - Electric Resistance: Space heating systems which use electric requirements, the following two categories comprise all space heating START resistance elements as the primary heating system including baseboard, types: radiant, and forced air units where Me total electric resistance heat Other: All other space heating systems including gas, solid fuel, oil, and capacity exceeds 1.0 WIte of the gross conditioned floor area. Exception: propane space heating systems and those systems listed in Me Heat pumps and terminal electric resistance heating in variable air exception to electric resistance. (continued at right) volume distribution systems. Electric N Resistance Yes Heat? All Insulation Installed? All Insulation Installed? Below Grd Wall (ext) R-10 Wood Metal Below Grd Wall (oth) R-19 Below Grd Wall (ext) R-10 R-10 Roof Over Attic R30 Below Grd Wall (oth) R-19 U-0.062 All Other Roof R-21 Roof Over Attic R-38 U-0.031 Raised Floor R-19 All Other Roof R-30 U-0.034 Slab -On -Grade R-10 Raised Floor R-30 U-0.029 Radiant Floor R-10 Slab -Orr -Grade R-10 R-10 Opaque Door U-0.60 Radiant Floor R-10 R-10 Opaque Door U-0.60 U-0 60 N Yes Ye No Mass Wall Above Grade G Wall R1 aWall N Criteria OK? N Wall R19 wood, or <M(ttssow) riera OK? NO ► (below) 0.062 met Yes AG Mass Wall Insulation Req. Mass Wall U0.15/R5.7ci CMU Block Ins. Cores 'Wood Frame R19 Metal Framed R19 No Yes Yes Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Vert OH Glazing Vert OH Area % UVal UVal SHGC Area % UVal UVal SHGC 0-30% 0.55 0.70 0.45 0-30% 0.40 0.60 0.40 30-45% 0.45 0.60 0.40 >30 Not Allowed >45% Not Allowed No No Yes Prescriptive ,Yes Path Allowed Component Performance, Systems Analysis, or EnvStd Required Yes AG Mass Wall Insulation Req. Mass Wall U0.15/R5.7ci CMU Block Ins. Cores Wood Frame R19 Metal Framed U0.062 No Concrete/Masonry Option* Wall Heat Capacity (HC) Assembly Description Assy.Tag HC" Area (so HC x Area 8^ CMU with solid grout cores, wall #1 15.00 342.0 5130.0 R-13 Batt insulation Totals 1342.01 5130.0 Area weighted HC: divide total of (HC x area) by Total Are 15 . 00 'If the area weighted heat capacity (HC) of the total above grade wall is a minimum of 9.0, the Concrete Masonry Option may be used. "'For framed walls, assume HC=1.0 unless calculations are provided, for all other walls, use Section 1009. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Building Permit Plans 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address NE 26th Street and 148th Ave SE Date 6/18/2010 The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability Code Location Building Department (yes, no, n.a.) Section Component Information Requires on Plans Notes GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301-1314) 1301 Scope Unconditioned spaces identified on plans if allowed yes 1302 Space heat type: Electric resistant If 'Other', indicate on plans that electric resistance heat is not allowed no 1310.2 Semi -heated spaces Semi -heated spaces identified on plans if allowed 1311 Insulation yes 1311 1 Insul. installation Indicate densities and clearances 10.07200 yes 1311.2 Roof /ceiling insul. Indicate R-value on roof sections for attics and other roofs; Al, A2 Indicate clearances for attic insulation; 10.07200 Indicate baffles if eave vents installed; Indicate face stapling of faced batts yes 1311.3 Wall insulation Indicate R-value on wall sections; A3 Indicate face stapling of faced batts; 10.07200 Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate loose -fill core insulation for masonry walls as necess; Indicate heat capacity of masonry walls if masonry option is used F73; n . a . 1311.4 Floor insulation Indicate R-value on floor sections, Indicate substantial contact with surface; Indicate supports not more than 24" o.c.; Indicate that insulation does not block airflow through foundation vents yes 1311.5 Slab -on -grade floor Indicate R-value on wall section or foundation detail; Al Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 24" from top; 10.07200 Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected n. a . 1311.6 Radiant floor Indicate R-value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 36" from the top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate insulation also under entire slab where r 'd. by Official n. a. 1312 Glazing and doors Provide calculation of glazing area (including both vertical vertical and overhead) as percent of gross wall area yes 1312.1 U-factors Indicate glazing and door U-factors on glazing and door Al schedule (provide area -weighted calculations as necessary); Indicate if values are NFRC or default, if values are default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gapwidth, low-e coatings, as fillings n . a . 1312.2 SHGC & SC Indicate glazing solar heat gain coefficient or shading coefficient on glazing schedule (provide area -weighted calculations as necessary) 1313 Moisture control yes 1313.1 Vapor retarders Indicate vapor retarders on warm side A3 10.07200 yes 1313.2 Roof/ceiling vap.ret. Indicate vapor retarder on roof section; A3 Indicate va . retard. with sealed seams for non -wood struc. 10. 07200 yes 1313.3 Wall vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on wall section A3 10.07200 n. a . 1313.4 Floor vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on floor section n. a. 1313.5 Crawl space vap. ret. Indicate six mil black polyethylene overlapped 12" on ground 1314 Air leakage yes 1314.1 Bldg. envel. sealing Indicate sealing, caulking, gasketing, and weatherstripping A3, 10.04220 yes 1314.2 Glazing/door sealing Indicate weatherstripping A3 10.08110 n. a. 1314.3 Assemb. as ducts Indicate sealing, caulking and gasketing a. a. 1314A Recessed Lighting Fixtur Indicate IC rating, ASTM E283 certification, and gasketing or caulking to ceiling PRESCRIPTIVE/COMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1320-23 or 1330-34) yes Envelope Sum. Form Completed and attached. Provide component performance worksheet if necessary If "no" is shown for any question, provide explanation: State Nonresidential Enerov Code Compliance Form Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Envelope - General Requirement 1311 Insulation 1311.1 Installation Requirements: All insulation materials shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions to achieve proper densities, maintain clearances and maintain uniform R-values. To the maximum extent possible, insulation shall extend over the full component area to the intended R-value. 1311.2 Roof/Ceiling Insulation: Open -blown or poured loose -fill insulation may be used in attic spaces where the slope of the ceiling is not more than 3/12 and there is at least 30 inches of clear distance from the top of the bottom chord of the truss or ceiling joist to the underside of the sheathing at the roof ridge. When eave vents are installed, baffling of the vent openings shall be provided so as to deflect the incoming air above the surface of the insulation. Where lighting fixtures are recessed into a suspended or exposed grid ceiling, the roof/ceiling assembly shall be insulated in a location other than directly on the suspended ceiling. EXCEPTION: Type IC rated recessed lighting fixtures. Where installed in wood framing, faced batt insulation shall be face stapled. 1311.3 Wall Insulation: Exterior wall cavities isolated during framing shall be fully insulated to the levels of the surrounding walls. When installed in wood framing, faced batt insulation shall be face stapled. Above grade exterior insulation shall be protected. 1311.4 Floor Insulation: Floor insulation shall be installed in a permanent manner in substantial contact with the surface being insulated. Insulation supports shall be installed so spacing is not more than 24 inches on center.' Installed insulation shall not block the airflow through foundation vents. 1311.5 Slab -On -Grade Floor: Slab -on -grade insulation installed inside the foundation wall shall extend downward from the top of the slab a minimum distance of 24 inches or to the top of the footing, whichever is less. Insulation installed outside the foundation shall extend downward a minimum of 24 inches or to the frost line, whichever is greater. Above grade insulation shall be protected. EXCEPTION: For monolithic slabs, the insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab to the bottom of the footing. 1311.6 Radiant Floors (on or below grade): Slab -on - grade insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab a minimum distance of 36 inches or downward to the top of the footing and horizontal for an aggregate of not less than 36 inches. If required by the building official where soil conditions warrant such insulation, the entire area of a radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the soil. Where a soil gas control system is provided below the radiant floor, which results in increased convective flow below the radiant floor, the radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the sub - floor gravel layer. 1312 Glazing and Doors 1312.1 Standard Procedure for Determination of Glazing and Door U-Factors: U-factors for glazing and doors shall be determined, certified and labeled in accordance with Standard RS-31 by a certified independent agency licensed by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). Compliance shall be based on the Residential or the Nonresidential Model Size. Product samples used for U- factor determinations shall be production line units or representative of units as purchased by the consumer or contractor. Unlabeled glazing and doors shall be assigned the default U-factor in Table 10-6. Revised July 2007 1312.2 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Shading Coefficient: Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), shall be determined, certified and labeled in accordance with the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) Standard by a certified, independent agency, licensed by the NFRC. EXCEPTION: Shading coefficients (SC) shall be an acceptable alternate for compliance with solar heat gain coefficient requirements. Shading coefficients for glazing shall be taken from Chapter 31 of Standard RS-1 or from the manufacturer's test data. 1313 Moisture Control 1313.1 Vapor Retarders: Vapor retarders shall be installed on the warm side (in winter) of insulation as required by this section. EXCEPTION: Vapor retarder installed with not more than 1/3 of the nominal R-value between it and the conditioned space. 1313.2 Roof/Ceiling Assemblies: Roof/ceiling assemblies where the ventilation space above the insulation is less than an average of 12 inches shall be provided with a vapor retarder. (For enclosed attics and enclosed rafter spaces, see Section 1203.2 of the International Building Code.) Roof/ceiling assemblies without a vented airspace, allowed only where neither the roof deck nor the roof structure are made of wood, shall provide a continuous vapor retarder with taped seams. EXCEPTION: Vapor retarders need not be provided where all of the insulation is installed between the roof membrane and the structural roof deck. 1313.3 Walls: Walls separating conditioned space from unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder. 1313.4 Floors: Floors separating conditioned space from unconditioned space shall be provided with a'vapoFretarder. 1313.5 Crawlspaces: A ground cover of six mil (0,006 inch thick) black polyethylene or approved equal shal['be laid over the ground within crawlspaces. The ground cover shall be overlapped 12 inches minimum at the joints and shall extend to the foundation wall. EXCEPTION: The ground cover may be omitted in crawl spaces if the crawlspace has a concrete slab floor with a minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches. 1314 Air Leakage 1314.1 Building Envelope: The requirements of this section shall apply to building elements separating conditioned from unconditioned spaces. Exterior joints around windows and door frames, openings between walls and foundation, between walls and roof and wall panels; openings at penetrations of utility services through walls, floors and roofs; and all other openings in the building envelope shall be sealed, caulked, gasketed or weatherstripped to limit air leakage. 1314.2 Glazing and Doors: Doors and operable glazing separating conditioned from unconditioned space shall be weatherstripped. Fixed windows shall be tight fitting with glass retained by stops with sealant or caulking all around. EXCEPTION: Openings that are required to be fire resistant. 1314.3 Building Assemblies Used as Ducts or Plenums: Building assemblies used as ducts or plenums shall be sealed, caulked and gasketed to limit air leakage. 1314.4 Recessed Lighting Fixtures: When installed in the building envelope, recessed lighting fixtures shall by Type IC rated, and certified under ASTM E283 to have no more than 2.0 cfm air movement from the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity. The lighting fixture shall be tested at 75 Pascals or 1.57 Ibs/ft pressure difference and have a label attached, showing compliance with this test method. Recessed lighting fixtures shall be installed with a gasket or caulk between the fixture and ceiling to prevent air leakage. Z30 Sf (1\,5 (2o�=23c�Sf 1. am 8QU 1 FE t Lt V A I IUIN SCNF: W'•1'-e• NORTH ELEVATION zcuC I/o.i-o• * NOTES 1. du EXTEm(W nm3N: SPUT-CAR. CXCWI fW TOP C E MOUND M! amnW(L RNinl SMALL BE 3NDOM. Zi. CNU INT:RIpt !WISH: SMOOM 1 CMV WLOR: MMI mlC ROWS STANOMO MWIUN RNOm( W TAN COLOR M.T IS CLOSEST TO COL W U 5TONEGATE COMuumTY ENM.NR • . WMPIW Afp EXICRNW COLOP SI-L BC ME SAME. A. CMV PATRPN PUNNING .-D. 5. NODC CIX DMN 8N 1E OR BPCmr A5 SELE.CTD er ME Om m. � s K■en■dr/J■aAcs Comraab ROTI- H I LL 1111 12- aom HlX. LI.c r,x.n.esD.3we .N«.dnna.wm ---' E�WiN. i's-w.-Dsss IItb NE ShV M.m. 9u,b 300 RtlM.vn, w.9e00. fc„ 25)-033 !.]! ETAL m PRE-EIMI M MCTK Rw..c 7._0. • p•..0•. ACOUSTC'tQrvCP - WWiCR O SCRCEN rr.LL SPIIT-PACE O CWQSLD PACES .NE-a.lS.M Nua N-1w, _ YYIIY�E `�ii '. III ut e.,. 2(7 3o) 4-2(l4o) =7K0 SP i..Ft (am m. S) CNV UE N.L. St.— (SNO- IITIWM M. I.WES) lu) E[SISrERE4 LRCMTC(1 dWE1 � NmMn SILT (f NWIN41d 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address NE 26th Street and 148th Ave SE Date 6/18/2010 Renton, WA For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: Dave Christensen, City of Renton Applicant Address: City of Renton, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, W Applicant Phone: 425-430-7212 Project Description The Control Building is a conditioned space that is heated by an Briefly describe mechanical electric unit heater EH-1 and is ventilated by exhaust fan EF-1. system type and features. ❑ Includes Plans Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Compliance Option 10 Simple System 0 Complex System 0 Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH-SUM for simple &complex systems.; Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Btu/h Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV3 Location Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Btu/h Total CFM OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficienc ° EH-1 Reznor EGHB 6824 700 NA 6824 6824 1.000 Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' CFM SP' HP/BHP Flow Control Location of Service EF-1 Greenheck SEl 650 0.25 .125/.07 Cv Control Building If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-1A through 14-1G. 3 If required. ° COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as s applicable. Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. If Heating/Cooling or Cooling Only: ❑ Constant vol? ❑ Split system? ❑ Air cooled? ❑ Packaged sys? ❑ <20,000 Btuh? ❑ Economizer included? If HeatingOnly: Y ® < 5000 cfm? a ❑ <70 /o outside air? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. START \ Heating/Cooling Air Cooled, System Type or Cooling Only Constant Vol? No =ReferenceHeating Only Y <5000 It Syste cfm? Yes 4ingle ckage <=84I000 Ynit? Btuh? <<70% O� A Outd s _ or Y Adjacent to utdoor - YeS._ Reference No ` Section 1423 Simple System Allowed (section 1420) <240.000 B or 10%? Yes <54,000 .Btu h?. Use Complex Systems (section 1430) Comex S stems Refer to MECH-COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which l� Y Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 2006 Washinqton State Nonresidential Enerqy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH- 2006 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address NE 26th Street and 148th Ave SE Date 6/18/2010 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) I Code ILocation Section Icomponent Information Requires on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401-1424) 1411 Equipment performance n.a. 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule n.a. 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency n.a. 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue/draft damper & jacket loss 1412 HVAC controls yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans M1,M2 n.a. 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum n.a. 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat n.a. 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 diff. day types yes 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and auto. controls & max. leakage M1, M2 n.a. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls n.a. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control n.a. 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high -occupancy areas n.a. 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans n.a. 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule 1413 Air economizers n.a. 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule n.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb n.a. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate clg load & water econoe & clg tower performance n.a. 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling n.a. 1413.4 lHumidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting systems n.a. 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary n.a. 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on duct n.a. 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping 1416 Completion Requirements yes 1416.2.1 Commissioning Provide commissioning plan 15800 yes 1416.2.2-3 Sys.Bal & Func.Test Indicate air and water system balancing & functional testing 15800 yes 1416.2.4 Commissioning Indicate O&M manuals, record drawings, staff training 15800 yes 1416.2.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for prelim. & final commissioning report 15800 n.a. 1434 Separate air Sys. lindicate separate systems on plans yes Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections - 5 1440 Service water htg. n.a. 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R-10 insulation under tank n.a. 1442 Shut-off controls Indicate automatic shut-off n.a. 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping n.a. 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 n.a. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency n.a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control n.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover n.a. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R-12 pool cover mc1.rranra.ar - vcncrar 1Nv4uncnrcnw 1411.1 General: Equipment shall have a minimum performance at the specified rating conditions not less than the values shown in Table 14-1A through 14-1 G. If a nationally recognized certification program exists for a product covered in Tables 14-1A through 14-1 G, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings > 225.000 Btu/h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124-1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy FActor (EF) or a CAE of not less than the following: EF CAE < 50 gal storage 0.58 0.71 50 to 70 gal storage 0.57 0.71 > 70 gal storage 0.55 0.70 1411.4 Packaged Electric Heating and Cooling Equipment: Packaged electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20, Btu/h shall be a heat pump. Exception: Unstaffed equipment shaetters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to. temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. .1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to -the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Exceptions: 1. Special occupancy, special usage, or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Buildings complying with Section 1141.4, if in the proposed building energy analysis, heating and cooling thermostat setpoints are set to the same temperature between 70 degrees F and 75 degrees F inclusive, and assumed to be constant throughout the year. 3. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: If a system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non-use or alternate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall have a minimum seven-day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week. It must retain programming and time for a power loss of 10 hours and include an accessible manual override of up to 2 hours. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu/h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off -hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. Stair shaft and elevator shaft smoke relief openings shall be equipped with normally open (fails to open upon loss of power) dampers. These dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm system or other approved smoke detection system. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. 2. Combustion air intakes. 3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in buildings less than 3 stories in height. 4. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in exhaust and relief outlets in the first story and levels below the first story of buildings 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High -Occupancy Areas: Demand control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces that are larger than 500 ft2, have a design occupancy for ventilation of greater than 40 people for 1000 ft2 of floor area, and are served by systems with one or more of the following: a. An air -side economizer, b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or C. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 cfm. Exceptions: 1.Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. 2. Multiple -zone systems without direct -digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. 3. Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 cfm. 4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is less than 1200 cfm. 1413 Air Economizers 1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be of automatically modulating outside and return air dampers to provide 100 percent of the design supply air as outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the conneted terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 450F dry-bulb/40°F wet -bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. Exception: Water economizers using air-cooled heal rejection equipment may use a 35°F dry-bulb outside air temperature for this calculation. This exception is limited to a maximum of 20 tons per building. 1413.2 Documentation: Water economizer plans submitted for approval shall include the following information: 1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is sized to provide full cooling. 2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition. 3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode. 1413.3 Integrated Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load: - -Exceptions:... 1. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. 2. Water-cooled water chillers with waterside economizer. 1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type). Exceptions: 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246-320-525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Bluth shall have modulating or staged combustion control. 2. Systems with water economizer 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Seating: Duct work which is designed to operate at pressures above 1/2 inch water column static pressure shall be sealed in accordance with Standard RS-18. Extent of sealing required is as follows: 1. Static pressure: 1/2 inch to 2 inches; seal transverse joints. 2. Static pressure: 2 inches to 3 inches; seal all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 3. Static pressure: above 3 inches; seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. Duct tape and other pressure sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant where ducts are designed to operate at static pressures of 1 inch W.C. or greater. 1414.2 Insulation: Ducts and plenums that are constructed and function as part of the building envelope, by separating interior space from exterior space, shall meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 13. These requirements include insulation installation, moisture control, air leakage, and building envelope insulation levels. Unheated equipment rooms with combustion air louvers must be isolated from the conditioned space by insulating interior surfaces to a minimum of R-11 and any exterior envelope surfaces per Chapter 13. Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity shall be insulated to a minimum of R-7 and are not considered building envelope. Other outside air duct runs are considered building envelope until they, ,. a.,., , , ,,,,, d hLijS#9Q, �X� 1,lc0Cg5IlJpntial_Ener.gy Code Compliance outlets in the first story and levels below the first story of buildings duct runs are considered building envelope until they, three or more stories in height. 1. connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -of damper complying air capacities exceeding 10,000 cfm shall have optimum start controls. Optimum with Section 1412.4.1. start controls shall be designed to automatically adjust the start time of an HVAC Once outside air ducts meet the above listed requirements, any runs within system each day to bring the space to desired occupied temperature levels conditioned space shall comply with Table 14-5 requirements. immediately before scheduled occupancy. The control algorithm shall, as a Other ducts and plenums shall be thermally insulated per Table 14-5. minimum, be a function of the difference between space temperature and occupied Exceptions: setpoint and the amount of time prior to scheduled occupancy. 1. Within the HVAC equipment. 1412.6 Heat Pump Controls: Unitary air cooled heat pumps shall include 2. Exhaust air ducts not subject to condensation. microprocessor controls that minimize supplemental heat usage during start-up, set- up, and defrost conditions. These controls shall anticipate need for heat and use 3. Exposed ductwork within a zone that serves that zone. compression heating as the first stage of heat. Controls shall indicate when 1415 Piping Systems supplemental heating is being used through visual means (e.g., LED indicators). 1415.1 Insulation: Piping shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table 14-6. 1412.6 Combustion Healing Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment Exception: Piping installed within unitary HVAC equipment. with a capacity over 225,000 Btulh shall have modulating or staged combustion Water pipes outside the conditioned space shall be insulated in accordance with control. 000 Washington State Plumbing Code (WAC 51-26) EXCEPTIONS: 1. Boilers. 2. Radiant heaters. 1416 Completion Requirements (Referto NREC Section 1416 and the Building 1412.7 Balancing: Each air supply outlet or air or water terminal device shall have Commissioning Guidelines, published by the Building Commissioning Association, a means for balancing, including but not limited to, dampers, temperature and for complete text and guidelines for building completion and commissioning pressure test connections and balancing valves. requirements.) 2006 Washinqton State Nonresidential Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Comptiance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Project Address NE 26th Street and 148th Ave SE Date 6/18/2010 Renton, WA For Building Department Use Applicant Name: Dave Christensen, City of Renton Applicant Address: city of Renton, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA Applicant Phone: 425-430-7212 Project Description ® New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option O Prescriptive 10 Lighting Power Allowance O Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 113 No changes are being made to the lighting 1 ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location floor/room no. ( ) Occupancy Description P Y P � Allowed Watts per ftz " Area in fly Allowed x Area Control Building Exempt per WSEC 1512.1 5. (Electrical/Mechanical Roo ) 240.0 Process Vaults Exempt per WSEC 1512.1 5. (Electrical/Mechanical Roo ) " From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG-LPA Proposed Lighting Wattage Total Allowed Waft Location (floor/room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Control Building Fluorescent 2' x 4' , T8 Lamps 3 Process Vaults Metal Halide Wall pack, 10OW 4 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Revised July 2007 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0Other QQualification Checklist Lighting u [3 Check if 95 /o or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. Note. If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of Fixtures: (Section 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non -lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. 1521) or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T-1, T-2, T-4, T-5, T-8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- Cleady indicate these spaces on plans. If tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. not qualified, do LPA Calculations. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic balla 3. LED lights. TABLE 15-1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance LPA Use LPA W/s Use LPA W/s Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in 1.0 facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 5."' Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1-3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 1 Police and fire stations 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments , 1.3 Post office 1.1 restaurants/bars5 Dormitory 1.0 Retail , retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale 1.5 stores(pallet rack shelving) Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school 1.2 classrooms day care centers G mnasia9 assembly s aces 1.0 Theater, motion icture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, perfornning arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1-1 and 1.2 Transportation 1.0 1-2 Occupancies Hotel/motel 1.0 Warehouses storage areas 0.5 Hotel ban uet/conference/exhibition hall"' 1 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified 1.8 Parking garages 0.2. . "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) Laundries 1.2 Libraries 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Onl Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor buildin lobbies (except mall concourses 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and 0.8 washrooms elevator lobbies Footnotes for Table 15-1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150fe with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w/ftz may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ftz. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three -quarter -height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free-standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w/ftz of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling -mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. 2006 Washinqton State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Info Proj AddreSNE 26th Street and 148th Ave SE Date 6/18/2010 Renton, WA For Building Department Use Name: Dave Christensen, City of Renton Appl. Namecity of Renton, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA Appl. Phon(425-430-7212 Project Description ® New ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis Building Grounds (luminaires > 100 Watts) ❑ Efficacy > 60 lumens/W ❑ Controlled by motion Sensor ❑ Exemption (list) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, 8 space use not changed. Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per fe or per If Area (Il?), perimeter (10 or # of items Allowed Watts x ft' (or x If) Main Entry Metal Halide wall Pack 30 W/LF of door wid 1.0 30.0 Uncovered Parking and drives 150 W HPS pole mount 0.15 W/ft2 1.0 0.2 Total Allowed Watt$ 3 0 , 2 l Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -(wired ballasts only, Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also,be used,: Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage total Proposed Wattsl Non -Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per fe or per If Area ( ), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x fF (or x If) Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Proposed Watts may not exceed Allowed Watts for Category 2006 Washinqton State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form TABLE 15-2 LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS Revised July 2007 Tradable Surfaces Uncovered Parking Areas (Lighting power Parking lots and drives 0.15 W/ftZ densities for uncovered Building Grounds parking areas, building Walkways less than 10 feet wide 1.0 W/linear foot grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs and outdoor sales areas may be traded.) Walkways 10 feet wide or greater plaza areas Special feature areas 0.2W/ft2 Stairways 1.0 W/ftZ Building Entrances and Exits Main entries 30 W/linear foot of door width Other doors 20 W/linear foot of door width Canopies and Overhangs Canopies (free standing and attached and 1.25 W/ft overhangs) Outdoor Sales Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) 0.5 W/ftZ Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to "open area" allowance 20 W/linear foot Non -Tradable Building Facades 0.2W/ft2for each illuminated wall or. Surfaces (Lighting surface or S.OW/linear foot for each power density , illuminated wall or surface lenjeth Automated teller machines and night 270 W per location plus 90 W per calculations for the, following applications depositories additional ATM per location can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities 1.25 W/ftZ of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the "Canopies and Overhangs" section of "Tradable Surfaces" Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles 0.5 W/ftZ of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the "Canopies and Overhangs" section of 'Tradable Surfaces" Material handling and associated 0.5 W/ft2 permitted in the "Tradable Surfaces" storage section of this table.) Drive -up windows at fast food 400W per drive -through restaurants Parking near 24-hour retail entrances 800 W per main entry 2006 Washington State Nonresidential EnerQv Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington Slate Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address NE 26th Street and 148th Ave SE Date 6/18/2010 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, II I Code Section Component Information Requirec Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type, indicate locations yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch n.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations n.a. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans n.a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans n.a. 1513.4 Display/exhib/special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut-off Schedule with type and features, indicate location n.a. (a) timer w/backup Indicate location yes (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut-off Indicate location n.a. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations n.a. 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back-up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans yes 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) n.a. 1514 Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530-1532) yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture type lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture yes 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) yes 1511 1 Elec motor efficiency MECH-MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yes 1540 Transformers Indicate size and efficiency If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: 2006 State Nonresidential Enerqy Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Fomu Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls: Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512. shall comply with this section. Where occupancy sensors are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2. 1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling -height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. 2. Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 1513.2 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than 80%. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft2. 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant -sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e. north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing. EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing 2 or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut-off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by either: a. A combination of a photosensor and a time switch; or b. An astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1513.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Buildings greater than 5,000 ft2 and all school classrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft2 enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with Section 1513.6.1 . For other spaces, automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas that must be continuously July illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wall -mounted, manual switch capable of turning off lights when the space is occupied. EXCEPTION: Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low - light) provided the control fails in the high -light position. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut-off' feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back-up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. is readily accessible, b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than'2 hours when an over -ride is initiated, and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft2 or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft2, whichever is greater. 1513.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut-off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1514 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. Motors - General Requirements 1511 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Section 1437. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements SECTION 1540 — TRANSFORMERS The minimum efficiency of a low voltage dry -type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4-2 of the "Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP-1-2002). Structural Calculations For Control Building City of Renton Concrete Masonry Unit Building Revision #0 June 11, 2010 KENNEDY/JENKS CONSULTANTS 303 2nd Street, Suite 300 South San Francisco, California 94107 (415` ''43=2150 �� ,, K/J JOB NO. 0897003 �1 ji"T tic y� LEE & WASNf'�C �t 7 � Vl •Q � � C 109 T6 � �S ZONAL ��G1 FxF• GAN I By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Checked By: DLB Date: Table of Contents Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Project: Stonegate II Job No. 0897003 1.0 Building Description 3 1.1 Client Name 3 1.2 Building Name and Location 3 1.3 Building Type, Materials and Load Path 3 1.4 Building Key 3 1.5 Building Plan 4 2.0 Loads 4 2.1 Dead Load 4 2.2 Live Load 4 2.3 Snow Loads 5 2.4 Wind Loads 5 2.5 Seismic Loads 6 3.0 Lateral Force Resisting System Loading 8 3.1 Seismicly Active Building Weight 8 3.2 Seismic Diaphragm Loading 9 3.3 Seismic LFRS Loading 9 3.4 Wind Loading For LFRS 10 4.0 Diaphragm Design and LFRS Load Distribution 12 4.1 Diphragm Chords 12 4.2 Collectors 13 4.3 Shear Wall Loading* 13 4.4 Foundation Loading from LFRS 15 5.0 Vertical Loading 16 5.1 Roof Joist Loading and Design 16 5.2 Gravity Loading on Wall 17 5.3 Masonry Wall Out of Plane Loading 17 5.4 Masonry Wall Design 18 5.5 Wall to Roof Connection 20 5.6 Lintel/Collector Design 22 6.0 Foundation Design 23 Note that shear wall design for in -plane loading will be presented seperately. City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 2 of 24 By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Checked By: DLB Date: 1.0 Project Name And General Information City of Renton, Stonegate II Sewer System Improvements 1.1 Client Name: City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, Washington 98055 1.2 Building Name and Location: Control Building NE 26th St. and 148th ave. SE Renton, Wa 98059 1.3 Building Type and Materials and Load Paths Kennedy/Jenks Consultants Project: Stonegate II Job No. 0897003 The building will be a masonry building with a wood truss roof. The Lateral Force Resisting system will consist of the wood roof diaphragm spanning between special reinforced masonry shear walls in each direction. The shear walls are set on continuous footings which will resist lateral load in friction. The Gravity system will consist of plywood sheathing over wood trusses. The trusses bear on walls supported in bearing by continuous concrete footings. 1.4 Building Key ...: '. Sns I; f Building Parameters SeW := 6 Roof slope in east -west direction in S:12 format. Sns := 6 Roof slope in north -south direction in S:12 format H := 12.5ft Building height LeW := 20ft Building length east -west Lns := 12ft Building length north -south City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 3 of 24 By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Checked By: DLB Date: Jenks Consultants Project: Stonegate II Job No. 0897003 1.5 Building Plan 161-0" _._. 21-0„ _01, / I,T. (V O i �! N I I , / <V 20'-0" r= 2.0 Loads Summary of loads based on the 2006 International Building Code requirements with Washington State Building Code amendments. All Sections and Equations are from 2006 IBC Chapter 16, or ASCE 7-05 as noted 2.1 Dead Loads Steel := 490pcf CMU:= 85psf 85 psf is the weight of a fully -grouted 8" thick CMU wall Concrete := 150pcf Steel: As calculated based on weights provided in the AISC Manual of Steel Construction Equipment: As provided by equipment manufacturers and/or as calculated by the engineer 2.2 Live Loads - ASCE 7-05 Chapter 4 Elevated Slabs and Walkways: 100 psf continuous or 1,000 pounds concentrated Sidewalks: 300 psf Roof Live Load: 20 psf (times reduction factors - see ASCE 7-05 Section 4.9.1) Roof Live Load Reduction Factors, Ri and RZ F := 6 F is the rise of the roof slope (example: for a 4:12 roof slope, F = 4) L0 := 20ps Unreduced roof live load City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 4 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Roof Reduction Factor `4t:= Lns•Lew R2 := 1 if F <— 4 1.2-0.05•F if 4<F<12 0.6 otherwise R2=0.9 R1 =0.96 Lr:= max(l2psf,LO•Rl•R2) Truss Reduction Factor spacing := 2ft Lr = 17.3•ps R1 := 1 if At <— 200ft2 1.2--. 0.001 At if 200ft2 < At < 600ft2 ft2 0.6 otherwise At is the tributary area of the truss. Note that this will change for each type of 5,:= spacing•Lns structural member. The following calculation is for the truss. Rom.= 1 if F <_ 4 R� _ 1.2-0.05•F if4<F<12 0.6 otherwise R2=0.9 R1=1 Lrtruss max(12psf , LO• R 1 •R2) Lrtruss = 18•ps 1 if At <— 200ft2 1.2 0.001 At if 200ft` < At < 600ft' ft2 0.6 otherwise 2.3 Snow Loads - ASCE 7-05 Chapter 7 Ce := 0.9 from Table 7-2 Category C, Fully Exposed Ct 1.2 from Table 7-3 Unheated Structure Is := 1.2 from Table 7-4 Category IV pg := 20psf from the IBC Fig. 1608.2 Cs := 1.0 from Chart 7-2c in ASCE 7-05 for a roof with 6:12 slope S := Ce•Ct•Cs•Is.p9 S = 25.92 ps 2.4 Wind Loads - Usina the simplified wind load Method 1 from ASCE 7-05 Chapter 6 Basic Wind Speed, V3S = 85 mph from IBC Fig. 1609 Exposure Factor: C based on observation of the site Building conforms to requirements of paragraph 6.4.1.1 and is eligible for Method 1 Roof Slope: 26.57 degrees City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 5 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 HToof H mean roof height (eave height if roof angle is less than 10 degrees) Imin 12ft least horizontal dimension of building Iw := 1.15 from Table 6-1, Category IV X := 1.21 from Figure 6-2 Kzt := 1.0 from Section 6.5.7 amin min(0.1.1min,0.4•HToof) amin = 1.2•ft a := I amin if amin > max(0.041min,3ft) 1nax(0.04• Irvin, 3ft) otherwise a = 3 a is for use with Figures 6-3, see footnote 5 adj :_ X.Kzt.lw adj = 1.391 Factor for the wind pressures listed in Figure 6-2 and 6-3 Procede to the Simplified Design Wind Pressure Tables. The wind pressures are listed for various basic wind speeds, roof angles, load cases, and locations. Figure 6-2 identifies the loading locations for the Main Windforce Resisting System Loading. Figure 6-3 identifies the loading locations for the Component and Cladding System. For the Main Windforce Resisting System, the following components apply: qA := 14.4psf qD := 2.4psf qG :_—4.6psf gGOH :_ —10.1 psf qB := 2.3psf qE :_—6.4psf qH :_—7.Opsf qC := 10.4psf qF :_—8.7psf gEOH 11.9psf For the design of components and cladding, the pressures will be applied based on the tributary area. 2.5 Seismic Loads - ASCE 7-05 Chapter 11 Site Class = D from Facility Evaluation Report by Roth Hill Engineering Partners, LLC S1 := 0.476 dated July 2008 SDS := 0.933 SDI := 0.484 SDI Ts :_ Ts = 0.519 SDS , SDI To := 0.2 — To = 0.104 SDS TL := 6 s In accordance with Figure 22-15 City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 6 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Sa(T) := 0.6- SDS •T + 0.4•SDS if T < To Equations 11.4-5, 11.4-6 To and 11.4-7 SDS if To < T < Ts SDI — otherwise T Importance Factor Ie := 1.50 See table 11.5-1 Design Response Spectrum 0.8 d a� 0 0.6 Q. a� 0.4 U U 0.2 0 0.5 1 Period (T) Seismic Design Category, in accordance with paragraph 11.6 of ASCE 7-05 this is a Seismic Design Category D structure City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 7 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 3.0 Lateral Force Resisting System Loading Seismic Load determined Using the Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure Described in paragraph 12.8 of ASCE 7-05. Structure is regular with a period less than 3.5Ts (Table 12.6.1). C4,:= 0.02 From Table 12.8-2 x := 0.75 From Table 12.8-2 x Period := Ct (ft) H Period = 0.133 3.5Ts = 1.816 3.1 Seismically Active Building Weight Find the area of the walls running in the north and south direction Awall0:= 2•Lns•H Find the area of the walls running in the east and west directions Awalll 2•Lew*H Wwall := CMU•Awall .5 Wwall = (42 2525.5) kip Find the Area and weight of the roof Roof Dead Loads: DLsheathing 2psf DLroofing 3psf DLtrusses l opsf DLhanging l opsf 5/8" plywood architect's estimate @ 2'-0" oc IBC Wr DLsheathing + DLroofing + DLtrusses + DLhanging 1 Lns + 4ft 62 + 122 Lns + 4ft 2 122 Aroof 2 2 (Lns + 4 ft) 2 12 + 2 J ew + Oft) — 0.5 (Lns + 4ft)] 6+ 2 12 Aroof = 429.325 ft 2 Wroof := Aroof' Wr using 2 foot overhang Wroof = 10.733•kip Snow load on roof structure is greater than live load. Use snow load. City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 8 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Wllr:= Aroof'S Wllr= 11.128•kip SeismicScalingFactor := 0 Wllrs := SeismicScalingFactor• Wllr Wllrs = 0•1cip Seismic Weight for the Diaphragm/Shear Walls in the East-West Direction 1 Wseismic0 I 'Wwal10 + Wllrs + Wroof Seismic Weight for the Diaphragm/Shear Walls in the North -South Direction I Wseismicl '= 2 .Wwa111 + Wlirs + Wroof 3.2 Seismic Diaphraghm Loading Fpd:= 0.2•Ie'SDS'Wseismic (6.573 F — ).kip Pd 8.952 Fpm:= 0.4•Ie'SDS*Wseismic 13.146 F = kip Pm 17.904 3.3 Seismic LFRS Loading We can find the fundamental period based on section 12.8 of ASCE 7 Period < TL = 1 So Eq. 12.8-3 applies Using table 12.2-1 we can find the response modification factor and the system overstrength factor for the special reinforced masonry shear walls. RW:= 5 masonry Q0 := 2.5 special reinforced masonry shear walls LFRS The importance factor. le = 1.5 Table 11.5-1 (Occupancy Category IV) Based on section 12.3.4.2 the redundancy factor. p:= 1.3 Find the design Spectral Acceleration for the building using the equivalent lateral force procedure in ASCE 7 Section 12.8.1.1. 1l Cseismic:= max min(SDS• R ^SDI R•Period), R S1 le, 01 Cseismic = 0.28 b'm '— Cdia hra max(min(Cseismic,0.2•SDS•le),0.2•SDS'le) P check maximum Fps := p'Wseismic'Cdiaphragm Fpm 13.14617.904'k'P loading for diapraghm City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 9 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 8.545 Fps 11.638 kip check minimum loading Fpd(6.573) 8.952kip for diapraghm 3.4 Wind Loading for LFRS using Method 1 In E-W direction Roof Projection Sew Lew Awindew0 := if Sew, Lns' 12 2 , 0 60 ft 2 Awindew0 = Wall Projection Awindewl if Sew,H•Lns,Lns' End Zone areas Sew Lew Abareaew '= 12 ' 2 .2a S H+H+2•a•ns 12 Aaareaew •= 2a' 2 Sns Lns H+H+—•- 2 12 2 Awindewl = 150 ft2 2 Abareaew = 30 ft 2 Aaareaew = 84 ft Total Load Wew, := adj.KAwindew0 — Abareaew \ I'qD + I / Awindewl — Aaareaew l I'QC + Abareaew•9B + Aaareaew'gA] In N-S direction / \ / Roof Projection 4sns,Lew' / Sns Lns,Awindns0 12 2 0 2 Wall Projection A60 ft windns0 = Sew Lew H + H + 12 2 Awindnsl if Sns,H•Lew,Lew• 2 2 S L Awindns 1 = 250 ft ns ns Abareans 12 ' 2 •2 • a 2 Abareans = 18 ft City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 10 of 24 By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Checked By: DLB Date: Jenks Consultants Project: Stonegate II Job No. 0897003 8.5ft + 8.511 + 2•a•— 12 Aaareans 2a- 2 2 Aaareans = 57 ft Total Load Wns := adj. KAwindns0 - Abareans)'gD + (AwindnsI - Aaareans)*9C + Abareans'9B + Aaareans'aA] Wew = 2.834-ki Wns = 4.133•ki 8.545 F = ps ).kip (11.638 As Seismic Diaphragm loads are higher Seismic Load Controls for main LFRS and for Diaphragm City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 11 of 24 By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Checked By: DLB Date: 4.0 Diaphragm Design Assume: 1. Wood diaphragm is flexible when compared to masonry shear walls. 2. Weight is evenly distributed in the roof structure. On North and South walls enks Consultants Project: Stonegate II Job No. 0897003 "'ns Fps I 'ns = 581.885. IV Rns `"'nsLew Rns = 5.819•kip Lew ft 2 Rns vns :_ — vns = 484.904•plf On East and West walls Lns \N'ew '= s0 Wew = 712.067• lbf Rew Wew' Lns Rew = 4.272•kip L ns ft 2 Rew `ew '= vew = 213.62•plf Lew Use 10d nails, a blocked 15/32" diaphragm (cases 3-6) with boundary nailing at 4" and other naiing at 6" in conformance with Table 2306.3.1. va:= 0.7•max(vns,vew) va = 339.433•plf <385 plf OK 4.1 Diaphragm chords In both directions, chords are steel in top of masonry walls. N S chords Lns2 Mns wew 8 Mns = 12.817•kip•ft Mns Cns Cns = 0.822•kip p' Lns Cns Are ns A2 q .9.60000•psi reqns = 0.015•in 244 bars at wall top will be OK as the area provided = 0.38 inA2. E W chords Mew := wns Lew` Mew = 29.094•kip•ft 8 Cew:= Mew CeW = 1.119•kip '6regew'= Cew Aregew = 0.021•in2 p•Lew .9.60000•psi City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 12 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 245 bars at wall top will be OK as the area provided = 0.62 in12. 4.2 Collectors The building has collectors. The largest is the lintel over the 6'-8" louver in the Eastern wall. Lcollect 6.67ft Tcollect Q0 wew Lintel must withstand this tensile force in P Lcollect Tcollect = 9.134•kip addition to imposed vertical loads. Checked in section 5.7. 4.3 Shear Wall Loading Force for the main LFRS 8.545 F s = •kip p 11.638 Distributed Loading, due to flexible diaphragm assumption. In the N-S direction In the E-W direction Wns = 0.582•klf wew = 0.712•k1f Wall reactions Rns east wall R? := Rns west wall R3 := Rew north wall R4 Rew south wall City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 13 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Shear wall connections Define shear wall lengths T ML,�:= (0.01 ft 12ft 12ft 16ft 20ft) She.. := R 0.01 is a placeholder L These are the forces Shear = (0 484.904 484.904 267.025 213.62 )•plf Distribution of loading amongst walls based on relative stiffness and ACI 530-06 Wall 1: RI = 5.819•kip Wall 2: R2 = 5.819•kip Wall 3: R3 = 4.272-kip Wall 4: R4 = 4.272kip See accompanying analysis for check on shear wall strength and strain. City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 14 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 4.4 Foundation Loading from earthquake Based on a linear distribution resisting the overturning moment of the wall Wall 1 R1 x1 := 3•H• x1 = 1.515.kip 2 Lns ft Wall 2 0.5 R2 ki P x2 := 3•H x? = 15.339• (2.667ft)2 ft Wall 3 R3 kip x3 .- 3 H x3 = 0.626• (Lem, - 4ft)2 ft Wall 4 R4 kip x4 := 3 H x4 = 0.401 • 2 ft Lew Peak earthquake loading on foundation xrnax = max(x1 , x2 , x3, x4) kip x = 15.339 max ft City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 15 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 5.0 GravityNertical Loading Ltruss := 2ft s acid := 2ft Dead Load Wr = 25-psf Live Load for joists on sides As detailed above. Atruss Ltruss'spacing Atruss < 200ft2 = 1 therefore Lrtruss = 18•psf Snow Load S = 25.92•psf Component Wind Loading For joists Atruss = 4•ft2 geave_up adj*gEOH geave_up =—16.559•psf spacing < a = 1 gjoist up := adj•gE gjoist_up =—8.906•psf For Girders 6 —11.1) center q := 6 —16.9 psf edge 6 —26.0 corner L qG +q q +q Qgird_up := adj• Lew. (Lns — a)' H + a E F 2 2 2 Qgird_up =—1.042•lcip a = 3 ft 5.1 Roof Joist Loading ultimate loading on joists ult := max1.4• Wr,1.2Wr + 1.6max(Lr�ss, S) + .8.10 psf ,1.2Wr + 0.5•max(Lr�ssI S) + 1.6-10 psf ,1.2Wr + .2• adj adj ult = 77.221•psf Uplift := 1.6-gjoist_up + 0.9• Wr City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 16 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Uplift = 8.251-psf Leave 2ft Uplift = 1.6•q + 0.9•W eave'•eave_up r Put := Uplift•Atruss + Uplifteave'Leave'spacing Put = 17.0281bf Used in wall -to -roof connection later 2 Mu :_ —Uplift. spacing • Leave 2 + ult- spacing truss Mu = 0.531-kip-in 2 8 2x4 No. 2, allowable moment=4.13 kip -in OK 5.2 Gravity Loadina on Wall Att.uss'ult Pu to = 0.077• kip Pu to p 2spacing Putop ft Total wall loading, at bottom of wall. Pu bot Pu top + 1.2• H-CMU Pu_bot = 1.352- kip ft Ultimate loading on foundation including earthquake Fu Pu bot +'max — Fu = 1.669 x 104•plf Service Loading on Wall Check that 10psf is greatest Ps := Atruss lops, downward pressure from wind Wr + max(Lr, S) + adj Ps = 0.058•klf 2-spacing 5.3 Masonry Wall Seismic Loading Wall Max Height hwall H h := h + max Sew Lew Sns Lns r wall 12 2 12 2 Period of structure, by table 12.8.2 of ASCE 7-05 Period = 0.133 Design wall anchorage using based on requirements of ASCE 7-05 Ch. 12.11 Wm := CMU Fpwall := 0.4•SDS'le'Wm Fpwall = 47.583-psf Eqn 12.11-1 for SDC D and above. Fwwalt := 1.6•adj-qC Fwwall = 23.155•psf Checking factored lateral wind pressure Seismic controls over wind. City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 17 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Fpanch:= max(0.1•Wm,0.8•SDS'Ie'Wm) Fpanch = 95.166-psf Flexible diaphragm min anchorage pressure 12.11.2.1 Find connection force Minimum anchorage design forces per Fpanch'hwall ASCE 12.11.2 MN,�:= max ,280p1f,400p1f SDS'Ie 2 N = 594.788•plf Vmax := N Vmax = 0.595 1 -kip ft i hwall� NIm Fpwall8 Mm = 1 1.152•kip• in ft 5.4 Masonry Wall Design Properties of wall t\vn := Sin twall := 7.625in fm := 1500psi fy := 60ksi �)m := 0.8 Em := min(750•fm, 3000ksi) Ern= 1.125 x 103 ksi EC := 57000psi 4500 EC = 3.824 x 103 ksi 3 I := 12in twall I = 443.322•in4 d := twall 9 12 2 I Applied out of plane shear umax = 594.788•plf Applied moment from Earthquake loading Mm = 11.152•kip•in in ft Find Vertical loads on walls From roof kip Pu_top = 0.077' i Reaction load at beams ft 352 P = 1.kip Reaction load at wall base u_bot ft Pu bot + Pu_top kip Pu_mh 2 Pu mh = 0.715• i Reaction load at mid -wall ft By inspection, roof live load controls over earthquake vertical load. Check Slenderness hwall = 18.75 Not slender, less than 30, so axial stress limit 0.2fm. tvm Check axial load City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 18 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Ae := 12in•twall 2 twall Sx := 12in 6 FY := 60ksi Mrn' 12in pm S x Pu bot' 12in pa :_ — pm = 95.908•psi Pa = 14.778•psi ' 'e Pa = 9.852 x 10 3 Less than 0.2 f,m, use ACI 530-05 3.3.5 fm Find equivalent Steel Area Ase Try #4 @ 24" Ab := 0.20in2 svert24in 12in As Ab. svert As•fY + 1 ft Pu —mh fY Find Cracked Moment of Inertia Icr I ft Pu mh + As• fY .85•fm• 12in a 0.85 29000ksi Em 2 12•in•c3 twall Icr :_ + n•ASe• — c 3 2 Check out of plane bending find cracking moment As = 0.1 • in2 2 ASe = VA 12•in a = 0.439•in t' #Sl1153�1 n = 25.778 Icr = 31.894•in4 fr:= 163psi ACI 530-05 Table 3.1.8.2.1 fr = 163•psi Mcr := fr•Sx for one foot section Mcr = 18.954•kip•in e:= lin eccentricity at roof to wall connection Me := Ps•e Mser:= (me +Mrn)•Ift Mser= 11.21•kip•in Mser > 'Icr = 0 Use eq. 3-30 Ahm := 0.007• hwall Alim = 1.05-in City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 19 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 5•M, 11--r, 2 Ds := - 48 • Em• Ig Iterate to find ultimate displacement and moment Mu I := Mm• I ft + Pu top• I ft•e + Pu—mh" ft-Os 5(M.., ) h..,,,r,2 Sul 48•Em•I9 Mu2 := Mm* 1 ft + Pu—top• l ft•e + Pu—mh' 1 ft•AuI 5(Mu2) hwall 2 Mu2 48 Em Ig Convergence OK M := Mu2 1 Mu = 11.267•kip•in �Mn �m-Ase'Fyf d — al (pMn = 19.301•kip•in 2 As = 0.053-in Alim > As = I Deflection OK Mul = 11.267•kip•in AU = 0.053•in Mug = 11.267•kip•in Mu2 Mu2 = 0.053•in = I Mul As �)Mn =19.3 k-in > Mu=11.3 k-in, #4@24" adequate for vertical reinforcing. 5.5 Wall to Roof Connection In Plane Shear ACI 530-05 Connection force Vx :- max(Shear,200plf) Vx = 484.904•plf minimum 200 plf Two Simpson H10A every 2'-0" has allowable 2x590=1180 Ibs lateral capacity, OK 3/4" diameter steel bolt with 12" embed spaced 32" o.c. which anchors the sill plate to the wall, by inspection, will be able to transfer the 32" load of 2.67 ftx200 plf = 533 Ibs, OK. Out of plane shear Vy := Vmax VV = 594.788•plf The out -of -plane capacity of an H10A for seismic loads is 285 Ibs < 2x595/1.4 Ibs = 850 Ibs. An A34 provides an additional 420 Ibs. 285x2 + 420 = 990 Ibs, OK. Check 3/4" diameter bolts @ 32"oc that anchor the top plate to the wall City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 20 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 ph'break := 0.5 phibolt 0.9 Sin dbolt i embed := 12in sbolt 32in fholt := 36ksi T[dbolt2 Ab = 0.442•in2 4 Apv := 0.5embed-(twall + dbolt) Apv = 0.349ft2 Bvn:= min( phi break* 4-Apv- fm'psi,ph'bolf0.6•Ab•fbolt) BM = 3.892 x 103lbf sbolt•yy B vn A = 0.407 The out of plane shear capacity of the 3/4" diameter anchor bolts @ 32" is OK. Uplift Tension Pul = 17.028lbf Allowable uplift for H1 is 585 Ibs for wind loads which is greater than Psi/1.6 = 404 Ibs so the loads can get from the joist to the top plate, OK. Check combined capacity of 3/4" diameter bolts @ 32"oc that anchor the top plate to the wall during wind loading. -Pul T :_ spacing T =-8.514•plf d,�:= 3 in embe := 12in := 32in hwall vim,:_ •adj-gA vµ, = 125.235-pif 2 2 dbolt 4 Bail := min(phibreak•4•Apv• fm•psi,phibolt•p'b'Fy) Ban = 3.892•kip City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 21 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 sbolf T sbolf Vw N%v Ban Bvn A = 0.08 The 3/4" diameter anchor bolt will suffice to carry the combined shear and tension induced by wind loading, OK. 5.7 Lintel Design Load at lintel Pu_top = 77.221-plf hlintel 16in Plintel := CMU'hlintel + Pu_top Plintel = 190.555•plf fm = 1.5 x 103 psi clintel:= 2in Span := 78in tlintel := 7.625in 2 Plintel' Span Mul = Mul = 12.076 kip in 8 Plintel' Span Vu -- Vu = 0.619•kip 2 Lintel Resistance depth := "lintel — clintel Aslintel := 2-.60m 2 2 - #7bars Tlintel := Aslintel•60ksi Tlintel = 72'1°p Tlintel a := m .85tlintel'fm a = 7.406• in m 5in am + — Mlintel -85'Tlintel' depth — 2 8 Mlintel = 611.052•kip•in Vm := 4.0 — 1.75 mi Mul ,1 Tlintel- depth • fm psi Vm = 9.302-kip Vu •depth Check as collector Tcollect = 9.134 x 103 lbf From section 4.2 Ascollector 4.0.6in2 4 - #7 bars Tresist := 0.9Ascollector'Fy Tresist = 1.296 x 10- Ibf As the moment, shear and tensile collector capacity of the lintel far exceed the load requirements City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 22 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 247 reinforcing bars 2" from the top and bottom of the lintel will suffice. City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 23 of 24 Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 6.0 Foundation Design Bearing pressure ballow 2000psf from old drawings bseismic ballow' 1333 bseismic = 2.666 x 103•psf Width Required Width := max Fu Pu bot Width = 6.261-ft bseismic ballow Since lateral load controls in this area, and loads are localized, we can narrow required footing by designing footing to spread localized loads longitudinally at least 1 foot, so that localized increases are halved. Pu bot = 4.351 x 104 lb Width := max Fu Pu_bot Width = 3.13•ft — 2 2bseismic ballow Use WWiddth:= 38in w Fu = 5.37 x 105 lb L S City of Renton Stonegate 11 - CMU 24 of 24 Strain Compatibility Design for Masonry Shear Wall At Base of Masonry Wall f'm= 1.5 ksi fy= 60 ksi L= 144 in b= 7.625 in Ag= 1098 in12 c= 12 in assumed beta1= 0.85 Layer y Strain Stress As conc -66.9 -0.003 1 68 0.032 60 0.31 2 60 0.03 60 0 3 52 0.028 60 0 4 44 0.026 60 0.19 5 36 0.024 60 0 6 28 0.022 60 0 7 20 0.02 60 0.19 8 12 0.018 60 0 9 4 0.016 60 0 10 -4 0.014 60 0.19 11 -12 0.012 60 0 12 -20 0.01 60 0 13 -28 0.008 60 0.19 14 -36 0.006 60 0 15 -44 0.004 60 0 16 -52 0.002 58 0.19 17 -60 0 0 0 18 -68 -0.002 -58 0 Total P= Mu= Kennedy/Jenks Consultants City of Renton Stonegate II Control Building Wall 1 897003 height= 150 in Loading Pu= 50.0 kip Mu= 882.0 kip -in Vu= 5.88 kip Ts Cc or Cs Moment -99.1631 6634.013 18.6 0 -1264.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.4 0 -501.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.4 0 -228 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.4 0 45.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.4 0 319.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.02 0 573.04 0 0 0 0 0 0 75.22 -99.1631 5577.453 23.9 kip 5019.7 kip*in OK Strain Compatibility Design for Masonry Shear Wall At Base of Masonry Wall fy= 60 ksi fy= Av= 0.2 in^2 Av= Spacing= 24 in Spacing= phis= 1 phis= phi*Vs= 72 kips Vm 42.525 kips Vn 114.525 kips Moment from shear strength M 17178.75 kip -in moment controlled Kennedy/Jenks Consultants City of Renton Stonegate II Control Building Wall 1 60 ksi 897003 0.2 inA2 24 in 0.8 phi*Vs= 57.6 kips Vm 42.525 kips phi*Vn 91.62 kips Strain Compatibility Design for Masonry Shear Wall At Base of Masonry Wall f'm= 1.5 ksi fy= 60 ksi L= 32 in b= 7.625 in Ag= 244 in12 c= 0.1 in assumed beta 1= 0.85 Laver y Strain Stress conc -15.9575 -0.003 1 12 0.837 60 2 4 0.597 60 3 -4 0.357 60 4 -12 0.117 60 5 -20 -0.123 -60 6 -28 -0.363 -60 7 -36 -0.603 -60 8 -44 -0.843 -60 9 -52 -1.083 -60 10 -60 -1.323 -60 11 -68 -1.563 -60 12 -76 -1.803 -60 13 -84 -2.043 -60 14 -92 -2.283 -60 15 -100 -2.523 -60 16 -108 -2.763 -60 17 -116 -3.003 -60 18 -124 -3.243 -60 Total As 0.31 0 0 0.19 0 0 0.19 0 0 0.19 0 0 0.19 0 0 0.19 0 0.31 P= Mu= Kennedy/Jenks Consultants City of Renton Stonegate II Control Building Wall 2 897003 height= 150 in Loading Pu= 2.9 kip Mu= 196.0 kip -in Vu= 1.306667 kip Ts Cc or Cs Moment -0.82636 13.18663 18.6 0 -223.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.4 0 136.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -11.4 410.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -11.4 684 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -11.4 957.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -11.4 1231.2 0 0 0 0 -18.6 2306.4 30 -65.0264 5516.387 35.0 kip 4964.7 kip"in OK Strain Compatibility Design for Masonry Shear Wall At Base of Masonry Wall fy= 60 ksi fy= Av= 0.2 in12 Av= Spacing= 24 in Spacing= phis= 1 phis= phi*Vs= 16 kips Vm 42.525 kips Vn 58.525 kips Moment from shear strength M 8778.75 kip -in moment controlled Kennedy/Jenks Consultants City of Renton Stonegate II Control Building Wall 2 60 ksi 897003 0.2 inA2 24 in 0.8 phi*Vs= 12.8 kips Vm 42.525 kips phi*Vn 46.82 kips Strain Compatibility Design for Masonry Shear Wall At Base of Masonry Wall fm= 1.5 ksi fy= 60 ksi L= 192 in b= 7.625 in Ag= 1464 inA2 c= 12.1 in assumed beta = 0.85 Layer y Strain Stress As conc -90.8575 -0.003 1 92 0.043612 60 0.31 2 84 0.041628 60 0 3 76 0.039645 60 0 4 68 0.037661 60 0.19 5 60 0.035678 60 0 6 52 0.033694 60 0 7 44 0.031711 60 0.19 8 36 0.029727 60 0 9 28 0.027744 60 0 10 20 0.02576 60 0.19 11 12 0.023777 60 0 12 4 0.021793 60 0.31 Total P= Mu= Kennedy/Jenks Consultants City of Renton Stonegate I I Control Building Wall 3 897003 height= 150 in Loading Pu= 4.3 kip Mu= 1176.0 kip -in Vu= 7.84 kip Ts Cc or Cs Moment -99.9895 9084.795 18.6 0 -1711.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.4 0 -775.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.4 0 -501.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.4 0 -228 0 0 0 18.6 0 -74.4 71.4 -99.9895 5794.395 28.6 kip 5215.0 kip*in OK Strain Compatibility Design for Masonry Shear Wall At Base of Masonry Wall fy= 60 ksi fy= Av= 0.2 inA2 Av= Spacing= 24 in Spacing= phis= 1 phis= phi*Vs= 96 kips Vm 42.525 kips Vn 138.525 kips Moment from shear strength M 20778.75 kip -in moment controlled Kennedy/Jenks Consultants City of Renton Stonegate II Control Building Wall 3 60 ksi 897003 0.2 inA2 24 in 0.8 phi*Vs= 76.8 kips Vm 42.525 kips phi*Vn 110.82 kips Strain Compatibility Design for Masonry Shear Wall Kennedy/Jenks Consultants At Base of Masonry Wall City of Pendleton Control Building Wall 4 f m= 1.5 ksi 897003 fy= 60 ksi L= 240 in height= 150 in b= 7.625 in Ag= 1830 in^2 Loading c= 25.85 in assumed Pu= 4.3 kip beta = 0.85 Mu= 1470.0 kip -in Vu= 9.8 kip Layer y Strain Stress As Ts Cc or Cs Moment conc -109.014 -0.003 -213.614 23286.85 1 116 0.024389 60 0.31 18.6 0 -2157.6 2 108 0.02346 60 0 0 0 0 3 100 0.022532 60 0 0 0 0 4 92 0.021603 60 0.19 11.4 0 -1048.8 5 84 0.020675 60 0 0 0 0 6 76 0.019747 60 0 0 0 0 7 68 0.018818 60 0.19 11.4 0 -775.2 8 60 0.01789 60 0 0 0 0 9 52 0.016961 60 0 0 0 0 10 44 0.016033 60 0.19 11.4 0 -501.6 11 36 0.015104 60 0 0 0 0 12 28 0.014176 60 0 0 0 0 13 20 0.013248 60 0.19 11.4 0 -228 14 12 0.012319 60 0 0 0 0 15 4 0.011391 60 0 0 0 0 16 -4 0.010462 60 0.19 11.4 0 45.6 17 -12 0.009534 60 0 0 0 0 18 -20 0.008605 60 0 0 0 0 19 -28 0.007677 60 0.19 11.4 0 319.2 20 -36 0.006749 60 0 0 0 0 21 -44 0.00582 60 0 0 0 0 22 -52 0.004892 60 0.19 11.4 0 592.8 23 -60 0.003963 60 0 0 0 0 24 -68 0.003035 60 0 0 0 0 25 -76 0.002106 60 0.19 11.4 0 866.4 26 -84 0.001178 34.16054 0 0 0 0 27 -92 0.00025 7.235977 0 0 0 0 28 -100-0.00068 -19.6886 0.19 0 -3.74083 374.0832 29 -108-0.00161 -46.6132 0 0 0 0 30 -116-0.00254 -60 0 0 0 0 31 -124-0.00346 -60 0.19 0 -11.4 1413.6 32 -132-0.00439 -60 0 0 0 0 33 -140-0.00532 -60 0 0 0 0 34 -148-0.00625 -60 0.19 0 -11.4 1687.2 35 -156-0.00718 -60 0 0 0 0 36 -164-0.00811 -60 0 0 0 0 37 -172-0.00903 -60 0.19 0 -11.4 1960.8 38 -180-0.00996 -60 0 0 0 0 39 -188-0.01089 -60 0.31 0 -18.6 3496.8 Total 109.8 -270.155 29332.14 P= 160.4 kip Mu= 26398.9 kip*in OK Strain Compatibility Design for Masonry Shear Wall Kennedy/Jenks Consultants At Base of Masonry Wall City of Pendleton Control Building Wall 4 fy= 60 ksi fy= 60 ksi 897003 Av= 0.2 in^2 Av= 0.2 in^2 Spacing= 24 in Spacing= 24 in phis= 1 phis= 0.8 phi*Vs= 120 kips phi*Vs= 96 kips Vm 42.525 kips Vm 42.525 kips Vn 162.525 kips phi*Vn 130.02 kips Moment from shear strength M 24378.75 kip -in moment controlled Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 SCREEN WALL DESIGN Wall Dimensions t := 7.625in t = 7.625 in Length := 16ft Length = 16 ft Height := 11.33ft Height = 11.33 ft Loads Wind Loads V := 85 mph ASCE 7-05 Figure 6-1 Occupancy Category = III IBC Table 1604.5 Exposure Category = C ASCE 7-05 Section 6.5.6 I := 1.15 Table 6-1 Kzt := 1 Section 6.5.7 Kd := 0.85 maybe.9 Table 6-4 a := 9.5 Table 6-2 zg := 900ft Table 6-2 2 Table 6-3 15ft a Kz . - - 2.01 • zg h := Height D := Length h — = 0.708 D Cf := 1.3 ASCE 7-05 Figure 6-21 qh := 0.00256•Kz•Kzt•Kd•V2•I•psf Equation 6-15 qh = 15.348 psf G := 0.85 Section 6.5.8 pw := qh-G-Cf City of Renton Stonegate II - CMU 1 of 6 Screen Wall Design.xmcd By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Checked By: DLB Date: Pw = 16.959 psf Section 6.5.15 Look at 1 foot strip ,R,i= Pw' 1 ft pw = 16.959 plf Seismic Loads SDS := 0.933 1P :_ 1.25 Section 11.5.2 WCMU := 85pcf 1 foot strip Wwall WCMU't• l .ft Wwall = 54.01 plf PE := 0.4 SDS' 1p' Wwall Section 12.11.1 PE = 25.196 plf Wind governs (1.6W>1.OE) Treat as cantilever column MW := 0.5pw•h2 MW = 1.089ft•kip MU := 1.0•MW MU = 1.089ftkip Wall Size and Rebar Design frn := 1.5ksi fy := 60ksi 01 := 0.85 EC := 3605ksi Es := 29000ksi b:= l.ft b=1ft t := 7.625in t = 0.635 ft W Jenks Consultants Project: Stonegate II Job No. 0897003 City of Renton Stonegate II - CMU 2 of 6 Screen Wall Design.xmcd Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 d:=0.5-b d=0.5ft Choose rebar: #5 @ 16" As := 0.2325in2 Find failure mode: As p . p = 0.003 b.d 0.85-fm 0.003.Es Pbal := f al 0003E + f . y s y Pbal = 0.011 We want p<pbal for tension failure in the steel. Since p<pbal, we have tension failure. Find allowable nominal moment, check to make sure it is greater than Mu. fy Mn := As•fy d• 1 — 0.59•p• f m Mn = 6.443ftkip := 0.9 OMn _ (�•Mn OMn = 5.799 ft kip > MU = 1.089 ft kip OK Shear Design: Find ultimate shear VW := Pw,h VW = 0.192kip VU := 1.6• VW VU = 0.307 kip City of Renton Stonegate II - CMU 3 of 6 Screen Wall Design.xmcd Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Find shear capacity lbf 2 X := 1 fM := 1500 4 to VC := 2 fM0.5 b•d VC = 5.577 kip (�V := 0.75 VC := 0.5A)V-Vc VC = 2.091 kip Check if shear reinforcement is needed VU = 0.307 kip < VC = 2.091 kip Shear reinf not needed Wall will be 16'-0" long, 1 V-4" high, 8 inches thick with #5 @ 16" EW Foundation: h2 := 2ft Depth below grade — Muµ,:= 1.6-pµ-h- h2 + h 2 Muµ, = 2356kip•ft bearingsoil '— 2000psf geotech wfoot := 4ft wfoot r 2 Mr:= bearingsoil-wfoot. 2 . 3'wfoot \ Mr = 42.667 kip•ft OK Fslide := VU Fslide = 307.436 lbf Fresist = 0.38(Wwall' h) Fresist = 232.536 ftplf OK Wall Size and Rebar Design fc := 4ksi f�:= 60ksi City of Renton Stonegate II - CMU 4 of 6 Screen Wall Design.xmcd Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 33A,:= 0.85 Ems:= 3605ksi EE:= 29000ksi b:= l.ft b=1ft 1W t := Bin t = 0.667 ft d := 4in d = 0.333 ft AM Choose rebar: #5 @ 12" Ate:= 0.31 in2 Find failure mode: As b d p = 0.006 0.854, 0.003•E_ ` R p 0.029 '� fy 1 0.003•Es + fy bal = We want p<pbal for tension failure in the steel. Since p<pbal, we have tension failure. Find allowable nominal moment, check to make sure it is greater than Mu. fy NMW:= As•fyd• 1 — 0.59•p• f Mn = 5.255ftkip m := 0.9 _ '$•Mn (�Mn = 4.73 ft kip > MU = 1.089 ft kip OK Shear Design: Find ultimate shear City of Renton Stonegate II - CMU 5 of 6 Screen Wall Design.xmcd Kennedy/Jenks Consultants By: ET Date: 6/17/2010 Project: Stonegate II Checked By: DLB Date: Job No. 0897003 Vim:= pµ,•h VW = 0.192kip Vim:= 1.6•VW VU = 0.307kip Find shear capacity lbf ` X:= 1 f — 1500 4 to Vim:= 2•X•fM0.5 b•d VC = 3.718kip ,qW.= 0.75 Vim:= 0.5•1 Vvvc VC = 1.394kip Check shear VU = 0.307kip < VC = 1.394kip OK City of Renton Stonegate II - CMU 6 of 6 Screen Wall Design.xmcd